From 76620aafd66f0004829764940c5466144969cffc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Herbert Xu Date: Thu, 16 Apr 2009 02:02:07 -0700 Subject: gro: New frags interface to avoid copying shinfo It turns out that copying a 16-byte area at ~800k times a second can be really expensive :) This patch redesigns the frags GRO interface to avoid copying that area twice. The two disciples of the frags interface have been converted. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_vlan.h | 6 ++---- include/linux/netdevice.h | 22 ++++++++++------------ 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_vlan.h b/include/linux/if_vlan.h index e1ff5b14310..7ff9af1d0f0 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_vlan.h +++ b/include/linux/if_vlan.h @@ -118,8 +118,7 @@ extern int vlan_hwaccel_do_receive(struct sk_buff *skb); extern int vlan_gro_receive(struct napi_struct *napi, struct vlan_group *grp, unsigned int vlan_tci, struct sk_buff *skb); extern int vlan_gro_frags(struct napi_struct *napi, struct vlan_group *grp, - unsigned int vlan_tci, - struct napi_gro_fraginfo *info); + unsigned int vlan_tci); #else static inline struct net_device *vlan_dev_real_dev(const struct net_device *dev) @@ -154,8 +153,7 @@ static inline int vlan_gro_receive(struct napi_struct *napi, } static inline int vlan_gro_frags(struct napi_struct *napi, - struct vlan_group *grp, unsigned int vlan_tci, - struct napi_gro_fraginfo *info) + struct vlan_group *grp, unsigned int vlan_tci) { return NET_RX_DROP; } diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 2e7783f4a75..54db3ebf219 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1047,14 +1047,6 @@ struct packet_type { struct list_head list; }; -struct napi_gro_fraginfo { - skb_frag_t frags[MAX_SKB_FRAGS]; - unsigned int nr_frags; - unsigned int ip_summed; - unsigned int len; - __wsum csum; -}; - #include #include @@ -1442,12 +1434,18 @@ extern int napi_gro_receive(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb); extern void napi_reuse_skb(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb); -extern struct sk_buff * napi_fraginfo_skb(struct napi_struct *napi, - struct napi_gro_fraginfo *info); +extern struct sk_buff * napi_get_frags(struct napi_struct *napi); extern int napi_frags_finish(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb, int ret); -extern int napi_gro_frags(struct napi_struct *napi, - struct napi_gro_fraginfo *info); +extern struct sk_buff * napi_frags_skb(struct napi_struct *napi); +extern int napi_gro_frags(struct napi_struct *napi); + +static inline void napi_free_frags(struct napi_struct *napi) +{ + kfree_skb(napi->skb); + napi->skb = NULL; +} + extern void netif_nit_deliver(struct sk_buff *skb); extern int dev_valid_name(const char *name); extern int dev_ioctl(struct net *net, unsigned int cmd, void __user *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From a0f82f64e26929776c58a5c93c2ecb38e3d82815 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Westphal Date: Sun, 19 Apr 2009 09:43:48 +0000 Subject: syncookies: remove last_synq_overflow from struct tcp_sock last_synq_overflow eats 4 or 8 bytes in struct tcp_sock, even though it is only used when a listening sockets syn queue is full. We can (ab)use rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp to store the same information; it is not used otherwise as long as a socket is in listen state. Move linger2 around to avoid splitting struct mtu_probe across cacheline boundary on 32 bit arches. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tcp.h | 4 +--- include/net/tcp.h | 13 +++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/tcp.h b/include/linux/tcp.h index 9d5078bd23a..8afac76cd74 100644 --- a/include/linux/tcp.h +++ b/include/linux/tcp.h @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ struct tcp_sock { unsigned int keepalive_time; /* time before keep alive takes place */ unsigned int keepalive_intvl; /* time interval between keep alive probes */ - unsigned long last_synq_overflow; + int linger2; /* Receiver side RTT estimation */ struct { @@ -406,8 +406,6 @@ struct tcp_sock { /* TCP MD5 Signagure Option information */ struct tcp_md5sig_info *md5sig_info; #endif - - int linger2; }; static inline struct tcp_sock *tcp_sk(const struct sock *sk) diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index 1b94b9bfe2d..b55b4891029 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -265,6 +265,19 @@ static inline int tcp_too_many_orphans(struct sock *sk, int num) atomic_read(&tcp_memory_allocated) > sysctl_tcp_mem[2]); } +/* syncookies: remember time of last synqueue overflow */ +static inline void tcp_synq_overflow(struct sock *sk) +{ + tcp_sk(sk)->rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp = jiffies; +} + +/* syncookies: no recent synqueue overflow on this listening socket? */ +static inline int tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow(const struct sock *sk) +{ + unsigned long last_overflow = tcp_sk(sk)->rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp; + return time_after(jiffies, last_overflow + TCP_TIMEOUT_INIT); +} + extern struct proto tcp_prot; #define TCP_INC_STATS(net, field) SNMP_INC_STATS((net)->mib.tcp_statistics, field) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 03ad032bb78b2732b607ed198e951240e1d21e59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Holik Date: Sat, 18 Apr 2009 07:24:17 +0000 Subject: export usbnet_get_ethernet_addr from usbnet and fixed cdc_ether.c because of using the same function get_ethernet_addr as cdc_ether.c i export usbnet_get_ethernet_addr from usbnet and fixed cdc_ether (suggested by Oliver Neukum). Signed-off-by: Peter Holik Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/usb/usbnet.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h index 36fabb95c7d..5d44059f6d6 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h @@ -183,6 +183,7 @@ extern void usbnet_tx_timeout (struct net_device *net); extern int usbnet_change_mtu (struct net_device *net, int new_mtu); extern int usbnet_get_endpoints(struct usbnet *, struct usb_interface *); +extern int usbnet_get_ethernet_addr(struct usbnet *, int); extern void usbnet_defer_kevent (struct usbnet *, int); extern void usbnet_skb_return (struct usbnet *, struct sk_buff *); extern void usbnet_unlink_rx_urbs(struct usbnet *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From b1b67dd45a6b629eb41553856805aaa1614fbb83 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Patrick McHardy Date: Mon, 20 Apr 2009 04:49:28 +0000 Subject: net: factor out ethtool invocation of vlan/macvlan drivers Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 24 +++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 54db3ebf219..31167451d08 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ #include #include +#include #include #include #ifdef CONFIG_DCB @@ -49,7 +50,6 @@ #endif struct vlan_group; -struct ethtool_ops; struct netpoll_info; /* 802.11 specific */ struct wireless_dev; @@ -1906,6 +1906,28 @@ static inline int skb_bond_should_drop(struct sk_buff *skb) } extern struct pernet_operations __net_initdata loopback_net_ops; + +static inline int dev_ethtool_get_settings(struct net_device *dev, + struct ethtool_cmd *cmd) +{ + if (!dev->ethtool_ops || !dev->ethtool_ops->get_settings) + return -EOPNOTSUPP; + return dev->ethtool_ops->get_settings(dev, cmd); +} + +static inline u32 dev_ethtool_get_rx_csum(struct net_device *dev) +{ + if (!dev->ethtool_ops || !dev->ethtool_ops->get_rx_csum) + return 0; + return dev->ethtool_ops->get_rx_csum(dev); +} + +static inline u32 dev_ethtool_get_flags(struct net_device *dev) +{ + if (!dev->ethtool_ops || !dev->ethtool_ops->get_flags) + return 0; + return dev->ethtool_ops->get_flags(dev); +} #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ #endif /* _LINUX_DEV_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0a1ec07a67bd8b0033dace237249654d015efa21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Michael S. Tsirkin" Date: Mon, 20 Apr 2009 01:25:46 +0000 Subject: net: skb_copy_datagram_const_iovec() There's an skb_copy_datagram_iovec() to copy out of a paged skb, but it modifies the iovec, and does not support starting at an offset in the destination. We want both in tun.c, so let's add the function. It's a carbon copy of skb_copy_datagram_iovec() with enough changes to be annoying. Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 +++++ include/linux/socket.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 5fd389162f0..af2b21bdda8 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -1717,6 +1717,11 @@ extern int skb_copy_datagram_from_iovec(struct sk_buff *skb, int offset, struct iovec *from, int len); +extern int skb_copy_datagram_const_iovec(const struct sk_buff *from, + int offset, + const struct iovec *to, + int to_offset, + int size); extern void skb_free_datagram(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb); extern int skb_kill_datagram(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int flags); diff --git a/include/linux/socket.h b/include/linux/socket.h index 421afb4d29b..171b08db9c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/socket.h +++ b/include/linux/socket.h @@ -318,6 +318,8 @@ extern int csum_partial_copy_fromiovecend(unsigned char *kdata, extern int verify_iovec(struct msghdr *m, struct iovec *iov, struct sockaddr *address, int mode); extern int memcpy_toiovec(struct iovec *v, unsigned char *kdata, int len); +extern int memcpy_toiovecend(const struct iovec *v, unsigned char *kdata, + int offset, int len); extern int move_addr_to_user(struct sockaddr *kaddr, int klen, void __user *uaddr, int __user *ulen); extern int move_addr_to_kernel(void __user *uaddr, int ulen, struct sockaddr *kaddr); extern int put_cmsg(struct msghdr*, int level, int type, int len, void *data); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6f26c9a7555e5bcca3560919db9b852015077dae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Michael S. Tsirkin" Date: Mon, 20 Apr 2009 01:26:11 +0000 Subject: tun: fix tun_chr_aio_write so that aio works aio_write gets const struct iovec * but tun_chr_aio_write casts this to struct iovec * and modifies the iovec. As a result, attempts to use io_submit to send packets to a tun device fail with weird errors such as EINVAL. Since tun is the only user of skb_copy_datagram_from_iovec, we can fix this simply by changing the later so that it does not touch the iovec passed to it. Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 ++- include/linux/socket.h | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index af2b21bdda8..1b5c3d298f4 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -1715,7 +1715,8 @@ extern int skb_copy_and_csum_datagram_iovec(struct sk_buff *skb, struct iovec *iov); extern int skb_copy_datagram_from_iovec(struct sk_buff *skb, int offset, - struct iovec *from, + const struct iovec *from, + int from_offset, int len); extern int skb_copy_datagram_const_iovec(const struct sk_buff *from, int offset, diff --git a/include/linux/socket.h b/include/linux/socket.h index 171b08db9c4..42a0396f2c5 100644 --- a/include/linux/socket.h +++ b/include/linux/socket.h @@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ struct ucred { #ifdef __KERNEL__ extern int memcpy_fromiovec(unsigned char *kdata, struct iovec *iov, int len); -extern int memcpy_fromiovecend(unsigned char *kdata, struct iovec *iov, - int offset, int len); +extern int memcpy_fromiovecend(unsigned char *kdata, const struct iovec *iov, + int offset, int len); extern int csum_partial_copy_fromiovecend(unsigned char *kdata, struct iovec *iov, int offset, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c1c6b14b22af0f85d05a70405dc3fba5de840c7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Mon, 30 Mar 2009 11:32:46 +0200 Subject: rfkill: remove deprecated state constants I only did superficial review, but these constants are stupid to have and without proper warnings nobody will review the code anyway, no amount of shouting will help. Also fix wimax to use correct states. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 8 -------- 1 file changed, 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index 164332cbb77..e1ec7d9aa49 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -52,14 +52,6 @@ enum rfkill_state { RFKILL_STATE_MAX, /* marker for last valid state */ }; -/* - * These are DEPRECATED, drivers using them should be verified to - * comply with the rfkill usage guidelines in Documentation/rfkill.txt - * and then converted to use the new names for rfkill_state - */ -#define RFKILL_STATE_OFF RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED -#define RFKILL_STATE_ON RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED - /** * struct rfkill - rfkill control structure. * @name: Name of the switch. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 621cac85297de5ba655e3430b007dd2e0da91da6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 27 Mar 2009 14:14:31 +0100 Subject: rfkill: remove user_claim stuff Almost all drivers do not support user_claim, so remove it completely and always report -EOPNOTSUPP to userspace. Since userspace cannot really drive rfkill _anyway_ (due to the odd restrictions imposed by the documentation) having this code is just pointless. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 6 ------ 1 file changed, 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index e1ec7d9aa49..de18ef227e0 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -58,9 +58,6 @@ enum rfkill_state { * @type: Radio type which the button controls, the value stored * here should be a value from enum rfkill_type. * @state: State of the switch, "UNBLOCKED" means radio can operate. - * @user_claim_unsupported: Whether the hardware supports exclusive - * RF-kill control by userspace. Set this before registering. - * @user_claim: Set when the switch is controlled exlusively by userspace. * @mutex: Guards switch state transitions. It serializes callbacks * and also protects the state. * @data: Pointer to the RF button drivers private data which will be @@ -83,9 +80,6 @@ struct rfkill { const char *name; enum rfkill_type type; - bool user_claim_unsupported; - bool user_claim; - /* the mutex serializes callbacks and also protects * the state */ struct mutex mutex; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 07f62d01c1f476a3b328a44faafdfd103a4dedc3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Huang Weiyi Date: Fri, 27 Mar 2009 22:20:27 +0800 Subject: cfg80211: remove duplicated #include Remove duplicated #include in include/net/cfg80211.h. Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 5389afdc129..d1b8f0d53c5 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ #include #include /* remove once we remove the wext stuff */ -#include /* * 802.11 configuration in-kernel interface -- cgit v1.2.3 From 53b46b8444f600cc1744521ea096ea0c5d494dd0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Fri, 27 Mar 2009 20:53:56 +0200 Subject: nl80211: Generate deauth/disassoc event for locally generated frames Previously, nl80211 mlme events were generated only for received deauthentication and disassociation frames. We need to do the same for locally generated ones in order to let applications know that we disconnected (e.g., when AP does not reply to a probe). Rename the nl80211 and cfg80211 functions (s/rx_//) to make it clearer that they are used for both received and locally generated frames. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index d1b8f0d53c5..ec33096fc65 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -917,28 +917,28 @@ void cfg80211_send_rx_auth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); void cfg80211_send_rx_assoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); /** - * cfg80211_send_rx_deauth - notification of processed deauthentication + * cfg80211_send_deauth - notification of processed deauthentication * @dev: network device * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in - * station mode. + * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and + * locally generated ones. */ -void cfg80211_send_rx_deauth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, - size_t len); +void cfg80211_send_deauth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); /** - * cfg80211_send_rx_disassoc - notification of processed disassociation + * cfg80211_send_disassoc - notification of processed disassociation * @dev: network device * @buf: disassociation response frame (header + body) * @len: length of the frame data * * This function is called whenever disassociation has been processed in - * station mode. + * station mode. This includes both received disassociation frames and locally + * generated ones. */ -void cfg80211_send_rx_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, - size_t len); +void cfg80211_send_disassoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); /** * cfg80211_hold_bss - exclude bss from expiration -- cgit v1.2.3 From a3b8b0569fbef725597f05278ec58083321f6e9d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Fri, 27 Mar 2009 21:59:49 +0200 Subject: nl80211: Add Michael MIC failure event Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures. This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive. Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from mac80211, but it could be added at some point. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index cbe8ce3bf48..27f230f063b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -199,6 +199,14 @@ * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). * + * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael + * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the + * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of + * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key + * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and + * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this + * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -260,6 +268,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, + NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -408,6 +418,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 * + * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as + * a u32 + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -492,6 +505,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, + NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1062,4 +1077,17 @@ enum nl80211_auth_type { NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, }; + +/** + * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type + * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key + * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key + * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) + */ +enum nl80211_key_type { + NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, + NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, + NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index ec33096fc65..f8bf0c86650 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -957,4 +957,20 @@ void cfg80211_hold_bss(struct cfg80211_bss *bss); */ void cfg80211_unhold_bss(struct cfg80211_bss *bss); +/** + * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) + * @dev: network device + * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame + * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used + * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3) + * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) + * + * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a + * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() + * primitive. + */ +void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, + enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, + const u8 *tsc); + #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 06aa7afaaa21a4e7f1bcb196bd3f29193924a603 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jussi Kivilinna Date: Thu, 26 Mar 2009 23:40:09 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: add cfg80211_inform_bss Added cfg80211_inform_bss() for full-mac devices to use. Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index f8bf0c86650..2b1f6c69773 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -863,6 +863,14 @@ cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, s32 signal, gfp_t gfp); +struct cfg80211_bss* +cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct ieee80211_channel *channel, + const u8 *bssid, + u64 timestamp, u16 capability, u16 beacon_interval, + const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, + s32 signal, gfp_t gfp); + struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, const u8 *bssid, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 18a8365992a8041aa178ae9ad5f0d951d0457230 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 31 Mar 2009 12:12:05 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: introduce scan IE limit attribute This patch introduces a new attribute for a wiphy that tells userspace how long the information elements added to a probe request frame can be at most. It also updates the at76 to advertise that it cannot support that, and, for now until I can fix that, iwlwifi too. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ include/net/wireless.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 27f230f063b..209cacee528 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -390,6 +390,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements + * that can be added to a scan request * * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive @@ -507,6 +509,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, + NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/wireless.h b/include/net/wireless.h index 64a76208580..2bcdeda46d8 100644 --- a/include/net/wireless.h +++ b/include/net/wireless.h @@ -222,6 +222,7 @@ struct wiphy { int bss_priv_size; u8 max_scan_ssids; + u16 max_scan_ie_len; /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't -- cgit v1.2.3 From de95a54b1aebe5592cae971ca5e5d9ec6a381a17 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 1 Apr 2009 11:58:36 +0200 Subject: mac80211: pass all probe request IEs to driver Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass the locally generated ones as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 2 +- include/net/mac80211.h | 13 ++++++++----- 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 2b1f6c69773..d303c269a69 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ struct cfg80211_scan_request { int n_ssids; struct ieee80211_channel **channels; u32 n_channels; - u8 *ie; + const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; /* internal */ diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 3b83a80e3fe..2c6f976831b 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1330,11 +1330,14 @@ enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure - * that power save is disabled. When the scan finishes, - * ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called; note that it also must - * be called when the scan cannot finish because the hardware is - * turned off! Anything else is a bug! Returns a negative error code - * which will be seen in userspace. + * that power save is disabled. + * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the + * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these + * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the + * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable). + * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called; + * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to + * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code. * * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6bad8766620a3c8b64afa981502fdb543e3cfd6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Thu, 2 Apr 2009 14:08:09 -0400 Subject: cfg80211: send regulatory beacon hint events to userspace This informs userspace when a change has occured on a world roaming wiphy's channel which has lifted some restrictions due to a regulatory beacon hint. Because this is now sent to userspace through the regulatory multicast group we remove the debug prints we used to use as they are no longer necessary. Acked-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 34 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 33 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 209cacee528..05ba3539b77 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch - * Copyright 2008 Luis R. Rodriguez + * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe * @@ -166,6 +166,22 @@ * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). + * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon + * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or + * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel + * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example + * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your + * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while + * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not + * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP + * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will + * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always + * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had + * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to + * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from + * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred + * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) + * the beacon hint was processed. * * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and @@ -270,6 +286,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, + NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -288,6 +306,7 @@ enum nl80211_commands { #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE +#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT /** * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes @@ -423,6 +442,17 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as * a u32 * + * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change + * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects + * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This + * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing + * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* + * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change + * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects + * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This + * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing + * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -511,6 +541,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, + NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, + NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 25e47c18ac4d8ad09c2ed4b99c1dbbcb7e3d2c51 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 2 Apr 2009 20:14:06 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: add cipher capabilities This adds the necessary code and fields to let drivers specify their cipher capabilities and exports them to userspace. Also update mac80211 to export the ciphers it has. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ include/net/wireless.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 05ba3539b77..c01423888db 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -453,6 +453,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* * + * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported + * cipher suites + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -540,6 +543,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, + NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, diff --git a/include/net/wireless.h b/include/net/wireless.h index 2bcdeda46d8..44c2642d3c0 100644 --- a/include/net/wireless.h +++ b/include/net/wireless.h @@ -205,6 +205,8 @@ struct ieee80211_supported_band { * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. + * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites + * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites */ struct wiphy { /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ @@ -224,6 +226,9 @@ struct wiphy { u8 max_scan_ssids; u16 max_scan_ie_len; + int n_cipher_suites; + const u32 *cipher_suites; + /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6a362bb1c9f900f7e6daeee52ff2d538badae49b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bob Copeland Date: Sun, 5 Apr 2009 11:01:20 -0400 Subject: ath5k: add support for Fukato Datacask Jupiter LEDs This adds support for the LEDs on the Jupiter netbook. Reported-by: Martin Bammer Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index ee98cd57088..ea061e290d0 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -2313,6 +2313,8 @@ #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_QMI 0x1a32 +#define PCI_VENDOR_ID_AZWAVE 0x1a3b + #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_TEKRAM 0x1de1 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_TEKRAM_DC290 0xdc29 -- cgit v1.2.3 From e45d8e534b67580eedd9b4910ccc16d6dd3cceff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bing Zhao Date: Mon, 6 Apr 2009 15:50:56 -0700 Subject: libertas: add support for Marvell SD8688 chip libertas: add support for Marvell SD8688 chip Use RxPD->pkt_ptr to locate eth803 header in the packet received since SD8688/v10 firmware allows a gap between RxPD and eth803 header. Set SDIO block size to 256 for CMD53. The maximum block size for SD8688 WLAN function is set to 512 in TPLFE_MAX_BLK_SIZE. But using 512 as block size results upto 2K bytes data (4 blocks) being transferred and causes buffer overflow in firmware. Both changes above are backward compatible with earlier firmware versions for SD8385/SD8686. The SDIO_DEVICE_IDs for SD8688 chip are added in include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h Signed-off-by: Kiran Divekar Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao Acked-by: Dan Williams Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h b/include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h index ea1bf5ba092..c7211ab6dd4 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h @@ -25,5 +25,7 @@ #define SDIO_VENDOR_ID_MARVELL 0x02df #define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_MARVELL_LIBERTAS 0x9103 +#define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_MARVELL_8688WLAN 0x9104 +#define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_MARVELL_8688BT 0x9105 #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From f2753ddbadb0873a98421415882318251bbd9eaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 14 Apr 2009 10:09:24 +0200 Subject: mac80211: add hardware restart function Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information, etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let mac80211 help them. The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 14 ++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 2c6f976831b..a593bedcfed 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1575,6 +1575,20 @@ void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); */ void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); +/** + * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely + * + * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason + * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state + * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware + * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by + * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all + * internal state that it has prior to calling this function. + * + * @hw: the hardware to restart + */ +void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); + /* trick to avoid symbol clashes with the ieee80211 subsystem */ void __ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb, struct ieee80211_rx_status *status); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 10f644a47b76d3e61b98f2d02ce9690b94c51ee5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 16 Apr 2009 13:17:25 +0200 Subject: mac80211: disable powersave if pm_qos asks for low latency When an application asks for a latency lower than the beacon interval there's nothing we can do -- we need to stay awake and not have the AP buffer frames for us. Add code to automatically calculate this constraint in mac80211 so drivers need not concern themselves with it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 4b501b48ce8..53563d53b5a 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1383,4 +1383,13 @@ static inline int ieee80211_freq_to_ofdm_chan(int s_freq, int freq) return -1; } +/** + * ieee80211_tu_to_usec - convert time units (TU) to microseconds + * @tu: the TUs + */ +static inline unsigned long ieee80211_tu_to_usec(unsigned long tu) +{ + return 1024 * tu; +} + #endif /* LINUX_IEEE80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 955394c98c9cb79bdb3e6b479695af3a90ea0623 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 16 Apr 2009 17:04:25 +0200 Subject: mac80211: document powersaving/beacon filter future Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power. We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it, fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 60 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 50 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index a593bedcfed..52808bdcc6c 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -1109,11 +1109,9 @@ ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still - * required to pass up beacons. Additionally, in this case, mac80211 will - * wake up the hardware when multicast traffic is announced in the beacon. - * - * FIXME: I don't think we can be fast enough in software when we want to - * receive multicast traffic? + * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle + * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that + * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow. * * Dynamic powersave mode is an extension to normal powersave mode in which * the hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending @@ -1134,11 +1132,53 @@ ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw, * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed. * - * Beacon filter support is informed with %IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER flag. - * The driver needs to enable beacon filter support whenever power save is - * enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When power save is enabled, - * the stack will not check for beacon miss at all and the driver needs to - * notify about complete loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss(). + * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER + * hardware capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support + * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When + * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the + * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss(). + * + * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the + * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call + * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled + * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future. + * + * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing + * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211 + * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense + * that we want to see changes in them. This will include + * - a list of information element IDs + * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element + * + * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the + * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense + * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device + * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all + * vendor information elements. + * + * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information + * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon. + * + * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing + * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing + * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and + * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136, + * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility + * it could also include some currently unused IDs. + * + * + * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the + * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming + * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of + * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when + * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above + * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be + * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement + * them as the roaming algorithm requires. + * + * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to + * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the + * signal strength threshold checking. */ /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 691597cb26f236ac7471f1adf925a134c86799d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sun, 19 Apr 2009 19:57:45 +0200 Subject: cfg80211/mac80211: move wext SIWMLME into cfg80211 Since we have ->deauth and ->disassoc we can support the wext SIWMLME call directly without driver wext handlers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index d303c269a69..019a41efa0b 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -833,6 +833,9 @@ int cfg80211_wext_siwscan(struct net_device *dev, int cfg80211_wext_giwscan(struct net_device *dev, struct iw_request_info *info, struct iw_point *data, char *extra); +int cfg80211_wext_siwmlme(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_point *data, char *extra); int cfg80211_wext_giwrange(struct net_device *dev, struct iw_request_info *info, struct iw_point *data, char *extra); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 04a773ade0680d862b479d7219973df60f7a3834 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sun, 19 Apr 2009 21:24:32 +0200 Subject: cfg80211/nl80211: add IBSS API This adds IBSS API along with (preliminary) wext handlers. The wext handlers can only do IBSS so you need to call them from your own wext handlers if the mode is IBSS. The nl80211 API requires * an SSID * a channel (frequency) for the case that a new IBSS has to be created It optionally supports * a flag to fix the channel * a fixed BSSID The cfg80211 code also takes care to leave the IBSS before the netdev is set down. If wireless extensions are used, it also caches values when the interface is down and instructs the driver to join when the interface is set up. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 18 +++++++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 72 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/wireless.h | 14 ++++++++++ 3 files changed, 104 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index c01423888db..25ce3e42bd1 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -223,6 +223,15 @@ * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive * + * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a + * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) + * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those + * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be + * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ + * may be rejected. + * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is + * determined by the network interface. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -288,6 +297,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, + NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, + NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -456,6 +468,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported * cipher suites * + * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look + * for other networks on different channels + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -547,6 +562,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, + + NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 019a41efa0b..5287a3e56e7 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -657,6 +657,31 @@ struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { size_t ie_len; }; +/** + * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters + * + * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() + * method. + * + * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. + * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. + * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not + * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. + * @channel: The channel to use if no IBSS can be found to join. + * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for + * IBSSs to join on other channels. + * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon + * @ie_len: length of that + */ +struct cfg80211_ibss_params { + u8 *ssid; + u8 *bssid; + struct ieee80211_channel *channel; + u8 *ie; + u8 ssid_len, ie_len; + bool channel_fixed; +}; + /** * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration * @@ -732,6 +757,11 @@ struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer + * + * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call + * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due + * to a merge. + * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. */ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy); @@ -817,6 +847,10 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); + + int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, + struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); + int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); }; /* temporary wext handlers */ @@ -839,6 +873,28 @@ int cfg80211_wext_siwmlme(struct net_device *dev, int cfg80211_wext_giwrange(struct net_device *dev, struct iw_request_info *info, struct iw_point *data, char *extra); +int cfg80211_ibss_wext_siwfreq(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_freq *freq, char *extra); +int cfg80211_ibss_wext_giwfreq(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_freq *freq, char *extra); +int cfg80211_ibss_wext_siwessid(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_point *data, char *ssid); +int cfg80211_ibss_wext_giwessid(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_point *data, char *ssid); +int cfg80211_ibss_wext_siwap(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct sockaddr *ap_addr, char *extra); +int cfg80211_ibss_wext_giwap(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct sockaddr *ap_addr, char *extra); + +/* wext helper for now (to be removed) */ +struct ieee80211_channel *cfg80211_wext_freq(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct iw_freq *freq); /** * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished @@ -984,4 +1040,20 @@ void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, const u8 *tsc); +/** + * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS + * + * @dev: network device + * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined + * @gfp: allocation flags + * + * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or + * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, + * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of + * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called + * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is + * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. + */ +void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, gfp_t gfp); + #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ diff --git a/include/net/wireless.h b/include/net/wireless.h index 44c2642d3c0..abd27b03333 100644 --- a/include/net/wireless.h +++ b/include/net/wireless.h @@ -265,6 +265,8 @@ struct wiphy { * * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description * @iftype: interface type + * @list: (private) + * @netdev (private) */ struct wireless_dev { struct wiphy *wiphy; @@ -273,6 +275,18 @@ struct wireless_dev { /* private to the generic wireless code */ struct list_head list; struct net_device *netdev; + + /* currently used for IBSS - might be rearranged in the future */ + struct cfg80211_bss *current_bss; + u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; + u8 ssid_len; + +#ifdef CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT + /* wext data */ + struct cfg80211_ibss_params wext; + u8 wext_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; +#endif }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From d323655372590c533c275b1d798f9d1221efb5c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Mon, 20 Apr 2009 14:31:42 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: clean up includes Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h) and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to a new header net/regulatory.h. The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections. There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling and some very minor documentation fixes. I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly in a file that only had my copyright line. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 709 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------- include/net/mac80211.h | 1 - include/net/regulatory.h | 101 +++++++ include/net/wireless.h | 492 -------------------------------- 4 files changed, 683 insertions(+), 620 deletions(-) create mode 100644 include/net/regulatory.h delete mode 100644 include/net/wireless.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 5287a3e56e7..601eac64b02 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1,70 +1,217 @@ #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H #define __NET_CFG80211_H +/* + * 802.11 device and configuration interface + * + * Copyright 2006-2009 Johannes Berg + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + */ +#include +#include +#include #include #include #include #include #include -#include -#include -#include +#include + /* remove once we remove the wext stuff */ +#include +#include + /* - * 802.11 configuration in-kernel interface + * wireless hardware capability structures + */ + +/** + * enum ieee80211_band - supported frequency bands + * + * The bands are assigned this way because the supported + * bitrates differ in these bands. * - * Copyright 2006, 2007 Johannes Berg + * @IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz ISM band + * @IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5GHz band (4.9-5.7) */ +enum ieee80211_band { + IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ, + IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ, + + /* keep last */ + IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS +}; /** - * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters - * @mesh_id: mesh ID to use - * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID + * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags + * + * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. + * + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN: Only passive scanning is permitted + * on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS: IBSS is not allowed on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_ABOVE: extension channel above this channel + * is not permitted. + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_BELOW: extension channel below this channel + * is not permitted. */ -struct vif_params { - u8 *mesh_id; - int mesh_id_len; +enum ieee80211_channel_flags { + IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, + IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN = 1<<1, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS = 1<<2, + IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_ABOVE = 1<<4, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_BELOW = 1<<5, }; -/* Radiotap header iteration - * implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c - * docs in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt +/** + * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition + * + * This structure describes a single channel for use + * with cfg80211. + * + * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz + * @max_bandwidth: maximum allowed bandwidth for this channel, in MHz + * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel + * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. + * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory + * code to support devices with additional restrictions + * @band: band this channel belongs to. + * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi + * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) + * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon + * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() + * to enable this, this is is useful only on 5 GHz band. + * @orig_mag: internal use + * @orig_mpwr: internal use */ +struct ieee80211_channel { + enum ieee80211_band band; + u16 center_freq; + u8 max_bandwidth; + u16 hw_value; + u32 flags; + int max_antenna_gain; + int max_power; + bool beacon_found; + u32 orig_flags; + int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; +}; + /** - * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args - * @rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through - * @max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering - * @this_arg_index: IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_... index of current arg - * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg - * @arg_index: internal next argument index - * @arg: internal next argument pointer - * @next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 - * @bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present + * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags + * + * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured + * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for + * different bands/PHY modes. + * + * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short + * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and + * with CCK rates. + * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate + * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the + * core code when registering the wiphy. + * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate + * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the + * core code when registering the wiphy. + * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate + * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the + * core code when registering the wiphy. + * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. */ +enum ieee80211_rate_flags { + IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, + IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, + IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, + IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, + IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, +}; -struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { - struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *rtheader; - int max_length; - int this_arg_index; - u8 *this_arg; +/** + * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition + * + * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can + * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short + * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are + * passed around. + * + * @flags: rate-specific flags + * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps + * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate + * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when + * short preamble is used + */ +struct ieee80211_rate { + u32 flags; + u16 bitrate; + u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; +}; - int arg_index; - u8 *arg; - __le32 *next_bitmap; - u32 bitmap_shifter; +/** + * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities + * + * This structure describes most essential parameters needed + * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. + * + * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA + * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec + * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor + * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing + * @mcs: Supported MCS rates + */ +struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { + u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ + bool ht_supported; + u8 ampdu_factor; + u8 ampdu_density; + struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; }; -extern int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init( - struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, - struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, - int max_length); +/** + * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition + * + * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy + * is able to operate in. + * + * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in + * in this band. + * @band: the band this structure represents + * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels + * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with + * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported + * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. + * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates + */ +struct ieee80211_supported_band { + struct ieee80211_channel *channels; + struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; + enum ieee80211_band band; + int n_channels; + int n_bitrates; + struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; +}; -extern int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next( - struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); +/* + * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods + */ +/** + * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters + * @mesh_id: mesh ID to use + * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID + */ +struct vif_params { + u8 *mesh_id; + int mesh_id_len; +}; - /** +/** * struct key_params - key information * * Information about a key @@ -347,92 +494,6 @@ struct bss_parameters { u8 basic_rates_len; }; -/** - * enum environment_cap - Environment parsed from country IE - * @ENVIRON_ANY: indicates country IE applies to both indoor and - * outdoor operation. - * @ENVIRON_INDOOR: indicates country IE applies only to indoor operation - * @ENVIRON_OUTDOOR: indicates country IE applies only to outdoor operation - */ -enum environment_cap { - ENVIRON_ANY, - ENVIRON_INDOOR, - ENVIRON_OUTDOOR, -}; - -/** - * struct regulatory_request - used to keep track of regulatory requests - * - * @wiphy_idx: this is set if this request's initiator is - * %REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or %REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. This - * can be used by the wireless core to deal with conflicts - * and potentially inform users of which devices specifically - * cased the conflicts. - * @initiator: indicates who sent this request, could be any of - * of those set in nl80211_reg_initiator (%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*) - * @alpha2: the ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code of the requested - * regulatory domain. We have a few special codes: - * 00 - World regulatory domain - * 99 - built by driver but a specific alpha2 cannot be determined - * 98 - result of an intersection between two regulatory domains - * @intersect: indicates whether the wireless core should intersect - * the requested regulatory domain with the presently set regulatory - * domain. - * @country_ie_checksum: checksum of the last processed and accepted - * country IE - * @country_ie_env: lets us know if the AP is telling us we are outdoor, - * indoor, or if it doesn't matter - * @list: used to insert into the reg_requests_list linked list - */ -struct regulatory_request { - int wiphy_idx; - enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator; - char alpha2[2]; - bool intersect; - u32 country_ie_checksum; - enum environment_cap country_ie_env; - struct list_head list; -}; - -struct ieee80211_freq_range { - u32 start_freq_khz; - u32 end_freq_khz; - u32 max_bandwidth_khz; -}; - -struct ieee80211_power_rule { - u32 max_antenna_gain; - u32 max_eirp; -}; - -struct ieee80211_reg_rule { - struct ieee80211_freq_range freq_range; - struct ieee80211_power_rule power_rule; - u32 flags; -}; - -struct ieee80211_regdomain { - u32 n_reg_rules; - char alpha2[2]; - struct ieee80211_reg_rule reg_rules[]; -}; - -#define MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq) ((freq) * 1000) -#define KHZ_TO_MHZ(freq) ((freq) / 1000) -#define DBI_TO_MBI(gain) ((gain) * 100) -#define MBI_TO_DBI(gain) ((gain) / 100) -#define DBM_TO_MBM(gain) ((gain) * 100) -#define MBM_TO_DBM(gain) ((gain) / 100) - -#define REG_RULE(start, end, bw, gain, eirp, reg_flags) { \ - .freq_range.start_freq_khz = MHZ_TO_KHZ(start), \ - .freq_range.end_freq_khz = MHZ_TO_KHZ(end), \ - .freq_range.max_bandwidth_khz = MHZ_TO_KHZ(bw), \ - .power_rule.max_antenna_gain = DBI_TO_MBI(gain), \ - .power_rule.max_eirp = DBM_TO_MBM(eirp), \ - .flags = reg_flags, \ - } - struct mesh_config { /* Timeouts in ms */ /* Mesh plink management parameters */ @@ -853,7 +914,396 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); }; -/* temporary wext handlers */ +/* + * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures + * and registration/helper functions + */ + +/** + * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description + * @idx: the wiphy index assigned to this item + * @class_dev: the class device representing /sys/class/ieee80211/ + * @custom_regulatory: tells us the driver for this device + * has its own custom regulatory domain and cannot identify the + * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 it belongs to. When this is enabled + * we will disregard the first regulatory hint (when the + * initiator is %REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE). + * @strict_regulatory: tells us the driver for this device will ignore + * regulatory domain settings until it gets its own regulatory domain + * via its regulatory_hint(). After its gets its own regulatory domain + * it will only allow further regulatory domain settings to further + * enhance compliance. For example if channel 13 and 14 are disabled + * by this regulatory domain no user regulatory domain can enable these + * channels at a later time. This can be used for devices which do not + * have calibration information gauranteed for frequencies or settings + * outside of its regulatory domain. + * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback + * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via + * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver + * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future + * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. + * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. + * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites + * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites + */ +struct wiphy { + /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ + + /* permanent MAC address */ + u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; + + /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ + u16 interface_modes; + + bool custom_regulatory; + bool strict_regulatory; + + enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; + + int bss_priv_size; + u8 max_scan_ssids; + u16 max_scan_ie_len; + + int n_cipher_suites; + const u32 *cipher_suites; + + /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. + * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't + * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered + * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to + * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ + void *privid; + + struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; + + /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ + int (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + struct regulatory_request *request); + + /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ + + const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd; + + /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, + * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ + struct device dev; + + /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/ */ + struct dentry *debugfsdir; + + char priv[0] __attribute__((__aligned__(NETDEV_ALIGN))); +}; + +/** + * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy + * + * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return + */ +static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) +{ + BUG_ON(!wiphy); + return &wiphy->priv; +} + +/** + * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind + * @dev: The device to parent it to + */ +static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) +{ + wiphy->dev.parent = dev; +} + +/** + * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up + */ +static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) +{ + return wiphy->dev.parent; +} + +/** + * wiphy_name - get wiphy name + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return + */ +static inline const char *wiphy_name(struct wiphy *wiphy) +{ + return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); +} + +/** + * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 + * + * @ops: The configuration operations for this device + * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate + * + * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. + * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. + * + * The returned pointer must be assigned to each netdev's + * ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. + */ +struct wiphy *wiphy_new(struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv); + +/** + * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. + * + * Returns a non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. + */ +extern int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. + * + * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv + * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding + * request that is being handled. + */ +extern void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * wiphy_free - free wiphy + * + * @wiphy: The wiphy to free + */ +extern void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * struct wireless_dev - wireless per-netdev state + * + * This structure must be allocated by the driver/stack + * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device + * (this is intentional so it can be allocated along with + * the netdev.) + * + * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description + * @iftype: interface type + * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces + * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev + * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code + * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code + * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code + * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code + * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code + * @wext_bssid: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code + */ +struct wireless_dev { + struct wiphy *wiphy; + enum nl80211_iftype iftype; + + /* private to the generic wireless code */ + struct list_head list; + struct net_device *netdev; + + /* currently used for IBSS - might be rearranged in the future */ + struct cfg80211_bss *current_bss; + u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; + u8 ssid_len; + +#ifdef CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT + /* wext data */ + struct cfg80211_ibss_params wext; + u8 wext_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; +#endif +}; + +/** + * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev + * + * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return + */ +static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) +{ + BUG_ON(!wdev); + return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); +} + +/* + * Utility functions + */ + +/** + * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency + */ +extern int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan); + +/** + * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number + */ +extern int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); + +/* + * Name indirection necessary because the ieee80211 code also has + * a function named "ieee80211_get_channel", so if you include + * cfg80211's header file you get cfg80211's version, if you try + * to include both header files you'll (rightfully!) get a symbol + * clash. + */ +extern struct ieee80211_channel *__ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, + int freq); +/** + * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency + */ +static inline struct ieee80211_channel * +ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) +{ + return __ieee80211_get_channel(wiphy, freq); +} + +/** + * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate + * + * @sband: the band to look for rates in + * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates + * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate + * + * This function returns the basic rate corresponding to a given + * bitrate, that is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic + * rate map, which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of + * indices of rates in the band's bitrate table. + */ +struct ieee80211_rate * +ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, + u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); + +/* + * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support + * + * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c + * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt + */ + +/** + * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args + * @rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through + * @max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering + * @this_arg_index: IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_... index of current arg + * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg + * @arg_index: internal next argument index + * @arg: internal next argument pointer + * @next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 + * @bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present + */ + +struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { + struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *rtheader; + int max_length; + int this_arg_index; + u8 *this_arg; + + int arg_index; + u8 *arg; + __le32 *next_bitmap; + u32 bitmap_shifter; +}; + +extern int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init( + struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, + struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, + int max_length); + +extern int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next( + struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); + +/* + * Regulatory helper functions for wiphys + */ + +/** + * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain + * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting + * conflicts) + * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain + * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you + * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted + * alpha2. + * + * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core + * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by + * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory + * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. + * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried + * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. + * + * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. + * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), + * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). + * + * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get + * an -ENOMEM. + */ +extern int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); + +/** + * regulatory_hint_11d - hints a country IE as a regulatory domain + * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting + * conflicts) + * @country_ie: pointer to the country IE + * @country_ie_len: length of the country IE + * + * We will intersect the rd with the what CRDA tells us should apply + * for the alpha2 this country IE belongs to, this prevents APs from + * sending us incorrect or outdated information against a country. + */ +extern void regulatory_hint_11d(struct wiphy *wiphy, + u8 *country_ie, + u8 country_ie_len); +/** + * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain + * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on + * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy + * + * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply + * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory + * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The + * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous + * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a + * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. + */ +extern void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory( + struct wiphy *wiphy, + const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); + +/** + * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency + * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for + * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for + * @bandwidth: the bandwidth requirement you have in KHz, if you do not have one + * you can set this to 0. If this frequency is allowed we then set + * this value to the maximum allowed bandwidth. + * @reg_rule: the regulatory rule which we have for this frequency + * + * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on + * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain + * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received + * and processed already. + * + * Returns 0 if it was able to find a valid regulatory rule which does + * apply to the given center_freq otherwise it returns non-zero. It will + * also return -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even have + * a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. See + * freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is purely + * subjective and right now its 802.11 specific. + */ +extern int freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 center_freq, u32 *bandwidth, + const struct ieee80211_reg_rule **reg_rule); + +/* + * Temporary wext handlers & helper functions + * + * In the future cfg80211 will simply assign the entire wext handler + * structure to netdevs it manages, but we're not there yet. + */ int cfg80211_wext_giwname(struct net_device *dev, struct iw_request_info *info, char *name, char *extra); @@ -892,10 +1342,14 @@ int cfg80211_ibss_wext_giwap(struct net_device *dev, struct iw_request_info *info, struct sockaddr *ap_addr, char *extra); -/* wext helper for now (to be removed) */ struct ieee80211_channel *cfg80211_wext_freq(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct iw_freq *freq); +/* + * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification + * functions and BSS handling helpers + */ + /** * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished * @@ -949,6 +1403,7 @@ struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_mesh(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *meshid, size_t meshidlen, const u8 *meshcfg); void cfg80211_put_bss(struct cfg80211_bss *bss); + /** * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures * @wiphy: the wiphy diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 52808bdcc6c..d9686917252 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ #include #include #include -#include #include /** diff --git a/include/net/regulatory.h b/include/net/regulatory.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..47995b81c5d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/regulatory.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +#ifndef __NET_REGULATORY_H +#define __NET_REGULATORY_H +/* + * regulatory support structures + * + * Copyright 2008-2009 Luis R. Rodriguez + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + */ + + +/** + * enum environment_cap - Environment parsed from country IE + * @ENVIRON_ANY: indicates country IE applies to both indoor and + * outdoor operation. + * @ENVIRON_INDOOR: indicates country IE applies only to indoor operation + * @ENVIRON_OUTDOOR: indicates country IE applies only to outdoor operation + */ +enum environment_cap { + ENVIRON_ANY, + ENVIRON_INDOOR, + ENVIRON_OUTDOOR, +}; + +/** + * struct regulatory_request - used to keep track of regulatory requests + * + * @wiphy_idx: this is set if this request's initiator is + * %REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or %REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. This + * can be used by the wireless core to deal with conflicts + * and potentially inform users of which devices specifically + * cased the conflicts. + * @initiator: indicates who sent this request, could be any of + * of those set in nl80211_reg_initiator (%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*) + * @alpha2: the ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code of the requested + * regulatory domain. We have a few special codes: + * 00 - World regulatory domain + * 99 - built by driver but a specific alpha2 cannot be determined + * 98 - result of an intersection between two regulatory domains + * @intersect: indicates whether the wireless core should intersect + * the requested regulatory domain with the presently set regulatory + * domain. + * @country_ie_checksum: checksum of the last processed and accepted + * country IE + * @country_ie_env: lets us know if the AP is telling us we are outdoor, + * indoor, or if it doesn't matter + * @list: used to insert into the reg_requests_list linked list + */ +struct regulatory_request { + int wiphy_idx; + enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator; + char alpha2[2]; + bool intersect; + u32 country_ie_checksum; + enum environment_cap country_ie_env; + struct list_head list; +}; + +struct ieee80211_freq_range { + u32 start_freq_khz; + u32 end_freq_khz; + u32 max_bandwidth_khz; +}; + +struct ieee80211_power_rule { + u32 max_antenna_gain; + u32 max_eirp; +}; + +struct ieee80211_reg_rule { + struct ieee80211_freq_range freq_range; + struct ieee80211_power_rule power_rule; + u32 flags; +}; + +struct ieee80211_regdomain { + u32 n_reg_rules; + char alpha2[2]; + struct ieee80211_reg_rule reg_rules[]; +}; + +#define MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq) ((freq) * 1000) +#define KHZ_TO_MHZ(freq) ((freq) / 1000) +#define DBI_TO_MBI(gain) ((gain) * 100) +#define MBI_TO_DBI(gain) ((gain) / 100) +#define DBM_TO_MBM(gain) ((gain) * 100) +#define MBM_TO_DBM(gain) ((gain) / 100) + +#define REG_RULE(start, end, bw, gain, eirp, reg_flags) \ +{ \ + .freq_range.start_freq_khz = MHZ_TO_KHZ(start), \ + .freq_range.end_freq_khz = MHZ_TO_KHZ(end), \ + .freq_range.max_bandwidth_khz = MHZ_TO_KHZ(bw), \ + .power_rule.max_antenna_gain = DBI_TO_MBI(gain),\ + .power_rule.max_eirp = DBM_TO_MBM(eirp), \ + .flags = reg_flags, \ +} + +#endif diff --git a/include/net/wireless.h b/include/net/wireless.h deleted file mode 100644 index abd27b03333..00000000000 --- a/include/net/wireless.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,492 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef __NET_WIRELESS_H -#define __NET_WIRELESS_H - -/* - * 802.11 device management - * - * Copyright 2007 Johannes Berg - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -/** - * enum ieee80211_band - supported frequency bands - * - * The bands are assigned this way because the supported - * bitrates differ in these bands. - * - * @IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz ISM band - * @IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5GHz band (4.9-5.7) - */ -enum ieee80211_band { - IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ, - IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ, - - /* keep last */ - IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS -}; - -/** - * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags - * - * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. - * - * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. - * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN: Only passive scanning is permitted - * on this channel. - * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS: IBSS is not allowed on this channel. - * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. - * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_ABOVE: extension channel above this channel - * is not permitted. - * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_BELOW: extension channel below this channel - * is not permitted. - */ -enum ieee80211_channel_flags { - IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, - IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN = 1<<1, - IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS = 1<<2, - IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, - IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_ABOVE = 1<<4, - IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_BELOW = 1<<5, -}; - -/** - * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition - * - * This structure describes a single channel for use - * with cfg80211. - * - * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz - * @max_bandwidth: maximum allowed bandwidth for this channel, in MHz - * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel - * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. - * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory - * code to support devices with additional restrictions - * @band: band this channel belongs to. - * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi - * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) - * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon - * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() - * to enable this, this is is useful only on 5 GHz band. - * @orig_mag: internal use - * @orig_mpwr: internal use - */ -struct ieee80211_channel { - enum ieee80211_band band; - u16 center_freq; - u8 max_bandwidth; - u16 hw_value; - u32 flags; - int max_antenna_gain; - int max_power; - bool beacon_found; - u32 orig_flags; - int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; -}; - -/** - * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags - * - * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured - * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for - * different bands/PHY modes. - * - * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short - * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and - * with CCK rates. - * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate - * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the - * core code when registering the wiphy. - * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate - * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the - * core code when registering the wiphy. - * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate - * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the - * core code when registering the wiphy. - * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. - */ -enum ieee80211_rate_flags { - IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, - IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, - IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, - IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, - IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, -}; - -/** - * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition - * - * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can - * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short - * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are - * passed around. - * - * @flags: rate-specific flags - * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps - * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate - * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when - * short preamble is used - */ -struct ieee80211_rate { - u32 flags; - u16 bitrate; - u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; -}; - -/** - * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities - * - * This structure describes most essential parameters needed - * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. - * - * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA - * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec - * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor - * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing - * @mcs: Supported MCS rates - */ -struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { - u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ - bool ht_supported; - u8 ampdu_factor; - u8 ampdu_density; - struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; -}; - -/** - * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition - * - * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy - * is able to operate in. - * - * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in - * in this band. - * @band: the band this structure represents - * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels - * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with - * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported - * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. - * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates - */ -struct ieee80211_supported_band { - struct ieee80211_channel *channels; - struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; - enum ieee80211_band band; - int n_channels; - int n_bitrates; - struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; -}; - -/** - * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description - * @idx: the wiphy index assigned to this item - * @class_dev: the class device representing /sys/class/ieee80211/ - * @custom_regulatory: tells us the driver for this device - * has its own custom regulatory domain and cannot identify the - * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 it belongs to. When this is enabled - * we will disregard the first regulatory hint (when the - * initiator is %REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE). - * @strict_regulatory: tells us the driver for this device will ignore - * regulatory domain settings until it gets its own regulatory domain - * via its regulatory_hint(). After its gets its own regulatory domain - * it will only allow further regulatory domain settings to further - * enhance compliance. For example if channel 13 and 14 are disabled - * by this regulatory domain no user regulatory domain can enable these - * channels at a later time. This can be used for devices which do not - * have calibration information gauranteed for frequencies or settings - * outside of its regulatory domain. - * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback - * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via - * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver - * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future - * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. - * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. - * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites - * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites - */ -struct wiphy { - /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ - - /* permanent MAC address */ - u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; - - /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ - u16 interface_modes; - - bool custom_regulatory; - bool strict_regulatory; - - enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; - - int bss_priv_size; - u8 max_scan_ssids; - u16 max_scan_ie_len; - - int n_cipher_suites; - const u32 *cipher_suites; - - /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. - * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't - * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered - * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to - * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ - void *privid; - - struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; - - /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ - int (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, - struct regulatory_request *request); - - /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ - - const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd; - - /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, - * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ - struct device dev; - - /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/ */ - struct dentry *debugfsdir; - - char priv[0] __attribute__((__aligned__(NETDEV_ALIGN))); -}; - -/** struct wireless_dev - wireless per-netdev state - * - * This structure must be allocated by the driver/stack - * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device - * (this is intentional so it can be allocated along with - * the netdev.) - * - * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description - * @iftype: interface type - * @list: (private) - * @netdev (private) - */ -struct wireless_dev { - struct wiphy *wiphy; - enum nl80211_iftype iftype; - - /* private to the generic wireless code */ - struct list_head list; - struct net_device *netdev; - - /* currently used for IBSS - might be rearranged in the future */ - struct cfg80211_bss *current_bss; - u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; - u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; - u8 ssid_len; - -#ifdef CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT - /* wext data */ - struct cfg80211_ibss_params wext; - u8 wext_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; -#endif -}; - -/** - * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy - */ -static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) -{ - BUG_ON(!wiphy); - return &wiphy->priv; -} - -/** - * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy - */ -static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) -{ - wiphy->dev.parent = dev; -} - -/** - * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer - */ -static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) -{ - return wiphy->dev.parent; -} - -/** - * wiphy_name - get wiphy name - */ -static inline const char *wiphy_name(struct wiphy *wiphy) -{ - return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); -} - -/** - * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev - */ -static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) -{ - BUG_ON(!wdev); - return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); -} - -/** - * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 - * - * create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. - * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. - * - * the returned pointer must be assigned to each netdev's - * ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. - */ -struct wiphy *wiphy_new(struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv); - -/** - * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 - * - * register the given wiphy - * - * Returns a non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. - */ -extern int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); - -/** - * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 - * - * unregister a device with the given priv pointer. - * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv - * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding - * request that is being handled. - */ -extern void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); - -/** - * wiphy_free - free wiphy - */ -extern void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); - -/** - * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency - */ -extern int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan); - -/** - * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number - */ -extern int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); - -/* - * Name indirection necessary because the ieee80211 code also has - * a function named "ieee80211_get_channel", so if you include - * cfg80211's header file you get cfg80211's version, if you try - * to include both header files you'll (rightfully!) get a symbol - * clash. - */ -extern struct ieee80211_channel *__ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, - int freq); -/** - * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency - */ -static inline struct ieee80211_channel * -ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) -{ - return __ieee80211_get_channel(wiphy, freq); -} - -/** - * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate - * - * @sband: the band to look for rates in - * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates - * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate - * - * This function returns the basic rate corresponding to a given - * bitrate, that is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic - * rate map, which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of - * indices of rates in the band's bitrate table. - */ -struct ieee80211_rate * -ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, - u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); - -/** - * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain - * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting - * conflicts) - * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain - * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you - * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted - * alpha2. - * - * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core - * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by - * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory - * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. - * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried - * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. - * - * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. - * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), - * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). - * - * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get - * an -ENOMEM. - */ -extern int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); - -/** - * regulatory_hint_11d - hints a country IE as a regulatory domain - * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting - * conflicts) - * @country_ie: pointer to the country IE - * @country_ie_len: length of the country IE - * - * We will intersect the rd with the what CRDA tells us should apply - * for the alpha2 this country IE belongs to, this prevents APs from - * sending us incorrect or outdated information against a country. - */ -extern void regulatory_hint_11d(struct wiphy *wiphy, - u8 *country_ie, - u8 country_ie_len); -/** - * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain - * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on - * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy - * - * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply - * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory - * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The - * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous - * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a - * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. - */ -extern void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory( - struct wiphy *wiphy, - const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); - -/** - * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency - * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for - * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for - * @bandwidth: the bandwidth requirement you have in KHz, if you do not have one - * you can set this to 0. If this frequency is allowed we then set - * this value to the maximum allowed bandwidth. - * @reg_rule: the regulatory rule which we have for this frequency - * - * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on - * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain - * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received - * and processed already. - * - * Returns 0 if it was able to find a valid regulatory rule which does - * apply to the given center_freq otherwise it returns non-zero. It will - * also return -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even have - * a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. See - * freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is purely - * subjective and right now its 802.11 specific. - */ -extern int freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 center_freq, u32 *bandwidth, - const struct ieee80211_reg_rule **reg_rule); - -#endif /* __NET_WIRELESS_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b9a5f8cab751d362f7c2d94899ca788c22fcd1ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Mon, 20 Apr 2009 18:39:05 +0200 Subject: nl80211: Add set/get for frag/rts threshold and retry limits Add new nl80211 attributes that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY and NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to manage fragmentation/RTS threshold and retry limits. Since these values are stored in struct wiphy, remove the local copy from mac80211 where feasible (frag & rts threshold). The retry limits are currently needed in struct ieee80211_conf, but these could be eventually removed since the driver should have access to the values in struct wiphy. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 24 ++++++++++++++++++++++-- include/net/cfg80211.h | 50 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 72 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 25ce3e42bd1..dc9d9ec5d1a 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -46,8 +46,10 @@ * to get a list of all present wiphys. * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, - * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, and/or - * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE. + * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, + * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, + * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, + * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. @@ -337,6 +339,18 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is + * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; + * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is + * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; + * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum + * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable + * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length + * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: + * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 * * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name @@ -565,6 +579,12 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, + + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 601eac64b02..54bc69c8369 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -743,6 +743,20 @@ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { bool channel_fixed; }; +/** + * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values + * WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed + * WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed + * WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed + * WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed + */ +enum wiphy_params_flags { + WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, + WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, + WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, + WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, +}; + /** * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration * @@ -823,6 +837,11 @@ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due * to a merge. * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. + * + * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; + * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values + * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in + * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. */ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy); @@ -912,6 +931,8 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); + + int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); }; /* @@ -945,6 +966,11 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites + * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) + * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) + * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); + * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used + * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled */ struct wiphy { /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ @@ -967,6 +993,11 @@ struct wiphy { int n_cipher_suites; const u32 *cipher_suites; + u8 retry_short; + u8 retry_long; + u32 frag_threshold; + u32 rts_threshold; + /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered @@ -1345,6 +1376,25 @@ int cfg80211_ibss_wext_giwap(struct net_device *dev, struct ieee80211_channel *cfg80211_wext_freq(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct iw_freq *freq); +int cfg80211_wext_siwrts(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_param *rts, char *extra); +int cfg80211_wext_giwrts(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_param *rts, char *extra); +int cfg80211_wext_siwfrag(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_param *frag, char *extra); +int cfg80211_wext_giwfrag(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_param *frag, char *extra); +int cfg80211_wext_siwretry(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_param *retry, char *extra); +int cfg80211_wext_giwretry(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_param *retry, char *extra); + /* * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification * functions and BSS handling helpers -- cgit v1.2.3 From e7ec86f54e519e8e86f1cf328db13263f3ef8bd4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sat, 18 Apr 2009 17:33:24 +0200 Subject: mac80211: validate TIM IE length (redux) The TIM IE must not be shorter than 4 bytes, so verify that when parsing it and use the proper type. To ease that adjust struct ieee80211_tim_ie to have a virtual bitmap of size at least 1. Also check that the TIM IE is actually present before trying to parse it! Because other people may need the function, make it a static inline in ieee80211.h. (The original "mac80211: validate TIM IE length" was a minimal fix for 2.6.30. This purports to be the full, correct fix. -- JWL) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 32 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 53563d53b5a..c52e7fba4e4 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ struct ieee80211_tim_ie { u8 dtim_period; u8 bitmap_ctrl; /* variable size: 1 - 251 bytes */ - u8 virtual_map[0]; + u8 virtual_map[1]; } __attribute__ ((packed)); #define WLAN_SA_QUERY_TR_ID_LEN 16 @@ -1392,4 +1392,34 @@ static inline unsigned long ieee80211_tu_to_usec(unsigned long tu) return 1024 * tu; } +/** + * ieee80211_check_tim - check if AID bit is set in TIM + * @tim: the TIM IE + * @tim_len: length of the TIM IE + * @aid: the AID to look for + */ +static inline bool ieee80211_check_tim(struct ieee80211_tim_ie *tim, + u8 tim_len, u16 aid) +{ + u8 mask; + u8 index, indexn1, indexn2; + + if (unlikely(!tim || tim_len < sizeof(*tim))) + return false; + + aid &= 0x3fff; + index = aid / 8; + mask = 1 << (aid & 7); + + indexn1 = tim->bitmap_ctrl & 0xfe; + indexn2 = tim_len + indexn1 - 4; + + if (index < indexn1 || index > indexn2) + return false; + + index -= indexn1; + + return !!(tim->virtual_map[index] & mask); +} + #endif /* LINUX_IEEE80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e255d5eb2b478eec1416b46aea03798b64355402 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 22 Apr 2009 12:40:07 +0200 Subject: mac80211: remove IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_DYNPS_TIMEOUT Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient for changes in the power saving things. The driver already tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the "have dynps support" hw flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 10 ++++------ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index d9686917252..183956e4930 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -532,8 +532,7 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL: the beacon interval changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIOTAP: the radiotap flag changed - * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag changed - * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_DYNPS_TIMEOUT: the dynamic PS timeout changed + * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed @@ -544,10 +543,9 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIOTAP = BIT(3), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4), - IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_DYNPS_TIMEOUT = BIT(5), - IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(6), - IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(7), - IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(8), + IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5), + IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6), + IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7), }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8e30bc55de98c000b0b836cb42525c82f605f191 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 22 Apr 2009 17:45:38 +0200 Subject: nl80211: allow configuring IBSS beacon interval Make the JOIN_IBSS command look at the beacon interval attribute to see if the user requested a specific beacon interval, if not default to 100 TU (wext too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 +++- include/net/cfg80211.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index dc9d9ec5d1a..b6a48dd502c 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -230,7 +230,9 @@ * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ - * may be rejected. + * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, + * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not + * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is * determined by the network interface. * diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 54bc69c8369..7f7b53b69cb 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -733,6 +733,7 @@ struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { * IBSSs to join on other channels. * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon * @ie_len: length of that + * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use */ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { u8 *ssid; @@ -740,6 +741,7 @@ struct cfg80211_ibss_params { struct ieee80211_channel *channel; u8 *ie; u8 ssid_len, ie_len; + u16 beacon_interval; bool channel_fixed; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 04fe20372e70685d9f15966216cdffd3795fe590 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 22 Apr 2009 18:44:37 +0200 Subject: mac80211: calculate maximum sleep interval The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger) and the required networking latency (it must be small enough to fulfil those constraints). This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver. Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at most that long. Note that the device is responsible for aligning the maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them. Also, group some powersave documentation together and make it more explicit that we support managed mode only, and no IBSS powersaving (yet). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 19 ++++++++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 183956e4930..446dbf75a1c 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ struct ieee80211_rx_status { * Flags to define PHY configuration options * * @IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP: add radiotap header at receive time (if supported) - * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode + * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only) */ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP = (1<<0), @@ -553,14 +553,26 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { * * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware. * + * @flags: configuration flags defined above + * * @radio_enabled: when zero, driver is required to switch off the radio. * @beacon_int: beacon interval (TODO make interface config) + * * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval - * @flags: configuration flags defined above + * @max_sleep_interval: the maximum number of beacon intervals to sleep for + * before checking the beacon for a TIM bit (managed mode only); this + * value will be only achievable between DTIM frames, the hardware + * needs to check for the multicast traffic bit in DTIM beacons. + * This variable is valid only when the CONF_PS flag is set. + * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the + * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when + * the CONF_PS flag is set. + * * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm) - * @dynamic_ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout (in ms) + * * @channel: the channel to tune to * @channel_type: the channel (HT) type + * * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11, * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries @@ -572,6 +584,7 @@ struct ieee80211_conf { int beacon_int; u32 flags; int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout; + int max_sleep_interval; u16 listen_interval; bool radio_enabled; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1965c85331ed29dc4fd32479ff31663e3e9a518f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Wed, 22 Apr 2009 21:38:25 +0300 Subject: nl80211: Add event for authentication/association timeout SME needs to be notified when the authentication or association attempt times out and MLME has stopped processing in order to allow the SME to decide what to do next. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 13 +++++++++++-- include/net/cfg80211.h | 22 ++++++++++++++++++++-- 2 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index b6a48dd502c..e9fd13aa79f 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -203,8 +203,12 @@ * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The - * included NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame - * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). + * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame + * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is + * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that + * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a + * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which + * pending authentication timed out). * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, @@ -487,6 +491,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look * for other networks on different channels * + * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this + * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -587,6 +594,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, + NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 7f7b53b69cb..b8a76764e1c 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1475,10 +1475,19 @@ void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); * @len: length of the frame data * * This function is called whenever an authentication has been processed in - * station mode. + * station mode. The driver is required to call either this function or + * cfg80211_send_auth_timeout() to indicate the result of cfg80211_ops::auth() + * call. */ void cfg80211_send_rx_auth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); +/** + * cfg80211_send_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication + * @dev: network device + * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out + */ +void cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); + /** * cfg80211_send_rx_assoc - notification of processed association * @dev: network device @@ -1486,10 +1495,19 @@ void cfg80211_send_rx_auth(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); * @len: length of the frame data * * This function is called whenever a (re)association response has been - * processed in station mode. + * processed in station mode. The driver is required to call either this + * function or cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout() to indicate the result of + * cfg80211_ops::assoc() call. */ void cfg80211_send_rx_assoc(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); +/** + * cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association + * @dev: network device + * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the association timed out + */ +void cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); + /** * cfg80211_send_deauth - notification of processed deauthentication * @dev: network device -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9d5c5d8f4105dc56ec10864b195dd1714f282c22 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hendrik Brueckner Date: Tue, 21 Apr 2009 23:26:22 +0000 Subject: af_iucv: add sockopt() to enable/disable use of IPRM_DATA msgs Provide the socket operations getsocktopt() and setsockopt() to enable/disable sending of data in the parameter list of IUCV messages. The patch sets respective flag only. Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/socket.h | 1 + include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h | 4 ++++ 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/socket.h b/include/linux/socket.h index 42a0396f2c5..d2310cb45d2 100644 --- a/include/linux/socket.h +++ b/include/linux/socket.h @@ -303,6 +303,7 @@ struct ucred { #define SOL_BLUETOOTH 274 #define SOL_PNPIPE 275 #define SOL_RDS 276 +#define SOL_IUCV 277 /* IPX options */ #define IPX_TYPE 1 diff --git a/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h b/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h index 85f80eadfa3..78a72764aef 100644 --- a/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h +++ b/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h @@ -73,8 +73,12 @@ struct iucv_sock { struct sk_buff_head backlog_skb_q; struct sock_msg_q message_q; unsigned int send_tag; + u8 flags; }; +/* iucv socket options (SOL_IUCV) */ +#define SO_IPRMDATA_MSG 0x0080 /* send/recv IPRM_DATA msgs */ + struct iucv_sock_list { struct hlist_head head; rwlock_t lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44b1e6b5f9a93cc2ba024e09cf137d5f1b5f8426 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hendrik Brueckner Date: Tue, 21 Apr 2009 23:26:24 +0000 Subject: af_iucv: Modify iucv msg target class using control msghdr Allow 'classification' of socket data that is sent or received over an af_iucv socket. For classification of data, the target class of an (native) iucv message is used. This patch provides the cmsg interface for iucv_sock_recvmsg() and iucv_sock_sendmsg(). Applications can use the msg_control field of struct msghdr to set or get the target class as a "socket control message" (SCM/CMSG). Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h b/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h index 78a72764aef..b57739e49dc 100644 --- a/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h +++ b/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h @@ -79,6 +79,9 @@ struct iucv_sock { /* iucv socket options (SOL_IUCV) */ #define SO_IPRMDATA_MSG 0x0080 /* send/recv IPRM_DATA msgs */ +/* iucv related control messages (scm) */ +#define SCM_IUCV_TRGCLS 0x0001 /* target class control message */ + struct iucv_sock_list { struct hlist_head head; rwlock_t lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 09488e2e0fab14ebe41135f0d066cfe2c56ba9e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hendrik Brueckner Date: Tue, 21 Apr 2009 23:26:27 +0000 Subject: af_iucv: New socket option for setting IUCV MSGLIMITs The SO_MSGLIMIT socket option modifies the message limit for new IUCV communication paths. The message limit specifies the maximum number of outstanding messages that are allowed for connections. This setting can be lowered by z/VM when an IUCV connection is established. Expects an integer value in the range of 1 to 65535. The default value is 65535. The message limit must be set before calling connect() or listen() for sockets. If sockets are already connected or in state listen, changing the message limit is not supported. For reading the message limit value, unconnected sockets return the limit that has been set or the default limit. For connected sockets, the actual message limit is returned. The actual message limit is assigned by z/VM for each connection and it depends on IUCV MSGLIMIT authorizations specified for the z/VM guest virtual machine. Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h b/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h index b57739e49dc..21ee49ffcba 100644 --- a/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h +++ b/include/net/iucv/af_iucv.h @@ -74,10 +74,12 @@ struct iucv_sock { struct sock_msg_q message_q; unsigned int send_tag; u8 flags; + u16 msglimit; }; /* iucv socket options (SOL_IUCV) */ #define SO_IPRMDATA_MSG 0x0080 /* send/recv IPRM_DATA msgs */ +#define SO_MSGLIMIT 0x1000 /* get/set IUCV MSGLIMIT */ /* iucv related control messages (scm) */ #define SCM_IUCV_TRGCLS 0x0001 /* target class control message */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 92ae3efa53b481ad669d8b85c6cfa37d774bb21e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rami Rosen Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 02:35:32 -0700 Subject: ipv4: remove unused member in fib_table. This patch removes an unused parameter (tb_stamp) from fib_table structure in include/net/ip_fib.h. Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/ip_fib.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/ip_fib.h b/include/net/ip_fib.h index 8b12667f7a2..34855eede5f 100644 --- a/include/net/ip_fib.h +++ b/include/net/ip_fib.h @@ -145,7 +145,6 @@ struct fib_result_nl { struct fib_table { struct hlist_node tb_hlist; u32 tb_id; - unsigned tb_stamp; int tb_default; int (*tb_lookup)(struct fib_table *tb, const struct flowi *flp, struct fib_result *res); int (*tb_insert)(struct fib_table *, struct fib_config *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From edf391ff17232f097d72441c9ad467bcb3b5db18 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Neil Horman Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 02:45:02 -0700 Subject: snmp: add missing counters for RFC 4293 The IP MIB (RFC 4293) defines stats for InOctets, OutOctets, InMcastOctets and OutMcastOctets: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4293 But it seems we don't track those in any way that easy to separate from other protocols. This patch adds those missing counters to the stats file. Tested successfully by me With help from Eric Dumazet. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/snmp.h | 10 ++++++++-- include/net/ip.h | 3 +++ include/net/ipv6.h | 15 ++++++++++++++- include/net/snmp.h | 19 ++++++++++++++++++- 4 files changed, 43 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/snmp.h b/include/linux/snmp.h index aee3f1e1d1c..0f953fe4041 100644 --- a/include/linux/snmp.h +++ b/include/linux/snmp.h @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ enum { IPSTATS_MIB_NUM = 0, - IPSTATS_MIB_INRECEIVES, /* InReceives */ + IPSTATS_MIB_INPKTS, /* InReceives */ IPSTATS_MIB_INHDRERRORS, /* InHdrErrors */ IPSTATS_MIB_INTOOBIGERRORS, /* InTooBigErrors */ IPSTATS_MIB_INNOROUTES, /* InNoRoutes */ @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ enum IPSTATS_MIB_INDISCARDS, /* InDiscards */ IPSTATS_MIB_INDELIVERS, /* InDelivers */ IPSTATS_MIB_OUTFORWDATAGRAMS, /* OutForwDatagrams */ - IPSTATS_MIB_OUTREQUESTS, /* OutRequests */ + IPSTATS_MIB_OUTPKTS, /* OutRequests */ IPSTATS_MIB_OUTDISCARDS, /* OutDiscards */ IPSTATS_MIB_OUTNOROUTES, /* OutNoRoutes */ IPSTATS_MIB_REASMTIMEOUT, /* ReasmTimeout */ @@ -42,6 +42,12 @@ enum IPSTATS_MIB_OUTMCASTPKTS, /* OutMcastPkts */ IPSTATS_MIB_INBCASTPKTS, /* InBcastPkts */ IPSTATS_MIB_OUTBCASTPKTS, /* OutBcastPkts */ + IPSTATS_MIB_INOCTETS, /* InOctets */ + IPSTATS_MIB_OUTOCTETS, /* OutOctets */ + IPSTATS_MIB_INMCASTOCTETS, /* InMcastOctets */ + IPSTATS_MIB_OUTMCASTOCTETS, /* OutMcastOctets */ + IPSTATS_MIB_INBCASTOCTETS, /* InBcastOctets */ + IPSTATS_MIB_OUTBCASTOCTETS, /* OutBcastOctets */ __IPSTATS_MIB_MAX }; diff --git a/include/net/ip.h b/include/net/ip.h index 4ac7577f98d..72c36926c26 100644 --- a/include/net/ip.h +++ b/include/net/ip.h @@ -168,7 +168,10 @@ struct ipv4_config extern struct ipv4_config ipv4_config; #define IP_INC_STATS(net, field) SNMP_INC_STATS((net)->mib.ip_statistics, field) #define IP_INC_STATS_BH(net, field) SNMP_INC_STATS_BH((net)->mib.ip_statistics, field) +#define IP_ADD_STATS(net, field, val) SNMP_ADD_STATS((net)->mib.ip_statistics, field, val) #define IP_ADD_STATS_BH(net, field, val) SNMP_ADD_STATS_BH((net)->mib.ip_statistics, field, val) +#define IP_UPD_PO_STATS(net, field, val) SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS((net)->mib.ip_statistics, field, val) +#define IP_UPD_PO_STATS_BH(net, field, val) SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS_BH((net)->mib.ip_statistics, field, val) #define NET_INC_STATS(net, field) SNMP_INC_STATS((net)->mib.net_statistics, field) #define NET_INC_STATS_BH(net, field) SNMP_INC_STATS_BH((net)->mib.net_statistics, field) #define NET_INC_STATS_USER(net, field) SNMP_INC_STATS_USER((net)->mib.net_statistics, field) diff --git a/include/net/ipv6.h b/include/net/ipv6.h index c1f16fc49ad..f27fd83d67d 100644 --- a/include/net/ipv6.h +++ b/include/net/ipv6.h @@ -126,15 +126,28 @@ extern struct ctl_path net_ipv6_ctl_path[]; SNMP_ADD_STATS##modifier((net)->mib.statname##_statistics, (field), (val));\ }) +#define _DEVUPD(net, statname, modifier, idev, field, val) \ +({ \ + struct inet6_dev *_idev = (idev); \ + if (likely(_idev != NULL)) \ + SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS##modifier((_idev)->stats.statname, field, (val)); \ + SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS##modifier((net)->mib.statname##_statistics, field, (val));\ +}) + /* MIBs */ #define IP6_INC_STATS(net, idev,field) \ _DEVINC(net, ipv6, , idev, field) #define IP6_INC_STATS_BH(net, idev,field) \ _DEVINC(net, ipv6, _BH, idev, field) +#define IP6_ADD_STATS(net, idev,field,val) \ + _DEVADD(net, ipv6, , idev, field, val) #define IP6_ADD_STATS_BH(net, idev,field,val) \ _DEVADD(net, ipv6, _BH, idev, field, val) - +#define IP6_UPD_PO_STATS(net, idev,field,val) \ + _DEVUPD(net, ipv6, , idev, field, val) +#define IP6_UPD_PO_STATS_BH(net, idev,field,val) \ + _DEVUPD(net, ipv6, _BH, idev, field, val) #define ICMP6_INC_STATS(net, idev, field) \ _DEVINC(net, icmpv6, , idev, field) #define ICMP6_INC_STATS_BH(net, idev, field) \ diff --git a/include/net/snmp.h b/include/net/snmp.h index 57c93628695..8c842e06bec 100644 --- a/include/net/snmp.h +++ b/include/net/snmp.h @@ -153,6 +153,11 @@ struct linux_xfrm_mib { per_cpu_ptr(mib[!in_softirq()], get_cpu())->mibs[field]--; \ put_cpu(); \ } while (0) +#define SNMP_ADD_STATS(mib, field, addend) \ + do { \ + per_cpu_ptr(mib[!in_softirq()], get_cpu())->mibs[field] += addend; \ + put_cpu(); \ + } while (0) #define SNMP_ADD_STATS_BH(mib, field, addend) \ (per_cpu_ptr(mib[0], raw_smp_processor_id())->mibs[field] += addend) #define SNMP_ADD_STATS_USER(mib, field, addend) \ @@ -160,5 +165,17 @@ struct linux_xfrm_mib { per_cpu_ptr(mib[1], get_cpu())->mibs[field] += addend; \ put_cpu(); \ } while (0) - +#define SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS(mib, basefield, addend) \ + do { \ + __typeof__(mib[0]) ptr = per_cpu_ptr(mib[!in_softirq()], get_cpu());\ + ptr->mibs[basefield##PKTS]++; \ + ptr->mibs[basefield##OCTETS] += addend;\ + put_cpu(); \ + } while (0) +#define SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS_BH(mib, basefield, addend) \ + do { \ + __typeof__(mib[0]) ptr = per_cpu_ptr(mib[!in_softirq()], raw_smp_processor_id());\ + ptr->mibs[basefield##PKTS]++; \ + ptr->mibs[basefield##OCTETS] += addend;\ + } while (0) #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 739649c53d7f78f5bf41bdfd1a858ee90c7a687a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant Likely Date: Sat, 25 Apr 2009 12:52:40 +0000 Subject: of: add of_parse_phandle() helper for parsing phandle properties of_parse_phandle() is a helper function to read and parse a phandle property and return a pointer to the resulting device_node. Signed-off-by: Grant Likely Acked-by: Andy Fleming Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/of.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/of.h b/include/linux/of.h index 6a7efa242f5..7be2d1043c1 100644 --- a/include/linux/of.h +++ b/include/linux/of.h @@ -77,6 +77,9 @@ extern int of_n_size_cells(struct device_node *np); extern const struct of_device_id *of_match_node( const struct of_device_id *matches, const struct device_node *node); extern int of_modalias_node(struct device_node *node, char *modalias, int len); +extern struct device_node *of_parse_phandle(struct device_node *np, + const char *phandle_name, + int index); extern int of_parse_phandles_with_args(struct device_node *np, const char *list_name, const char *cells_name, int index, struct device_node **out_node, const void **out_args); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4dea547fef1ba23f9d23f5e7f5218187a7dcf1b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant Likely Date: Sat, 25 Apr 2009 12:52:46 +0000 Subject: phylib: rework to prepare for OF registration of PHYs This patch makes changes in preparation for supporting open firmware device tree descriptions of MDIO busses. Changes include: - Cleanup handling of phy_map[] entries; they are already NULLed when registering and so don't need to be re-cleared, and it is good practice to clear them out when unregistering. - Split phy_device registration out into a new function so that the OF helpers can do two stage registration (separate allocation and registration steps). Signed-off-by: Grant Likely Acked-by: Andy Fleming Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/phy.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/phy.h b/include/linux/phy.h index 97e40cb6b58..bf0b5f112dc 100644 --- a/include/linux/phy.h +++ b/include/linux/phy.h @@ -444,6 +444,7 @@ static inline int phy_write(struct phy_device *phydev, u16 regnum, u16 val) int get_phy_id(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, u32 *phy_id); struct phy_device* get_phy_device(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr); +int phy_device_register(struct phy_device *phy); int phy_clear_interrupt(struct phy_device *phydev); int phy_config_interrupt(struct phy_device *phydev, u32 interrupts); struct phy_device * phy_attach(struct net_device *dev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From fa94f6d93c5382810ff41f010f12ca8698fc775e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant Likely Date: Sat, 25 Apr 2009 12:52:51 +0000 Subject: phylib: add *_direct() variants of phy_connect and phy_attach functions Add phy_connect_direct() and phy_attach_direct() functions so that drivers can use a pointer to the phy_device instead of trying to determine the phy's bus_id string. This patch is useful for OF device tree descriptions of phy devices where the driver doesn't need or know what the bus_id value in order to get a phy_device pointer. Signed-off-by: Grant Likely Acked-by: Andy Fleming Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/phy.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/phy.h b/include/linux/phy.h index bf0b5f112dc..c216e4e503b 100644 --- a/include/linux/phy.h +++ b/include/linux/phy.h @@ -447,8 +447,13 @@ struct phy_device* get_phy_device(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr); int phy_device_register(struct phy_device *phy); int phy_clear_interrupt(struct phy_device *phydev); int phy_config_interrupt(struct phy_device *phydev, u32 interrupts); +int phy_attach_direct(struct net_device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev, + u32 flags, phy_interface_t interface); struct phy_device * phy_attach(struct net_device *dev, const char *bus_id, u32 flags, phy_interface_t interface); +int phy_connect_direct(struct net_device *dev, struct phy_device *phydev, + void (*handler)(struct net_device *), u32 flags, + phy_interface_t interface); struct phy_device * phy_connect(struct net_device *dev, const char *bus_id, void (*handler)(struct net_device *), u32 flags, phy_interface_t interface); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8bc487d150b939e69830c39322df4ee486efe381 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant Likely Date: Sat, 25 Apr 2009 12:52:56 +0000 Subject: openfirmware: Add OF phylib support code Add support for parsing the device tree for PHY devices on an MDIO bus. Currently many of the PowerPC ethernet drivers are open coding a solution for reading data out of the device tree to find the correct PHY device. This patch implements a set of common routines to: a) let MDIO bus drivers register phy_devices described in the tree, and b) let MAC drivers find the correct phy_device via the tree. Signed-off-by: Grant Likely Acked-by: Andy Fleming Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/of_mdio.h | 22 ++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 22 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/of_mdio.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/of_mdio.h b/include/linux/of_mdio.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9663c69030 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/of_mdio.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* + * OF helpers for the MDIO (Ethernet PHY) API + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Secret Lab Technologies, Ltd. + * + * This file is released under the GPLv2 + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_OF_MDIO_H +#define __LINUX_OF_MDIO_H + +#include +#include + +extern int of_mdiobus_register(struct mii_bus *mdio, struct device_node *np); +extern struct phy_device *of_phy_find_device(struct device_node *phy_np); +extern struct phy_device *of_phy_connect(struct net_device *dev, + struct device_node *phy_np, + void (*hndlr)(struct net_device *), + u32 flags, phy_interface_t iface); + +#endif /* __LINUX_OF_MDIO_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From aa73832c5a80d6c52c69b18af858d88fa595dd3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant Likely Date: Sat, 25 Apr 2009 12:53:33 +0000 Subject: net: Rework fs_enet driver to use of_mdio infrastructure This patch simplifies the driver by making use of more common code. Signed-off-by: Grant Likely Acked-by: Andy Fleming Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/fs_enet_pd.h | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fs_enet_pd.h b/include/linux/fs_enet_pd.h index 8300cab30f9..51b793466ff 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs_enet_pd.h +++ b/include/linux/fs_enet_pd.h @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ #define FS_ENET_PD_H #include +#include #include #define FS_ENET_NAME "fs_enet" @@ -130,10 +131,7 @@ struct fs_platform_info { u32 device_flags; - int phy_addr; /* the phy address (-1 no phy) */ - char bus_id[16]; - int phy_irq; /* the phy irq (if it exists) */ - + struct device_node *phy_node; const struct fs_mii_bus_info *bus_info; int rx_ring, tx_ring; /* number of buffers on rx */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f85ba78068ac137fe9c1f50d25405d2783d75c77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Woodhouse Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 03:23:54 -0700 Subject: tun: add IFF_TUN_EXCL flag to avoid opening a persistent device. MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit When creating a certain types of VPN, NetworkManager will first attempt to find an available tun device by iterating through 'vpn%d' until it finds one that isn't already busy. Then it'll set that to be persistent and owned by the otherwise unprivileged user that the VPN dæmon itself runs as. There's a race condition here -- during the period where the vpn%d device is created and we're waiting for the VPN dæmon to actually connect and use it, if we try to create _another_ device we could end up re-using the same one -- because trying to open it again doesn't get -EBUSY as it would while it's _actually_ busy. So solve this, we add an IFF_TUN_EXCL flag which causes tun_set_iff() to fail if it would be opening an existing persistent tundevice -- so that we can make sure we're getting an entirely _new_ device. Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_tun.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_tun.h b/include/linux/if_tun.h index 049d6c9428d..915ba5789f0 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_tun.h +++ b/include/linux/if_tun.h @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ #define IFF_NO_PI 0x1000 #define IFF_ONE_QUEUE 0x2000 #define IFF_VNET_HDR 0x4000 +#define IFF_TUN_EXCL 0x8000 /* Features for GSO (TUNSETOFFLOAD). */ #define TUN_F_CSUM 0x01 /* You can hand me unchecksummed packets. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From edbd9e30306067c3a45c035eb95a6f49daaa2337 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Herbert Xu Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 05:44:29 -0700 Subject: gro: Fix handling of headers that extend over the tail The skb_gro_* code fails to handle the case where a header starts in the linear area but ends in the frags area. Since the goal of skb_gro_* is to optimise the case of completely non-linear packets, we can simply bail out if we have anything in the linear area. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 31167451d08..c9ef4191607 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ static inline void skb_gro_reset_offset(struct sk_buff *skb) static inline void *skb_gro_mac_header(struct sk_buff *skb) { - return skb_mac_header(skb) < skb->data ? skb_mac_header(skb) : + return skb_headlen(skb) ? skb_mac_header(skb) : page_address(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page) + skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page_offset; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 36e7b1b8dac1a785abca3a121b6b0b79f1a8d7df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Herbert Xu Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 05:44:45 -0700 Subject: gro: Fix COMPLETE checksum handling On a brand new GRO skb, we cannot call ip_hdr since the header may lie in the non-linear area. This patch adds the helper skb_gro_network_header to handle this. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index c9ef4191607..fe20d171acf 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1142,6 +1142,13 @@ static inline void *skb_gro_mac_header(struct sk_buff *skb) skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page_offset; } +static inline void *skb_gro_network_header(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return skb_headlen(skb) ? skb_network_header(skb) : + page_address(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page) + + skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page_offset + skb_network_offset(skb); +} + static inline int dev_hard_header(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev, unsigned short type, const void *daddr, const void *saddr, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 833cc67c7722e35863c6aaee9df56b442ef957ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Magnus Damm Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 21:32:16 +0000 Subject: smsc911x: add fifo byteswap support V2 This is V2 of the smsc911x fifo byteswap patch. The smsc911x hardware supports both big and little and endian hardware configurations, and the linux smsc911x driver currently detects word order. For correct operation on big endian platforms lacking swapped byte lanes the following patch is needed. Only fifo data is swapped, register data does not require any swapping. Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm Acked-by: Steve Glendinning Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/smsc911x.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/smsc911x.h b/include/linux/smsc911x.h index b32725075d7..5241e4fb4ec 100644 --- a/include/linux/smsc911x.h +++ b/include/linux/smsc911x.h @@ -47,4 +47,14 @@ struct smsc911x_platform_config { #define SMSC911X_FORCE_EXTERNAL_PHY (BIT(3)) #define SMSC911X_SAVE_MAC_ADDRESS (BIT(4)) +/* + * SMSC911X_SWAP_FIFO: + * Enables software byte swap for fifo data. Should only be used as a + * "last resort" in the case of big endian mode on boards with incorrectly + * routed data bus to older devices such as LAN9118. Newer devices such as + * LAN9221 can handle this in hardware, there are registers to control + * this swapping but the driver doesn't currently use them. + */ +#define SMSC911X_SWAP_FIFO (BIT(5)) + #endif /* __LINUX_SMSC911X_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8dc92f7e2ecfd93f5c57da78594a7a5482e2c15e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Brandeburg Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 22:35:52 +0000 Subject: sctp: add feature bit for SCTP offload in hardware this is the sctp code to enable hardware crc32c offload for adapters that support it. Originally by: Vlad Yasevich modified by Jesse Brandeburg Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index fe20d171acf..f8c3619d551 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -670,7 +670,9 @@ struct net_device #define NETIF_F_GRO 16384 /* Generic receive offload */ #define NETIF_F_LRO 32768 /* large receive offload */ +/* the GSO_MASK reserves bits 16 through 23 */ #define NETIF_F_FCOE_CRC (1 << 24) /* FCoE CRC32 */ +#define NETIF_F_SCTP_CSUM (1 << 25) /* SCTP checksum offload */ /* Segmentation offload features */ #define NETIF_F_GSO_SHIFT 16 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6a321cb370ad3db4ba6e405e638b3a42c41089b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 28 Apr 2009 04:43:42 -0700 Subject: net: netif_tx_queue_stopped too expensive netif_tx_queue_stopped(txq) is most of the time false. Yet its cost is very expensive on SMP. static inline int netif_tx_queue_stopped(const struct netdev_queue *dev_queue) { return test_bit(__QUEUE_STATE_XOFF, &dev_queue->state); } I saw this on oprofile hunting and bnx2 driver bnx2_tx_int(). We probably should split "struct netdev_queue" in two parts, one being read mostly. __netif_tx_lock() touches _xmit_lock & xmit_lock_owner, these deserve a separate cache line. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 10 ++++++++-- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index f8c3619d551..505a3c6cb12 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -447,12 +447,18 @@ enum netdev_queue_state_t }; struct netdev_queue { +/* + * read mostly part + */ struct net_device *dev; struct Qdisc *qdisc; unsigned long state; - spinlock_t _xmit_lock; - int xmit_lock_owner; struct Qdisc *qdisc_sleeping; +/* + * write mostly part + */ + spinlock_t _xmit_lock ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; + int xmit_lock_owner; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0821c71751ef88f4251d7206e76ce497ee267a2d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 08:02:59 +0000 Subject: ethtool: Add port type PORT_OTHER Add a PORT_OTHER to represent all other physical port types. Current NICs generally do not allow switching between multiple port types in software so specific types should not be needed. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ethtool.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ethtool.h b/include/linux/ethtool.h index 131b127b70f..5ccb6bd660c 100644 --- a/include/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/linux/ethtool.h @@ -605,6 +605,7 @@ struct ethtool_ops { #define PORT_MII 0x02 #define PORT_FIBRE 0x03 #define PORT_BNC 0x04 +#define PORT_OTHER 0xff /* Which transceiver to use. */ #define XCVR_INTERNAL 0x00 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 52c94dfae11d9ffd70b7bd003a36a4e210f2866a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 08:04:14 +0000 Subject: mdio: Add register definitions for MDIO (clause 45) IEEE 802.3 clause 45 specifies the MDIO interface and registers for use in 10G and other PHYs, similar to the MII management interface. PHYs may have up to 32 MMDs corresponding to different sub-layers and functions, each with up to 65536 registers. These are addressed by PRTAD (similar to the MII PHY address) and DEVAD. Define a mapping for specifying PRTAD and DEVAD through the existing MII ioctls. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 237 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 237 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/mdio.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d57ddb08a1b --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/* + * linux/mdio.h: definitions for MDIO (clause 45) transceivers + * Copyright 2006-2009 Solarflare Communications Inc. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published + * by the Free Software Foundation, incorporated herein by reference. + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_MDIO_H__ +#define __LINUX_MDIO_H__ + +#include + +/* MDIO Manageable Devices (MMDs). */ +#define MDIO_MMD_PMAPMD 1 /* Physical Medium Attachment/ + * Physical Medium Dependent */ +#define MDIO_MMD_WIS 2 /* WAN Interface Sublayer */ +#define MDIO_MMD_PCS 3 /* Physical Coding Sublayer */ +#define MDIO_MMD_PHYXS 4 /* PHY Extender Sublayer */ +#define MDIO_MMD_DTEXS 5 /* DTE Extender Sublayer */ +#define MDIO_MMD_TC 6 /* Transmission Convergence */ +#define MDIO_MMD_AN 7 /* Auto-Negotiation */ +#define MDIO_MMD_C22EXT 29 /* Clause 22 extension */ +#define MDIO_MMD_VEND1 30 /* Vendor specific 1 */ +#define MDIO_MMD_VEND2 31 /* Vendor specific 2 */ + +/* Generic MDIO registers. */ +#define MDIO_CTRL1 MII_BMCR +#define MDIO_STAT1 MII_BMSR +#define MDIO_DEVID1 MII_PHYSID1 +#define MDIO_DEVID2 MII_PHYSID2 +#define MDIO_SPEED 4 /* Speed ability */ +#define MDIO_DEVS1 5 /* Devices in package */ +#define MDIO_DEVS2 6 +#define MDIO_CTRL2 7 /* 10G control 2 */ +#define MDIO_STAT2 8 /* 10G status 2 */ +#define MDIO_PMA_TXDIS 9 /* 10G PMA/PMD transmit disable */ +#define MDIO_PMA_RXDET 10 /* 10G PMA/PMD receive signal detect */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE 11 /* 10G PMA/PMD extended ability */ +#define MDIO_PKGID1 14 /* Package identifier */ +#define MDIO_PKGID2 15 +#define MDIO_AN_ADVERTISE 16 /* AN advertising (base page) */ +#define MDIO_AN_LPA 19 /* AN LP abilities (base page) */ +#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT 24 /* PHY XGXS lane state */ + +/* Media-dependent registers. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR 131 /* 10GBASE-T TX power control */ +#define MDIO_PCS_10GBX_STAT1 24 /* 10GBASE-X PCS status 1 */ +#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT1 32 /* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 1 */ +#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2 33 /* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 2 */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL 32 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation control */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT 33 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation status */ + +/* Control register 1. */ +/* Enable extended speed selection */ +#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT (BMCR_SPEED1000 | BMCR_SPEED100) +/* All speed selection bits */ +#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSEL (MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT | 0x003c) +#define MDIO_CTRL1_FULLDPLX BMCR_FULLDPLX +#define MDIO_CTRL1_LPOWER BMCR_PDOWN +#define MDIO_CTRL1_RESET BMCR_RESET +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL1_LOOPBACK 0x0001 +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL1_SPEED1000 BMCR_SPEED1000 +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL1_SPEED100 BMCR_SPEED100 +#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL1_LOOPBACK BMCR_LOOPBACK +#define MDIO_PHYXS_CTRL1_LOOPBACK BMCR_LOOPBACK +#define MDIO_AN_CTRL1_RESTART BMCR_ANRESTART +#define MDIO_AN_CTRL1_ENABLE BMCR_ANENABLE +#define MDIO_AN_CTRL1_XNP 0x2000 /* Enable extended next page */ + +/* 10 Gb/s */ +#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEED10G (MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT | 0x00) +/* 10PASS-TS/2BASE-TL */ +#define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEED10P2B (MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT | 0x04) + +/* Status register 1. */ +#define MDIO_STAT1_LPOWERABLE 0x0002 /* Low-power ability */ +#define MDIO_STAT1_LSTATUS BMSR_LSTATUS +#define MDIO_STAT1_FAULT 0x0080 /* Fault */ +#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_LPABLE 0x0001 /* Link partner AN ability */ +#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_ABLE BMSR_ANEGCAPABLE +#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_RFAULT BMSR_RFAULT +#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_COMPLETE BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE +#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_PAGE 0x0040 /* Page received */ +#define MDIO_AN_STAT1_XNP 0x0080 /* Extended next page status */ + +/* Speed register. */ +#define MDIO_SPEED_10G 0x0001 /* 10G capable */ +#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_2B 0x0002 /* 2BASE-TL capable */ +#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_10P 0x0004 /* 10PASS-TS capable */ +#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_1000 0x0010 /* 1000M capable */ +#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_100 0x0020 /* 100M capable */ +#define MDIO_PMA_SPEED_10 0x0040 /* 10M capable */ +#define MDIO_PCS_SPEED_10P2B 0x0002 /* 10PASS-TS/2BASE-TL capable */ + +/* Device present registers. */ +#define MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(devad) (1 << (devad)) +#define MDIO_DEVS_PMAPMD MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_PMAPMD) +#define MDIO_DEVS_WIS MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_WIS) +#define MDIO_DEVS_PCS MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_PCS) +#define MDIO_DEVS_PHYXS MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_PHYXS) +#define MDIO_DEVS_DTEXS MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_DTEXS) +#define MDIO_DEVS_TC MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_TC) +#define MDIO_DEVS_AN MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_AN) +#define MDIO_DEVS_C22EXT MDIO_DEVS_PRESENT(MDIO_MMD_C22EXT) + +/* Control register 2. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_TYPE 0x000f /* PMA/PMD type selection */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBCX4 0x0000 /* 10GBASE-CX4 type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBEW 0x0001 /* 10GBASE-EW type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBLW 0x0002 /* 10GBASE-LW type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBSW 0x0003 /* 10GBASE-SW type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBLX4 0x0004 /* 10GBASE-LX4 type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBER 0x0005 /* 10GBASE-ER type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBLR 0x0006 /* 10GBASE-LR type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBSR 0x0007 /* 10GBASE-SR type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBLRM 0x0008 /* 10GBASE-LRM type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBT 0x0009 /* 10GBASE-T type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBKX4 0x000a /* 10GBASE-KX4 type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10GBKR 0x000b /* 10GBASE-KR type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_1000BT 0x000c /* 1000BASE-T type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_1000BKX 0x000d /* 1000BASE-KX type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_100BTX 0x000e /* 100BASE-TX type */ +#define MDIO_PMA_CTRL2_10BT 0x000f /* 10BASE-T type */ +#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_TYPE 0x0003 /* PCS type selection */ +#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_10GBR 0x0000 /* 10GBASE-R type */ +#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_10GBX 0x0001 /* 10GBASE-X type */ +#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_10GBW 0x0002 /* 10GBASE-W type */ +#define MDIO_PCS_CTRL2_10GBT 0x0003 /* 10GBASE-T type */ + +/* Status register 2. */ +#define MDIO_STAT2_RXFAULT 0x0400 /* Receive fault */ +#define MDIO_STAT2_TXFAULT 0x0800 /* Transmit fault */ +#define MDIO_STAT2_DEVPRST 0xc000 /* Device present */ +#define MDIO_STAT2_DEVPRST_VAL 0x8000 /* Device present value */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_LBABLE 0x0001 /* PMA loopback ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBEW 0x0002 /* 10GBASE-EW ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBLW 0x0004 /* 10GBASE-LW ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBSW 0x0008 /* 10GBASE-SW ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBLX4 0x0010 /* 10GBASE-LX4 ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBER 0x0020 /* 10GBASE-ER ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBLR 0x0040 /* 10GBASE-LR ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_10GBSR 0x0080 /* 10GBASE-SR ability */ +#define MDIO_PMD_STAT2_TXDISAB 0x0100 /* PMD TX disable ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_EXTABLE 0x0200 /* Extended abilities */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_RXFLTABLE 0x1000 /* Receive fault ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_STAT2_TXFLTABLE 0x2000 /* Transmit fault ability */ +#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_10GBR 0x0001 /* 10GBASE-R capable */ +#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_10GBX 0x0002 /* 10GBASE-X capable */ +#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_10GBW 0x0004 /* 10GBASE-W capable */ +#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_RXFLTABLE 0x1000 /* Receive fault ability */ +#define MDIO_PCS_STAT2_TXFLTABLE 0x2000 /* Transmit fault ability */ + +/* Transmit disable register. */ +#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_GLOBAL 0x0001 /* Global PMD TX disable */ +#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_0 0x0002 /* PMD TX disable 0 */ +#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_1 0x0004 /* PMD TX disable 1 */ +#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_2 0x0008 /* PMD TX disable 2 */ +#define MDIO_PMD_TXDIS_3 0x0010 /* PMD TX disable 3 */ + +/* Receive signal detect register. */ +#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_GLOBAL 0x0001 /* Global PMD RX signal detect */ +#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_0 0x0002 /* PMD RX signal detect 0 */ +#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_1 0x0004 /* PMD RX signal detect 1 */ +#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_2 0x0008 /* PMD RX signal detect 2 */ +#define MDIO_PMD_RXDET_3 0x0010 /* PMD RX signal detect 3 */ + +/* Extended abilities register. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GCX4 0x0001 /* 10GBASE-CX4 ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GBLRM 0x0002 /* 10GBASE-LRM ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GBT 0x0004 /* 10GBASE-T ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GBKX4 0x0008 /* 10GBASE-KX4 ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10GBKR 0x0010 /* 10GBASE-KR ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_1000BT 0x0020 /* 1000BASE-T ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_1000BKX 0x0040 /* 1000BASE-KX ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_100BTX 0x0080 /* 100BASE-TX ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_EXTABLE_10BT 0x0100 /* 10BASE-T ability */ + +/* PHY XGXS lane state register. */ +#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_SYNC0 0x0001 +#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_SYNC1 0x0002 +#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_SYNC2 0x0004 +#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_SYNC3 0x0008 +#define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_ALIGN 0x1000 + +/* PMA 10GBASE-T TX power register. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR_SHORT 0x0001 /* Short-reach mode */ + +/* PCS 10GBASE-R/-T status register 1. */ +#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT1_BLKLK 0x0001 /* Block lock attained */ + +/* PCS 10GBASE-R/-T status register 2. */ +#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2_ERR 0x00ff +#define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2_BER 0x3f00 + +/* AN 10GBASE-T control register. */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV10G 0x1000 /* Advertise 10GBASE-T */ + +/* AN 10GBASE-T status register. */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LPTRR 0x0200 /* LP training reset req. */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LPLTABLE 0x0400 /* LP loop timing ability */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LP10G 0x0800 /* LP is 10GBT capable */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_REMOK 0x1000 /* Remote OK */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_LOCOK 0x2000 /* Local OK */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MS 0x4000 /* Master/slave config */ +#define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MSFLT 0x8000 /* Master/slave config fault */ + +/* Mapping between MDIO PRTAD/DEVAD and mii_ioctl_data::phy_id */ + +#define MDIO_PHY_ID_C45 0x8000 +#define MDIO_PHY_ID_PRTAD 0x03e0 +#define MDIO_PHY_ID_DEVAD 0x001f +#define MDIO_PHY_ID_C45_MASK \ + (MDIO_PHY_ID_C45 | MDIO_PHY_ID_PRTAD | MDIO_PHY_ID_DEVAD) + +static inline __u16 mdio_phy_id_c45(int prtad, int devad) +{ + return MDIO_PHY_ID_C45 | (prtad << 5) | devad; +} + +static inline bool mdio_phy_id_is_c45(int phy_id) +{ + return (phy_id & MDIO_PHY_ID_C45) && !(phy_id & ~MDIO_PHY_ID_C45_MASK); +} + +static inline __u16 mdio_phy_id_prtad(int phy_id) +{ + return (phy_id & MDIO_PHY_ID_PRTAD) >> 5; +} + +static inline __u16 mdio_phy_id_devad(int phy_id) +{ + return phy_id & MDIO_PHY_ID_DEVAD; +} + +#endif /* __LINUX_MDIO_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1b1c2e95103ce391c2ea39a9460968fcb73deb30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 08:04:46 +0000 Subject: mdio: Add generic MDIO (clause 45) support functions These roughly mirror many of the MII library functions and are based on code from the sfc driver. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 66 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 66 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index d57ddb08a1b..ba41537eaa8 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -234,4 +234,70 @@ static inline __u16 mdio_phy_id_devad(int phy_id) return phy_id & MDIO_PHY_ID_DEVAD; } +#ifdef __KERNEL__ + +/** + * struct mdio_if_info - Ethernet controller MDIO interface + * @prtad: PRTAD of the PHY (%MDIO_PRTAD_NONE if not present/unknown) + * @mmds: Mask of MMDs expected to be present in the PHY. This must be + * non-zero unless @prtad = %MDIO_PRTAD_NONE. + * @mode_support: MDIO modes supported. If %MDIO_SUPPORTS_C22 is set then + * MII register access will be passed through with @devad = + * %MDIO_DEVAD_NONE. If %MDIO_EMULATE_C22 is set then access to + * commonly used clause 22 registers will be translated into + * clause 45 registers. + * @dev: Net device structure + * @mdio_read: Register read function; returns value or negative error code + * @mdio_write: Register write function; returns 0 or negative error code + */ +struct mdio_if_info { + int prtad; + u32 __bitwise mmds; + unsigned mode_support; + + struct net_device *dev; + int (*mdio_read)(struct net_device *dev, int prtad, int devad, + u16 addr); + int (*mdio_write)(struct net_device *dev, int prtad, int devad, + u16 addr, u16 val); +}; + +#define MDIO_PRTAD_NONE (-1) +#define MDIO_DEVAD_NONE (-1) +#define MDIO_SUPPORTS_C22 1 +#define MDIO_SUPPORTS_C45 2 +#define MDIO_EMULATE_C22 4 + +struct ethtool_cmd; +struct ethtool_pauseparam; +extern int mdio45_probe(struct mdio_if_info *mdio, int prtad); +extern int mdio_set_flag(const struct mdio_if_info *mdio, + int prtad, int devad, u16 addr, int mask, + bool sense); +extern int mdio45_links_ok(const struct mdio_if_info *mdio, u32 mmds); +extern int mdio45_nway_restart(const struct mdio_if_info *mdio); +extern void mdio45_ethtool_gset_npage(const struct mdio_if_info *mdio, + struct ethtool_cmd *ecmd, + u32 npage_adv, u32 npage_lpa); + +/** + * mdio45_ethtool_gset - get settings for ETHTOOL_GSET + * @mdio: MDIO interface + * @ecmd: Ethtool request structure + * + * Since the CSRs for auto-negotiation using next pages are not fully + * standardised, this function does not attempt to decode them. Use + * mdio45_ethtool_gset_npage() to specify advertisement bits from next + * pages. + */ +static inline void mdio45_ethtool_gset(const struct mdio_if_info *mdio, + struct ethtool_cmd *ecmd) +{ + mdio45_ethtool_gset_npage(mdio, ecmd, 0, 0); +} + +extern int mdio_mii_ioctl(const struct mdio_if_info *mdio, + struct mii_ioctl_data *mii_data, int cmd); + +#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ #endif /* __LINUX_MDIO_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44c22ee91b56d7cad3b48c439dd96aad2e910fbc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 08:15:05 +0000 Subject: mii: Simplify mii_resolve_flowctrl_fdx() This is a shorter and more comprehensible formulation of the conditions for each flow control mode. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mii.h | 18 ++++++------------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mii.h b/include/linux/mii.h index ad748588faf..14ecb2e114f 100644 --- a/include/linux/mii.h +++ b/include/linux/mii.h @@ -250,18 +250,12 @@ static inline u8 mii_resolve_flowctrl_fdx(u16 lcladv, u16 rmtadv) { u8 cap = 0; - if (lcladv & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP) { - if (lcladv & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM) { - if (rmtadv & LPA_PAUSE_CAP) - cap = FLOW_CTRL_TX | FLOW_CTRL_RX; - else if (rmtadv & LPA_PAUSE_ASYM) - cap = FLOW_CTRL_RX; - } else { - if (rmtadv & LPA_PAUSE_CAP) - cap = FLOW_CTRL_TX | FLOW_CTRL_RX; - } - } else if (lcladv & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM) { - if ((rmtadv & LPA_PAUSE_CAP) && (rmtadv & LPA_PAUSE_ASYM)) + if (lcladv & rmtadv & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP) { + cap = FLOW_CTRL_TX | FLOW_CTRL_RX; + } else if (lcladv & rmtadv & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM) { + if (lcladv & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP) + cap = FLOW_CTRL_RX; + else if (rmtadv & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP) cap = FLOW_CTRL_TX; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From a8c30832b5b12e5d4e9d1c20cdac3cc2880e08b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 08:19:03 +0000 Subject: mii: Add mii_advertise_flowctrl() This converts flow control capabilites to an advertising mask and can be useful in combination with mii_resolve_flowctrl_fdx(). Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mii.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mii.h b/include/linux/mii.h index 14ecb2e114f..359fba88027 100644 --- a/include/linux/mii.h +++ b/include/linux/mii.h @@ -239,6 +239,22 @@ static inline unsigned int mii_duplex (unsigned int duplex_lock, return 0; } +/** + * mii_advertise_flowctrl - get flow control advertisement flags + * @cap: Flow control capabilities (FLOW_CTRL_RX, FLOW_CTRL_TX or both) + */ +static inline u16 mii_advertise_flowctrl(int cap) +{ + u16 adv = 0; + + if (cap & FLOW_CTRL_RX) + adv = ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP | ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM; + if (cap & FLOW_CTRL_TX) + adv ^= ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM; + + return adv; +} + /** * mii_resolve_flowctrl_fdx * @lcladv: value of MII ADVERTISE register -- cgit v1.2.3 From af2a3eac2fe6a6d8e9fdf6927284b34466a7d808 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 08:19:36 +0000 Subject: mdio: Add mdio45_ethtool_spauseparam_an() This implements the ETHTOOL_SPAUSEPARAM operation for MDIO (clause 45) PHYs with auto-negotiation MMDs. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index ba41537eaa8..5645c0f863d 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -279,6 +279,9 @@ extern int mdio45_nway_restart(const struct mdio_if_info *mdio); extern void mdio45_ethtool_gset_npage(const struct mdio_if_info *mdio, struct ethtool_cmd *ecmd, u32 npage_adv, u32 npage_lpa); +extern void +mdio45_ethtool_spauseparam_an(const struct mdio_if_info *mdio, + const struct ethtool_pauseparam *ecmd); /** * mdio45_ethtool_gset - get settings for ETHTOOL_GSET -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0c09c1a49cc7b819b33566a49d9901f7cfdd6889 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 08:21:53 +0000 Subject: ethtool/mdio: Report MDIO mode support and link partner advertising Add mdio_support and lp_advertising fields to ethtool_cmd. Set these in mdio45_ethtool_gset{,_npage}(). Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ethtool.h | 4 +++- include/linux/mdio.h | 5 +++-- 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ethtool.h b/include/linux/ethtool.h index 5ccb6bd660c..14e6bc86011 100644 --- a/include/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/linux/ethtool.h @@ -26,11 +26,13 @@ struct ethtool_cmd { __u8 phy_address; __u8 transceiver; /* Which transceiver to use */ __u8 autoneg; /* Enable or disable autonegotiation */ + __u8 mdio_support; __u32 maxtxpkt; /* Tx pkts before generating tx int */ __u32 maxrxpkt; /* Rx pkts before generating rx int */ __u16 speed_hi; __u16 reserved2; - __u32 reserved[3]; + __u32 lp_advertising; /* Features the link partner advertises */ + __u32 reserved[2]; }; static inline void ethtool_cmd_speed_set(struct ethtool_cmd *ep, diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index 5645c0f863d..1bff2f2d0e1 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -234,6 +234,9 @@ static inline __u16 mdio_phy_id_devad(int phy_id) return phy_id & MDIO_PHY_ID_DEVAD; } +#define MDIO_SUPPORTS_C22 1 +#define MDIO_SUPPORTS_C45 2 + #ifdef __KERNEL__ /** @@ -264,8 +267,6 @@ struct mdio_if_info { #define MDIO_PRTAD_NONE (-1) #define MDIO_DEVAD_NONE (-1) -#define MDIO_SUPPORTS_C22 1 -#define MDIO_SUPPORTS_C45 2 #define MDIO_EMULATE_C22 4 struct ethtool_cmd; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 894b19a6b343ce3589237167a56e6df0fe72ef0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 08:25:57 +0000 Subject: ethtool/mdio: Support backplane mode negotiation Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ethtool.h | 10 ++++++++++ include/linux/mdio.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ethtool.h b/include/linux/ethtool.h index 14e6bc86011..380b04272bf 100644 --- a/include/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/linux/ethtool.h @@ -565,6 +565,11 @@ struct ethtool_ops { #define SUPPORTED_Pause (1 << 13) #define SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause (1 << 14) #define SUPPORTED_2500baseX_Full (1 << 15) +#define SUPPORTED_Backplane (1 << 16) +#define SUPPORTED_1000baseKX_Full (1 << 17) +#define SUPPORTED_10000baseKX4_Full (1 << 18) +#define SUPPORTED_10000baseKR_Full (1 << 19) +#define SUPPORTED_10000baseR_FEC (1 << 20) /* Indicates what features are advertised by the interface. */ #define ADVERTISED_10baseT_Half (1 << 0) @@ -583,6 +588,11 @@ struct ethtool_ops { #define ADVERTISED_Pause (1 << 13) #define ADVERTISED_Asym_Pause (1 << 14) #define ADVERTISED_2500baseX_Full (1 << 15) +#define ADVERTISED_Backplane (1 << 16) +#define ADVERTISED_1000baseKX_Full (1 << 17) +#define ADVERTISED_10000baseKX4_Full (1 << 18) +#define ADVERTISED_10000baseKR_Full (1 << 19) +#define ADVERTISED_10000baseR_FEC (1 << 20) /* The following are all involved in forcing a particular link * mode for the device for setting things. When getting the diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index 1bff2f2d0e1..26b4eb3bbee 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ /* Media-dependent registers. */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR 131 /* 10GBASE-T TX power control */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBR_FECABLE 170 /* 10GBASE-R FEC ability */ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBX_STAT1 24 /* 10GBASE-X PCS status 1 */ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT1 32 /* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 1 */ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2 33 /* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 2 */ @@ -187,6 +188,10 @@ /* PMA 10GBASE-T TX power register. */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR_SHORT 0x0001 /* Short-reach mode */ +/* PMA 10GBASE-R FEC ability register. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBR_FECABLE_ABLE 0x0001 /* FEC ability */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBR_FECABLE_ERRABLE 0x0002 /* FEC error indic. ability */ + /* PCS 10GBASE-R/-T status register 1. */ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT1_BLKLK 0x0001 /* Block lock attained */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From accc5b4f902b0ba83b2c6c48f2d9e7c204cef4a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rami Rosen Date: Sun, 3 May 2009 08:58:48 +0000 Subject: ipv4: remove unused macro (FIB_RES_RESET) from ip_fib.h. Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/ip_fib.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/ip_fib.h b/include/net/ip_fib.h index 34855eede5f..ef91fe924ba 100644 --- a/include/net/ip_fib.h +++ b/include/net/ip_fib.h @@ -124,14 +124,12 @@ struct fib_result_nl { #ifdef CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH #define FIB_RES_NH(res) ((res).fi->fib_nh[(res).nh_sel]) -#define FIB_RES_RESET(res) ((res).nh_sel = 0) #define FIB_TABLE_HASHSZ 2 #else /* CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH */ #define FIB_RES_NH(res) ((res).fi->fib_nh[0]) -#define FIB_RES_RESET(res) #define FIB_TABLE_HASHSZ 256 -- cgit v1.2.3 From f001fde5eadd915f4858d22ed70d7040f48767cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Pirko Date: Tue, 5 May 2009 02:48:28 +0000 Subject: net: introduce a list of device addresses dev_addr_list (v6) v5 -> v6 (current): -removed so far unused static functions -corrected dev_addr_del_multiple to call del instead of add v4 -> v5: -added device address type (suggested by davem) -removed refcounting (better to have simplier code then safe potentially few bytes) v3 -> v4: -changed kzalloc to kmalloc in __hw_addr_add_ii() -ASSERT_RTNL() avoided in dev_addr_flush() and dev_addr_init() v2 -> v3: -removed unnecessary rcu read locking -moved dev_addr_flush() calling to ensure no null dereference of dev_addr v1 -> v2: -added forgotten ASSERT_RTNL to dev_addr_init and dev_addr_flush -removed unnecessary rcu_read locking in dev_addr_init -use compare_ether_addr_64bits instead of compare_ether_addr -use L1_CACHE_BYTES as size for allocating struct netdev_hw_addr -use call_rcu instead of rcu_synchronize -moved is_etherdev_addr into __KERNEL__ ifdef This patch introduces a new list in struct net_device and brings a set of functions to handle the work with device address list. The list is a replacement for the original dev_addr field and because in some situations there is need to carry several device addresses with the net device. To be backward compatible, dev_addr is made to point to the first member of the list so original drivers sees no difference. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/etherdevice.h | 27 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/netdevice.h | 37 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-- 2 files changed, 62 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/etherdevice.h b/include/linux/etherdevice.h index a1f17abba7d..3d7a6687d24 100644 --- a/include/linux/etherdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/etherdevice.h @@ -182,6 +182,33 @@ static inline unsigned compare_ether_addr_64bits(const u8 addr1[6+2], return compare_ether_addr(addr1, addr2); #endif } + +/** + * is_etherdev_addr - Tell if given Ethernet address belongs to the device. + * @dev: Pointer to a device structure + * @addr: Pointer to a six-byte array containing the Ethernet address + * + * Compare passed address with all addresses of the device. Return true if the + * address if one of the device addresses. + * + * Note that this function calls compare_ether_addr_64bits() so take care of + * the right padding. + */ +static inline bool is_etherdev_addr(const struct net_device *dev, + const u8 addr[6 + 2]) +{ + struct netdev_hw_addr *ha; + int res = 1; + + rcu_read_lock(); + for_each_dev_addr(dev, ha) { + res = compare_ether_addr_64bits(addr, ha->addr); + if (!res) + break; + } + rcu_read_unlock(); + return !res; +} #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ /** diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index ff42aba403c..02882e2ebd4 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -210,6 +210,16 @@ struct dev_addr_list #define dmi_users da_users #define dmi_gusers da_gusers +struct netdev_hw_addr { + struct list_head list; + unsigned char addr[MAX_ADDR_LEN]; + unsigned char type; +#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_LAN 1 +#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_SAN 2 +#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_SLAVE 3 + struct rcu_head rcu_head; +}; + struct hh_cache { struct hh_cache *hh_next; /* Next entry */ @@ -784,8 +794,11 @@ struct net_device */ unsigned long last_rx; /* Time of last Rx */ /* Interface address info used in eth_type_trans() */ - unsigned char dev_addr[MAX_ADDR_LEN]; /* hw address, (before bcast - because most packets are unicast) */ + unsigned char *dev_addr; /* hw address, (before bcast + because most packets are + unicast) */ + + struct list_head dev_addr_list; /* list of device hw addresses */ unsigned char broadcast[MAX_ADDR_LEN]; /* hw bcast add */ @@ -1791,6 +1804,13 @@ static inline void netif_addr_unlock_bh(struct net_device *dev) spin_unlock_bh(&dev->addr_list_lock); } +/* + * dev_addr_list walker. Should be used only for read access. Call with + * rcu_read_lock held. + */ +#define for_each_dev_addr(dev, ha) \ + list_for_each_entry_rcu(ha, &dev->dev_addr_list, list) + /* These functions live elsewhere (drivers/net/net_init.c, but related) */ extern void ether_setup(struct net_device *dev); @@ -1803,6 +1823,19 @@ extern struct net_device *alloc_netdev_mq(int sizeof_priv, const char *name, alloc_netdev_mq(sizeof_priv, name, setup, 1) extern int register_netdev(struct net_device *dev); extern void unregister_netdev(struct net_device *dev); + +/* Functions used for device addresses handling */ +extern int dev_addr_add(struct net_device *dev, unsigned char *addr, + unsigned char addr_type); +extern int dev_addr_del(struct net_device *dev, unsigned char *addr, + unsigned char addr_type); +extern int dev_addr_add_multiple(struct net_device *to_dev, + struct net_device *from_dev, + unsigned char addr_type); +extern int dev_addr_del_multiple(struct net_device *to_dev, + struct net_device *from_dev, + unsigned char addr_type); + /* Functions used for secondary unicast and multicast support */ extern void dev_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev); extern void __dev_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 22cfbbfd9f67b67fe073010f51cb71d3632387d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: john stultz Date: Wed, 6 May 2009 11:43:57 +0200 Subject: ntp: adjust SHIFT_PLL to improve NTP convergence The conversion to the ntpv4 reference model f19923937321244e7dc334767eb4b67e0e3d5c74 ("ntp: convert to the NTP4 reference model") in 2.6.19 added nanosecond resolution the adjtimex interface, but also changed the "stiffness" of the frequency adjustments, causing NTP convergence time to greatly increase. SHIFT_PLL, which reduces the stiffness of the freq adjustments, was designed to be inversely linked to HZ, and the reference value of 4 was designed for Unix systems using HZ=100. However Linux's clock steering code mostly independent of HZ. So this patch reduces the SHIFT_PLL value from 4 to 2, which causes NTPd behavior to match kernels prior to 2.6.19, greatly reducing convergence times, and improving close synchronization through environmental thermal changes. The patch also changes some l's to L's in nearby code to avoid misreading 50l as 501. [ Impact: tweak NTP algorithm for faster convergence ] Signed-off-by: John Stultz Acked-by: Rik van Riel Cc: zippel@linux-m68k.org Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton LKML-Reference: <200905051956.n45JuVo9025575@imap1.linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/timex.h | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timex.h b/include/linux/timex.h index aa3475fcff6..0daf9611ef4 100644 --- a/include/linux/timex.h +++ b/include/linux/timex.h @@ -170,17 +170,37 @@ struct timex { #include /* - * SHIFT_KG and SHIFT_KF establish the damping of the PLL and are chosen - * for a slightly underdamped convergence characteristic. SHIFT_KH - * establishes the damping of the FLL and is chosen by wisdom and black - * art. + * SHIFT_PLL is used as a dampening factor to define how much we + * adjust the frequency correction for a given offset in PLL mode. + * It also used in dampening the offset correction, to define how + * much of the current value in time_offset we correct for each + * second. Changing this value changes the stiffness of the ntp + * adjustment code. A lower value makes it more flexible, reducing + * NTP convergence time. A higher value makes it stiffer, increasing + * convergence time, but making the clock more stable. * - * MAXTC establishes the maximum time constant of the PLL. With the - * SHIFT_KG and SHIFT_KF values given and a time constant range from - * zero to MAXTC, the PLL will converge in 15 minutes to 16 hours, - * respectively. + * In David Mills' nanokenrel reference implmentation SHIFT_PLL is 4. + * However this seems to increase convergence time much too long. + * + * https://lists.ntp.org/pipermail/hackers/2008-January/003487.html + * + * In the above mailing list discussion, it seems the value of 4 + * was appropriate for other Unix systems with HZ=100, and that + * SHIFT_PLL should be decreased as HZ increases. However, Linux's + * clock steering implementation is HZ independent. + * + * Through experimentation, a SHIFT_PLL value of 2 was found to allow + * for fast convergence (very similar to the NTPv3 code used prior to + * v2.6.19), with good clock stability. + * + * + * SHIFT_FLL is used as a dampening factor to define how much we + * adjust the frequency correction for a given offset in FLL mode. + * In David Mills' nanokenrel reference implmentation SHIFT_PLL is 2. + * + * MAXTC establishes the maximum time constant of the PLL. */ -#define SHIFT_PLL 4 /* PLL frequency factor (shift) */ +#define SHIFT_PLL 2 /* PLL frequency factor (shift) */ #define SHIFT_FLL 2 /* FLL frequency factor (shift) */ #define MAXTC 10 /* maximum time constant (shift) */ @@ -192,10 +212,10 @@ struct timex { #define SHIFT_USEC 16 /* frequency offset scale (shift) */ #define PPM_SCALE ((s64)NSEC_PER_USEC << (NTP_SCALE_SHIFT - SHIFT_USEC)) #define PPM_SCALE_INV_SHIFT 19 -#define PPM_SCALE_INV ((1ll << (PPM_SCALE_INV_SHIFT + NTP_SCALE_SHIFT)) / \ +#define PPM_SCALE_INV ((1LL << (PPM_SCALE_INV_SHIFT + NTP_SCALE_SHIFT)) / \ PPM_SCALE + 1) -#define MAXPHASE 500000000l /* max phase error (ns) */ +#define MAXPHASE 500000000L /* max phase error (ns) */ #define MAXFREQ 500000 /* max frequency error (ns/s) */ #define MAXFREQ_SCALED ((s64)MAXFREQ << NTP_SCALE_SHIFT) #define MINSEC 256 /* min interval between updates (s) */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9ccebe6148bcb0aba2d89743df2ff182ced505ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 23 Apr 2009 10:32:36 +0200 Subject: mac80211: rename max_sleep_interval to max_sleep_period Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 446dbf75a1c..81d706d8522 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { * @beacon_int: beacon interval (TODO make interface config) * * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval - * @max_sleep_interval: the maximum number of beacon intervals to sleep for + * @max_sleep_period: the maximum number of beacon intervals to sleep for * before checking the beacon for a TIM bit (managed mode only); this * value will be only achievable between DTIM frames, the hardware * needs to check for the multicast traffic bit in DTIM beacons. @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ struct ieee80211_conf { int beacon_int; u32 flags; int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout; - int max_sleep_interval; + int max_sleep_period; u16 listen_interval; bool radio_enabled; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 57c4d7b4c4986037be51476b8e3025d5ba18d8b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 23 Apr 2009 16:10:04 +0200 Subject: mac80211: clean up beacon interval settings We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs: hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is rather confusing, even though the former is used when we beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to an AP. This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily. NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all drivers, some are updated in this patch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 14 ++++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 81d706d8522..22c65e8cbb7 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ struct ieee80211_low_level_stats { * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed + * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed */ enum ieee80211_bss_change { BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0, @@ -157,6 +158,7 @@ enum ieee80211_bss_change { BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3, BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4, BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5, + BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6, }; /** @@ -529,7 +531,7 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed * * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED: the value of radio_enabled changed - * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL: the beacon interval changed + * @_IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL: DEPRECATED * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIOTAP: the radiotap flag changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed @@ -539,7 +541,7 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { */ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED = BIT(0), - IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL = BIT(1), + _IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL = BIT(1), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIOTAP = BIT(3), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4), @@ -548,6 +550,14 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7), }; +static inline __deprecated enum ieee80211_conf_changed +__IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL(void) +{ + return _IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL; +} +#define IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL \ + __IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL() + /** * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2d0ddec5b2b859f06116f631fc0ffe94fbceb556 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 23 Apr 2009 16:13:26 +0200 Subject: mac80211: unify config_interface and bss_info_changed The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes config_interface and rolls all the information it previously passed to drivers into bss_info_changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 51 +++++++++++++------------------------------------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 38 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 22c65e8cbb7..7806e22f4ac 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -150,6 +150,12 @@ struct ieee80211_low_level_stats { * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed + * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever + * reason (IBSS and managed mode) + * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve + * new beacon (beaconing modes) + * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be + * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes) */ enum ieee80211_bss_change { BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0, @@ -159,6 +165,9 @@ enum ieee80211_bss_change { BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4, BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5, BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6, + BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7, + BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8, + BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9, }; /** @@ -192,8 +201,11 @@ struct ieee80211_bss_ht_conf { * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an * index into the rate table configured by the driver in * the current band. + * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS + * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not */ struct ieee80211_bss_conf { + const u8 *bssid; /* association related data */ bool assoc; u16 aid; @@ -201,6 +213,7 @@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf { bool use_cts_prot; bool use_short_preamble; bool use_short_slot; + bool enable_beacon; u8 dtim_period; u16 beacon_int; u16 assoc_capability; @@ -659,37 +672,6 @@ struct ieee80211_if_init_conf { void *mac_addr; }; -/** - * enum ieee80211_if_conf_change - interface config change flags - * - * @IEEE80211_IFCC_BSSID: The BSSID changed. - * @IEEE80211_IFCC_BEACON: The beacon for this interface changed - * (currently AP and MESH only), use ieee80211_beacon_get(). - * @IEEE80211_IFCC_BEACON_ENABLED: The enable_beacon value changed. - */ -enum ieee80211_if_conf_change { - IEEE80211_IFCC_BSSID = BIT(0), - IEEE80211_IFCC_BEACON = BIT(1), - IEEE80211_IFCC_BEACON_ENABLED = BIT(2), -}; - -/** - * struct ieee80211_if_conf - configuration of an interface - * - * @changed: parameters that have changed, see &enum ieee80211_if_conf_change. - * @bssid: BSSID of the network we are associated to/creating. - * @enable_beacon: Indicates whether beacons can be sent. - * This is valid only for AP/IBSS/MESH modes. - * - * This structure is passed to the config_interface() callback of - * &struct ieee80211_hw. - */ -struct ieee80211_if_conf { - u32 changed; - const u8 *bssid; - bool enable_beacon; -}; - /** * enum ieee80211_key_alg - key algorithm * @ALG_WEP: WEP40 or WEP104 @@ -1358,10 +1340,6 @@ enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code * if it does. * - * @config_interface: Handler for configuration requests related to interfaces - * (e.g. BSSID changes.) - * Returns a negative error code which will be seen in userspace. - * * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters). @@ -1463,9 +1441,6 @@ struct ieee80211_ops { void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf); int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed); - int (*config_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, - struct ieee80211_vif *vif, - struct ieee80211_if_conf *conf); void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5cff20e6c5a6591a79d3b027af222870f52bb550 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 12:26:17 +0200 Subject: mac80211: tell driver when idle When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing anything, aka being idle, means: * no monitor interfaces * no AP/mesh/wds interfaces * any station interfaces are in DISABLED state * any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network * we aren't trying to scan By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change, we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save power. Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped completely. This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here when we need to be able to wake up with low latency. One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this: phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1 wlan0 direct probe responded wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: authenticated > phy0: device now idle > phy0: device no longer idle - in use wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1) wlan0: associated Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what happens. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 7806e22f4ac..38dc1cd1027 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -533,10 +533,16 @@ struct ieee80211_rx_status { * * @IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP: add radiotap header at receive time (if supported) * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only) + * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set + * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but + * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will + * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but + * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active. */ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP = (1<<0), IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1), + IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2), }; @@ -551,6 +557,7 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed + * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed */ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED = BIT(0), @@ -561,6 +568,7 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7), + IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8), }; static inline __deprecated enum ieee80211_conf_changed -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2f01a1f58889fbfeb68b1bc1b52e4197f3333490 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kalle Valo Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 23:33:31 +0300 Subject: wl12xx: add driver wl12xx is a driver for TI wl1251 802.11 chipset designed for embedded devices, supporting both SDIO and SPI busses. Currently the driver supports only SPI. Adding support 1253 (the 5 GHz version) should be relatively easy. More information here: http://focus.ti.com/general/docs/wtbu/wtbuproductcontent.tsp?contentId=4711&navigationId=12494&templateId=6123 (Collapsed original sequence of pre-merge patches into single commit for initial merge. -- JWL) Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/spi/wl12xx.h | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/spi/wl12xx.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/spi/wl12xx.h b/include/linux/spi/wl12xx.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11430cab2aa --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/spi/wl12xx.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * This file is part of wl12xx + * + * Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation + * + * Contact: Kalle Valo + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + * 02110-1301 USA + * + */ + +#ifndef _LINUX_SPI_WL12XX_H +#define _LINUX_SPI_WL12XX_H + +struct wl12xx_platform_data { + void (*set_power)(bool enable); +}; + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9dfd6ba353b993d648dcda72480c7ce92cd27c7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Wed, 6 May 2009 20:34:10 +0300 Subject: mac80211: Update SA Query transaction id length IEEE 802.11w/D8.0 changed the length of the SA Query transaction identifier from 16 to 2 octets. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index c52e7fba4e4..dc92359f37e 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ struct ieee80211_tim_ie { u8 virtual_map[1]; } __attribute__ ((packed)); -#define WLAN_SA_QUERY_TR_ID_LEN 16 +#define WLAN_SA_QUERY_TR_ID_LEN 2 struct ieee80211_mgmt { __le16 frame_control; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4d5b78c055c76bb563c4a43d2adb92735b3b9405 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 6 May 2009 16:52:51 -0700 Subject: net: Add missing rculist.h include to netdevice.h Otherwise list_for_each_entry_rcu() et al. aren't visible and we get build failures in some configurations. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 02882e2ebd4..2af89b662ca 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #include #include +#include #include #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From f5f8d86b231e0489c33542c42afbb14d32411ee8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 7 May 2009 07:08:38 +0000 Subject: tcp: tcp_prequeue() cleanup Small cleanup patch to reduce line lengths, before a change in tcp_prequeue(). Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tcp.h | 45 +++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index b55b4891029..ac37228b700 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -890,30 +890,31 @@ static inline int tcp_prequeue(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb) { struct tcp_sock *tp = tcp_sk(sk); - if (!sysctl_tcp_low_latency && tp->ucopy.task) { - __skb_queue_tail(&tp->ucopy.prequeue, skb); - tp->ucopy.memory += skb->truesize; - if (tp->ucopy.memory > sk->sk_rcvbuf) { - struct sk_buff *skb1; - - BUG_ON(sock_owned_by_user(sk)); - - while ((skb1 = __skb_dequeue(&tp->ucopy.prequeue)) != NULL) { - sk_backlog_rcv(sk, skb1); - NET_INC_STATS_BH(sock_net(sk), LINUX_MIB_TCPPREQUEUEDROPPED); - } - - tp->ucopy.memory = 0; - } else if (skb_queue_len(&tp->ucopy.prequeue) == 1) { - wake_up_interruptible(sk->sk_sleep); - if (!inet_csk_ack_scheduled(sk)) - inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer(sk, ICSK_TIME_DACK, - (3 * TCP_RTO_MIN) / 4, - TCP_RTO_MAX); + if (sysctl_tcp_low_latency || !tp->ucopy.task) + return 0; + + __skb_queue_tail(&tp->ucopy.prequeue, skb); + tp->ucopy.memory += skb->truesize; + if (tp->ucopy.memory > sk->sk_rcvbuf) { + struct sk_buff *skb1; + + BUG_ON(sock_owned_by_user(sk)); + + while ((skb1 = __skb_dequeue(&tp->ucopy.prequeue)) != NULL) { + sk_backlog_rcv(sk, skb1); + NET_INC_STATS_BH(sock_net(sk), + LINUX_MIB_TCPPREQUEUEDROPPED); } - return 1; + + tp->ucopy.memory = 0; + } else if (skb_queue_len(&tp->ucopy.prequeue) == 1) { + wake_up_interruptible(sk->sk_sleep); + if (!inet_csk_ack_scheduled(sk)) + inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer(sk, ICSK_TIME_DACK, + (3 * TCP_RTO_MIN) / 4, + TCP_RTO_MAX); } - return 0; + return 1; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7aedec2ad5314b173e78ca3f4edb4ceaa02248bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 7 May 2009 07:20:39 +0000 Subject: tcp: tcp_prequeue() can use keyed wakeups We can avoid waking up tasks not interested in receive notifications, using wake_up_interruptible_poll() instead of wake_up_interruptible() Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/tcp.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/tcp.h b/include/net/tcp.h index ac37228b700..87d210bb12a 100644 --- a/include/net/tcp.h +++ b/include/net/tcp.h @@ -908,7 +908,8 @@ static inline int tcp_prequeue(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb) tp->ucopy.memory = 0; } else if (skb_queue_len(&tp->ucopy.prequeue) == 1) { - wake_up_interruptible(sk->sk_sleep); + wake_up_interruptible_poll(sk->sk_sleep, + POLLIN | POLLRDNORM | POLLRDBAND); if (!inet_csk_ack_scheduled(sk)) inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer(sk, ICSK_TIME_DACK, (3 * TCP_RTO_MIN) / 4, -- cgit v1.2.3 From dc6382ced07d6bad61d0b591fb12ab5da7ca632c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Wed, 6 May 2009 22:09:37 +0300 Subject: nl80211 : Add support for configuring MFP NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request must be able to indicate whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is being used. mac80211 was able to use MFP in client mode only with WEXT, but the new NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute will allow this to be done with nl80211, too. Since we are currently using nl80211 for MFP only with drivers that use user space SME, only MFP disabled and required values are used. However, the NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute is an enum that can be extended with MFP optional in the future, if that is needed with some drivers (e.g., if the RSN IE is generated by the driver). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 17 +++++++++++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index e9fd13aa79f..58c4ee1822d 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -494,6 +494,11 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event * + * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is + * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); + * this attribute can be used + * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -596,6 +601,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, + NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1179,4 +1186,14 @@ enum nl80211_key_type { NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, }; +/** + * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state + * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used + * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required + */ +enum nl80211_mfp { + NL80211_MFP_NO, + NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index b8a76764e1c..47e30e1d91f 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -672,6 +672,7 @@ struct cfg80211_auth_request { * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets + * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association */ struct cfg80211_assoc_request { struct ieee80211_channel *chan; @@ -680,6 +681,7 @@ struct cfg80211_assoc_request { size_t ssid_len; const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; + bool use_mfp; }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9ed6bcce77f75d98af6ee07069deac6041948bee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 8 May 2009 20:47:39 +0200 Subject: mac80211: move HT operation mode BSS info There really is no need to have a separate struct for a single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 12 +++--------- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 38dc1cd1027..03591fcf519 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -170,14 +170,6 @@ enum ieee80211_bss_change { BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9, }; -/** - * struct ieee80211_bss_ht_conf - BSS's changing HT configuration - * @operation_mode: HT operation mode (like in &struct ieee80211_ht_info) - */ -struct ieee80211_bss_ht_conf { - u16 operation_mode; -}; - /** * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters * @@ -203,6 +195,8 @@ struct ieee80211_bss_ht_conf { * the current band. * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not + * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode (like in &struct ieee80211_ht_info). + * This field is only valid when the channel type is one of the HT types. */ struct ieee80211_bss_conf { const u8 *bssid; @@ -219,7 +213,7 @@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf { u16 assoc_capability; u64 timestamp; u32 basic_rates; - struct ieee80211_bss_ht_conf ht; + u16 ht_operation_mode; }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44033f80cefd1d7b474efdabc412476d4bafb8f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 8 May 2009 21:21:41 +0200 Subject: mac80211: remove ieee80211_ht_bss_info This struct is no longer used (and hasn't been for a while). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 16 ---------------- 1 file changed, 16 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 03591fcf519..d10ed1776fc 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -72,22 +72,6 @@ * not do so then mac80211 may add this under certain circumstances. */ -/** - * struct ieee80211_ht_bss_info - describing BSS's HT characteristics - * - * This structure describes most essential parameters needed - * to describe 802.11n HT characteristics in a BSS. - * - * @primary_channel: channel number of primery channel - * @bss_cap: 802.11n's general BSS capabilities (e.g. channel width) - * @bss_op_mode: 802.11n's BSS operation modes (e.g. HT protection) - */ -struct ieee80211_ht_bss_info { - u8 primary_channel; - u8 bss_cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_IE_CHA_ */ - u8 bss_op_mode; /* use IEEE80211_HT_IE_ */ -}; - /** * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4e943900fb9675d3a5ebdabc2cd4a9a54edace97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sat, 9 May 2009 20:06:47 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: constify key mac address in ops The address pointed to by mac_addr can be marked as const. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 47e30e1d91f..35afe973d46 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -860,13 +860,13 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { struct vif_params *params); int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, - u8 key_index, u8 *mac_addr, + u8 key_index, const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, - u8 key_index, u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, + u8 key_index, const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, - u8 key_index, u8 *mac_addr); + u8 key_index, const u8 *mac_addr); int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, u8 key_index); -- cgit v1.2.3 From cbe8fa9c5e88fd5f554ebc519af3b0ed17dde0dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sat, 9 May 2009 20:09:03 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: put wext data into substructure To make it more apparent in the code what is for wext only (and needs to be #ifdef'ed) put all the info for wext into a substruct in each wireless_dev. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 35afe973d46..4c748935ce5 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1147,8 +1147,10 @@ struct wireless_dev { #ifdef CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT /* wext data */ - struct cfg80211_ibss_params wext; - u8 wext_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + struct { + struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; + u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + } wext; #endif }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 528769cf1e422d932052be1487459262f3d75333 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 10:20:35 +0300 Subject: mac80211: Robust Action frame categories for MFP IEEE 802.11w/D9.0 introduces a mechanism for Action field Category values to be used to select which Action frames are Robust. Public and Vendor-specific categories are marked as not Robust in IEEE 802.11w; HT will be marked not Robust in IEEE 802.11n. A new Vendor-specific Protected category is allocated for Robust vendor-specific Action frames. Another new category, Protected Dual of Action, is introduced for protecting some existing Public Action frames (e.g., IEEE 802.11y protected enablement). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 8 +++++++- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index dc92359f37e..05c29c01174 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1068,8 +1068,12 @@ enum ieee80211_category { WLAN_CATEGORY_DLS = 2, WLAN_CATEGORY_BACK = 3, WLAN_CATEGORY_PUBLIC = 4, + WLAN_CATEGORY_HT = 7, WLAN_CATEGORY_SA_QUERY = 8, + WLAN_CATEGORY_PROTECTED_DUAL_OF_ACTION = 9, WLAN_CATEGORY_WMM = 17, + WLAN_CATEGORY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC_PROTECTED = 126, + WLAN_CATEGORY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC = 127, }; /* SPECTRUM_MGMT action code */ @@ -1261,7 +1265,9 @@ static inline bool ieee80211_is_robust_mgmt_frame(struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr) if (ieee80211_has_protected(hdr->frame_control)) return true; category = ((u8 *) hdr) + 24; - return *category != WLAN_CATEGORY_PUBLIC; + return *category != WLAN_CATEGORY_PUBLIC && + *category != WLAN_CATEGORY_HT && + *category != WLAN_CATEGORY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC; } return false; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e13cf6e04ebc231653e03ebde4799dc55bf62849 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: john stultz Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 18:13:13 -0700 Subject: ntp: fix comment typos Bernhard Schiffner noticed I had a few comment typos in this patch, (note: to save embarrassment, when making typos, avoid copying and pasting them) so this patch corrects them. [ Impact: cleanup ] Reported-by: Bernhard Schiffner Signed-off-by: John Stultz Cc: riel@redhat.com Cc: akpm@linux-foundation.org LKML-Reference: <1242090794.7214.131.camel@localhost.localdomain> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/timex.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timex.h b/include/linux/timex.h index 0daf9611ef4..9910e3bd5b3 100644 --- a/include/linux/timex.h +++ b/include/linux/timex.h @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ struct timex { * NTP convergence time. A higher value makes it stiffer, increasing * convergence time, but making the clock more stable. * - * In David Mills' nanokenrel reference implmentation SHIFT_PLL is 4. + * In David Mills' nanokernel reference implementation SHIFT_PLL is 4. * However this seems to increase convergence time much too long. * * https://lists.ntp.org/pipermail/hackers/2008-January/003487.html @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ struct timex { * * SHIFT_FLL is used as a dampening factor to define how much we * adjust the frequency correction for a given offset in FLL mode. - * In David Mills' nanokenrel reference implmentation SHIFT_PLL is 2. + * In David Mills' nanokernel reference implementation SHIFT_FLL is 2. * * MAXTC establishes the maximum time constant of the PLL. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 597d0275736dad9c3bda6f0a00a1c477dc0f37b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arun R Bharadwaj Date: Thu, 16 Apr 2009 12:13:26 +0530 Subject: timers: Framework for identifying pinned timers * Arun R Bharadwaj [2009-04-16 12:11:36]: This patch creates a new framework for identifying cpu-pinned timers and hrtimers. This framework is needed because pinned timers are expected to fire on the same CPU on which they are queued. So it is essential to identify these and not migrate them, in case there are any. For regular timers, the currently existing add_timer_on() can be used queue pinned timers and subsequently mod_timer_pinned() can be used to modify the 'expires' field. For hrtimers, new modes HRTIMER_ABS_PINNED and HRTIMER_REL_PINNED are added to queue cpu-pinned hrtimer. [ tglx: use .._PINNED mode argument instead of creating tons of new functions ] Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 7 +++++-- include/linux/timer.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index 0d2f7c8a33d..7400900de94 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -30,8 +30,11 @@ struct hrtimer_cpu_base; * Mode arguments of xxx_hrtimer functions: */ enum hrtimer_mode { - HRTIMER_MODE_ABS, /* Time value is absolute */ - HRTIMER_MODE_REL, /* Time value is relative to now */ + HRTIMER_MODE_ABS = 0x0, /* Time value is absolute */ + HRTIMER_MODE_REL = 0x1, /* Time value is relative to now */ + HRTIMER_MODE_PINNED = 0x02, /* Timer is bound to CPU */ + HRTIMER_MODE_ABS_PINNED = 0x02, + HRTIMER_MODE_REL_PINNED = 0x03, }; /* diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index 6cdb6f3331f..ccf882eed8f 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -163,7 +163,10 @@ extern void add_timer_on(struct timer_list *timer, int cpu); extern int del_timer(struct timer_list * timer); extern int mod_timer(struct timer_list *timer, unsigned long expires); extern int mod_timer_pending(struct timer_list *timer, unsigned long expires); +extern int mod_timer_pinned(struct timer_list *timer, unsigned long expires); +#define TIMER_NOT_PINNED 0 +#define TIMER_PINNED 1 /* * The jiffies value which is added to now, when there is no timer * in the timer wheel: -- cgit v1.2.3 From cd1bb94b4a0531e8211a3774f17de831f8285f76 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arun R Bharadwaj Date: Thu, 16 Apr 2009 12:15:34 +0530 Subject: timers: /proc/sys sysctl hook to enable timer migration * Arun R Bharadwaj [2009-04-16 12:11:36]: This patch creates the /proc/sys sysctl interface at /proc/sys/kernel/timer_migration Timer migration is enabled by default. To disable timer migration, when CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG = y, echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/timer_migration Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/sched.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index b4c38bc8049..61850401040 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1766,6 +1766,7 @@ extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_child_runs_first; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_features; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_migration_cost; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_nr_migrate; +extern unsigned int sysctl_timer_migration; int sched_nr_latency_handler(struct ctl_table *table, int write, struct file *file, void __user *buffer, size_t *length, -- cgit v1.2.3 From eea08f32adb3f97553d49a4f79a119833036000a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arun R Bharadwaj Date: Thu, 16 Apr 2009 12:16:41 +0530 Subject: timers: Logic to move non pinned timers * Arun R Bharadwaj [2009-04-16 12:11:36]: This patch migrates all non pinned timers and hrtimers to the current idle load balancer, from all the idle CPUs. Timers firing on busy CPUs are not migrated. While migrating hrtimers, care should be taken to check if migrating a hrtimer would result in a latency or not. So we compare the expiry of the hrtimer with the next timer interrupt on the target cpu and migrate the hrtimer only if it expires *after* the next interrupt on the target cpu. So, added a clockevents_get_next_event() helper function to return the next_event on the target cpu's clock_event_device. [ tglx: cleanups and simplifications ] Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/clockchips.h | 9 +++++++++ include/linux/sched.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 21 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/clockchips.h b/include/linux/clockchips.h index 3a1dbba4d3a..20a100fe2b4 100644 --- a/include/linux/clockchips.h +++ b/include/linux/clockchips.h @@ -143,3 +143,12 @@ extern void clockevents_notify(unsigned long reason, void *arg); #endif #endif + +#ifdef CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS +extern ktime_t clockevents_get_next_event(int cpu); +#else +static inline ktime_t clockevents_get_next_event(int cpu) +{ + return (ktime_t) { .tv64 = KTIME_MAX }; +} +#endif diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 61850401040..311dec12397 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -257,6 +257,7 @@ extern void task_rq_unlock_wait(struct task_struct *p); extern cpumask_var_t nohz_cpu_mask; #if defined(CONFIG_SMP) && defined(CONFIG_NO_HZ) extern int select_nohz_load_balancer(int cpu); +extern int get_nohz_load_balancer(void); #else static inline int select_nohz_load_balancer(int cpu) { @@ -1772,6 +1773,17 @@ int sched_nr_latency_handler(struct ctl_table *table, int write, struct file *file, void __user *buffer, size_t *length, loff_t *ppos); #endif +#ifdef CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG +static inline unsigned int get_sysctl_timer_migration(void) +{ + return sysctl_timer_migration; +} +#else +static inline unsigned int get_sysctl_timer_migration(void) +{ + return 1; +} +#endif extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_rt_period; extern int sysctl_sched_rt_runtime; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 08645126dd24872c2e27014f93968f7312e29176 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 13:54:58 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: implement wext key handling Move key handling wireless extension ioctls from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that all drivers that implement the cfg80211 operations get wext compatibility. Note that this drops the SIOCGIWENCODE ioctl support for getting IW_ENCODE_RESTRICTED/IW_ENCODE_OPEN. This means that iwconfig will no longer report "Security mode:open" or "Security mode:restricted" for mac80211. However, what we displayed there (the authentication algo used) was actually wrong -- linux/wireless.h states that this setting is meant to differentiate between "Refuse non-encoded packets" and "Accept non-encoded packets". (Combined with "cfg80211: fix a couple of bugs with key ioctls". -- JWL) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 4c748935ce5..e69e6c66dd1 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1150,6 +1150,7 @@ struct wireless_dev { struct { struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; + s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; } wext; #endif }; @@ -1400,6 +1401,15 @@ int cfg80211_wext_siwretry(struct net_device *dev, int cfg80211_wext_giwretry(struct net_device *dev, struct iw_request_info *info, struct iw_param *retry, char *extra); +int cfg80211_wext_siwencodeext(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_point *erq, char *extra); +int cfg80211_wext_siwencode(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_point *erq, char *keybuf); +int cfg80211_wext_giwencode(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + struct iw_point *erq, char *keybuf); /* * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification -- cgit v1.2.3 From eccb8e8f0c3af47aeb6dbe4012eb8d4fc888767a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 21:57:56 +0300 Subject: nl80211: improve station flags handling It is currently not possible to modify station flags, but that capability would be very useful. This patch introduces a new nl80211 attribute that contains a set/mask for station flags, and updates the internal API (and mac80211) to mirror that. The new attribute is parsed before falling back to the old so that userspace can specify both (if it can) to work on all kernels. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 21 ++++++++++++++++++++- include/net/cfg80211.h | 28 +++++----------------------- 2 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 58c4ee1822d..aeefccfac0e 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ * */ +#include + /** * DOC: Station handling * @@ -380,7 +382,7 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of - * &enum nl80211_sta_flags. + * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported @@ -499,6 +501,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * this attribute can be used * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request * + * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a + * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -603,6 +608,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, + NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -691,6 +698,18 @@ enum nl80211_sta_flags { NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 }; +/** + * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set + * @mask: mask of station flags to set + * @set: which values to set them to + * + * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. + */ +struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { + __u32 mask; + __u32 set; +} __attribute__((packed)); + /** * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information * diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index e69e6c66dd1..0dae6b38294 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -251,27 +251,6 @@ struct beacon_parameters { int head_len, tail_len; }; -/** - * enum station_flags - station flags - * - * Station capability flags. Note that these must be the bits - * according to the nl80211 flags. - * - * @STATION_FLAG_CHANGED: station flags were changed - * @STATION_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized to send frames (802.1X) - * @STATION_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames - * with short preambles - * @STATION_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable - * @STATION_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection - */ -enum station_flags { - STATION_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<0, - STATION_FLAG_AUTHORIZED = 1< Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 21:57:57 +0300 Subject: nl80211: Add IEEE 802.1X PAE control for station mode Add a new NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT flag for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to allow user space to indicate that it will control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode. Previously, mac80211 was always marking the port authorized in station mode. This was enough when drop_unencrypted flag was set. However, drop_unencrypted can currently be controlled only with WEXT and the current nl80211 design does not allow fully secure configuration. Fix this by providing a mechanism for user space to control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode (i.e., do the same that we are already doing in AP mode). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 9 +++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 5 +++++ 2 files changed, 14 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index aeefccfac0e..2781525b03d 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -504,6 +504,13 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls + * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in + * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE + * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until + * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by + * default in station mode. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -610,6 +617,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, + NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 0dae6b38294..9e17a83d343 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -655,6 +655,10 @@ struct cfg80211_auth_request { * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association + * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., + * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is + * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by + * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. */ struct cfg80211_assoc_request { struct ieee80211_channel *chan; @@ -664,6 +668,7 @@ struct cfg80211_assoc_request { const u8 *ie; size_t ie_len; bool use_mfp; + bool control_port; }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From faa8fdc85347cc76d87b43ea718785661c54f656 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 21:57:58 +0300 Subject: nl80211: Add RSC configuration for new keys When setting a key with NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, we should allow the key sequence number (RSC) to be set in order to allow replay protection to work correctly for group keys. This patch documents this use for nl80211 and adds the couple of missing pieces in nl80211/cfg80211 and mac80211 to support this. In addition, WEXT SIOCSIWENCODEEXT compat processing in cfg80211 is extended to handle the RSC (this was already specified in WEXT, but just not implemented in cfg80211/mac80211). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 2781525b03d..dbea93b694e 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, - * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER - * attributes. + * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, + * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8b3521eeb7598c3b10c7e14361a7974464527702 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rami Rosen Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 05:52:49 +0000 Subject: ipv4: remove an unused parameter from configure method of fib_rules_ops. Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/fib_rules.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/fib_rules.h b/include/net/fib_rules.h index c2bb5cae651..b9b63395d00 100644 --- a/include/net/fib_rules.h +++ b/include/net/fib_rules.h @@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ struct fib_rules_ops struct flowi *, int); int (*configure)(struct fib_rule *, struct sk_buff *, - struct nlmsghdr *, struct fib_rule_hdr *, struct nlattr **); int (*compare)(struct fib_rule *, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9d21493b4beb8f918ba248032fefa393074a5e2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sun, 17 May 2009 20:55:16 -0700 Subject: net: tx scalability works : trans_start struct net_device trans_start field is a hot spot on SMP and high performance devices, particularly multi queues ones, because every transmitter dirties it. Is main use is tx watchdog and bonding alive checks. But as most devices dont use NETIF_F_LLTX, we have to lock a netdev_queue before calling their ndo_start_xmit(). So it makes sense to move trans_start from net_device to netdev_queue. Its update will occur on a already present (and in exclusive state) cache line, for free. We can do this transition smoothly. An old driver continue to update dev->trans_start, while an updated one updates txq->trans_start. Further patches could also put tx_bytes/tx_packets counters in netdev_queue to avoid dirtying dev->stats (vlan device comes to mind) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 2af89b662ca..cd547d04a8c 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -470,6 +470,10 @@ struct netdev_queue { */ spinlock_t _xmit_lock ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; int xmit_lock_owner; + /* + * please use this field instead of dev->trans_start + */ + unsigned long trans_start; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; @@ -819,6 +823,11 @@ struct net_device * One part is mostly used on xmit path (device) */ /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ + + /* + * trans_start here is expensive for high speed devices on SMP, + * please use netdev_queue->trans_start instead. + */ unsigned long trans_start; /* Time (in jiffies) of last Tx */ int watchdog_timeo; /* used by dev_watchdog() */ @@ -1541,6 +1550,8 @@ static inline int netif_carrier_ok(const struct net_device *dev) return !test_bit(__LINK_STATE_NOCARRIER, &dev->state); } +extern unsigned long dev_trans_start(struct net_device *dev); + extern void __netdev_watchdog_up(struct net_device *dev); extern void netif_carrier_on(struct net_device *dev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From f2a3e626202a87734a47153935ec9d15c7fcf761 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Fri, 15 May 2009 06:04:12 +0000 Subject: mdio: Add 10GBASE-T SNR register definition These do not have an in-kernel user but may be useful to user-space. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index 26b4eb3bbee..825f1e2e2ec 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ /* Media-dependent registers. */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR 131 /* 10GBASE-T TX power control */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SNR 133 /* 10GBASE-T SNR margin, lane A. + * Lanes B-D are numbered 134-136. */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBR_FECABLE 170 /* 10GBASE-R FEC ability */ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBX_STAT1 24 /* 10GBASE-X PCS status 1 */ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT1 32 /* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 1 */ @@ -188,6 +190,11 @@ /* PMA 10GBASE-T TX power register. */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR_SHORT 0x0001 /* Short-reach mode */ +/* PMA 10GBASE-T SNR registers. */ +/* Value is SNR margin in dB, clamped to range [-127, 127], plus 0x8000. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SNR_BIAS 0x8000 +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SNR_MAX 127 + /* PMA 10GBASE-R FEC ability register. */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBR_FECABLE_ABLE 0x0001 /* FEC ability */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBR_FECABLE_ERRABLE 0x0002 /* FEC error indic. ability */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e0b221bf4e07edf2fda645e457dc3c35c2f2f3a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Fri, 15 May 2009 06:05:49 +0000 Subject: mdio: Add XENPAK LASI register definitions These registers were originally defined for XENPAK modules, but are also implemented by many other 10G PHYs. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index 825f1e2e2ec..56851646529 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -55,6 +55,14 @@ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL 32 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation control */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT 33 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation status */ +/* LASI (Link Alarm Status Interrupt) registers, defined by XENPAK MSA. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXCTRL 0x9000 /* RX_ALARM control */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TXCTRL 0x9001 /* TX_ALARM control */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_CTRL 0x9002 /* LASI control */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXSTAT 0x9003 /* RX_ALARM status */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TXSTAT 0x9004 /* TX_ALARM status */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_STAT 0x9005 /* LASI status */ + /* Control register 1. */ /* Enable extended speed selection */ #define MDIO_CTRL1_SPEEDSELEXT (BMCR_SPEED1000 | BMCR_SPEED100) @@ -218,6 +226,26 @@ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MS 0x4000 /* Master/slave config */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MSFLT 0x8000 /* Master/slave config fault */ +/* LASI RX_ALARM control/status registers. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PHYXSLFLT 0x0001 /* PHY XS RX local fault */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PCSLFLT 0x0008 /* PCS RX local fault */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PMALFLT 0x0010 /* PMA/PMD RX local fault */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_OPTICPOWERFLT 0x0020 /* RX optical power fault */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_WISLFLT 0x0200 /* WIS local fault */ + +/* LASI TX_ALARM control/status registers. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_PHYXSLFLT 0x0001 /* PHY XS TX local fault */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_PCSLFLT 0x0008 /* PCS TX local fault */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_PMALFLT 0x0010 /* PMA/PMD TX local fault */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_LASERPOWERFLT 0x0080 /* Laser output power fault */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_LASERTEMPFLT 0x0100 /* Laser temperature fault */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TX_LASERBICURRFLT 0x0200 /* Laser bias current fault */ + +/* LASI control/status registers. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_LSALARM 0x0001 /* LS_ALARM enable/status */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_TXALARM 0x0002 /* TX_ALARM enable/status */ +#define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXALARM 0x0004 /* RX_ALARM enable/status */ + /* Mapping between MDIO PRTAD/DEVAD and mii_ioctl_data::phy_id */ #define MDIO_PHY_ID_C45 0x8000 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 184dd3459bb334d9061b58faed3610d08d6c7ff8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vasu Dev Date: Sun, 17 May 2009 12:33:28 +0000 Subject: fcoe: adds spma mode support If we can find a type NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_SAN mac address from the corresponding netdev for a fcoe interface then sets up added the fc->ctlr.spma flag and stores spma mode address in ctl_src_addr. In case the spma flag is set then:- 1. Adds spma mode MAC address in ctl_src_addr as secondary MAC address, the FLOGI for FIP and pre-FIP will go out using this address. 2. Cleans up stored spma MAC address in ctl_src_addr in fcoe_netdev_cleanup. 3. Sets up spma bit in fip_flags for FIP solicitations along with exiting FPMA bit setting. 4. Initialize the FLOGI FIP MAC descriptor to stored spma MAC address in ctl_src_addr. This is used as proposed FCoE MAC address from initiator along with both SPMA and FPMA bit set in FIP solicitation, in response the switch may grant any FPMA or SPMA mode MAC address to initiator. Removes FIP descriptor type checking against ELS type ELS_FLOGI in fcoe_ctlr_encaps to update a FIP MAC descriptor, instead now checks against FIP_DT_FLOGI. I've tested this with available FPMA-only FCoE switch but since data_src_addr is updated using same old code for both FPMA and SPMA modes with FIP or pre-FIP links, so added SPMA mode will work with SPMA-only switch also provided that switch grants a valid MAC address. Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev Signed-off-by: Yi Zou Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/scsi/libfcoe.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/scsi/libfcoe.h b/include/scsi/libfcoe.h index 666cc131732..b2410605b74 100644 --- a/include/scsi/libfcoe.h +++ b/include/scsi/libfcoe.h @@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ enum fip_state { * @link: current link status for libfc. * @last_link: last link state reported to libfc. * @map_dest: use the FC_MAP mode for destination MAC addresses. + * @spma: supports SPMA server-provided MACs mode * @dest_addr: MAC address of the selected FC forwarder. * @ctl_src_addr: the native MAC address of our local port. * @data_src_addr: the assigned MAC address for the local port after FLOGI. @@ -104,6 +105,7 @@ struct fcoe_ctlr { u8 link; u8 last_link; u8 map_dest; + u8 spma; u8 dest_addr[ETH_ALEN]; u8 ctl_src_addr[ETH_ALEN]; u8 data_src_addr[ETH_ALEN]; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7004bf252c53da18f6b55103e0c92f777f846806 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 18 May 2009 00:34:33 +0000 Subject: net: add tx_packets/tx_bytes/tx_dropped counters in struct netdev_queue offsetof(struct net_device, features)=0x44 offsetof(struct net_device, stats.tx_packets)=0x54 offsetof(struct net_device, stats.tx_bytes)=0x5c offsetof(struct net_device, stats.tx_dropped)=0x6c Network drivers that touch dev->stats.tx_packets/stats.tx_bytes in their tx path can slow down SMP operations, since they dirty a cache line that should stay shared (dev->features is needed in rx and tx paths) We could move away stats field in net_device but it wont help that much. (Two cache lines dirtied in tx path, we can do one only) Better solution is to add tx_packets/tx_bytes/tx_dropped in struct netdev_queue because this structure is already touched in tx path and counters updates will then be free (no increase in size) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index cd547d04a8c..f8574e76b74 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -474,6 +474,9 @@ struct netdev_queue { * please use this field instead of dev->trans_start */ unsigned long trans_start; + unsigned long tx_bytes; + unsigned long tx_packets; + unsigned long tx_dropped; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 39549eef3587f1c1e8c65c88a2400d10fd30ea17 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wolfgang Grandegger Date: Fri, 15 May 2009 23:39:29 +0000 Subject: can: CAN Network device driver and Netlink interface The CAN network device driver interface provides a generic interface to setup, configure and monitor CAN network devices. It exports a set of common data structures and functions, which all real CAN network device drivers should use. Please have a look to the SJA1000 or MSCAN driver to understand how to use them. The name of the module is can-dev.ko. Furthermore, it adds a Netlink interface allowing to configure the CAN device using the program "ip" from the iproute2 utility suite. For further information please check "Documentation/networking/can.txt" Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Grandegger Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/can/Kbuild | 1 + include/linux/can/dev.h | 70 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/can/netlink.h | 113 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 3 files changed, 184 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/can/dev.h create mode 100644 include/linux/can/netlink.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/can/Kbuild b/include/linux/can/Kbuild index eff898aac02..8cb05aae661 100644 --- a/include/linux/can/Kbuild +++ b/include/linux/can/Kbuild @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ header-y += raw.h header-y += bcm.h header-y += error.h +header-y += netlink.h diff --git a/include/linux/can/dev.h b/include/linux/can/dev.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4a37a56f6cd --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/can/dev.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * linux/can/dev.h + * + * Definitions for the CAN network device driver interface + * + * Copyright (C) 2006 Andrey Volkov + * Varma Electronics Oy + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 Wolfgang Grandegger + * + * Send feedback to + */ + +#ifndef CAN_DEV_H +#define CAN_DEV_H + +#include +#include + +/* + * CAN mode + */ +enum can_mode { + CAN_MODE_STOP = 0, + CAN_MODE_START, + CAN_MODE_SLEEP +}; + +/* + * CAN common private data + */ +#define CAN_ECHO_SKB_MAX 4 + +struct can_priv { + struct can_device_stats can_stats; + + struct can_bittiming bittiming; + struct can_bittiming_const *bittiming_const; + struct can_clock clock; + + enum can_state state; + u32 ctrlmode; + + int restart_ms; + struct timer_list restart_timer; + + struct sk_buff *echo_skb[CAN_ECHO_SKB_MAX]; + + int (*do_set_bittiming)(struct net_device *dev); + int (*do_set_mode)(struct net_device *dev, enum can_mode mode); + int (*do_get_state)(const struct net_device *dev, + enum can_state *state); +}; + +struct net_device *alloc_candev(int sizeof_priv); +void free_candev(struct net_device *dev); + +int open_candev(struct net_device *dev); +void close_candev(struct net_device *dev); + +int register_candev(struct net_device *dev); +void unregister_candev(struct net_device *dev); + +int can_restart_now(struct net_device *dev); +void can_bus_off(struct net_device *dev); + +void can_put_echo_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev, int idx); +void can_get_echo_skb(struct net_device *dev, int idx); + +#endif /* CAN_DEV_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/can/netlink.h b/include/linux/can/netlink.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9ecbb7871c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/can/netlink.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * linux/can/netlink.h + * + * Definitions for the CAN netlink interface + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Wolfgang Grandegger + * + * Send feedback to + * + */ + +#ifndef CAN_NETLINK_H +#define CAN_NETLINK_H + +#include + +/* + * CAN bit-timing parameters + * + * For futher information, please read chapter "8 BIT TIMING + * REQUIREMENTS" of the "Bosch CAN Specification version 2.0" + * at http://www.semiconductors.bosch.de/pdf/can2spec.pdf. + */ +struct can_bittiming { + __u32 bitrate; /* Bit-rate in bits/second */ + __u32 sample_point; /* Sample point in one-tenth of a percent */ + __u32 tq; /* Time quanta (TQ) in nanoseconds */ + __u32 prop_seg; /* Propagation segment in TQs */ + __u32 phase_seg1; /* Phase buffer segment 1 in TQs */ + __u32 phase_seg2; /* Phase buffer segment 2 in TQs */ + __u32 sjw; /* Synchronisation jump width in TQs */ + __u32 brp; /* Bit-rate prescaler */ +}; + +/* + * CAN harware-dependent bit-timing constant + * + * Used for calculating and checking bit-timing parameters + */ +struct can_bittiming_const { + char name[16]; /* Name of the CAN controller hardware */ + __u32 tseg1_min; /* Time segement 1 = prop_seg + phase_seg1 */ + __u32 tseg1_max; + __u32 tseg2_min; /* Time segement 2 = phase_seg2 */ + __u32 tseg2_max; + __u32 sjw_max; /* Synchronisation jump width */ + __u32 brp_min; /* Bit-rate prescaler */ + __u32 brp_max; + __u32 brp_inc; +}; + +/* + * CAN clock parameters + */ +struct can_clock { + __u32 freq; /* CAN system clock frequency in Hz */ +}; + +/* + * CAN operational and error states + */ +enum can_state { + CAN_STATE_ERROR_ACTIVE = 0, /* RX/TX error count < 96 */ + CAN_STATE_ERROR_WARNING, /* RX/TX error count < 128 */ + CAN_STATE_ERROR_PASSIVE, /* RX/TX error count < 256 */ + CAN_STATE_BUS_OFF, /* RX/TX error count >= 256 */ + CAN_STATE_STOPPED, /* Device is stopped */ + CAN_STATE_SLEEPING, /* Device is sleeping */ + CAN_STATE_MAX +}; + +/* + * CAN controller mode + */ +struct can_ctrlmode { + __u32 mask; + __u32 flags; +}; + +#define CAN_CTRLMODE_LOOPBACK 0x1 /* Loopback mode */ +#define CAN_CTRLMODE_LISTENONLY 0x2 /* Listen-only mode */ +#define CAN_CTRLMODE_3_SAMPLES 0x4 /* Triple sampling mode */ + +/* + * CAN device statistics + */ +struct can_device_stats { + __u32 bus_error; /* Bus errors */ + __u32 error_warning; /* Changes to error warning state */ + __u32 error_passive; /* Changes to error passive state */ + __u32 bus_off; /* Changes to bus off state */ + __u32 arbitration_lost; /* Arbitration lost errors */ + __u32 restarts; /* CAN controller re-starts */ +}; + +/* + * CAN netlink interface + */ +enum { + IFLA_CAN_UNSPEC, + IFLA_CAN_BITTIMING, + IFLA_CAN_BITTIMING_CONST, + IFLA_CAN_CLOCK, + IFLA_CAN_STATE, + IFLA_CAN_CTRLMODE, + IFLA_CAN_RESTART_MS, + IFLA_CAN_RESTART, + __IFLA_CAN_MAX +}; + +#define IFLA_CAN_MAX (__IFLA_CAN_MAX - 1) + +#endif /* CAN_NETLINK_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f534e52f091a7b9f51fb6726710bdf731b663e94 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wolfgang Grandegger Date: Fri, 15 May 2009 23:39:31 +0000 Subject: can: SJA1000 generic platform bus driver This driver adds support for the SJA1000 chips connected to the "platform bus", which can be found on various embedded systems. Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Grandegger Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h b/include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..37966e630ff --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#ifndef _CAN_PLATFORM_SJA1000_H_ +#define _CAN_PLATFORM_SJA1000_H_ + +/* clock divider register */ +#define CDR_CLKOUT_MASK 0x07 +#define CDR_CLK_OFF 0x08 /* Clock off (CLKOUT pin) */ +#define CDR_RXINPEN 0x20 /* TX1 output is RX irq output */ +#define CDR_CBP 0x40 /* CAN input comparator bypass */ +#define CDR_PELICAN 0x80 /* PeliCAN mode */ + +/* output control register */ +#define OCR_MODE_BIPHASE 0x00 +#define OCR_MODE_TEST 0x01 +#define OCR_MODE_NORMAL 0x02 +#define OCR_MODE_CLOCK 0x03 +#define OCR_TX0_INVERT 0x04 +#define OCR_TX0_PULLDOWN 0x08 +#define OCR_TX0_PULLUP 0x10 +#define OCR_TX0_PUSHPULL 0x18 +#define OCR_TX1_INVERT 0x20 +#define OCR_TX1_PULLDOWN 0x40 +#define OCR_TX1_PULLUP 0x80 +#define OCR_TX1_PUSHPULL 0xc0 + +struct sja1000_platform_data { + u32 clock; /* CAN bus oscillator frequency in Hz */ + + u8 ocr; /* output control register */ + u8 cdr; /* clock divider register */ +}; + +#endif /* !_CAN_PLATFORM_SJA1000_H_ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 69e3c75f4d541a6eb151b3ef91f34033cb3ad6e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johann Baudy Date: Mon, 18 May 2009 22:11:22 -0700 Subject: net: TX_RING and packet mmap New packet socket feature that makes packet socket more efficient for transmission. - It reduces number of system call through a PACKET_TX_RING mechanism, based on PACKET_RX_RING (Circular buffer allocated in kernel space which is mmapped from user space). - It minimizes CPU copy using fragmented SKB (almost zero copy). Signed-off-by: Johann Baudy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_packet.h | 20 +++++++++++++++----- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 18 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_packet.h b/include/linux/if_packet.h index 18db0668065..5b2badeb949 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_packet.h +++ b/include/linux/if_packet.h @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ struct sockaddr_ll #define PACKET_VERSION 10 #define PACKET_HDRLEN 11 #define PACKET_RESERVE 12 +#define PACKET_TX_RING 13 +#define PACKET_LOSS 14 struct tpacket_stats { @@ -63,14 +65,22 @@ struct tpacket_auxdata __u16 tp_vlan_tci; }; +/* Rx ring - header status */ +#define TP_STATUS_KERNEL 0x0 +#define TP_STATUS_USER 0x1 +#define TP_STATUS_COPY 0x2 +#define TP_STATUS_LOSING 0x4 +#define TP_STATUS_CSUMNOTREADY 0x8 + +/* Tx ring - header status */ +#define TP_STATUS_AVAILABLE 0x0 +#define TP_STATUS_SEND_REQUEST 0x1 +#define TP_STATUS_SENDING 0x2 +#define TP_STATUS_WRONG_FORMAT 0x4 + struct tpacket_hdr { unsigned long tp_status; -#define TP_STATUS_KERNEL 0 -#define TP_STATUS_USER 1 -#define TP_STATUS_COPY 2 -#define TP_STATUS_LOSING 4 -#define TP_STATUS_CSUMNOTREADY 8 unsigned int tp_len; unsigned int tp_snaplen; unsigned short tp_mac; diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 1b5c3d298f4..aff494ba6a3 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -203,6 +203,9 @@ struct skb_shared_info { #ifdef CONFIG_HAS_DMA dma_addr_t dma_maps[MAX_SKB_FRAGS + 1]; #endif + /* Intermediate layers must ensure that destructor_arg + * remains valid until skb destructor */ + void * destructor_arg; }; /* We divide dataref into two halves. The higher 16 bits hold references -- cgit v1.2.3 From 690cc3ffe33ac4a2857583c22d4c6244ae11684d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Eric W. Biederman" Date: Wed, 13 May 2009 16:55:10 +0000 Subject: syscall: Implement a convinience function restart_syscall Currently when we have a signal pending we have the functionality to restart that the current system call. There are other cases such as nasty lock ordering issues where it makes sense to have a simple fix that uses try lock and restarts the system call. Buying time to figure out how to rework the locking strategy. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/sched.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index b4c38bc8049..d853f6bb0ba 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -2178,6 +2178,12 @@ static inline int test_tsk_need_resched(struct task_struct *tsk) return unlikely(test_tsk_thread_flag(tsk,TIF_NEED_RESCHED)); } +static inline int restart_syscall(void) +{ + set_tsk_thread_flag(current, TIF_SIGPENDING); + return -ERESTARTNOINTR; +} + static inline int signal_pending(struct task_struct *p) { return unlikely(test_tsk_thread_flag(p,TIF_SIGPENDING)); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 93f154b594fe47e4a7e5358b309add449a046cd3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 18 May 2009 22:19:19 -0700 Subject: net: release dst entry in dev_hard_start_xmit() One point of contention in high network loads is the dst_release() performed when a transmited skb is freed. This is because NIC tx completion calls dev_kree_skb() long after original call to dev_queue_xmit(skb). CPU cache is cold and the atomic op in dst_release() stalls. On SMP, this is quite visible if one CPU is 100% handling softirqs for a network device, since dst_clone() is done by other cpus, involving cache line ping pongs. It seems right place to release dst is in dev_hard_start_xmit(), for most devices but ones that are virtual, and some exceptions. David Miller suggested to define a new device flag, set in alloc_netdev_mq() (so that most devices set it at init time), and carefuly unset in devices which dont want a NULL skb->dst in their ndo_start_xmit(). List of devices that must clear this flag is : - loopback device, because it calls netif_rx() and quoting Patrick : "ip_route_input() doesn't accept loopback addresses, so loopback packets already need to have a dst_entry attached." - appletalk/ipddp.c : needs skb->dst in its xmit function - And all devices that call again dev_queue_xmit() from their xmit function (as some classifiers need skb->dst) : bonding, vlan, macvlan, eql, ifb, hdlc_fr Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if.h b/include/linux/if.h index 1108f3e099e..b9a6229f3be 100644 --- a/include/linux/if.h +++ b/include/linux/if.h @@ -67,6 +67,9 @@ #define IFF_ISATAP 0x80 /* ISATAP interface (RFC4214) */ #define IFF_MASTER_ARPMON 0x100 /* bonding master, ARP mon in use */ #define IFF_WAN_HDLC 0x200 /* WAN HDLC device */ +#define IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE 0x400 /* dev_hard_start_xmit() is allowed to + * release skb->dst + */ #define IF_GET_IFACE 0x0001 /* for querying only */ #define IF_GET_PROTO 0x0002 -- cgit v1.2.3 From bfa568d19a3faed3b94978ad48ac15d1b0d7e5bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Anton Vorontsov Date: Sat, 2 May 2009 06:16:47 +0400 Subject: powerpc/85xx: Add PCI IDs for MPC8569 family processors This patch adds PCI IDs for MPC8569 and MPC8569E processors, plus adds appropriate quirks for these IDs, and thus makes PCI-E actually work on MPC8569E-MDS boards. Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index 06ba90c211a..7cc5b80327f 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -2274,6 +2274,8 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8547E 0x0018 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8545E 0x0019 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8545 0x001a +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8569E 0x0061 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8569 0x0060 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8568E 0x0020 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8568 0x0021 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8567E 0x0022 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 01af9507ff36578dad89b1cc88ff37ac18e719cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kumar Gala Date: Wed, 15 Apr 2009 14:38:40 -0500 Subject: powerpc/85xx: Add P2020DS board support The P2020 is a dual e500v2 core based SOC with: * 3 PCIe controllers * 2 General purpose DMA controllers * 2 sRIO controllers * 3 eTSECS * USB 2.0 * SDHC * SPI, I2C, DUART * enhanced localbus * and optional Security (P2020E) security w/XOR acceleration The p2020 DS reference board is pretty similar to the existing MPC85xx DS boards and has a ULI 1575 connected on one of the PCIe controllers. Signed-off-by: Ted Peters Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index 7cc5b80327f..bfa0402d343 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -2288,6 +2288,8 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8572 0x0041 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8536E 0x0050 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8536 0x0051 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_P2020E 0x0070 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_P2020 0x0071 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8641 0x7010 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8641D 0x7011 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MPC8610 0x7018 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 645069299a1c7358cf7330afe293f07552f11a5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sascha Hlusiak Date: Tue, 19 May 2009 12:56:52 +0000 Subject: sit: stateless autoconf for isatap be sent periodically. The rs_delay can be speficied when adding the PRL entry and defaults to 15 minutes. The RS is sent from every link local adress that's assigned to the tunnel interface. It's directed to the (guessed) linklocal address of the router and is sent through the tunnel. Better: send to ff02::2 encapsuled in unicast directed to router-v4. Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_tunnel.h | 2 +- include/net/ipip.h | 7 +++++++ 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_tunnel.h b/include/linux/if_tunnel.h index 5a9aae4adb4..5eb9b0f857e 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_tunnel.h +++ b/include/linux/if_tunnel.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ struct ip_tunnel_prl { __u16 flags; __u16 __reserved; __u32 datalen; - __u32 __reserved2; + __u32 rs_delay; /* data follows */ }; diff --git a/include/net/ipip.h b/include/net/ipip.h index fdf9bd74370..5d3036fa151 100644 --- a/include/net/ipip.h +++ b/include/net/ipip.h @@ -28,11 +28,18 @@ struct ip_tunnel unsigned int prl_count; /* # of entries in PRL */ }; +/* ISATAP: default interval between RS in secondy */ +#define IPTUNNEL_RS_DEFAULT_DELAY (900) + struct ip_tunnel_prl_entry { struct ip_tunnel_prl_entry *next; __be32 addr; u16 flags; + unsigned long rs_delay; + struct timer_list rs_timer; + struct ip_tunnel *tunnel; + spinlock_t lock; }; #define IPTUNNEL_XMIT() do { \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 89f536ccfa8b370ff4d054f4061858ca9322c25a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephane Chatty Date: Wed, 20 May 2009 15:41:24 +0200 Subject: HID: add new multitouch and digitizer contants Added constants to hid.h for all digitizer usages (including the new multitouch ones that are not yet in the official USB spec but are being pushed by Microsft as described in their paper "Digitizer Drivers for Windows Touch and Pen-Based Computers"). Updated hid-debug.c to support the new MT input constants such as ABS_MT_POSITION_X. Signed-off-by: Stephane Chatty Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina --- include/linux/hid.h | 36 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 36 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/hid.h b/include/linux/hid.h index a72876e4358..53489fd4d70 100644 --- a/include/linux/hid.h +++ b/include/linux/hid.h @@ -238,6 +238,42 @@ struct hid_item { #define HID_GD_RIGHT 0x00010092 #define HID_GD_LEFT 0x00010093 +#define HID_DG_DIGITIZER 0x000d0001 +#define HID_DG_PEN 0x000d0002 +#define HID_DG_LIGHTPEN 0x000d0003 +#define HID_DG_TOUCHSCREEN 0x000d0004 +#define HID_DG_TOUCHPAD 0x000d0005 +#define HID_DG_STYLUS 0x000d0020 +#define HID_DG_PUCK 0x000d0021 +#define HID_DG_FINGER 0x000d0022 +#define HID_DG_TIPPRESSURE 0x000d0030 +#define HID_DG_BARRELPRESSURE 0x000d0031 +#define HID_DG_INRANGE 0x000d0032 +#define HID_DG_TOUCH 0x000d0033 +#define HID_DG_UNTOUCH 0x000d0034 +#define HID_DG_TAP 0x000d0035 +#define HID_DG_TABLETFUNCTIONKEY 0x000d0039 +#define HID_DG_PROGRAMCHANGEKEY 0x000d003a +#define HID_DG_INVERT 0x000d003c +#define HID_DG_TIPSWITCH 0x000d0042 +#define HID_DG_TIPSWITCH2 0x000d0043 +#define HID_DG_BARRELSWITCH 0x000d0044 +#define HID_DG_ERASER 0x000d0045 +#define HID_DG_TABLETPICK 0x000d0046 +/* + * as of May 20, 2009 the usages below are not yet in the official USB spec + * but are being pushed by Microsft as described in their paper "Digitizer + * Drivers for Windows Touch and Pen-Based Computers" + */ +#define HID_DG_CONFIDENCE 0x000d0047 +#define HID_DG_WIDTH 0x000d0048 +#define HID_DG_HEIGHT 0x000d0049 +#define HID_DG_CONTACTID 0x000d0051 +#define HID_DG_INPUTMODE 0x000d0052 +#define HID_DG_DEVICEINDEX 0x000d0053 +#define HID_DG_CONTACTCOUNT 0x000d0054 +#define HID_DG_CONTACTMAX 0x000d0055 + /* * HID report types --- Ouch! HID spec says 1 2 3! */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 038659e7c6b385065cb223872771ac437ef70b62 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Sat, 2 May 2009 00:37:17 -0400 Subject: cfg80211: Process regulatory max bandwidth checks for HT40 We are not correctly listening to the regulatory max bandwidth settings. To actually make use of it we need to redesign things a bit. This patch does the work for that. We do this to so we can obey to regulatory rules accordingly for use of HT40. We end up dealing with HT40 by having two passes for each channel. The first check will see if a 20 MHz channel fits into the channel's center freq on a given frequency range. We check for a 20 MHz banwidth channel as that is the maximum an individual channel will use, at least for now. The first pass will go ahead and check if the regulatory rule for that given center of frequency allows 40 MHz bandwidths and we use this to determine whether or not the channel supports HT40 or not. So to support HT40 you'll need at a regulatory rule that allows you to use 40 MHz channels but you're channel must also be enabled and support 20 MHz by itself. The second pass is done after we do the regulatory checks over an device's supported channel list. On each channel we'll check if the control channel and the extension both: o exist o are enabled o regulatory allows 40 MHz bandwidth on its frequency range This work allows allows us to idependently check for HT40- and HT40+. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 14 ++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 9e17a83d343..282d58d52fc 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -70,6 +70,9 @@ enum ieee80211_channel_flags { IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_BELOW = 1<<5, }; +#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ + (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_ABOVE | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_BELOW) + /** * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition * @@ -1303,9 +1306,10 @@ extern void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory( * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for - * @bandwidth: the bandwidth requirement you have in KHz, if you do not have one - * you can set this to 0. If this frequency is allowed we then set - * this value to the maximum allowed bandwidth. + * @desired_bw_khz: the desired max bandwidth you want to use per + * channel. Note that this is still 20 MHz if you want to use HT40 + * as HT40 makes use of two channels for its 40 MHz width bandwidth. + * If set to 0 we'll assume you want the standard 20 MHz. * @reg_rule: the regulatory rule which we have for this frequency * * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on @@ -1320,7 +1324,9 @@ extern void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory( * freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is purely * subjective and right now its 802.11 specific. */ -extern int freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 center_freq, u32 *bandwidth, +extern int freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, + u32 center_freq, + u32 desired_bw_khz, const struct ieee80211_reg_rule **reg_rule); /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 689da1b3b8b37ff41e79f3fb973c06cdfeef12e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Sat, 2 May 2009 00:37:18 -0400 Subject: wireless: rename IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_* to HT40-/+ This is more consistent with our nl80211 naming convention for HT40-/+. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 282d58d52fc..7391ad10c8c 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ enum ieee80211_band { * on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS: IBSS is not allowed on this channel. * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. - * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_ABOVE: extension channel above this channel + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel * is not permitted. - * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_BELOW: extension channel below this channel + * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel * is not permitted. */ enum ieee80211_channel_flags { @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ enum ieee80211_channel_flags { IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN = 1<<1, IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS = 1<<2, IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, - IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_ABOVE = 1<<4, - IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_BELOW = 1<<5, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, + IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, }; #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ - (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_ABOVE | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_FAT_BELOW) + (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) /** * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3dcf670baf3d3a9bfc752e59d0b1a8d886230750 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Kilroy Date: Sat, 16 May 2009 23:13:46 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: mark ops as pointer to const This allows drivers to mark their cfg80211_ops tables const. Signed-off-by: David Kilroy Acked-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 7391ad10c8c..09a823520e5 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ static inline const char *wiphy_name(struct wiphy *wiphy) * The returned pointer must be assigned to each netdev's * ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. */ -struct wiphy *wiphy_new(struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv); +struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv); /** * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 -- cgit v1.2.3 From cf5aa2f1f39d367d449df4c10de3d8e6f9c4443b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Kilroy Date: Sat, 16 May 2009 23:13:47 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: mark wiphy->privid as pointer to const This allows drivers to use a const pointer as the privid without a cast. Signed-off-by: David Kilroy Acked-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 09a823520e5..81a3bfa4547 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ struct wiphy { * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ - void *privid; + const void *privid; struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e3da574a0ddd3e90a1e2b788b84b94bc17a75172 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Mon, 18 May 2009 19:56:36 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: allow wext to remove keys that don't exist Some applications using wireless extensions expect to be able to remove a key that doesn't exist. One example is wpa_supplicant which doesn't actually change behaviour when running into an error while trying to do that, but it prints an error message which users interpret as wpa_supplicant having problems. The safe thing to do is not change the behaviour of wireless extensions any more, so when the driver reports -ENOENT let the wext bridge code return success to userspace. To guarantee this, also document that drivers should return -ENOENT when the key doesn't exist. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 81a3bfa4547..389f1d20adf 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -781,10 +781,11 @@ enum wiphy_params_flags { * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid - * after it returns. + * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is + * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. * * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) - * and @key_index + * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. * * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface * -- cgit v1.2.3 From cce4c77b87ce7e71a0f244a3dfb6ac1c3a1bc67e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 19 May 2009 10:39:34 +0200 Subject: mac80211: fix kernel-doc Moving information from config_interface to bss_info_changed removed struct ieee80211_if_conf which the documentation still refers to, additionally there's one kernel-doc description too much and one other missing, fix all this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index d10ed1776fc..2d0610581ef 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -173,7 +173,6 @@ enum ieee80211_bss_change { * @timestamp: beacon timestamp * @beacon_int: beacon interval * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp - * @ht: BSS's HT configuration * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an * index into the rate table configured by the driver in * the current band. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 04af8cf6f320031090ab6fa4600b912b0c18fb4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rami Rosen Date: Wed, 20 May 2009 17:26:23 -0700 Subject: net: Remove unused parameter from fill method in fib_rules_ops. The netlink message header (struct nlmsghdr) is an unused parameter in fill method of fib_rules_ops struct. This patch removes this parameter from this method and fixes the places where this method is called. (include/net/fib_rules.h) Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/fib_rules.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/fib_rules.h b/include/net/fib_rules.h index b9b63395d00..ca4b2e84007 100644 --- a/include/net/fib_rules.h +++ b/include/net/fib_rules.h @@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ struct fib_rules_ops struct fib_rule_hdr *, struct nlattr **); int (*fill)(struct fib_rule *, struct sk_buff *, - struct nlmsghdr *, struct fib_rule_hdr *); u32 (*default_pref)(struct fib_rules_ops *ops); size_t (*nlmsg_payload)(struct fib_rule *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From d95ed9275edcb8995bda31005bb3f55e087626d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Eric W. Biederman" Date: Tue, 19 May 2009 18:27:17 +0000 Subject: af_packet: Teach to listen for multiple unicast addresses. The the PACKET_ADD_MEMBERSHIP and the PACKET_DROP_MEMBERSHIP setsockopt calls for af_packet already has all of the infrastructure needed to subscribe to multiple mac addresses. All that is missing is a flag to say that the address we want to listen on is a unicast address. So introduce PACKET_MR_UNICAST and wire it up to dev_unicast_add and dev_unicast_delete. Additionally I noticed that errors from dev_mc_add were not propagated from packet_dev_mc so fix that. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_packet.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_packet.h b/include/linux/if_packet.h index 5b2badeb949..dea7d6b7cf9 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_packet.h +++ b/include/linux/if_packet.h @@ -145,5 +145,6 @@ struct packet_mreq #define PACKET_MR_MULTICAST 0 #define PACKET_MR_PROMISC 1 #define PACKET_MR_ALLMULTI 2 +#define PACKET_MR_UNICAST 3 #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4ea7e38696c7e798c47ebbecadfd392f23f814f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Neil Horman Date: Thu, 21 May 2009 07:36:08 +0000 Subject: dropmon: add ability to detect when hardware dropsrxpackets Patch to add the ability to detect drops in hardware interfaces via dropwatch. Adds a tracepoint to net_rx_action to signal everytime a napi instance is polled. The dropmon code then periodically checks to see if the rx_frames counter has changed, and if so, adds a drop notification to the netlink protocol, using the reserved all-0's vector to indicate the drop location was in hardware, rather than somewhere in the code. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman include/linux/net_dropmon.h | 8 ++ include/trace/napi.h | 11 +++ net/core/dev.c | 5 + net/core/drop_monitor.c | 124 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-- net/core/net-traces.c | 4 + net/core/netpoll.c | 2 6 files changed, 149 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/net_dropmon.h | 8 ++++++++ include/trace/napi.h | 11 +++++++++++ 2 files changed, 19 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/trace/napi.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/net_dropmon.h b/include/linux/net_dropmon.h index 0217fb81a63..e8a8b5c50ed 100644 --- a/include/linux/net_dropmon.h +++ b/include/linux/net_dropmon.h @@ -2,12 +2,20 @@ #define __NET_DROPMON_H #include +#include struct net_dm_drop_point { __u8 pc[8]; __u32 count; }; +#define is_drop_point_hw(x) do {\ + int ____i, ____j;\ + for (____i = 0; ____i < 8; i ____i++)\ + ____j |= x[____i];\ + ____j;\ +} while (0) + #define NET_DM_CFG_VERSION 0 #define NET_DM_CFG_ALERT_COUNT 1 #define NET_DM_CFG_ALERT_DELAY 2 diff --git a/include/trace/napi.h b/include/trace/napi.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a8989c4547e --- /dev/null +++ b/include/trace/napi.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#ifndef _TRACE_NAPI_H_ +#define _TRACE_NAPI_H_ + +#include +#include + +DECLARE_TRACE(napi_poll, + TP_PROTO(struct napi_struct *napi), + TP_ARGS(napi)); + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From a7b11d738282337488ae158c975d76271ad43a98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Micha=C5=82=20Miros=C5=82aw?= Date: Thu, 21 May 2009 10:34:04 +0000 Subject: genetlink: Introduce genl_register_family_with_ops() MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit This introduces genl_register_family_with_ops() that registers a genetlink family along with operations from a table. This is used to kill copy'n'paste occurrences in following patches. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/genetlink.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/genetlink.h b/include/net/genetlink.h index 747c255d1df..1b0e3ee4ddd 100644 --- a/include/net/genetlink.h +++ b/include/net/genetlink.h @@ -88,6 +88,8 @@ struct genl_ops }; extern int genl_register_family(struct genl_family *family); +extern int genl_register_family_with_ops(struct genl_family *family, + struct genl_ops *ops, size_t n_ops); extern int genl_unregister_family(struct genl_family *family); extern int genl_register_ops(struct genl_family *, struct genl_ops *ops); extern int genl_unregister_ops(struct genl_family *, struct genl_ops *ops); -- cgit v1.2.3 From e31a16d6f64ef0e324c6f54d5112703c3f13a9c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Zhu Yi Date: Thu, 21 May 2009 21:47:03 +0800 Subject: wireless: move some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211 The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211. Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers to be also benefit from these utility functions. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 9 +++++++++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/mac80211.h | 28 ---------------------------- 3 files changed, 56 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 05c29c01174..34de8b21f6d 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -493,6 +493,7 @@ struct ieee80211s_hdr { /* Mesh flags */ #define MESH_FLAGS_AE_A4 0x1 #define MESH_FLAGS_AE_A5_A6 0x2 +#define MESH_FLAGS_AE 0x3 #define MESH_FLAGS_PS_DEEP 0x4 /** @@ -1085,6 +1086,14 @@ enum ieee80211_spectrum_mgmt_actioncode { WLAN_ACTION_SPCT_CHL_SWITCH = 4, }; +/* Security key length */ +enum ieee80211_key_len { + WLAN_KEY_LEN_WEP40 = 5, + WLAN_KEY_LEN_WEP104 = 13, + WLAN_KEY_LEN_CCMP = 16, + WLAN_KEY_LEN_TKIP = 32, +}; + /* * IEEE 802.11-2007 7.3.2.9 Country information element * diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 389f1d20adf..f20da7d63b1 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -1244,6 +1244,53 @@ extern int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init( extern int ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next( struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); +extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; +extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; + +/** + * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data + * + * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function + * returns the 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption + * headers). If the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 802.11 + * header the function returns 0. + * + * @skb: the frame + */ +unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); + +/** + * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control + * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format + */ +unsigned int ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); + +/** + * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 + * @skb: the 802.11 data frame + * @addr: the device MAC address + * @iftype: the virtual interface type + */ +int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *addr, + enum nl80211_iftype iftype); + +/** + * ieee80211_data_from_8023 - convert an 802.3 frame to 802.11 + * @skb: the 802.3 frame + * @addr: the device MAC address + * @iftype: the virtual interface type + * @bssid: the network bssid (used only for iftype STATION and ADHOC) + * @qos: build 802.11 QoS data frame + */ +int ieee80211_data_from_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *addr, + enum nl80211_iftype iftype, u8 *bssid, bool qos); + +/** + * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame + * @skb: the data frame + */ +unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb); + /* * Regulatory helper functions for wiphys */ diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 2d0610581ef..d72346ff324 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -671,16 +671,6 @@ enum ieee80211_key_alg { ALG_AES_CMAC, }; -/** - * enum ieee80211_key_len - key length - * @LEN_WEP40: WEP 5-byte long key - * @LEN_WEP104: WEP 13-byte long key - */ -enum ieee80211_key_len { - LEN_WEP40 = 5, - LEN_WEP104 = 13, -}; - /** * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags * @@ -1811,24 +1801,6 @@ __le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif); -/** - * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data - * - * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function - * returns the 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption - * headers). If the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 802.11 - * header the function returns 0. - * - * @skb: the frame - */ -unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); - -/** - * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control - * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format - */ -unsigned int ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); - /** * ieee80211_get_tkip_key - get a TKIP rc4 for skb * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7df3bb8f59ca8e346bb834006c257cc367c6250a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Eversberg Date: Fri, 22 May 2009 11:04:44 +0000 Subject: mISDN: Add watchdog functionality to hfcmulti driver This patch was made by Titus Moldovan and provides IOCTL functions for enabling and disabling the controller's built in watchdog. The use is optional. Signed-off-by: Andreas Eversberg Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mISDNif.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mISDNif.h b/include/linux/mISDNif.h index 5da3d95b27f..cf974593a99 100644 --- a/include/linux/mISDNif.h +++ b/include/linux/mISDNif.h @@ -362,7 +362,8 @@ clear_channelmap(u_int nr, u_char *map) #define MISDN_CTRL_HFC_RECEIVE_ON 0x4006 #define MISDN_CTRL_HFC_ECHOCAN_ON 0x4007 #define MISDN_CTRL_HFC_ECHOCAN_OFF 0x4008 - +#define MISDN_CTRL_HFC_WD_INIT 0x4009 +#define MISDN_CTRL_HFC_WD_RESET 0x400A /* socket options */ #define MISDN_TIME_STAMP 0x0001 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7cfa153dd709f15188fe84b78ae76387841fe17b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Eversberg Date: Fri, 22 May 2009 11:04:46 +0000 Subject: mISDN: Echo canceler now gets delay information from hardware Added tx-fifo information for calculation of current delay to sync tx and rx streams for echo canceler. Signed-off-by: Andreas Eversberg Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mISDNdsp.h | 3 ++- include/linux/mISDNhw.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mISDNdsp.h b/include/linux/mISDNdsp.h index 6b71d2dce50..2c483d45f14 100644 --- a/include/linux/mISDNdsp.h +++ b/include/linux/mISDNdsp.h @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ struct mISDN_dsp_element { void *(*new)(const char *arg); void (*free)(void *p); void (*process_tx)(void *p, unsigned char *data, int len); - void (*process_rx)(void *p, unsigned char *data, int len); + void (*process_rx)(void *p, unsigned char *data, int len, + unsigned int txlen); int num_args; struct mISDN_dsp_element_arg *args; diff --git a/include/linux/mISDNhw.h b/include/linux/mISDNhw.h index 97ffdc1d344..ce900f4c245 100644 --- a/include/linux/mISDNhw.h +++ b/include/linux/mISDNhw.h @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ extern int dchannel_senddata(struct dchannel *, struct sk_buff *); extern int bchannel_senddata(struct bchannel *, struct sk_buff *); extern void recv_Dchannel(struct dchannel *); extern void recv_Echannel(struct dchannel *, struct dchannel *); -extern void recv_Bchannel(struct bchannel *); +extern void recv_Bchannel(struct bchannel *, unsigned int id); extern void recv_Dchannel_skb(struct dchannel *, struct sk_buff *); extern void recv_Bchannel_skb(struct bchannel *, struct sk_buff *); extern void confirm_Bsend(struct bchannel *bch); -- cgit v1.2.3 From e73f6b2260daf02793071e5ce06ea87df762920a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Eversberg Date: Fri, 22 May 2009 11:04:48 +0000 Subject: mISDN: Added layer-1-hold feature Add IMHOLD_L1 ioctl. The feature will be disabled on closing. Signed-off-by: Andreas Eversberg Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mISDNif.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mISDNif.h b/include/linux/mISDNif.h index cf974593a99..0b28fd1e393 100644 --- a/include/linux/mISDNif.h +++ b/include/linux/mISDNif.h @@ -229,6 +229,7 @@ #define OPTION_L2_PTP 2 #define OPTION_L2_FIXEDTEI 3 #define OPTION_L2_CLEANUP 4 +#define OPTION_L1_HOLD 5 /* should be in sync with linux/kobject.h:KOBJ_NAME_LEN */ #define MISDN_MAX_IDLEN 20 @@ -317,6 +318,7 @@ struct ph_info { #define IMCTRLREQ _IOR('I', 69, int) #define IMCLEAR_L2 _IOR('I', 70, int) #define IMSETDEVNAME _IOR('I', 71, struct mISDN_devrename) +#define IMHOLD_L1 _IOR('I', 72, int) static inline int test_channelmap(u_int nr, u_char *map) -- cgit v1.2.3 From db9bb63a1b5b65df41d112a8c21adbbfc6a4ac08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karsten Keil Date: Fri, 22 May 2009 11:04:53 +0000 Subject: mISDN: Add XHFC support for embedded Speech-Design board to hfcmulti New version without emulating arch specific stuff for the other architectures, the special IO and init functions for the 8xx microcontroller are in a separate include file. Signed-off-by: Andreas Eversberg Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mISDNdsp.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mISDNdsp.h b/include/linux/mISDNdsp.h index 2c483d45f14..41d1eeb9b3b 100644 --- a/include/linux/mISDNdsp.h +++ b/include/linux/mISDNdsp.h @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ extern void mISDN_dsp_element_unregister(struct mISDN_dsp_element *elem); struct dsp_features { int hfc_id; /* unique id to identify the chip (or -1) */ int hfc_dtmf; /* set if HFCmulti card supports dtmf */ + int hfc_conf; /* set if HFCmulti card supports conferences */ int hfc_loops; /* set if card supports tone loops */ int hfc_echocanhw; /* set if card supports echocancelation*/ int pcm_id; /* unique id to identify the pcm bus (or -1) */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7245a2fe3c10ed7c2e9b1c8a83af5919c0cc0a89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Eversberg Date: Fri, 22 May 2009 11:04:55 +0000 Subject: mISDN: Add PCI ID for Junghanns 8S card new id for HFC-8S Signed-off-by: Andreas Eversberg Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index 3038ac25491..4bdff984ac9 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -1914,6 +1914,7 @@ #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_SWYX4S 0xB540 #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_JH4S20 0xB550 #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_IOB8ST_1 0xB552 +#define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_JH8S 0xB55B #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_BN4S 0xB560 #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_BN8S 0xB562 #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_BNE1 0xB563 -- cgit v1.2.3 From eac74af9b547e29c9634ed5eff4d514349e73310 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karsten Keil Date: Fri, 22 May 2009 11:04:56 +0000 Subject: mISDN: Cleanup debug messages This patch make debug printk's KERN_DEBUG and also fix some codestyle issues. Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mISDNif.h | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mISDNif.h b/include/linux/mISDNif.h index 0b28fd1e393..45100b39a7c 100644 --- a/include/linux/mISDNif.h +++ b/include/linux/mISDNif.h @@ -292,19 +292,19 @@ struct mISDN_devrename { /* MPH_INFORMATION_REQ payload */ struct ph_info_ch { - __u32 protocol; - __u64 Flags; + __u32 protocol; + __u64 Flags; }; struct ph_info_dch { - struct ph_info_ch ch; - __u16 state; - __u16 num_bch; + struct ph_info_ch ch; + __u16 state; + __u16 num_bch; }; struct ph_info { - struct ph_info_dch dch; - struct ph_info_ch bch[]; + struct ph_info_dch dch; + struct ph_info_ch bch[]; }; /* timer device ioctl */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From daebafed7fef54fcc73d2d01431122cfd578d1e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Eversberg Date: Mon, 25 May 2009 00:56:56 -0700 Subject: mISDN: Added PCI ID for new Junghanns.net Single E1 cards. The new ID is validated by Cologne Chip. LEDs control is also supported. Signed-off-by: Andreas Eversberg Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index 4bdff984ac9..12db06cf0e2 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -1914,6 +1914,7 @@ #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_SWYX4S 0xB540 #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_JH4S20 0xB550 #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_IOB8ST_1 0xB552 +#define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_JHSE1 0xB553 #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_JH8S 0xB55B #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_BN4S 0xB560 #define PCI_SUBDEVICE_ID_CCD_BN8S 0xB562 -- cgit v1.2.3 From e3804cbebb67887879102925961d41b503f7fbe3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexander Beregalov Date: Mon, 25 May 2009 01:53:53 -0700 Subject: net: remove COMPAT_NET_DEV_OPS All drivers are already converted to new net_device_ops API and nobody uses old API anymore. Signed-off-by: Alexander Beregalov Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 38 -------------------------------------- 1 file changed, 38 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index f8574e76b74..ae3c2099a04 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -901,44 +901,6 @@ struct net_device /* max exchange id for FCoE LRO by ddp */ unsigned int fcoe_ddp_xid; #endif - -#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT_NET_DEV_OPS - struct { - int (*init)(struct net_device *dev); - void (*uninit)(struct net_device *dev); - int (*open)(struct net_device *dev); - int (*stop)(struct net_device *dev); - int (*hard_start_xmit) (struct sk_buff *skb, - struct net_device *dev); - u16 (*select_queue)(struct net_device *dev, - struct sk_buff *skb); - void (*change_rx_flags)(struct net_device *dev, - int flags); - void (*set_rx_mode)(struct net_device *dev); - void (*set_multicast_list)(struct net_device *dev); - int (*set_mac_address)(struct net_device *dev, - void *addr); - int (*validate_addr)(struct net_device *dev); - int (*do_ioctl)(struct net_device *dev, - struct ifreq *ifr, int cmd); - int (*set_config)(struct net_device *dev, - struct ifmap *map); - int (*change_mtu)(struct net_device *dev, int new_mtu); - int (*neigh_setup)(struct net_device *dev, - struct neigh_parms *); - void (*tx_timeout) (struct net_device *dev); - struct net_device_stats* (*get_stats)(struct net_device *dev); - void (*vlan_rx_register)(struct net_device *dev, - struct vlan_group *grp); - void (*vlan_rx_add_vid)(struct net_device *dev, - unsigned short vid); - void (*vlan_rx_kill_vid)(struct net_device *dev, - unsigned short vid); -#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER - void (*poll_controller)(struct net_device *dev); -#endif - }; -#endif }; #define to_net_dev(d) container_of(d, struct net_device, dev) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 08baf561083bc27a953aa087dd8a664bb2b88e8e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 25 May 2009 22:58:01 -0700 Subject: net: txq_trans_update() helper We would like to get rid of netdev->trans_start = jiffies; that about all net drivers have to use in their start_xmit() function, and use txq->trans_start instead. This can be done generically in core network, as suggested by David. Some devices, (particularly loopback) dont need trans_start update, because they dont have transmit watchdog. We could add a new device flag, or rely on fact that txq->tran_start can be updated is txq->xmit_lock_owner is different than -1. Use a helper function to hide our choice. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index ae3c2099a04..586b71f0358 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1674,6 +1674,12 @@ static inline void __netif_tx_unlock_bh(struct netdev_queue *txq) spin_unlock_bh(&txq->_xmit_lock); } +static inline void txq_trans_update(struct netdev_queue *txq) +{ + if (txq->xmit_lock_owner != -1) + txq->trans_start = jiffies; +} + /** * netif_tx_lock - grab network device transmit lock * @dev: network device -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8e401eccd3a62fb57f117bb09b7c1fc70ab19e8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 26 May 2009 21:16:25 -0700 Subject: phy: Eliminate references to BUS_ID_SIZE. Just use the constant 20 to keep things working. If someone is so motivated, this can be converted over to dynamic strings. I tried and it's a lot of work. But for now this is good enough. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/phy.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/phy.h b/include/linux/phy.h index c216e4e503b..b1368b8f657 100644 --- a/include/linux/phy.h +++ b/include/linux/phy.h @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ typedef enum { * Need to be a little smaller than phydev->dev.bus_id to leave room * for the ":%02x" */ -#define MII_BUS_ID_SIZE (BUS_ID_SIZE - 3) +#define MII_BUS_ID_SIZE (20 - 3) /* * The Bus class for PHYs. Devices which provide access to @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ struct phy_driver { /* A Structure for boards to register fixups with the PHY Lib */ struct phy_fixup { struct list_head list; - char bus_id[BUS_ID_SIZE]; + char bus_id[20]; u32 phy_uid; u32 phy_uid_mask; int (*run)(struct phy_device *phydev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From b74be6119e9e38390395f08767b7c84de9023b38 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bob Moore Date: Wed, 22 Apr 2009 10:20:23 +0800 Subject: ACPICA: Update error/warning interfaces Moved the module name and line number to the end of the message. Signed-off-by: Bob Moore Signed-off-by: Lin Ming Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/acpi/acpixf.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/acpi/acpixf.h b/include/acpi/acpixf.h index 4db89e98535..a868df6fcef 100644 --- a/include/acpi/acpixf.h +++ b/include/acpi/acpixf.h @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ acpi_status acpi_leave_sleep_state_prep(u8 sleep_state); acpi_status acpi_leave_sleep_state(u8 sleep_state); /* - * Debug output + * Error/Warning output */ void ACPI_INTERNAL_VAR_XFACE acpi_error(const char *module_name, @@ -394,6 +394,9 @@ void ACPI_INTERNAL_VAR_XFACE acpi_info(const char *module_name, u32 line_number, const char *format, ...) ACPI_PRINTF_LIKE(3); +/* + * Debug output + */ #ifdef ACPI_DEBUG_OUTPUT void ACPI_INTERNAL_VAR_XFACE -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8eb7b2477c4e4fec4788605e4edb5f7acafb59ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bob Moore Date: Wed, 22 Apr 2009 10:28:22 +0800 Subject: ACPICA: Fix a few warnings for gcc 3.4.4 Mostly for acpiexec, one in the core subsystem. Signed-off-by: Bob Moore Signed-off-by: Lin Ming Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/acpi/platform/acgcc.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/acpi/platform/acgcc.h b/include/acpi/platform/acgcc.h index 8e2cdc57b19..935c5d7fc86 100644 --- a/include/acpi/platform/acgcc.h +++ b/include/acpi/platform/acgcc.h @@ -62,4 +62,8 @@ */ #define ACPI_UNUSED_VAR __attribute__ ((unused)) +#ifdef _ANSI +#define inline +#endif + #endif /* __ACGCC_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 35d7c1cfe5262480d3d8e6ccd7e4caf3a9c8ab39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bob Moore Date: Wed, 22 Apr 2009 12:41:27 +0800 Subject: ACPICA: Cleanup byte/word/dword extraction macros, fix possible warnings Removed unnecessary masking. For the 64-bit macros, removed the structure overlay. Fixes aliasing warnings seen with gcc 4+ compilers. Signed-off-by: Bob Moore Signed-off-by: Lin Ming Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/acpi/actypes.h | 20 ++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/acpi/actypes.h b/include/acpi/actypes.h index f555d927f7c..37ba576d06e 100644 --- a/include/acpi/actypes.h +++ b/include/acpi/actypes.h @@ -429,20 +429,12 @@ typedef unsigned long long acpi_integer; /* Data manipulation */ -#define ACPI_LOWORD(l) ((u16)(u32)(l)) -#define ACPI_HIWORD(l) ((u16)((((u32)(l)) >> 16) & 0xFFFF)) -#define ACPI_LOBYTE(l) ((u8)(u16)(l)) -#define ACPI_HIBYTE(l) ((u8)((((u16)(l)) >> 8) & 0xFF)) - -/* Full 64-bit integer must be available on both 32-bit and 64-bit platforms */ - -struct acpi_integer_overlay { - u32 lo_dword; - u32 hi_dword; -}; - -#define ACPI_LODWORD(integer) (ACPI_CAST_PTR (struct acpi_integer_overlay, &integer)->lo_dword) -#define ACPI_HIDWORD(integer) (ACPI_CAST_PTR (struct acpi_integer_overlay, &integer)->hi_dword) +#define ACPI_LOBYTE(integer) ((u8) (u16)(integer)) +#define ACPI_HIBYTE(integer) ((u8) (((u16)(integer)) >> 8)) +#define ACPI_LOWORD(integer) ((u16) (u32)(integer)) +#define ACPI_HIWORD(integer) ((u16)(((u32)(integer)) >> 16)) +#define ACPI_LODWORD(integer64) ((u32) (u64)(integer64)) +#define ACPI_HIDWORD(integer64) ((u32)(((u64)(integer64)) >> 32)) #define ACPI_SET_BIT(target,bit) ((target) |= (bit)) #define ACPI_CLEAR_BIT(target,bit) ((target) &= ~(bit)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From e0c437bcca6926b541c738b5c64445654750b365 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bob Moore Date: Wed, 22 Apr 2009 13:39:47 +0800 Subject: ACPICA: Linux OSL: cleanup/update/merge Merge the OSL with the actual file used by Linux, so that the file does not require patching when integrated with Linux. General cleanup and some restructuring. Signed-off-by: Bob Moore Signed-off-by: Lin Ming Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/acpi/platform/aclinux.h | 63 +++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 38 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/acpi/platform/aclinux.h b/include/acpi/platform/aclinux.h index 6d49b2a498c..fcb8e4b159b 100644 --- a/include/acpi/platform/aclinux.h +++ b/include/acpi/platform/aclinux.h @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /****************************************************************************** * - * Name: aclinux.h - OS specific defines, etc. + * Name: aclinux.h - OS specific defines, etc. for Linux * *****************************************************************************/ /* - * Copyright (C) 2000 - 2008, Intel Corp. + * Copyright (C) 2000 - 2009, Intel Corp. * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without @@ -44,10 +44,13 @@ #ifndef __ACLINUX_H__ #define __ACLINUX_H__ +/* Common (in-kernel/user-space) ACPICA configuration */ + #define ACPI_USE_SYSTEM_CLIBRARY #define ACPI_USE_DO_WHILE_0 #define ACPI_MUTEX_TYPE ACPI_BINARY_SEMAPHORE + #ifdef __KERNEL__ #include @@ -63,15 +66,18 @@ #include #include -/* Host-dependent types and defines */ +/* Host-dependent types and defines for in-kernel ACPICA */ #define ACPI_MACHINE_WIDTH BITS_PER_LONG -#define acpi_cache_t struct kmem_cache -#define acpi_spinlock spinlock_t * #define ACPI_EXPORT_SYMBOL(symbol) EXPORT_SYMBOL(symbol); #define strtoul simple_strtoul -#else /* !__KERNEL__ */ +#define acpi_cache_t struct kmem_cache +#define acpi_spinlock spinlock_t * +#define acpi_cpu_flags unsigned long +#define acpi_thread_id struct task_struct * + +#else /* !__KERNEL__ */ #include #include @@ -79,6 +85,11 @@ #include #include +/* Host-dependent types and defines for user-space ACPICA */ + +#define ACPI_FLUSH_CPU_CACHE() +#define acpi_thread_id pthread_t + #if defined(__ia64__) || defined(__x86_64__) #define ACPI_MACHINE_WIDTH 64 #define COMPILER_DEPENDENT_INT64 long @@ -94,17 +105,17 @@ #define __cdecl #endif -#define ACPI_FLUSH_CPU_CACHE() -#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ +#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ /* Linux uses GCC */ #include "acgcc.h" -#define acpi_cpu_flags unsigned long - -#define acpi_thread_id struct task_struct * +#ifdef __KERNEL__ +/* + * Overrides for in-kernel ACPICA + */ static inline acpi_thread_id acpi_os_get_thread_id(void) { return current; @@ -119,30 +130,32 @@ static inline acpi_thread_id acpi_os_get_thread_id(void) #include static inline void *acpi_os_allocate(acpi_size size) { - return kmalloc(size, irqs_disabled()? GFP_ATOMIC : GFP_KERNEL); + return kmalloc(size, irqs_disabled() ? GFP_ATOMIC : GFP_KERNEL); } + static inline void *acpi_os_allocate_zeroed(acpi_size size) { - return kzalloc(size, irqs_disabled()? GFP_ATOMIC : GFP_KERNEL); + return kzalloc(size, irqs_disabled() ? GFP_ATOMIC : GFP_KERNEL); } static inline void *acpi_os_acquire_object(acpi_cache_t * cache) { return kmem_cache_zalloc(cache, - irqs_disabled()? GFP_ATOMIC : GFP_KERNEL); + irqs_disabled() ? GFP_ATOMIC : GFP_KERNEL); } -#define ACPI_ALLOCATE(a) acpi_os_allocate(a) -#define ACPI_ALLOCATE_ZEROED(a) acpi_os_allocate_zeroed(a) -#define ACPI_FREE(a) kfree(a) +#define ACPI_ALLOCATE(a) acpi_os_allocate(a) +#define ACPI_ALLOCATE_ZEROED(a) acpi_os_allocate_zeroed(a) +#define ACPI_FREE(a) kfree(a) -/* - * We need to show where it is safe to preempt execution of ACPICA - */ -#define ACPI_PREEMPTION_POINT() \ - do { \ - if (!irqs_disabled()) \ - cond_resched(); \ +/* Used within ACPICA to show where it is safe to preempt execution */ + +#define ACPI_PREEMPTION_POINT() \ + do { \ + if (!irqs_disabled()) \ + cond_resched(); \ } while (0) -#endif /* __ACLINUX_H__ */ +#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ + +#endif /* __ACLINUX_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ba9e2ae443feb7231d9631ea0f62b63e26cfb9b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bob Moore Date: Fri, 24 Apr 2009 10:43:43 +0800 Subject: ACPICA: Update version to 20090422. Version 20090422. Signed-off-by: Bob Moore Signed-off-by: Lin Ming Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/acpi/acpixf.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/acpi/acpixf.h b/include/acpi/acpixf.h index a868df6fcef..60b76a3fb3a 100644 --- a/include/acpi/acpixf.h +++ b/include/acpi/acpixf.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ /* Current ACPICA subsystem version in YYYYMMDD format */ -#define ACPI_CA_VERSION 0x20090320 +#define ACPI_CA_VERSION 0x20090422 #include "actypes.h" #include "actbl.h" -- cgit v1.2.3 From b2f7ddcfcb9c2436896cb339a7ff70245648f033 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lin Ming Date: Thu, 21 May 2009 10:42:09 +0800 Subject: ACPICA: New: AcpiInstallMethod - install a single control method This interface enables the override or creation of a single control method. Useful to repair a bug or install a missing method. Signed-off-by: Lin Ming Signed-off-by: Bob Moore Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/acpi/acpixf.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/acpi/acpixf.h b/include/acpi/acpixf.h index 60b76a3fb3a..c3b08d3330e 100644 --- a/include/acpi/acpixf.h +++ b/include/acpi/acpixf.h @@ -201,6 +201,8 @@ acpi_evaluate_object_typed(acpi_handle object, acpi_status acpi_get_object_info(acpi_handle handle, struct acpi_buffer *return_buffer); +acpi_status acpi_install_method(u8 *buffer); + acpi_status acpi_get_next_object(acpi_object_type type, acpi_handle parent, -- cgit v1.2.3 From d6a1cd4975a5ffaa21a961be04a469519edf50d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bob Moore Date: Thu, 21 May 2009 11:06:53 +0800 Subject: ACPICA: Update version to 20090521. Update version number. Signed-off-by: Bob Moore Signed-off-by: Lin Ming Signed-off-by: Len Brown --- include/acpi/acpixf.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/acpi/acpixf.h b/include/acpi/acpixf.h index c3b08d3330e..82ec6a3c050 100644 --- a/include/acpi/acpixf.h +++ b/include/acpi/acpixf.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ /* Current ACPICA subsystem version in YYYYMMDD format */ -#define ACPI_CA_VERSION 0x20090422 +#define ACPI_CA_VERSION 0x20090521 #include "actypes.h" #include "actbl.h" -- cgit v1.2.3 From 78a478d0efd9e86e5345b436e130497b4e5846e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Herbert Xu Date: Tue, 26 May 2009 18:50:21 +0000 Subject: gro: Inline skb_gro_header and cache frag0 virtual address The function skb_gro_header is called four times per packet which quickly adds up at 10Gb/s. This patch inlines it to allow better optimisations. Some architectures perform multiplication for page_address, which is done by each skb_gro_header invocation. This patch caches that value in skb->cb to avoid the unnecessary multiplications. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 22 +++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 586b71f0358..61890ed0bcf 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1008,6 +1008,9 @@ void netif_napi_add(struct net_device *dev, struct napi_struct *napi, void netif_napi_del(struct napi_struct *napi); struct napi_gro_cb { + /* Virtual address of skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page + offset. */ + void *frag0; + /* This indicates where we are processing relative to skb->data. */ int data_offset; @@ -1107,9 +1110,9 @@ extern int dev_restart(struct net_device *dev); #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP extern int netpoll_trap(void); #endif -extern void *skb_gro_header(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int hlen); extern int skb_gro_receive(struct sk_buff **head, struct sk_buff *skb); +extern void skb_gro_reset_offset(struct sk_buff *skb); static inline unsigned int skb_gro_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb) { @@ -1126,23 +1129,28 @@ static inline void skb_gro_pull(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int len) NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->data_offset += len; } -static inline void skb_gro_reset_offset(struct sk_buff *skb) +static inline void *skb_gro_header(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int hlen) { - NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->data_offset = 0; + unsigned int offset = skb_gro_offset(skb); + + hlen += offset; + if (!NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 || + unlikely(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].size + skb_headlen(skb) < hlen)) + return pskb_may_pull(skb, hlen) ? skb->data + offset : NULL; + + return NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 + offset; } static inline void *skb_gro_mac_header(struct sk_buff *skb) { return skb_headlen(skb) ? skb_mac_header(skb) : - page_address(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page) + - skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page_offset; + NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0; } static inline void *skb_gro_network_header(struct sk_buff *skb) { return skb_headlen(skb) ? skb_network_header(skb) : - page_address(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page) + - skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page_offset + skb_network_offset(skb); + NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 + skb_network_offset(skb); } static inline int dev_hard_header(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 78d3fd0b7de844a6dad56e9620fc9d2271b32ab9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Herbert Xu Date: Tue, 26 May 2009 18:50:23 +0000 Subject: gro: Only use skb_gro_header for completely non-linear packets Currently skb_gro_header is used for packets which put the hardware header in skb->data with the rest in frags. Since the drivers that need this optimisation all provide completely non-linear packets, we can gain extra optimisations by only performing the frag0 optimisation for completely non-linear packets. In particular, we can simply test frag0 (instead of skb_headlen) to see whether the optimisation is in force. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 11 ++++++----- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 61890ed0bcf..d1afc3b6485 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1135,22 +1135,23 @@ static inline void *skb_gro_header(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int hlen) hlen += offset; if (!NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 || - unlikely(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].size + skb_headlen(skb) < hlen)) + unlikely(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].size < hlen)) { + NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 = NULL; return pskb_may_pull(skb, hlen) ? skb->data + offset : NULL; + } return NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 + offset; } static inline void *skb_gro_mac_header(struct sk_buff *skb) { - return skb_headlen(skb) ? skb_mac_header(skb) : - NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0; + return NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 ?: skb_mac_header(skb); } static inline void *skb_gro_network_header(struct sk_buff *skb) { - return skb_headlen(skb) ? skb_network_header(skb) : - NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 + skb_network_offset(skb); + return (NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 ?: skb->data) + + skb_network_offset(skb); } static inline int dev_hard_header(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7489594cb249aeb178287c9a43a9e4f366044259 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Herbert Xu Date: Tue, 26 May 2009 18:50:27 +0000 Subject: gro: Optimise length comparison in skb_gro_header By caching frag0_len, we can avoid checking both frag0 and the length separately in skb_gro_header. This helps as skb_gro_header is called four times per packet which amounts to a few million times at 10Gb/s. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d1afc3b6485..2e44a049be0 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1011,6 +1011,9 @@ struct napi_gro_cb { /* Virtual address of skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page + offset. */ void *frag0; + /* Length of frag0. */ + unsigned int frag0_len; + /* This indicates where we are processing relative to skb->data. */ int data_offset; @@ -1134,9 +1137,9 @@ static inline void *skb_gro_header(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int hlen) unsigned int offset = skb_gro_offset(skb); hlen += offset; - if (!NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 || - unlikely(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].size < hlen)) { + if (NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0_len < hlen) { NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 = NULL; + NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0_len = 0; return pskb_may_pull(skb, hlen) ? skb->data + offset : NULL; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From a5b1cf288d4200506ab62fbb86cc81ace948a306 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Herbert Xu Date: Tue, 26 May 2009 18:50:28 +0000 Subject: gro: Avoid unnecessary comparison after skb_gro_header For the overwhelming majority of cases, skb_gro_header's return value cannot be NULL. Yet we must check it because of its current form. This patch splits it up into multiple functions in order to avoid this. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 23 ++++++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 2e44a049be0..371ece521e5 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1132,18 +1132,23 @@ static inline void skb_gro_pull(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int len) NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->data_offset += len; } -static inline void *skb_gro_header(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int hlen) +static inline void *skb_gro_header_fast(struct sk_buff *skb, + unsigned int offset) { - unsigned int offset = skb_gro_offset(skb); + return NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 + offset; +} - hlen += offset; - if (NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0_len < hlen) { - NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 = NULL; - NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0_len = 0; - return pskb_may_pull(skb, hlen) ? skb->data + offset : NULL; - } +static inline int skb_gro_header_hard(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int hlen) +{ + return NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0_len < hlen; +} - return NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 + offset; +static inline void *skb_gro_header_slow(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int hlen, + unsigned int offset) +{ + NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 = NULL; + NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0_len = 0; + return pskb_may_pull(skb, hlen) ? skb->data + offset : NULL; } static inline void *skb_gro_mac_header(struct sk_buff *skb) -- cgit v1.2.3 From a17c859849402315613a0015ac8fbf101acf0cc1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Wed, 27 May 2009 17:50:35 +0200 Subject: netfilter: conntrack: add support for DCCP handshake sequence to ctnetlink This patch adds CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_HANDSHAKE_SEQ that exposes the u64 handshake sequence number to user-space. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h | 1 + include/net/netlink.h | 9 +++++++++ 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h b/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h index 1a865e48b8e..ed4ef8d0b11 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_conntrack.h @@ -101,6 +101,7 @@ enum ctattr_protoinfo_dccp { CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_UNSPEC, CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_STATE, CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_ROLE, + CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_HANDSHAKE_SEQ, __CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_MAX, }; #define CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_MAX (__CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_MAX - 1) diff --git a/include/net/netlink.h b/include/net/netlink.h index eddb50289d6..007bdb07dab 100644 --- a/include/net/netlink.h +++ b/include/net/netlink.h @@ -939,6 +939,15 @@ static inline u64 nla_get_u64(const struct nlattr *nla) return tmp; } +/** + * nla_get_be64 - return payload of __be64 attribute + * @nla: __be64 netlink attribute + */ +static inline __be64 nla_get_be64(const struct nlattr *nla) +{ + return *(__be64 *) nla_data(nla); +} + /** * nla_get_flag - return payload of flag attribute * @nla: flag netlink attribute -- cgit v1.2.3 From ab6bf42e2339580b5d87746d0ff4da4b1578b03e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eli Cohen Date: Wed, 27 May 2009 14:38:34 -0700 Subject: mlx4_core: Add module parameter for number of MTTs per segment The current MTT allocator uses kmalloc() to allocate a buffer for its buddy allocator, and thus is limited in the amount of MTT segments that it can control. As a result, the size of memory that can be registered is limited too. This patch uses a module parameter to control the number of MTT entries that each segment represents, allowing more memory to be registered with the same number of segments. Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier --- include/linux/mlx4/device.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mlx4/device.h b/include/linux/mlx4/device.h index 3aff8a6a389..ce7cc6c7bcb 100644 --- a/include/linux/mlx4/device.h +++ b/include/linux/mlx4/device.h @@ -210,6 +210,7 @@ struct mlx4_caps { int num_comp_vectors; int num_mpts; int num_mtt_segs; + int mtts_per_seg; int fmr_reserved_mtts; int reserved_mtts; int reserved_mrws; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1ce8e7b57b3a4527ef83da1c5c7bd8a6b9d87b56 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 27 May 2009 04:42:37 +0000 Subject: net: ALIGN/PTR_ALIGN cleanup in alloc_netdev_mq()/netdev_priv() Use ALIGN() and PTR_ALIGN() macros instead of handcoding them. Get rid of NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST ugly define Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 5 +---- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 371ece521e5..14efce33c00 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -905,7 +905,6 @@ struct net_device #define to_net_dev(d) container_of(d, struct net_device, dev) #define NETDEV_ALIGN 32 -#define NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST (NETDEV_ALIGN - 1) static inline struct netdev_queue *netdev_get_tx_queue(const struct net_device *dev, @@ -976,9 +975,7 @@ static inline bool netdev_uses_trailer_tags(struct net_device *dev) */ static inline void *netdev_priv(const struct net_device *dev) { - return (char *)dev + ((sizeof(struct net_device) - + NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST) - & ~NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST); + return (char *)dev + ALIGN(sizeof(struct net_device), NETDEV_ALIGN); } /* Set the sysfs physical device reference for the network logical device -- cgit v1.2.3 From 385a154cac8763284f65cdfa25f6796c9eb1ca21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Pirko Date: Wed, 27 May 2009 15:48:07 -0700 Subject: net: correct a comment for the final #endif Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 14efce33c00..8e03b06e638 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1975,4 +1975,4 @@ static inline u32 dev_ethtool_get_flags(struct net_device *dev) } #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ -#endif /* _LINUX_DEV_H */ +#endif /* _LINUX_NETDEVICE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7f0333eb2f98bbfece4fbfe21076d0a3e49f0bb0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paulius Zaleckas Date: Wed, 13 May 2009 06:20:29 -0700 Subject: wimax: Add netlink interface to get device state wimax connection manager / daemon has to know what is current state of the device. Previously it was only possible to get notification whet state has changed. Note: By mistake, the new generic netlink's number for WIMAX_GNL_OP_STATE_GET was declared inserting into the existing list of API calls, not appending; thus, it'd break existing API. Fixed by Inaky Perez-Gonzalez by moving to the tail, where we add to the interface, not modify the interface. Thanks to Stephen Hemminger for catching this. Signed-off-by: Paulius Zaleckas --- include/linux/wimax.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/wimax.h b/include/linux/wimax.h index c89de7f4e5b..2f7a6b77d6b 100644 --- a/include/linux/wimax.h +++ b/include/linux/wimax.h @@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ enum { WIMAX_GNL_OP_RFKILL, /* Run wimax_rfkill() */ WIMAX_GNL_OP_RESET, /* Run wimax_rfkill() */ WIMAX_GNL_RE_STATE_CHANGE, /* Report: status change */ + WIMAX_GNL_OP_STATE_GET, /* Request for current state */ }; @@ -113,6 +114,10 @@ enum { WIMAX_GNL_RESET_IFIDX = 1, }; +/* Atributes for wimax_state_get() */ +enum { + WIMAX_GNL_STGET_IFIDX = 1, +}; /* * Attributes for the Report State Change -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7481806dcfd07e9a636155554f6f4b4fbd976381 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez Date: Fri, 22 May 2009 00:41:11 -0700 Subject: wimax: a new API call was added, increment minor protocol version number As the 'state_get' API call was added, we need to increase the minor protocol version number so applications that depend on the can check it's presence. Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez --- include/linux/wimax.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/wimax.h b/include/linux/wimax.h index 2f7a6b77d6b..4fdcc563551 100644 --- a/include/linux/wimax.h +++ b/include/linux/wimax.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ enum { * M - Major: change if removing or modifying an existing call. * m - minor: change when adding a new call */ - WIMAX_GNL_VERSION = 00, + WIMAX_GNL_VERSION = 01, /* Generic NetLink attributes */ WIMAX_GNL_ATTR_INVALID = 0x00, WIMAX_GNL_ATTR_MAX = 10, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5d4e039b2cb1ca4de9774344ea7b61ad7fa1b0a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Pirko Date: Thu, 28 May 2009 01:05:00 +0000 Subject: bonding: allow bond in mode balance-alb to work properly in bridge -try4.3 [PATCH net-next] bonding: allow bond in mode balance-alb to work properly in bridge -try4.3 (updated) changes v4.2 -> v4.3 - memcpy the address always, not just in case it differs from master->dev_addr - compare_ether_addr_64bits() is not used so there is no direct need to make new header file (I think it would be good to have bond stuff in separate file anyway). changes v4.1 -> v4.2 - use skb->pkt_type == PACKET_HOST compare rather then comparing skb dest addr against skb->dev->dev_addr The problem is described in following bugzilla: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=487763 Basically here's what's going on. In every mode, bonding interface uses the same mac address for all enslaved devices (except fail_over_mac). Only balance-alb will simultaneously use multiple MAC addresses across different slaves. When you put this kind of bond device into a bridge it will only add one of mac adresses into a hash list of mac addresses, say X. This mac address is marked as local. But this bonding interface also has mac address Y. Now then packet arrives with destination address Y, this address is not marked as local and the packed looks like it needs to be forwarded. This packet is then lost which is wrong. Notice that interfaces can be added and removed from bond while it is in bridge. *** When the multiple addresses for bridge port approach failed to solve this issue due to STP I started to think other way to solve this. I returned to previous solution but tweaked one. This patch solves the situation in the bonding without touching bridge code. For every incoming frame to bonding the destination address is compared to current address of the slave device from which tha packet came. If these two match destination address is replaced by mac address of the master. This address is known by bridge so it is delivered properly. Note that the comparsion is not made directly, it's used skb->pkt_type == PACKET_HOST instead. This is "set" previously in eth_type_trans(). I experimentally tried that this works as good as searching through the slave list (v4 of this patch). Jirka Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 8e03b06e638..1eaf5ae14fe 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1917,6 +1917,16 @@ static inline void netif_set_gso_max_size(struct net_device *dev, dev->gso_max_size = size; } +static inline void skb_bond_set_mac_by_master(struct sk_buff *skb, + struct net_device *master) +{ + if (skb->pkt_type == PACKET_HOST) { + u16 *dest = (u16 *) eth_hdr(skb)->h_dest; + + memcpy(dest, master->dev_addr, ETH_ALEN); + } +} + /* On bonding slaves other than the currently active slave, suppress * duplicates except for 802.3ad ETH_P_SLOW, alb non-mcast/bcast, and * ARP on active-backup slaves with arp_validate enabled. @@ -1930,6 +1940,14 @@ static inline int skb_bond_should_drop(struct sk_buff *skb) if (master->priv_flags & IFF_MASTER_ARPMON) dev->last_rx = jiffies; + if ((master->priv_flags & IFF_MASTER_ALB) && master->br_port) { + /* Do address unmangle. The local destination address + * will be always the one master has. Provides the right + * functionality in a bridge. + */ + skb_bond_set_mac_by_master(skb, master); + } + if (dev->priv_flags & IFF_SLAVE_INACTIVE) { if ((dev->priv_flags & IFF_SLAVE_NEEDARP) && skb->protocol == __cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_ARP)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccffad25b5136958d4769ed6de5e87992dd9c65c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jiri Pirko Date: Fri, 22 May 2009 23:22:17 +0000 Subject: net: convert unicast addr list This patch converts unicast address list to standard list_head using previously introduced struct netdev_hw_addr. It also relaxes the locking. Original spinlock (still used for multicast addresses) is not needed and is no longer used for a protection of this list. All reading and writing takes place under rtnl (with no changes). I also removed a possibility to specify the length of the address while adding or deleting unicast address. It's always dev->addr_len. The convertion touched especially e1000 and ixgbe codes when the change is not so trivial. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko drivers/net/bnx2.c | 13 +-- drivers/net/e1000/e1000_main.c | 24 +++-- drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_common.c | 14 ++-- drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_common.h | 4 +- drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c | 6 +- drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_type.h | 4 +- drivers/net/macvlan.c | 11 +- drivers/net/mv643xx_eth.c | 11 +- drivers/net/niu.c | 7 +- drivers/net/virtio_net.c | 7 +- drivers/s390/net/qeth_l2_main.c | 6 +- drivers/scsi/fcoe/fcoe.c | 16 ++-- include/linux/netdevice.h | 18 ++-- net/8021q/vlan.c | 4 +- net/8021q/vlan_dev.c | 10 +- net/core/dev.c | 195 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------- net/dsa/slave.c | 10 +- net/packet/af_packet.c | 4 +- 18 files changed, 227 insertions(+), 137 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 18 +++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 1eaf5ae14fe..bbfabf3012b 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -215,9 +215,12 @@ struct netdev_hw_addr { struct list_head list; unsigned char addr[MAX_ADDR_LEN]; unsigned char type; -#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_LAN 1 -#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_SAN 2 -#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_SLAVE 3 +#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_LAN 1 +#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_SAN 2 +#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_SLAVE 3 +#define NETDEV_HW_ADDR_T_UNICAST 4 + int refcount; + bool synced; struct rcu_head rcu_head; }; @@ -773,10 +776,11 @@ struct net_device unsigned char addr_len; /* hardware address length */ unsigned short dev_id; /* for shared network cards */ - spinlock_t addr_list_lock; - struct dev_addr_list *uc_list; /* Secondary unicast mac addresses */ + struct list_head uc_list; /* Secondary unicast mac + addresses */ int uc_count; /* Number of installed ucasts */ int uc_promisc; + spinlock_t addr_list_lock; struct dev_addr_list *mc_list; /* Multicast mac addresses */ int mc_count; /* Number of installed mcasts */ unsigned int promiscuity; @@ -1836,8 +1840,8 @@ extern int dev_addr_del_multiple(struct net_device *to_dev, /* Functions used for secondary unicast and multicast support */ extern void dev_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev); extern void __dev_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev); -extern int dev_unicast_delete(struct net_device *dev, void *addr, int alen); -extern int dev_unicast_add(struct net_device *dev, void *addr, int alen); +extern int dev_unicast_delete(struct net_device *dev, void *addr); +extern int dev_unicast_add(struct net_device *dev, void *addr); extern int dev_unicast_sync(struct net_device *to, struct net_device *from); extern void dev_unicast_unsync(struct net_device *to, struct net_device *from); extern int dev_mc_delete(struct net_device *dev, void *addr, int alen, int all); -- cgit v1.2.3 From d1a277c584d0862dbf51991baea947ea5f2ce6bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wolfgang Grandegger Date: Sat, 30 May 2009 07:55:50 +0000 Subject: can: sja1000: generic OF platform bus driver This patch adds a generic driver for SJA1000 chips on the OpenFirmware platform bus found on embedded PowerPC systems. You need a SJA1000 node definition in your flattened device tree source (DTS) file similar to: can@3,100 { compatible = "nxp,sja1000"; reg = <3 0x100 0x80>; interrupts = <2 0>; interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; nxp,external-clock-frequency = <16000000>; }; See also Documentation/powerpc/dts-bindings/can/sja1000.txt. CC: devicetree-discuss@ozlabs.org Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Grandegger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h b/include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h index 37966e630ff..01ee2aeb048 100644 --- a/include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h +++ b/include/linux/can/platform/sja1000.h @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ #define OCR_MODE_TEST 0x01 #define OCR_MODE_NORMAL 0x02 #define OCR_MODE_CLOCK 0x03 +#define OCR_MODE_MASK 0x07 #define OCR_TX0_INVERT 0x04 #define OCR_TX0_PULLDOWN 0x08 #define OCR_TX0_PULLUP 0x10 @@ -21,6 +22,8 @@ #define OCR_TX1_PULLDOWN 0x40 #define OCR_TX1_PULLUP 0x80 #define OCR_TX1_PUSHPULL 0xc0 +#define OCR_TX_MASK 0xfc +#define OCR_TX_SHIFT 2 struct sja1000_platform_data { u32 clock; /* CAN bus oscillator frequency in Hz */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 56d417b12e57dfe11c9b7ba4bea3882c62a55815 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Brian Haley Date: Mon, 1 Jun 2009 03:07:33 -0700 Subject: IPv6: Add 'autoconf' and 'disable_ipv6' module parameters Add 'autoconf' and 'disable_ipv6' parameters to the IPv6 module. The first controls if IPv6 addresses are autoconfigured from prefixes received in Router Advertisements. The IPv6 loopback (::1) and link-local addresses are still configured. The second controls if IPv6 addresses are desired at all. No IPv6 addresses will be added to any interfaces. Signed-off-by: Brian Haley Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ipv6.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ipv6.h b/include/linux/ipv6.h index 476d9464ac8..c662efa6828 100644 --- a/include/linux/ipv6.h +++ b/include/linux/ipv6.h @@ -169,6 +169,12 @@ struct ipv6_devconf { __s32 accept_dad; void *sysctl; }; + +struct ipv6_params { + __s32 disable_ipv6; + __s32 autoconf; +}; +extern struct ipv6_params ipv6_defaults; #endif /* index values for the variables in ipv6_devconf */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f771bef98004d9d141b085d987a77d06669d4f4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nivedita Singhvi Date: Thu, 28 May 2009 07:00:46 +0000 Subject: ipv4: New multicast-all socket option After some discussion offline with Christoph Lameter and David Stevens regarding multicast behaviour in Linux, I'm submitting a slightly modified patch from the one Christoph submitted earlier. This patch provides a new socket option IP_MULTICAST_ALL. In this case, default behaviour is _unchanged_ from the current Linux standard. The socket option is set by default to provide original behaviour. Sockets wishing to receive data only from multicast groups they join explicitly will need to clear this socket option. Signed-off-by: Nivedita Singhvi Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Acked-by: David Stevens Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/in.h | 1 + include/net/inet_sock.h | 3 ++- 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/in.h b/include/linux/in.h index d60122a3a08..cf196da04ec 100644 --- a/include/linux/in.h +++ b/include/linux/in.h @@ -107,6 +107,7 @@ struct in_addr { #define MCAST_JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP 46 #define MCAST_LEAVE_SOURCE_GROUP 47 #define MCAST_MSFILTER 48 +#define IP_MULTICAST_ALL 49 #define MCAST_EXCLUDE 0 #define MCAST_INCLUDE 1 diff --git a/include/net/inet_sock.h b/include/net/inet_sock.h index de0ecc71cf0..20a6957af87 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_sock.h @@ -130,7 +130,8 @@ struct inet_sock { freebind:1, hdrincl:1, mc_loop:1, - transparent:1; + transparent:1, + mc_all:1; int mc_index; __be32 mc_addr; struct ip_mc_socklist *mc_list; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 874ab9233eeddb85fd2dd85131c145bde75da39a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jozsef Kadlecsik Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 13:58:56 +0200 Subject: netfilter: nf_ct_tcp: TCP simultaneous open support The patch below adds supporting TCP simultaneous open to conntrack. The unused LISTEN state is replaced by a new state (SYN_SENT2) denoting the second SYN sent from the reply direction in the new case. The state table is updated and the function tcp_in_window is modified to handle simultaneous open. The functionality can fairly easily be tested by socat. A sample tcpdump recording 23:21:34.244733 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 49224, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60) 192.168.0.254.2020 > 192.168.0.1.2020: S, cksum 0xe75f (correct), 3383710133:3383710133(0) win 5840 23:21:34.244783 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 0, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 40) 192.168.0.1.2020 > 192.168.0.254.2020: R, cksum 0x0253 (correct), 0:0(0) ack 3383710134 win 0 23:21:36.038680 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 28092, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60) 192.168.0.1.2020 > 192.168.0.254.2020: S, cksum 0x704b (correct), 2634546729:2634546729(0) win 5840 23:21:36.038777 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 49225, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60) 192.168.0.254.2020 > 192.168.0.1.2020: S, cksum 0xb179 (correct), 3383710133:3383710133(0) ack 2634546730 win 5840 23:21:36.038847 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 28093, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 52) 192.168.0.1.2020 > 192.168.0.254.2020: ., cksum 0xebad (correct), ack 3383710134 win 2920 and the corresponding netlink events: [NEW] tcp 6 120 SYN_SENT src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 [UNREPLIED] src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020 [UPDATE] tcp 6 120 LISTEN src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020 [UPDATE] tcp 6 60 SYN_RECV src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020 [UPDATE] tcp 6 432000 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020 [ASSURED] The RST packet was dropped in the raw table, thus it did not reach conntrack. nfnetlink_conntrack is unpatched so it shows the new SYN_SENT2 state as the old unused LISTEN. With TCP simultaneous open support we satisfy REQ-2 in RFC 5382 ;-) . Additional minor correction in this patch is that in order to catch uninitialized reply directions, "td_maxwin == 0" is used instead of "td_end == 0" because the former can't be true except in uninitialized state while td_end may accidentally be equal to zero in the mid of a connection. Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tcp.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tcp.h b/include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tcp.h index 3066789b972..74c27ca770e 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tcp.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tcp.h @@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ enum tcp_conntrack { TCP_CONNTRACK_LAST_ACK, TCP_CONNTRACK_TIME_WAIT, TCP_CONNTRACK_CLOSE, - TCP_CONNTRACK_LISTEN, + TCP_CONNTRACK_LISTEN, /* obsolete */ +#define TCP_CONNTRACK_SYN_SENT2 TCP_CONNTRACK_LISTEN TCP_CONNTRACK_MAX, TCP_CONNTRACK_IGNORE }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f2f3e38c63c58a3d39bd710039af8bbd15ecaff6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 20:03:35 +0200 Subject: netfilter: ctnetlink: rename tuple() by nf_ct_tuple() macro definition This patch move the internal tuple() macro definition to the header file as nf_ct_tuple(). Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h index 6c3f964de9e..b909241b668 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h @@ -144,6 +144,8 @@ static inline u_int8_t nf_ct_protonum(const struct nf_conn *ct) return ct->tuplehash[IP_CT_DIR_ORIGINAL].tuple.dst.protonum; } +#define nf_ct_tuple(ct, dir) (&(ct)->tuplehash[dir].tuple) + /* get master conntrack via master expectation */ #define master_ct(conntr) (conntr->master) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 274d383b9c1906847a64bbb267b0183599ce86a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 20:08:38 +0200 Subject: netfilter: conntrack: don't report events on module removal During the module removal there are no possible event listeners since ctnetlink must be removed before to allow removing nf_conntrack. This patch removes the event reporting for the module removal case which is not of any use in the existing code. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h index b909241b668..2ba36dd33ae 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ __nf_conntrack_find(struct net *net, const struct nf_conntrack_tuple *tuple); extern void nf_conntrack_hash_insert(struct nf_conn *ct); -extern void nf_conntrack_flush(struct net *net, u32 pid, int report); +extern void nf_conntrack_flush_report(struct net *net, u32 pid, int report); extern bool nf_ct_get_tuplepr(const struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int nhoff, u_int16_t l3num, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6bfea1984aea86089907caf8974513c2402a3b3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 20:08:44 +0200 Subject: netfilter: conntrack: remove events flags from userspace exposed file This patch moves the event flags from linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h to net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h. This flags are not of any use from userspace. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h | 69 --------------------------- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h | 69 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 69 insertions(+), 69 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h b/include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h index 885cbe28226..a8248ee422b 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h @@ -75,75 +75,6 @@ enum ip_conntrack_status { IPS_FIXED_TIMEOUT = (1 << IPS_FIXED_TIMEOUT_BIT), }; -/* Connection tracking event bits */ -enum ip_conntrack_events -{ - /* New conntrack */ - IPCT_NEW_BIT = 0, - IPCT_NEW = (1 << IPCT_NEW_BIT), - - /* Expected connection */ - IPCT_RELATED_BIT = 1, - IPCT_RELATED = (1 << IPCT_RELATED_BIT), - - /* Destroyed conntrack */ - IPCT_DESTROY_BIT = 2, - IPCT_DESTROY = (1 << IPCT_DESTROY_BIT), - - /* Timer has been refreshed */ - IPCT_REFRESH_BIT = 3, - IPCT_REFRESH = (1 << IPCT_REFRESH_BIT), - - /* Status has changed */ - IPCT_STATUS_BIT = 4, - IPCT_STATUS = (1 << IPCT_STATUS_BIT), - - /* Update of protocol info */ - IPCT_PROTOINFO_BIT = 5, - IPCT_PROTOINFO = (1 << IPCT_PROTOINFO_BIT), - - /* Volatile protocol info */ - IPCT_PROTOINFO_VOLATILE_BIT = 6, - IPCT_PROTOINFO_VOLATILE = (1 << IPCT_PROTOINFO_VOLATILE_BIT), - - /* New helper for conntrack */ - IPCT_HELPER_BIT = 7, - IPCT_HELPER = (1 << IPCT_HELPER_BIT), - - /* Update of helper info */ - IPCT_HELPINFO_BIT = 8, - IPCT_HELPINFO = (1 << IPCT_HELPINFO_BIT), - - /* Volatile helper info */ - IPCT_HELPINFO_VOLATILE_BIT = 9, - IPCT_HELPINFO_VOLATILE = (1 << IPCT_HELPINFO_VOLATILE_BIT), - - /* NAT info */ - IPCT_NATINFO_BIT = 10, - IPCT_NATINFO = (1 << IPCT_NATINFO_BIT), - - /* Counter highest bit has been set, unused */ - IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING_BIT = 11, - IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING = (1 << IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING_BIT), - - /* Mark is set */ - IPCT_MARK_BIT = 12, - IPCT_MARK = (1 << IPCT_MARK_BIT), - - /* NAT sequence adjustment */ - IPCT_NATSEQADJ_BIT = 13, - IPCT_NATSEQADJ = (1 << IPCT_NATSEQADJ_BIT), - - /* Secmark is set */ - IPCT_SECMARK_BIT = 14, - IPCT_SECMARK = (1 << IPCT_SECMARK_BIT), -}; - -enum ip_conntrack_expect_events { - IPEXP_NEW_BIT = 0, - IPEXP_NEW = (1 << IPEXP_NEW_BIT), -}; - #ifdef __KERNEL__ struct ip_conntrack_stat { diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h index 0ff0dc69ca4..892b8cdf7f6 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h @@ -11,6 +11,75 @@ #include #include +/* Connection tracking event bits */ +enum ip_conntrack_events +{ + /* New conntrack */ + IPCT_NEW_BIT = 0, + IPCT_NEW = (1 << IPCT_NEW_BIT), + + /* Expected connection */ + IPCT_RELATED_BIT = 1, + IPCT_RELATED = (1 << IPCT_RELATED_BIT), + + /* Destroyed conntrack */ + IPCT_DESTROY_BIT = 2, + IPCT_DESTROY = (1 << IPCT_DESTROY_BIT), + + /* Timer has been refreshed */ + IPCT_REFRESH_BIT = 3, + IPCT_REFRESH = (1 << IPCT_REFRESH_BIT), + + /* Status has changed */ + IPCT_STATUS_BIT = 4, + IPCT_STATUS = (1 << IPCT_STATUS_BIT), + + /* Update of protocol info */ + IPCT_PROTOINFO_BIT = 5, + IPCT_PROTOINFO = (1 << IPCT_PROTOINFO_BIT), + + /* Volatile protocol info */ + IPCT_PROTOINFO_VOLATILE_BIT = 6, + IPCT_PROTOINFO_VOLATILE = (1 << IPCT_PROTOINFO_VOLATILE_BIT), + + /* New helper for conntrack */ + IPCT_HELPER_BIT = 7, + IPCT_HELPER = (1 << IPCT_HELPER_BIT), + + /* Update of helper info */ + IPCT_HELPINFO_BIT = 8, + IPCT_HELPINFO = (1 << IPCT_HELPINFO_BIT), + + /* Volatile helper info */ + IPCT_HELPINFO_VOLATILE_BIT = 9, + IPCT_HELPINFO_VOLATILE = (1 << IPCT_HELPINFO_VOLATILE_BIT), + + /* NAT info */ + IPCT_NATINFO_BIT = 10, + IPCT_NATINFO = (1 << IPCT_NATINFO_BIT), + + /* Counter highest bit has been set, unused */ + IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING_BIT = 11, + IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING = (1 << IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING_BIT), + + /* Mark is set */ + IPCT_MARK_BIT = 12, + IPCT_MARK = (1 << IPCT_MARK_BIT), + + /* NAT sequence adjustment */ + IPCT_NATSEQADJ_BIT = 13, + IPCT_NATSEQADJ = (1 << IPCT_NATSEQADJ_BIT), + + /* Secmark is set */ + IPCT_SECMARK_BIT = 14, + IPCT_SECMARK = (1 << IPCT_SECMARK_BIT), +}; + +enum ip_conntrack_expect_events { + IPEXP_NEW_BIT = 0, + IPEXP_NEW = (1 << IPEXP_NEW_BIT), +}; + #ifdef CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS struct nf_conntrack_ecache { struct nf_conn *ct; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 17e6e4eac070607a35464ea7e2c5eceac32e5eca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 20:08:46 +0200 Subject: netfilter: conntrack: simplify event caching system This patch simplifies the conntrack event caching system by removing several events: * IPCT_[*]_VOLATILE, IPCT_HELPINFO and IPCT_NATINFO has been deleted since the have no clients. * IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING which is a leftover of the 32-bits counter days. * IPCT_REFRESH which is not of any use since we always include the timeout in the messages. After this patch, the existing events are: * IPCT_NEW, IPCT_RELATED and IPCT_DESTROY, that are used to identify addition and deletion of entries. * IPCT_STATUS, that notes that the status bits have changes, eg. IPS_SEEN_REPLY and IPS_ASSURED. * IPCT_PROTOINFO, that reports that internal protocol information has changed, eg. the TCP, DCCP and SCTP protocol state. * IPCT_HELPER, that a helper has been assigned or unassigned to this entry. * IPCT_MARK and IPCT_SECMARK, that reports that the mark has changed, this covers the case when a mark is set to zero. * IPCT_NATSEQADJ, to report that there's updates in the NAT sequence adjustment. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h | 36 +++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h index 892b8cdf7f6..2e17a2d0eb3 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h @@ -26,52 +26,28 @@ enum ip_conntrack_events IPCT_DESTROY_BIT = 2, IPCT_DESTROY = (1 << IPCT_DESTROY_BIT), - /* Timer has been refreshed */ - IPCT_REFRESH_BIT = 3, - IPCT_REFRESH = (1 << IPCT_REFRESH_BIT), - /* Status has changed */ - IPCT_STATUS_BIT = 4, + IPCT_STATUS_BIT = 3, IPCT_STATUS = (1 << IPCT_STATUS_BIT), /* Update of protocol info */ - IPCT_PROTOINFO_BIT = 5, + IPCT_PROTOINFO_BIT = 4, IPCT_PROTOINFO = (1 << IPCT_PROTOINFO_BIT), - /* Volatile protocol info */ - IPCT_PROTOINFO_VOLATILE_BIT = 6, - IPCT_PROTOINFO_VOLATILE = (1 << IPCT_PROTOINFO_VOLATILE_BIT), - /* New helper for conntrack */ - IPCT_HELPER_BIT = 7, + IPCT_HELPER_BIT = 5, IPCT_HELPER = (1 << IPCT_HELPER_BIT), - /* Update of helper info */ - IPCT_HELPINFO_BIT = 8, - IPCT_HELPINFO = (1 << IPCT_HELPINFO_BIT), - - /* Volatile helper info */ - IPCT_HELPINFO_VOLATILE_BIT = 9, - IPCT_HELPINFO_VOLATILE = (1 << IPCT_HELPINFO_VOLATILE_BIT), - - /* NAT info */ - IPCT_NATINFO_BIT = 10, - IPCT_NATINFO = (1 << IPCT_NATINFO_BIT), - - /* Counter highest bit has been set, unused */ - IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING_BIT = 11, - IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING = (1 << IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING_BIT), - /* Mark is set */ - IPCT_MARK_BIT = 12, + IPCT_MARK_BIT = 6, IPCT_MARK = (1 << IPCT_MARK_BIT), /* NAT sequence adjustment */ - IPCT_NATSEQADJ_BIT = 13, + IPCT_NATSEQADJ_BIT = 7, IPCT_NATSEQADJ = (1 << IPCT_NATSEQADJ_BIT), /* Secmark is set */ - IPCT_SECMARK_BIT = 14, + IPCT_SECMARK_BIT = 8, IPCT_SECMARK = (1 << IPCT_SECMARK_BIT), }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e34d5c1a4f9919a81b4ea4591d7383245f35cb8e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Wed, 3 Jun 2009 10:32:06 +0200 Subject: netfilter: conntrack: replace notify chain by function pointer This patch removes the notify chain infrastructure and replace it by a simple function pointer. This issue has been mentioned in the mailing list several times: the use of the notify chain adds too much overhead for something that is only used by ctnetlink. This patch also changes nfnetlink_send(). It seems that gfp_any() returns GFP_KERNEL for user-context request, like those via ctnetlink, inside the RCU read-side section which is not valid. Using GFP_KERNEL is also evil since netlink may schedule(), this leads to "scheduling while atomic" bug reports. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h | 2 +- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h | 68 ++++++++++++++++++++--------- 2 files changed, 49 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h b/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h index c600083cbdf..2214e516146 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ extern int nfnetlink_subsys_unregister(const struct nfnetlink_subsystem *n); extern int nfnetlink_has_listeners(unsigned int group); extern int nfnetlink_send(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 pid, unsigned group, - int echo); + int echo, gfp_t flags); extern void nfnetlink_set_err(u32 pid, u32 group, int error); extern int nfnetlink_unicast(struct sk_buff *skb, u_int32_t pid, int flags); diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h index 2e17a2d0eb3..1afb907e015 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ #define _NF_CONNTRACK_ECACHE_H #include -#include #include #include #include @@ -69,9 +68,13 @@ struct nf_ct_event { int report; }; -extern struct atomic_notifier_head nf_conntrack_chain; -extern int nf_conntrack_register_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); -extern int nf_conntrack_unregister_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); +struct nf_ct_event_notifier { + int (*fcn)(unsigned int events, struct nf_ct_event *item); +}; + +extern struct nf_ct_event_notifier *nf_conntrack_event_cb; +extern int nf_conntrack_register_notifier(struct nf_ct_event_notifier *nb); +extern void nf_conntrack_unregister_notifier(struct nf_ct_event_notifier *nb); extern void nf_ct_deliver_cached_events(const struct nf_conn *ct); extern void __nf_ct_event_cache_init(struct nf_conn *ct); @@ -97,13 +100,23 @@ nf_conntrack_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_events event, u32 pid, int report) { - struct nf_ct_event item = { - .ct = ct, - .pid = pid, - .report = report - }; - if (nf_ct_is_confirmed(ct) && !nf_ct_is_dying(ct)) - atomic_notifier_call_chain(&nf_conntrack_chain, event, &item); + struct nf_ct_event_notifier *notify; + + rcu_read_lock(); + notify = rcu_dereference(nf_conntrack_event_cb); + if (notify == NULL) + goto out_unlock; + + if (nf_ct_is_confirmed(ct) && !nf_ct_is_dying(ct)) { + struct nf_ct_event item = { + .ct = ct, + .pid = pid, + .report = report + }; + notify->fcn(event, &item); + } +out_unlock: + rcu_read_unlock(); } static inline void @@ -118,9 +131,13 @@ struct nf_exp_event { int report; }; -extern struct atomic_notifier_head nf_ct_expect_chain; -extern int nf_ct_expect_register_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); -extern int nf_ct_expect_unregister_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); +struct nf_exp_event_notifier { + int (*fcn)(unsigned int events, struct nf_exp_event *item); +}; + +extern struct nf_exp_event_notifier *nf_expect_event_cb; +extern int nf_ct_expect_register_notifier(struct nf_exp_event_notifier *nb); +extern void nf_ct_expect_unregister_notifier(struct nf_exp_event_notifier *nb); static inline void nf_ct_expect_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_expect_events event, @@ -128,12 +145,23 @@ nf_ct_expect_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_expect_events event, u32 pid, int report) { - struct nf_exp_event item = { - .exp = exp, - .pid = pid, - .report = report - }; - atomic_notifier_call_chain(&nf_ct_expect_chain, event, &item); + struct nf_exp_event_notifier *notify; + + rcu_read_lock(); + notify = rcu_dereference(nf_expect_event_cb); + if (notify == NULL) + goto out_unlock; + + { + struct nf_exp_event item = { + .exp = exp, + .pid = pid, + .report = report + }; + notify->fcn(event, &item); + } +out_unlock: + rcu_read_unlock(); } static inline void -- cgit v1.2.3 From dfbf97f3ac980b69dfbc41c83a208211a38443e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 05:13:45 +0000 Subject: net: add _skb_dst opaque field struct sk_buff uses one union to define dst and rtable fields. We want to replace direct access to these pointers by accessors. First patch adds a new "unsigned long _skb_dst;" opaque field in this union. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index aff494ba6a3..d4d7c666ca6 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -325,6 +325,7 @@ struct sk_buff { union { struct dst_entry *dst; struct rtable *rtable; + unsigned long _skb_dst; }; #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM struct sec_path *sp; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 511c3f92ad5b6d9f8f6464be1b4f85f0422be91a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 05:14:27 +0000 Subject: net: skb->rtable accessor Define skb_rtable(const struct sk_buff *skb) accessor to get rtable from skb Delete skb->rtable field Setting rtable is not allowed, just set dst instead as rtable is an alias. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 6 +++++- include/net/route.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index d4d7c666ca6..a3ae3c52583 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -324,7 +324,6 @@ struct sk_buff { union { struct dst_entry *dst; - struct rtable *rtable; unsigned long _skb_dst; }; #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM @@ -427,6 +426,11 @@ extern void skb_dma_unmap(struct device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, enum dma_data_direction dir); #endif +static inline struct rtable *skb_rtable(const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return (struct rtable *)skb->_skb_dst; +} + extern void kfree_skb(struct sk_buff *skb); extern void consume_skb(struct sk_buff *skb); extern void __kfree_skb(struct sk_buff *skb); diff --git a/include/net/route.h b/include/net/route.h index 4e8cae0e584..40f6346ef49 100644 --- a/include/net/route.h +++ b/include/net/route.h @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ static inline struct inet_peer *rt_get_peer(struct rtable *rt) static inline int inet_iif(const struct sk_buff *skb) { - return skb->rtable->rt_iif; + return skb_rtable(skb)->rt_iif; } #endif /* _ROUTE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From adf30907d63893e4208dfe3f5c88ae12bc2f25d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 05:19:30 +0000 Subject: net: skb->dst accessors Define three accessors to get/set dst attached to a skb struct dst_entry *skb_dst(const struct sk_buff *skb) void skb_dst_set(struct sk_buff *skb, struct dst_entry *dst) void skb_dst_drop(struct sk_buff *skb) This one should replace occurrences of : dst_release(skb->dst) skb->dst = NULL; Delete skb->dst field Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 13 +++++++++++-- include/net/dst.h | 12 +++++++++--- include/net/inet6_hashtables.h | 2 +- include/net/inet_hashtables.h | 2 +- include/net/ip6_route.h | 2 +- include/net/xfrm.h | 4 ++-- 6 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index a3ae3c52583..9ef6eb20247 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -323,7 +323,6 @@ struct sk_buff { struct net_device *dev; union { - struct dst_entry *dst; unsigned long _skb_dst; }; #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM @@ -426,9 +425,19 @@ extern void skb_dma_unmap(struct device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, enum dma_data_direction dir); #endif +static inline struct dst_entry *skb_dst(const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return (struct dst_entry *)skb->_skb_dst; +} + +static inline void skb_dst_set(struct sk_buff *skb, struct dst_entry *dst) +{ + skb->_skb_dst = (unsigned long)dst; +} + static inline struct rtable *skb_rtable(const struct sk_buff *skb) { - return (struct rtable *)skb->_skb_dst; + return (struct rtable *)skb_dst(skb); } extern void kfree_skb(struct sk_buff *skb); diff --git a/include/net/dst.h b/include/net/dst.h index 6be3b082a07..7fc409c19b3 100644 --- a/include/net/dst.h +++ b/include/net/dst.h @@ -195,6 +195,12 @@ struct dst_entry * dst_clone(struct dst_entry * dst) } extern void dst_release(struct dst_entry *dst); +static inline void skb_dst_drop(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + if (skb->_skb_dst) + dst_release(skb_dst(skb)); + skb->_skb_dst = 0UL; +} /* Children define the path of the packet through the * Linux networking. Thus, destinations are stackable. @@ -246,7 +252,7 @@ static inline void dst_negative_advice(struct dst_entry **dst_p) static inline void dst_link_failure(struct sk_buff *skb) { - struct dst_entry * dst = skb->dst; + struct dst_entry *dst = skb_dst(skb); if (dst && dst->ops && dst->ops->link_failure) dst->ops->link_failure(skb); } @@ -265,13 +271,13 @@ static inline void dst_set_expires(struct dst_entry *dst, int timeout) /* Output packet to network from transport. */ static inline int dst_output(struct sk_buff *skb) { - return skb->dst->output(skb); + return skb_dst(skb)->output(skb); } /* Input packet from network to transport. */ static inline int dst_input(struct sk_buff *skb) { - return skb->dst->input(skb); + return skb_dst(skb)->input(skb); } static inline struct dst_entry *dst_check(struct dst_entry *dst, u32 cookie) diff --git a/include/net/inet6_hashtables.h b/include/net/inet6_hashtables.h index f74665d7bea..22c73a77cd9 100644 --- a/include/net/inet6_hashtables.h +++ b/include/net/inet6_hashtables.h @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static inline struct sock *__inet6_lookup_skb(struct inet_hashinfo *hashinfo, if (unlikely(sk = skb_steal_sock(skb))) return sk; - else return __inet6_lookup(dev_net(skb->dst->dev), hashinfo, + else return __inet6_lookup(dev_net(skb_dst(skb)->dev), hashinfo, &ipv6_hdr(skb)->saddr, sport, &ipv6_hdr(skb)->daddr, ntohs(dport), inet6_iif(skb)); diff --git a/include/net/inet_hashtables.h b/include/net/inet_hashtables.h index a44e2248b2e..d522dcf3031 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_hashtables.h +++ b/include/net/inet_hashtables.h @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ static inline struct sock *__inet_lookup_skb(struct inet_hashinfo *hashinfo, if (unlikely(sk = skb_steal_sock(skb))) return sk; else - return __inet_lookup(dev_net(skb->dst->dev), hashinfo, + return __inet_lookup(dev_net(skb_dst(skb)->dev), hashinfo, iph->saddr, sport, iph->daddr, dport, inet_iif(skb)); } diff --git a/include/net/ip6_route.h b/include/net/ip6_route.h index 5f53db7e4e5..0e1b8aebaff 100644 --- a/include/net/ip6_route.h +++ b/include/net/ip6_route.h @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static inline void ip6_dst_store(struct sock *sk, struct dst_entry *dst, static inline int ipv6_unicast_destination(struct sk_buff *skb) { - struct rt6_info *rt = (struct rt6_info *) skb->dst; + struct rt6_info *rt = (struct rt6_info *) skb_dst(skb); return rt->rt6i_flags & RTF_LOCAL; } diff --git a/include/net/xfrm.h b/include/net/xfrm.h index 2e9f5c0018a..736bca45088 100644 --- a/include/net/xfrm.h +++ b/include/net/xfrm.h @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ static inline int __xfrm_policy_check2(struct sock *sk, int dir, return __xfrm_policy_check(sk, ndir, skb, family); return (!net->xfrm.policy_count[dir] && !skb->sp) || - (skb->dst->flags & DST_NOPOLICY) || + (skb_dst(skb)->flags & DST_NOPOLICY) || __xfrm_policy_check(sk, ndir, skb, family); } @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ static inline int xfrm_route_forward(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned short family) struct net *net = dev_net(skb->dev); return !net->xfrm.policy_count[XFRM_POLICY_OUT] || - (skb->dst->flags & DST_NOXFRM) || + (skb_dst(skb)->flags & DST_NOXFRM) || __xfrm_route_forward(skb, family); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From e5b9215ef9a274eb9fb65f6aa4602ad82d10a6cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 05:20:21 +0000 Subject: net: skb cleanup Can remove anonymous union now it has one field. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 9ef6eb20247..7305da92be8 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -322,9 +322,7 @@ struct sk_buff { ktime_t tstamp; struct net_device *dev; - union { - unsigned long _skb_dst; - }; + unsigned long _skb_dst; #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM struct sec_path *sp; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From a84db7949eab7a42e715192f62c55c554e195e54 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wei Yongjun Date: Tue, 7 Apr 2009 15:41:39 +0800 Subject: sctp: fix error cause codes of ADD-IP extension RFC5061 had changed the error cause codes for Dynamic Address Reconfiguration As the following: Cause Code Value Cause Code --------- ---------------- 0x00A0 Request to Delete Last Remaining IP Address 0x00A1 Operation Refused Due to Resource Shortage 0x00A2 Request to Delete Source IP Address 0x00A3 Association Aborted Due to Illegal ASCONF-ACK 0x00A4 Request Refused - No Authorization This patch fix the error cause codes. Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich --- include/linux/sctp.h | 20 ++++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sctp.h b/include/linux/sctp.h index c2731bfe04d..b464b9d3d24 100644 --- a/include/linux/sctp.h +++ b/include/linux/sctp.h @@ -487,17 +487,17 @@ typedef enum { * * Value Cause Code * --------- ---------------- - * 0x0100 Request to Delete Last Remaining IP Address. - * 0x0101 Operation Refused Due to Resource Shortage. - * 0x0102 Request to Delete Source IP Address. - * 0x0103 Association Aborted due to illegal ASCONF-ACK - * 0x0104 Request refused - no authorization. + * 0x00A0 Request to Delete Last Remaining IP Address. + * 0x00A1 Operation Refused Due to Resource Shortage. + * 0x00A2 Request to Delete Source IP Address. + * 0x00A3 Association Aborted due to illegal ASCONF-ACK + * 0x00A4 Request refused - no authorization. */ - SCTP_ERROR_DEL_LAST_IP = cpu_to_be16(0x0100), - SCTP_ERROR_RSRC_LOW = cpu_to_be16(0x0101), - SCTP_ERROR_DEL_SRC_IP = cpu_to_be16(0x0102), - SCTP_ERROR_ASCONF_ACK = cpu_to_be16(0x0103), - SCTP_ERROR_REQ_REFUSED = cpu_to_be16(0x0104), + SCTP_ERROR_DEL_LAST_IP = cpu_to_be16(0x00A0), + SCTP_ERROR_RSRC_LOW = cpu_to_be16(0x00A1), + SCTP_ERROR_DEL_SRC_IP = cpu_to_be16(0x00A2), + SCTP_ERROR_ASCONF_ACK = cpu_to_be16(0x00A3), + SCTP_ERROR_REQ_REFUSED = cpu_to_be16(0x00A4), /* AUTH Section 4. New Error Cause * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9919b455fc00c995ef8141848bdc0709ce50bf36 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wei Yongjun Date: Tue, 12 May 2009 21:52:51 +0800 Subject: sctp: fix to choose alternate destination when retransmit ASCONF chunk RFC 5061 Section 5.1 ASCONF Chunk Procedures said: B4) Re-transmit the ASCONF Chunk last sent and if possible choose an alternate destination address (please refer to [RFC4960], Section 6.4.1). An endpoint MUST NOT add new parameters to this chunk; it MUST be the same (including its Sequence Number) as the last ASCONF sent. An endpoint MAY, however, bundle an additional ASCONF with new ASCONF parameters with the next Sequence Number. For details, see Section 5.5. This patch fix to choose an alternate destination address when re-transmit the ASCONF chunk, with some dup codes cleanup. Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich --- include/net/sctp/structs.h | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sctp/structs.h b/include/net/sctp/structs.h index 23f08fe1d50..edfcacf3250 100644 --- a/include/net/sctp/structs.h +++ b/include/net/sctp/structs.h @@ -1939,10 +1939,8 @@ void sctp_association_free(struct sctp_association *); void sctp_association_put(struct sctp_association *); void sctp_association_hold(struct sctp_association *); -struct sctp_transport *sctp_assoc_choose_init_transport( - struct sctp_association *); -struct sctp_transport *sctp_assoc_choose_shutdown_transport( - struct sctp_association *); +struct sctp_transport *sctp_assoc_choose_alter_transport( + struct sctp_association *, struct sctp_transport *); void sctp_assoc_update_retran_path(struct sctp_association *); struct sctp_transport *sctp_assoc_lookup_paddr(const struct sctp_association *, const union sctp_addr *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From c6ba68a26645dbc5029a9faa5687ebe6fcfc53e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vlad Yasevich Date: Mon, 1 Jun 2009 12:41:15 -0400 Subject: sctp: support non-blocking version of the new sctp_connectx() API MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Prior implementation of the new sctp_connectx() call that returns an association ID did not work correctly on non-blocking socket. This is because we could not return both a EINPROGRESS error and an association id. This is a new implementation that supports this. Originally from Ivan Skytte Jørgensen --- include/net/sctp/user.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sctp/user.h b/include/net/sctp/user.h index b259fc5798f..1580c04f68b 100644 --- a/include/net/sctp/user.h +++ b/include/net/sctp/user.h @@ -147,6 +147,8 @@ enum sctp_optname { #define SCTP_GET_LOCAL_ADDRS SCTP_GET_LOCAL_ADDRS SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX, /* CONNECTX requests. */ #define SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX + SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX3, /* CONNECTX requests. (new implementation) */ +#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX3 SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX3 }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From e535c7566e1318ccfa015e297f0309994f7bc078 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sat, 23 May 2009 11:18:45 +0200 Subject: mac80211: deprecate conf.beacon_int properly Ivo has updated the driver to no longer use the change flag, so we can remove that, but rt2x00 and ath5k still use the actual value so let's mark it as deprecated too. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/mac80211.h | 14 ++------------ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index d72346ff324..0270aa6e08f 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -527,7 +527,6 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed * * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED: the value of radio_enabled changed - * @_IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL: DEPRECATED * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIOTAP: the radiotap flag changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed @@ -538,7 +537,6 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { */ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED = BIT(0), - _IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL = BIT(1), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIOTAP = BIT(3), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4), @@ -548,14 +546,6 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8), }; -static inline __deprecated enum ieee80211_conf_changed -__IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL(void) -{ - return _IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL; -} -#define IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL \ - __IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL() - /** * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device * @@ -564,7 +554,7 @@ __IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL(void) * @flags: configuration flags defined above * * @radio_enabled: when zero, driver is required to switch off the radio. - * @beacon_int: beacon interval (TODO make interface config) + * @beacon_int: DEPRECATED, DO NOT USE * * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval * @max_sleep_period: the maximum number of beacon intervals to sleep for @@ -589,7 +579,7 @@ __IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_BEACON_INTERVAL(void) * number of transmissions not the number of retries */ struct ieee80211_conf { - int beacon_int; + int __deprecated beacon_int; u32 flags; int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout; int max_sleep_period; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8fc0fee09245fe740d81aded36f4af6db1054015 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sun, 24 May 2009 16:57:19 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: use key size constants Instead of hardcoding the key length for validation, use the constants Zhu Yi recently added and add one for AES_CMAC too. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 34de8b21f6d..a9173d5434d 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1092,6 +1092,7 @@ enum ieee80211_key_len { WLAN_KEY_LEN_WEP104 = 13, WLAN_KEY_LEN_CCMP = 16, WLAN_KEY_LEN_TKIP = 32, + WLAN_KEY_LEN_AES_CMAC = 16, }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3b8bcfd5d31ea0fec58681d035544ace707d2536 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sat, 30 May 2009 01:39:53 +0200 Subject: net: introduce pre-up netdev notifier NETDEV_UP is called after the device is set UP, but sometimes it is useful to be able to veto the device UP. Introduce a new NETDEV_PRE_UP notifier that can be used for exactly this. The first use case will be cfg80211 denying interfaces to be set UP if the device is known to be rfkill'ed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Acked-by: David S. Miller Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/notifier.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/notifier.h b/include/linux/notifier.h index b86fa2ffca0..81bc252dc8a 100644 --- a/include/linux/notifier.h +++ b/include/linux/notifier.h @@ -198,6 +198,7 @@ static inline int notifier_to_errno(int ret) #define NETDEV_CHANGENAME 0x000A #define NETDEV_FEAT_CHANGE 0x000B #define NETDEV_BONDING_FAILOVER 0x000C +#define NETDEV_PRE_UP 0x000D #define SYS_DOWN 0x0001 /* Notify of system down */ #define SYS_RESTART SYS_DOWN -- cgit v1.2.3 From 19d337dff95cbf76edd3ad95c0cee2732c3e1ec5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 13:01:37 +0200 Subject: rfkill: rewrite This patch completely rewrites the rfkill core to address the following deficiencies: * all rfkill drivers need to implement polling where necessary rather than having one central implementation * updating the rfkill state cannot be done from arbitrary contexts, forcing drivers to use schedule_work and requiring lots of code * rfkill drivers need to keep track of soft/hard blocked internally -- the core should do this * the rfkill API has many unexpected quirks, for example being asymmetric wrt. alloc/free and register/unregister * rfkill can call back into a driver from within a function the driver called -- this is prone to deadlocks and generally should be avoided * rfkill-input pointlessly is a separate module * drivers need to #ifdef rfkill functions (unless they want to depend on or select RFKILL) -- rfkill should provide inlines that do nothing if it isn't compiled in * the rfkill structure is not opaque -- drivers need to initialise it correctly (lots of sanity checking code required) -- instead force drivers to pass the right variables to rfkill_alloc() * the documentation is hard to read because it always assumes the reader is completely clueless and contains way TOO MANY CAPS * the rfkill code needlessly uses a lot of locks and atomic operations in locked sections * fix LED trigger to actually change the LED when the radio state changes -- this wasn't done before Tested-by: Alan Jenkins Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh [thinkpad] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/Kbuild | 1 + include/linux/rfkill.h | 325 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------- include/net/wimax.h | 8 +- 3 files changed, 254 insertions(+), 80 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/Kbuild b/include/linux/Kbuild index 3f0eaa397ef..7e09c5c1ed0 100644 --- a/include/linux/Kbuild +++ b/include/linux/Kbuild @@ -311,6 +311,7 @@ unifdef-y += ptrace.h unifdef-y += qnx4_fs.h unifdef-y += quota.h unifdef-y += random.h +unifdef-y += rfkill.h unifdef-y += irqnr.h unifdef-y += reboot.h unifdef-y += reiserfs_fs.h diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index de18ef227e0..090852c8de7 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ /* * Copyright (C) 2006 - 2007 Ivo van Doorn * Copyright (C) 2007 Dmitry Torokhov + * Copyright 2009 Johannes Berg * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -21,6 +22,24 @@ * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* define userspace visible states */ +#define RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED 0 +#define RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED 1 +#define RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED 2 + +/* and that's all userspace gets */ +#ifdef __KERNEL__ +/* don't allow anyone to use these in the kernel */ +enum rfkill_user_states { + RFKILL_USER_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED = RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED, + RFKILL_USER_STATE_UNBLOCKED = RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED, + RFKILL_USER_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED = RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED, +}; +#undef RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED +#undef RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED +#undef RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED + #include #include #include @@ -30,109 +49,267 @@ /** * enum rfkill_type - type of rfkill switch. - * RFKILL_TYPE_WLAN: switch is on a 802.11 wireless network device. - * RFKILL_TYPE_BLUETOOTH: switch is on a bluetooth device. - * RFKILL_TYPE_UWB: switch is on a ultra wideband device. - * RFKILL_TYPE_WIMAX: switch is on a WiMAX device. - * RFKILL_TYPE_WWAN: switch is on a wireless WAN device. + * + * @RFKILL_TYPE_WLAN: switch is on a 802.11 wireless network device. + * @RFKILL_TYPE_BLUETOOTH: switch is on a bluetooth device. + * @RFKILL_TYPE_UWB: switch is on a ultra wideband device. + * @RFKILL_TYPE_WIMAX: switch is on a WiMAX device. + * @RFKILL_TYPE_WWAN: switch is on a wireless WAN device. + * @NUM_RFKILL_TYPES: number of defined rfkill types */ enum rfkill_type { - RFKILL_TYPE_WLAN , + RFKILL_TYPE_WLAN, RFKILL_TYPE_BLUETOOTH, RFKILL_TYPE_UWB, RFKILL_TYPE_WIMAX, RFKILL_TYPE_WWAN, - RFKILL_TYPE_MAX, + NUM_RFKILL_TYPES, }; -enum rfkill_state { - RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED = 0, /* Radio output blocked */ - RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED = 1, /* Radio output allowed */ - RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED = 2, /* Output blocked, non-overrideable */ - RFKILL_STATE_MAX, /* marker for last valid state */ +/* this is opaque */ +struct rfkill; + +/** + * struct rfkill_ops - rfkill driver methods + * + * @poll: poll the rfkill block state(s) -- only assign this method + * when you need polling. When called, simply call one of the + * rfkill_set{,_hw,_sw}_state family of functions. If the hw + * is getting unblocked you need to take into account the return + * value of those functions to make sure the software block is + * properly used. + * @query: query the rfkill block state(s) and call exactly one of the + * rfkill_set{,_hw,_sw}_state family of functions. Assign this + * method if input events can cause hardware state changes to make + * the rfkill core query your driver before setting a requested + * block. + * @set_block: turn the transmitter on (blocked == false) or off + * (blocked == true) -- this is called only while the transmitter + * is not hard-blocked, but note that the core's view of whether + * the transmitter is hard-blocked might differ from your driver's + * view due to race conditions, so it is possible that it is still + * called at the same time as you are calling rfkill_set_hw_state(). + * This callback must be assigned. + */ +struct rfkill_ops { + void (*poll)(struct rfkill *rfkill, void *data); + void (*query)(struct rfkill *rfkill, void *data); + int (*set_block)(void *data, bool blocked); }; +#if defined(CONFIG_RFKILL) || defined(CONFIG_RFKILL_MODULE) /** - * struct rfkill - rfkill control structure. - * @name: Name of the switch. - * @type: Radio type which the button controls, the value stored - * here should be a value from enum rfkill_type. - * @state: State of the switch, "UNBLOCKED" means radio can operate. - * @mutex: Guards switch state transitions. It serializes callbacks - * and also protects the state. - * @data: Pointer to the RF button drivers private data which will be - * passed along when toggling radio state. - * @toggle_radio(): Mandatory handler to control state of the radio. - * only RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED and RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED are - * valid parameters. - * @get_state(): handler to read current radio state from hardware, - * may be called from atomic context, should return 0 on success. - * Either this handler OR judicious use of rfkill_force_state() is - * MANDATORY for any driver capable of RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED. - * @led_trigger: A LED trigger for this button's LED. - * @dev: Device structure integrating the switch into device tree. - * @node: Used to place switch into list of all switches known to the - * the system. - * - * This structure represents a RF switch located on a network device. + * rfkill_alloc - allocate rfkill structure + * @name: name of the struct -- the string is not copied internally + * @parent: device that has rf switch on it + * @type: type of the switch (RFKILL_TYPE_*) + * @ops: rfkill methods + * @ops_data: data passed to each method + * + * This function should be called by the transmitter driver to allocate an + * rfkill structure. Returns %NULL on failure. */ -struct rfkill { - const char *name; - enum rfkill_type type; - - /* the mutex serializes callbacks and also protects - * the state */ - struct mutex mutex; - enum rfkill_state state; - void *data; - int (*toggle_radio)(void *data, enum rfkill_state state); - int (*get_state)(void *data, enum rfkill_state *state); +struct rfkill * __must_check rfkill_alloc(const char *name, + struct device *parent, + const enum rfkill_type type, + const struct rfkill_ops *ops, + void *ops_data); -#ifdef CONFIG_RFKILL_LEDS - struct led_trigger led_trigger; -#endif +/** + * rfkill_register - Register a rfkill structure. + * @rfkill: rfkill structure to be registered + * + * This function should be called by the transmitter driver to register + * the rfkill structure needs to be registered. Before calling this function + * the driver needs to be ready to service method calls from rfkill. + */ +int __must_check rfkill_register(struct rfkill *rfkill); - struct device dev; - struct list_head node; - enum rfkill_state state_for_resume; -}; -#define to_rfkill(d) container_of(d, struct rfkill, dev) +/** + * rfkill_pause_polling(struct rfkill *rfkill) + * + * Pause polling -- say transmitter is off for other reasons. + * NOTE: not necessary for suspend/resume -- in that case the + * core stops polling anyway + */ +void rfkill_pause_polling(struct rfkill *rfkill); -struct rfkill * __must_check rfkill_allocate(struct device *parent, - enum rfkill_type type); -void rfkill_free(struct rfkill *rfkill); -int __must_check rfkill_register(struct rfkill *rfkill); +/** + * rfkill_resume_polling(struct rfkill *rfkill) + * + * Pause polling -- say transmitter is off for other reasons. + * NOTE: not necessary for suspend/resume -- in that case the + * core stops polling anyway + */ +void rfkill_resume_polling(struct rfkill *rfkill); + + +/** + * rfkill_unregister - Unregister a rfkill structure. + * @rfkill: rfkill structure to be unregistered + * + * This function should be called by the network driver during device + * teardown to destroy rfkill structure. Until it returns, the driver + * needs to be able to service method calls. + */ void rfkill_unregister(struct rfkill *rfkill); -int rfkill_force_state(struct rfkill *rfkill, enum rfkill_state state); -int rfkill_set_default(enum rfkill_type type, enum rfkill_state state); +/** + * rfkill_destroy - free rfkill structure + * @rfkill: rfkill structure to be destroyed + * + * Destroys the rfkill structure. + */ +void rfkill_destroy(struct rfkill *rfkill); + +/** + * rfkill_set_hw_state - Set the internal rfkill hardware block state + * @rfkill: pointer to the rfkill class to modify. + * @state: the current hardware block state to set + * + * rfkill drivers that get events when the hard-blocked state changes + * use this function to notify the rfkill core (and through that also + * userspace) of the current state -- they should also use this after + * resume if the state could have changed. + * + * You need not (but may) call this function if poll_state is assigned. + * + * This function can be called in any context, even from within rfkill + * callbacks. + * + * The function returns the combined block state (true if transmitter + * should be blocked) so that drivers need not keep track of the soft + * block state -- which they might not be able to. + */ +bool __must_check rfkill_set_hw_state(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool blocked); + +/** + * rfkill_set_sw_state - Set the internal rfkill software block state + * @rfkill: pointer to the rfkill class to modify. + * @state: the current software block state to set + * + * rfkill drivers that get events when the soft-blocked state changes + * (yes, some platforms directly act on input but allow changing again) + * use this function to notify the rfkill core (and through that also + * userspace) of the current state -- they should also use this after + * resume if the state could have changed. + * + * This function can be called in any context, even from within rfkill + * callbacks. + * + * The function returns the combined block state (true if transmitter + * should be blocked). + */ +bool rfkill_set_sw_state(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool blocked); + +/** + * rfkill_set_states - Set the internal rfkill block states + * @rfkill: pointer to the rfkill class to modify. + * @sw: the current software block state to set + * @hw: the current hardware block state to set + * + * This function can be called in any context, even from within rfkill + * callbacks. + */ +void rfkill_set_states(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool sw, bool hw); /** - * rfkill_state_complement - return complementar state - * @state: state to return the complement of + * rfkill_set_global_sw_state - set global sw block default + * @type: rfkill type to set default for + * @blocked: default to set * - * Returns RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED if @state is RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED, - * returns RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED otherwise. + * This function sets the global default -- use at boot if your platform has + * an rfkill switch. If not early enough this call may be ignored. + * + * XXX: instead of ignoring -- how about just updating all currently + * registered drivers? */ -static inline enum rfkill_state rfkill_state_complement(enum rfkill_state state) +void rfkill_set_global_sw_state(const enum rfkill_type type, bool blocked); +#else /* !RFKILL */ +static inline struct rfkill * __must_check +rfkill_alloc(const char *name, + struct device *parent, + const enum rfkill_type type, + const struct rfkill_ops *ops, + void *ops_data) +{ + return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV); +} + +static inline int __must_check rfkill_register(struct rfkill *rfkill) +{ + if (rfkill == ERR_PTR(-ENODEV)) + return 0; + return -EINVAL; +} + +static inline void rfkill_pause_polling(struct rfkill *rfkill) +{ +} + +static inline void rfkill_resume_polling(struct rfkill *rfkill) +{ +} + +static inline void rfkill_unregister(struct rfkill *rfkill) +{ +} + +static inline void rfkill_destroy(struct rfkill *rfkill) +{ +} + +static inline bool rfkill_set_hw_state(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool blocked) +{ + return blocked; +} + +static inline bool rfkill_set_sw_state(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool blocked) +{ + return blocked; +} + +static inline void rfkill_set_states(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool sw, bool hw) +{ +} + +static inline void rfkill_set_global_sw_state(const enum rfkill_type type, + bool blocked) { - return (state == RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED) ? - RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED : RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED; } +#endif /* RFKILL || RFKILL_MODULE */ + +#ifdef CONFIG_RFKILL_LEDS /** - * rfkill_get_led_name - Get the LED trigger name for the button's LED. + * rfkill_get_led_trigger_name - Get the LED trigger name for the button's LED. * This function might return a NULL pointer if registering of the - * LED trigger failed. - * Use this as "default_trigger" for the LED. + * LED trigger failed. Use this as "default_trigger" for the LED. */ -static inline char *rfkill_get_led_name(struct rfkill *rfkill) -{ -#ifdef CONFIG_RFKILL_LEDS - return (char *)(rfkill->led_trigger.name); +const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill); + +/** + * rfkill_set_led_trigger_name -- set the LED trigger name + * @rfkill: rfkill struct + * @name: LED trigger name + * + * This function sets the LED trigger name of the radio LED + * trigger that rfkill creates. It is optional, but if called + * must be called before rfkill_register() to be effective. + */ +void rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name); #else +static inline const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill) +{ return NULL; -#endif } +static inline void +rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name) +{ +} +#endif + +#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ + #endif /* RFKILL_H */ diff --git a/include/net/wimax.h b/include/net/wimax.h index 6b3824edb39..2af7bf839f2 100644 --- a/include/net/wimax.h +++ b/include/net/wimax.h @@ -253,7 +253,6 @@ struct net_device; struct genl_info; struct wimax_dev; -struct input_dev; /** * struct wimax_dev - Generic WiMAX device @@ -293,8 +292,8 @@ struct input_dev; * See wimax_reset()'s documentation. * * @name: [fill] A way to identify this device. We need to register a - * name with many subsystems (input for RFKILL, workqueue - * creation, etc). We can't use the network device name as that + * name with many subsystems (rfkill, workqueue creation, etc). + * We can't use the network device name as that * might change and in some instances we don't know it yet (until * we don't call register_netdev()). So we generate an unique one * using the driver name and device bus id, place it here and use @@ -316,9 +315,6 @@ struct input_dev; * * @rfkill: [private] integration into the RF-Kill infrastructure. * - * @rfkill_input: [private] virtual input device to process the - * hardware RF Kill switches. - * * @rf_sw: [private] State of the software radio switch (OFF/ON) * * @rf_hw: [private] State of the hardware radio switch (OFF/ON) -- cgit v1.2.3 From c64fb01627e24725d1f9d535e4426475a4415753 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 13:01:38 +0200 Subject: rfkill: create useful userspace interface The new code added by this patch will make rfkill create a misc character device /dev/rfkill that userspace can use to control rfkill soft blocks and get status of devices as well as events when the status changes. Using it is very simple -- when you open it you can read a number of times to get the initial state, and every further read blocks (you can poll) on getting the next event from the kernel. The same structure you read is also used when writing to it to change the soft block of a given device, all devices of a given type, or all devices. This also makes CONFIG_RFKILL_INPUT selectable again in order to be able to test without it present since its functionality can now be replaced by userspace entirely and distros and users may not want the input part of rfkill interfering with their userspace code. We will also write a userspace daemon to handle all that and consequently add the input code to the feature removal schedule. In order to have rfkilld support both kernels with and without CONFIG_RFKILL_INPUT (or new kernels after its eventual removal) we also add an ioctl (that only exists if rfkill-input is present) to disable rfkill-input. It is not very efficient, but at least gives the correct behaviour in all cases. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 84 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------- 1 file changed, 60 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index 090852c8de7..7c116f6631b 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -22,34 +22,17 @@ * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ +#include /* define userspace visible states */ #define RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED 0 #define RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED 1 #define RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED 2 -/* and that's all userspace gets */ -#ifdef __KERNEL__ -/* don't allow anyone to use these in the kernel */ -enum rfkill_user_states { - RFKILL_USER_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED = RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED, - RFKILL_USER_STATE_UNBLOCKED = RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED, - RFKILL_USER_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED = RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED, -}; -#undef RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED -#undef RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED -#undef RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - /** * enum rfkill_type - type of rfkill switch. * + * @RFKILL_TYPE_ALL: toggles all switches (userspace only) * @RFKILL_TYPE_WLAN: switch is on a 802.11 wireless network device. * @RFKILL_TYPE_BLUETOOTH: switch is on a bluetooth device. * @RFKILL_TYPE_UWB: switch is on a ultra wideband device. @@ -58,6 +41,7 @@ enum rfkill_user_states { * @NUM_RFKILL_TYPES: number of defined rfkill types */ enum rfkill_type { + RFKILL_TYPE_ALL = 0, RFKILL_TYPE_WLAN, RFKILL_TYPE_BLUETOOTH, RFKILL_TYPE_UWB, @@ -66,6 +50,62 @@ enum rfkill_type { NUM_RFKILL_TYPES, }; +/** + * enum rfkill_operation - operation types + * @RFKILL_OP_ADD: a device was added + * @RFKILL_OP_DEL: a device was removed + * @RFKILL_OP_CHANGE: a device's state changed -- userspace changes one device + * @RFKILL_OP_CHANGE_ALL: userspace changes all devices (of a type, or all) + */ +enum rfkill_operation { + RFKILL_OP_ADD = 0, + RFKILL_OP_DEL, + RFKILL_OP_CHANGE, + RFKILL_OP_CHANGE_ALL, +}; + +/** + * struct rfkill_event - events for userspace on /dev/rfkill + * @idx: index of dev rfkill + * @type: type of the rfkill struct + * @op: operation code + * @hard: hard state (0/1) + * @soft: soft state (0/1) + * + * Structure used for userspace communication on /dev/rfkill, + * used for events from the kernel and control to the kernel. + */ +struct rfkill_event { + __u32 idx; + __u8 type; + __u8 op; + __u8 soft, hard; +} __packed; + +/* ioctl for turning off rfkill-input (if present) */ +#define RFKILL_IOC_MAGIC 'R' +#define RFKILL_IOC_NOINPUT 1 +#define RFKILL_IOCTL_NOINPUT _IO(RFKILL_IOC_MAGIC, RFKILL_IOC_NOINPUT) + +/* and that's all userspace gets */ +#ifdef __KERNEL__ +/* don't allow anyone to use these in the kernel */ +enum rfkill_user_states { + RFKILL_USER_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED = RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED, + RFKILL_USER_STATE_UNBLOCKED = RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED, + RFKILL_USER_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED = RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED, +}; +#undef RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED +#undef RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED +#undef RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + /* this is opaque */ struct rfkill; @@ -84,11 +124,7 @@ struct rfkill; * the rfkill core query your driver before setting a requested * block. * @set_block: turn the transmitter on (blocked == false) or off - * (blocked == true) -- this is called only while the transmitter - * is not hard-blocked, but note that the core's view of whether - * the transmitter is hard-blocked might differ from your driver's - * view due to race conditions, so it is possible that it is still - * called at the same time as you are calling rfkill_set_hw_state(). + * (blocked == true) -- ignore and return 0 when hard blocked. * This callback must be assigned. */ struct rfkill_ops { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7643a2c3fcc13cd6fbd731f214463547383418ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 13:01:39 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: move txpower wext from mac80211 This patch introduces new cfg80211 API to set the TX power via cfg80211, puts the wext code into cfg80211 and updates mac80211 to use all that. The -ENETDOWN bits are a hack but will go away soon. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/net/cfg80211.h | 30 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index f20da7d63b1..8b8e4b89362 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -751,6 +751,21 @@ enum wiphy_params_flags { WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, }; +/** + * enum tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment + * + * @TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: the dbm parameter is ignored + * @TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the dbm parameter + * @TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the dbm parameter + * @TX_POWER_OFF: turn off completely (will go away) + */ +enum tx_power_setting { + TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, + TX_POWER_LIMITED, + TX_POWER_FIXED, + TX_POWER_OFF, +}; + /** * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration * @@ -837,6 +852,11 @@ enum wiphy_params_flags { * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. + * + * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters + * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; + * return 0 if successful; or -ENETDOWN if successful but power + * is disabled (this will go away) */ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy); @@ -928,6 +948,10 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); + + int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, + enum tx_power_setting type, int dbm); + int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int *dbm); }; /* @@ -1451,6 +1475,12 @@ int cfg80211_wext_siwencode(struct net_device *dev, int cfg80211_wext_giwencode(struct net_device *dev, struct iw_request_info *info, struct iw_point *erq, char *keybuf); +int cfg80211_wext_siwtxpower(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + union iwreq_data *data, char *keybuf); +int cfg80211_wext_giwtxpower(struct net_device *dev, + struct iw_request_info *info, + union iwreq_data *data, char *keybuf); /* * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6081162e2ed78dfcf149b076b047078ab1445cc2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 13:01:40 +0200 Subject: rfkill: add function to query state Sometimes it is necessary to know how the state is, and it is easier to query rfkill than keep track of it somewhere else, so add a function for that. This could later be expanded to return hard/soft block, but so far that isn't necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index 7c116f6631b..ee3eddea856 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -261,6 +261,13 @@ void rfkill_set_states(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool sw, bool hw); * registered drivers? */ void rfkill_set_global_sw_state(const enum rfkill_type type, bool blocked); + +/** + * rfkill_blocked - query rfkill block + * + * @rfkill: rfkill struct to query + */ +bool rfkill_blocked(struct rfkill *rfkill); #else /* !RFKILL */ static inline struct rfkill * __must_check rfkill_alloc(const char *name, @@ -313,6 +320,11 @@ static inline void rfkill_set_global_sw_state(const enum rfkill_type type, bool blocked) { } + +static inline bool rfkill_blocked(struct rfkill *rfkill) +{ + return false; +} #endif /* RFKILL || RFKILL_MODULE */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1f87f7d3a3b42b20f34cb03f0fd1a41c3d0e27f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 13:01:41 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: add rfkill support To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed, simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/asm-generic/errno.h | 2 ++ include/net/cfg80211.h | 29 +++++++++++++++++++++++++---- include/net/mac80211.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++--- 3 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/asm-generic/errno.h b/include/asm-generic/errno.h index e8852c092fe..28cc03bf19e 100644 --- a/include/asm-generic/errno.h +++ b/include/asm-generic/errno.h @@ -106,4 +106,6 @@ #define EOWNERDEAD 130 /* Owner died */ #define ENOTRECOVERABLE 131 /* State not recoverable */ +#define ERFKILL 132 /* Operation not possible due to RF-kill */ + #endif diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h index 8b8e4b89362..1a21895b732 100644 --- a/include/net/cfg80211.h +++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h @@ -757,13 +757,11 @@ enum wiphy_params_flags { * @TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: the dbm parameter is ignored * @TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the dbm parameter * @TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the dbm parameter - * @TX_POWER_OFF: turn off completely (will go away) */ enum tx_power_setting { TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, TX_POWER_LIMITED, TX_POWER_FIXED, - TX_POWER_OFF, }; /** @@ -855,8 +853,10 @@ enum tx_power_setting { * * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; - * return 0 if successful; or -ENETDOWN if successful but power - * is disabled (this will go away) + * return 0 if successful + * + * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting + * functions to adjust rfkill hw state */ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy); @@ -952,6 +952,8 @@ struct cfg80211_ops { int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum tx_power_setting type, int dbm); int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int *dbm); + + void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); }; /* @@ -1666,4 +1668,23 @@ void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, */ void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, gfp_t gfp); +/** + * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state + * @wiphy: the wiphy + * @blocked: block status + */ +void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); + +/** + * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill + * @wiphy: the wiphy + */ +void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); + +/** + * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill + * @wiphy: the wiphy + */ +void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); + #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 0270aa6e08f..17d61d19d91 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { /** * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed * - * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED: the value of radio_enabled changed + * @_IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED: DEPRECATED * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIOTAP: the radiotap flag changed * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_flags { * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed */ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { - IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED = BIT(0), + _IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED = BIT(0), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIOTAP = BIT(3), IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4), @@ -546,6 +546,14 @@ enum ieee80211_conf_changed { IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8), }; +static inline __deprecated enum ieee80211_conf_changed +__IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED(void) +{ + return _IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED; +} +#define IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED \ + __IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RADIO_ENABLED() + /** * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device * @@ -585,7 +593,7 @@ struct ieee80211_conf { int max_sleep_period; u16 listen_interval; - bool radio_enabled; + bool __deprecated radio_enabled; u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count; @@ -1396,6 +1404,10 @@ enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action { * is the first frame we expect to perform the action on. Notice * that TX/RX_STOP can pass NULL for this parameter. * Returns a negative error code on failure. + * + * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also + * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration, + * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback. */ struct ieee80211_ops { int (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb); @@ -1444,6 +1456,8 @@ struct ieee80211_ops { int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid, u16 *ssn); + + void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw); }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 278b2513f76161a9cf1ebddd620dc9d1714fe573 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Herbert Xu Date: Wed, 3 Jun 2009 21:20:51 -0700 Subject: gso: Stop fraglists from escaping As it stands skb fraglists can get past the check in dev_queue_xmit if the skb is marked as GSO. In particular, if the packet doesn't have the proper checksums for GSO, but can otherwise be handled by the underlying device, we will not perform the fraglist check on it at all. If the underlying device cannot handle fraglists, then this will break. The fix is as simple as moving the fraglist check from the device check into skb_gso_ok. This has caused crashes with Xen when used together with GRO which can generate GSO packets with fraglists. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index bbfabf3012b..2a801380b50 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1903,15 +1903,14 @@ static inline int net_gso_ok(int features, int gso_type) static inline int skb_gso_ok(struct sk_buff *skb, int features) { - return net_gso_ok(features, skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_type); + return net_gso_ok(features, skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_type) && + (!skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list || (features & NETIF_F_FRAGLIST)); } static inline int netif_needs_gso(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb) { return skb_is_gso(skb) && (!skb_gso_ok(skb, dev->features) || - (skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list && - !(dev->features & NETIF_F_FRAGLIST)) || unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From a5e78820966e17c2316866e00047e4e7e5480f04 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Evgeniy Polyakov Date: Thu, 4 Jun 2009 16:54:42 +0200 Subject: netfilter: x_tables: added hook number into match extension parameter structure. Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Polyakov Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h b/include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h index c9efe039dc5..1030b759389 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h @@ -184,9 +184,10 @@ struct xt_counters_info * @matchinfo: per-match data * @fragoff: packet is a fragment, this is the data offset * @thoff: position of transport header relative to skb->data - * @hotdrop: drop packet if we had inspection problems + * @hook: hook number given packet came from * @family: Actual NFPROTO_* through which the function is invoked * (helpful when match->family == NFPROTO_UNSPEC) + * @hotdrop: drop packet if we had inspection problems */ struct xt_match_param { const struct net_device *in, *out; @@ -194,8 +195,9 @@ struct xt_match_param { const void *matchinfo; int fragoff; unsigned int thoff; - bool *hotdrop; + unsigned int hooknum; u_int8_t family; + bool *hotdrop; }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5926a295bb78272b3f648f62febecd19a1b6a6ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alessandro Rubini Date: Thu, 4 Jun 2009 17:43:04 +0100 Subject: [ARM] 5541/1: serial/amba-pl011.c: add support for the modified port found in Nomadik The Nomadik 8815 SoC has a slightly modified version of the PL011 block. The patch uses the different ID value as a key to select a vendor structure that is used to keep track of the differences, as suggested by Russell King. Signed-off-by: Alessandro Rubini Acked-by: Andrea Gallo Acked-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/serial.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/serial.h b/include/linux/amba/serial.h index 48ee32a18ac..42949e210cb 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/serial.h @@ -114,6 +114,9 @@ #define UART011_IFLS_TX4_8 (2 << 0) #define UART011_IFLS_TX6_8 (3 << 0) #define UART011_IFLS_TX7_8 (4 << 0) +/* special values for ST vendor with deeper fifo */ +#define UART011_IFLS_RX_HALF (5 << 3) +#define UART011_IFLS_TX_HALF (5 << 0) #define UART011_OEIM (1 << 10) /* overrun error interrupt mask */ #define UART011_BEIM (1 << 9) /* break error interrupt mask */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c0683039207226afcffbe0fbf6a1caaee77a37b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tony Lindgren Date: Wed, 3 Jun 2009 17:43:14 +0100 Subject: [ARM] 5536/1: Move clk_add_alias() to arch/arm/common/clkdev.c This can be used for other arm platforms too as discussed on the linux-arm-kernel list. Also check the return value with IS_ERR and return PTR_ERR as suggested by Russell King. Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/clk.h | 13 +++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/clk.h b/include/linux/clk.h index 1db9bbf444a..1d37f42ac29 100644 --- a/include/linux/clk.h +++ b/include/linux/clk.h @@ -142,4 +142,17 @@ struct clk *clk_get_parent(struct clk *clk); */ struct clk *clk_get_sys(const char *dev_id, const char *con_id); +/** + * clk_add_alias - add a new clock alias + * @alias: name for clock alias + * @alias_dev_name: device name + * @id: platform specific clock name + * @dev: device + * + * Allows using generic clock names for drivers by adding a new alias. + * Assumes clkdev, see clkdev.h for more info. + */ +int clk_add_alias(const char *alias, const char *alias_dev_name, char *id, + struct device *dev); + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 10662aa3083f869c645cc2abf5d66849001e2f5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Westphal Date: Fri, 5 Jun 2009 13:24:24 +0200 Subject: netfilter: xt_NFQUEUE: queue balancing support Adds support for specifying a range of queues instead of a single queue id. Flows will be distributed across the given range. This is useful for multicore systems: Instead of having a single application read packets from a queue, start multiple instances on queues x, x+1, .. x+n. Each instance can process flows independently. Packets for the same connection are put into the same queue. Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h b/include/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h index 982a89f7827..2584f4a777d 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h @@ -15,4 +15,9 @@ struct xt_NFQ_info { __u16 queuenum; }; +struct xt_NFQ_info_v1 { + __u16 queuenum; + __u16 queues_total; +}; + #endif /* _XT_NFQ_TARGET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 77c9a5daa9c4d9b37812c9c69c7bcbb3f9399c3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stefan Richter Date: Fri, 5 Jun 2009 16:26:18 +0200 Subject: firewire: reorganize header files The three header files of firewire-core, i.e. "drivers/firewire/fw-device.h", "drivers/firewire/fw-topology.h", "drivers/firewire/fw-transaction.h", are replaced by "drivers/firewire/core.h", "include/linux/firewire.h". The latter includes everything which a firewire high-level driver (like firewire-sbp2) needs besides linux/firewire-constants.h, while core.h contains the rest which is needed by firewire-core itself and by low- level drivers (card drivers) like firewire-ohci. High-level drivers can now also reside outside of drivers/firewire without having to add drivers/firewire to the header file search path in makefiles. At least the firedtv driver will be such a driver. I also considered to spread the contents of core.h over several files, one for each .c file where the respective implementation resides. But it turned out that most core .c files will end up including most of the core .h files. Also, the combined core.h isn't unreasonably big, and it will lose more of its contents to linux/firewire.h anyway soon when more firewire drivers are added. (IP-over-1394, firedtv, and there are plans for one or two more.) Furthermore, fw-ohci.h is renamed to ohci.h. The name of core.h and ohci.h is chosen with regard to name changes of the .c files in a follow-up change. Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter --- include/linux/firewire.h | 350 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 350 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/firewire.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/firewire.h b/include/linux/firewire.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e979f9b22cb --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/firewire.h @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_FIREWIRE_H +#define _LINUX_FIREWIRE_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#define fw_notify(s, args...) printk(KERN_NOTICE KBUILD_MODNAME ": " s, ## args) +#define fw_error(s, args...) printk(KERN_ERR KBUILD_MODNAME ": " s, ## args) + +static inline void fw_memcpy_from_be32(void *_dst, void *_src, size_t size) +{ + u32 *dst = _dst; + __be32 *src = _src; + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < size / 4; i++) + dst[i] = be32_to_cpu(src[i]); +} + +static inline void fw_memcpy_to_be32(void *_dst, void *_src, size_t size) +{ + fw_memcpy_from_be32(_dst, _src, size); +} +#define CSR_REGISTER_BASE 0xfffff0000000ULL + +/* register offsets are relative to CSR_REGISTER_BASE */ +#define CSR_STATE_CLEAR 0x0 +#define CSR_STATE_SET 0x4 +#define CSR_NODE_IDS 0x8 +#define CSR_RESET_START 0xc +#define CSR_SPLIT_TIMEOUT_HI 0x18 +#define CSR_SPLIT_TIMEOUT_LO 0x1c +#define CSR_CYCLE_TIME 0x200 +#define CSR_BUS_TIME 0x204 +#define CSR_BUSY_TIMEOUT 0x210 +#define CSR_BUS_MANAGER_ID 0x21c +#define CSR_BANDWIDTH_AVAILABLE 0x220 +#define CSR_CHANNELS_AVAILABLE 0x224 +#define CSR_CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_HI 0x224 +#define CSR_CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_LO 0x228 +#define CSR_BROADCAST_CHANNEL 0x234 +#define CSR_CONFIG_ROM 0x400 +#define CSR_CONFIG_ROM_END 0x800 +#define CSR_FCP_COMMAND 0xB00 +#define CSR_FCP_RESPONSE 0xD00 +#define CSR_FCP_END 0xF00 +#define CSR_TOPOLOGY_MAP 0x1000 +#define CSR_TOPOLOGY_MAP_END 0x1400 +#define CSR_SPEED_MAP 0x2000 +#define CSR_SPEED_MAP_END 0x3000 + +#define CSR_OFFSET 0x40 +#define CSR_LEAF 0x80 +#define CSR_DIRECTORY 0xc0 + +#define CSR_DESCRIPTOR 0x01 +#define CSR_VENDOR 0x03 +#define CSR_HARDWARE_VERSION 0x04 +#define CSR_NODE_CAPABILITIES 0x0c +#define CSR_UNIT 0x11 +#define CSR_SPECIFIER_ID 0x12 +#define CSR_VERSION 0x13 +#define CSR_DEPENDENT_INFO 0x14 +#define CSR_MODEL 0x17 +#define CSR_INSTANCE 0x18 +#define CSR_DIRECTORY_ID 0x20 + +struct fw_csr_iterator { + u32 *p; + u32 *end; +}; + +void fw_csr_iterator_init(struct fw_csr_iterator *ci, u32 *p); +int fw_csr_iterator_next(struct fw_csr_iterator *ci, int *key, int *value); + +extern struct bus_type fw_bus_type; + +struct fw_card_driver; +struct fw_node; + +struct fw_card { + const struct fw_card_driver *driver; + struct device *device; + struct kref kref; + struct completion done; + + int node_id; + int generation; + int current_tlabel, tlabel_mask; + struct list_head transaction_list; + struct timer_list flush_timer; + unsigned long reset_jiffies; + + unsigned long long guid; + unsigned max_receive; + int link_speed; + int config_rom_generation; + + spinlock_t lock; /* Take this lock when handling the lists in + * this struct. */ + struct fw_node *local_node; + struct fw_node *root_node; + struct fw_node *irm_node; + u8 color; /* must be u8 to match the definition in struct fw_node */ + int gap_count; + bool beta_repeaters_present; + + int index; + + struct list_head link; + + /* Work struct for BM duties. */ + struct delayed_work work; + int bm_retries; + int bm_generation; + + bool broadcast_channel_allocated; + u32 broadcast_channel; + u32 topology_map[(CSR_TOPOLOGY_MAP_END - CSR_TOPOLOGY_MAP) / 4]; +}; + +static inline struct fw_card *fw_card_get(struct fw_card *card) +{ + kref_get(&card->kref); + + return card; +} + +void fw_card_release(struct kref *kref); + +static inline void fw_card_put(struct fw_card *card) +{ + kref_put(&card->kref, fw_card_release); +} + +struct fw_attribute_group { + struct attribute_group *groups[2]; + struct attribute_group group; + struct attribute *attrs[12]; +}; + +enum fw_device_state { + FW_DEVICE_INITIALIZING, + FW_DEVICE_RUNNING, + FW_DEVICE_GONE, + FW_DEVICE_SHUTDOWN, +}; + +/* + * Note, fw_device.generation always has to be read before fw_device.node_id. + * Use SMP memory barriers to ensure this. Otherwise requests will be sent + * to an outdated node_id if the generation was updated in the meantime due + * to a bus reset. + * + * Likewise, fw-core will take care to update .node_id before .generation so + * that whenever fw_device.generation is current WRT the actual bus generation, + * fw_device.node_id is guaranteed to be current too. + * + * The same applies to fw_device.card->node_id vs. fw_device.generation. + * + * fw_device.config_rom and fw_device.config_rom_length may be accessed during + * the lifetime of any fw_unit belonging to the fw_device, before device_del() + * was called on the last fw_unit. Alternatively, they may be accessed while + * holding fw_device_rwsem. + */ +struct fw_device { + atomic_t state; + struct fw_node *node; + int node_id; + int generation; + unsigned max_speed; + struct fw_card *card; + struct device device; + + struct mutex client_list_mutex; + struct list_head client_list; + + u32 *config_rom; + size_t config_rom_length; + int config_rom_retries; + unsigned is_local:1; + unsigned cmc:1; + unsigned bc_implemented:2; + + struct delayed_work work; + struct fw_attribute_group attribute_group; +}; + +static inline struct fw_device *fw_device(struct device *dev) +{ + return container_of(dev, struct fw_device, device); +} + +static inline int fw_device_is_shutdown(struct fw_device *device) +{ + return atomic_read(&device->state) == FW_DEVICE_SHUTDOWN; +} + +static inline struct fw_device *fw_device_get(struct fw_device *device) +{ + get_device(&device->device); + + return device; +} + +static inline void fw_device_put(struct fw_device *device) +{ + put_device(&device->device); +} + +int fw_device_enable_phys_dma(struct fw_device *device); + +/* + * fw_unit.directory must not be accessed after device_del(&fw_unit.device). + */ +struct fw_unit { + struct device device; + u32 *directory; + struct fw_attribute_group attribute_group; +}; + +static inline struct fw_unit *fw_unit(struct device *dev) +{ + return container_of(dev, struct fw_unit, device); +} + +static inline struct fw_unit *fw_unit_get(struct fw_unit *unit) +{ + get_device(&unit->device); + + return unit; +} + +static inline void fw_unit_put(struct fw_unit *unit) +{ + put_device(&unit->device); +} + +struct ieee1394_device_id; + +struct fw_driver { + struct device_driver driver; + /* Called when the parent device sits through a bus reset. */ + void (*update)(struct fw_unit *unit); + const struct ieee1394_device_id *id_table; +}; + +struct fw_packet; +struct fw_request; + +typedef void (*fw_packet_callback_t)(struct fw_packet *packet, + struct fw_card *card, int status); +typedef void (*fw_transaction_callback_t)(struct fw_card *card, int rcode, + void *data, size_t length, + void *callback_data); +/* + * Important note: The callback must guarantee that either fw_send_response() + * or kfree() is called on the @request. + */ +typedef void (*fw_address_callback_t)(struct fw_card *card, + struct fw_request *request, + int tcode, int destination, int source, + int generation, int speed, + unsigned long long offset, + void *data, size_t length, + void *callback_data); + +struct fw_packet { + int speed; + int generation; + u32 header[4]; + size_t header_length; + void *payload; + size_t payload_length; + dma_addr_t payload_bus; + u32 timestamp; + + /* + * This callback is called when the packet transmission has + * completed; for successful transmission, the status code is + * the ack received from the destination, otherwise it's a + * negative errno: ENOMEM, ESTALE, ETIMEDOUT, ENODEV, EIO. + * The callback can be called from tasklet context and thus + * must never block. + */ + fw_packet_callback_t callback; + int ack; + struct list_head link; + void *driver_data; +}; + +struct fw_transaction { + int node_id; /* The generation is implied; it is always the current. */ + int tlabel; + int timestamp; + struct list_head link; + + struct fw_packet packet; + + /* + * The data passed to the callback is valid only during the + * callback. + */ + fw_transaction_callback_t callback; + void *callback_data; +}; + +struct fw_address_handler { + u64 offset; + size_t length; + fw_address_callback_t address_callback; + void *callback_data; + struct list_head link; +}; + +struct fw_address_region { + u64 start; + u64 end; +}; + +extern const struct fw_address_region fw_high_memory_region; + +int fw_core_add_address_handler(struct fw_address_handler *handler, + const struct fw_address_region *region); +void fw_core_remove_address_handler(struct fw_address_handler *handler); +void fw_send_response(struct fw_card *card, + struct fw_request *request, int rcode); +void fw_send_request(struct fw_card *card, struct fw_transaction *t, + int tcode, int destination_id, int generation, int speed, + unsigned long long offset, void *payload, size_t length, + fw_transaction_callback_t callback, void *callback_data); +int fw_cancel_transaction(struct fw_card *card, + struct fw_transaction *transaction); +int fw_run_transaction(struct fw_card *card, int tcode, int destination_id, + int generation, int speed, unsigned long long offset, + void *payload, size_t length); + +#endif /* _LINUX_FIREWIRE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2ac6bf4ddc87c3b6b609f8fa82f6ebbffeac12f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jack Morgenstein Date: Fri, 5 Jun 2009 10:36:24 -0700 Subject: IB/mlx4: Add strong ordering to local inval and fast reg work requests The ConnectX Programmer's Reference Manual states that the "SO" bit must be set when posting Fast Register and Local Invalidate send work requests. When this bit is set, the work request will be executed only after all previous work requests on the send queue have been executed. (If the bit is not set, Fast Register and Local Invalidate WQEs may begin execution too early, which violates the defined semantics for these operations) This fixes the issue with NFS/RDMA reported in Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein Cc: Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier --- include/linux/mlx4/qp.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mlx4/qp.h b/include/linux/mlx4/qp.h index bf8f11982da..9f29d86e5dc 100644 --- a/include/linux/mlx4/qp.h +++ b/include/linux/mlx4/qp.h @@ -165,6 +165,7 @@ enum { MLX4_WQE_CTRL_IP_CSUM = 1 << 4, MLX4_WQE_CTRL_TCP_UDP_CSUM = 1 << 5, MLX4_WQE_CTRL_INS_VLAN = 1 << 6, + MLX4_WQE_CTRL_STRONG_ORDER = 1 << 7, }; struct mlx4_wqe_ctrl_seg { -- cgit v1.2.3 From e5110d011e03030926872457f05e49e3d5031737 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stefan Richter Date: Sat, 6 Jun 2009 18:35:27 +0200 Subject: firewire: add parent-of-unit accessor Retrieval of an fw_unit's parent is a common pattern in high-level code. Wrap it up as device = fw_parent_device(unit). Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter --- include/linux/firewire.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/firewire.h b/include/linux/firewire.h index e979f9b22cb..a69aea0394e 100644 --- a/include/linux/firewire.h +++ b/include/linux/firewire.h @@ -248,6 +248,11 @@ static inline void fw_unit_put(struct fw_unit *unit) put_device(&unit->device); } +static inline struct fw_device *fw_parent_device(struct fw_unit *unit) +{ + return fw_device(unit->device.parent); +} + struct ieee1394_device_id; struct fw_driver { -- cgit v1.2.3 From a93958ac980f0ce594ad90657ecbc595ff157a40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ayaz Abdulla Date: Sun, 7 Jun 2009 03:54:37 -0700 Subject: removal of forcedeth device ids This patch removes the forcedeth device ids from pci_ids.h The forcedeth driver uses the device id constants directly in its source file. [ Need to keep PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_15 in order to keep drivers/pci/quirks.c building -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Ayaz Abdulla Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 38 -------------------------------------- 1 file changed, 38 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index 12db06cf0e2..b87c51aea14 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -1066,8 +1066,6 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP04_SMBUS 0x0034 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP04_IDE 0x0035 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP04_SATA 0x0036 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_10 0x0037 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_11 0x0038 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP04_SATA2 0x003e #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE_6800_ULTRA 0x0040 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE_6800 0x0041 @@ -1078,21 +1076,16 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_CK804_IDE 0x0053 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_CK804_SATA 0x0054 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_CK804_SATA2 0x0055 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_8 0x0056 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_9 0x0057 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_CK804_AUDIO 0x0059 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_CK804_PCIE 0x005d #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE2_SMBUS 0x0064 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE2_IDE 0x0065 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_2 0x0066 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_MCP2_MODEM 0x0069 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_MCP2_AUDIO 0x006a #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE2S_SMBUS 0x0084 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE2S_IDE 0x0085 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_4 0x0086 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_MCP2S_MODEM 0x0089 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_CK8_AUDIO 0x008a -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_5 0x008c #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE2S_SATA 0x008e #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE_7800_GT 0x0090 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE_7800_GTX 0x0091 @@ -1108,15 +1101,12 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE3 0x00d1 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE3_SMBUS 0x00d4 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE3_IDE 0x00d5 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_3 0x00d6 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_MCP3_MODEM 0x00d9 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_MCP3_AUDIO 0x00da -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_7 0x00df #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE3S 0x00e1 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE3S_SATA 0x00e3 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE3S_SMBUS 0x00e4 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE3S_IDE 0x00e5 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_6 0x00e6 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_CK8S_AUDIO 0x00ea #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE3S_SATA2 0x00ee #define PCIE_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE_6800_ALT1 0x00f0 @@ -1176,7 +1166,6 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_SMBUS 0x01b4 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_IDE 0x01bc #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_MCP1_MODEM 0x01c1 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_1 0x01c3 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE2 0x01e0 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE3 0x0200 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE3_1 0x0201 @@ -1199,8 +1188,6 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP55_IDE 0x036E #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP55_SATA 0x037E #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP55_SATA2 0x037F -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_12 0x0268 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_13 0x0269 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE4_TI_4800 0x0280 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE4_TI_4800_8X 0x0281 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE4_TI_4800SE 0x0282 @@ -1247,46 +1234,21 @@ #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_GEFORCE_FX_GO5700_2 0x0348 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_QUADRO_FX_GO1000 0x034C #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_QUADRO_FX_1100 0x034E -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_14 0x0372 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_15 0x0373 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_16 0x03E5 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_17 0x03E6 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP61_SATA 0x03E7 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP61_SMBUS 0x03EB #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP61_IDE 0x03EC -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_18 0x03EE -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_19 0x03EF #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP61_SATA2 0x03F6 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP61_SATA3 0x03F7 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP65_SMBUS 0x0446 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP65_IDE 0x0448 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_20 0x0450 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_21 0x0451 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_22 0x0452 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_23 0x0453 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP67_SMBUS 0x0542 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_24 0x054C -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_25 0x054D -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_26 0x054E -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_27 0x054F -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_28 0x07DC -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_29 0x07DD -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_30 0x07DE -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_31 0x07DF #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP67_IDE 0x0560 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP73_IDE 0x056C #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP78S_SMBUS 0x0752 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP77_IDE 0x0759 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_32 0x0760 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_33 0x0761 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_34 0x0762 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_35 0x0763 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP73_SMBUS 0x07D8 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NFORCE_MCP79_SMBUS 0x0AA2 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_36 0x0AB0 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_37 0x0AB1 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_38 0x0AB2 -#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_NVIDIA_NVENET_39 0x0AB3 #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_IMS 0x10e0 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_IMS_TT128 0x9128 -- cgit v1.2.3 From eae3f29cc73f83cc3f1891d3ad40021b5172c630 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 5 Jun 2009 04:03:35 +0000 Subject: net: num_dma_maps is not used Get rid of num_dma_maps in struct skb_shared_info, as it seems unused. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 7305da92be8..7485058125e 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -194,9 +194,6 @@ struct skb_shared_info { unsigned short gso_type; __be32 ip6_frag_id; union skb_shared_tx tx_flags; -#ifdef CONFIG_HAS_DMA - unsigned int num_dma_maps; -#endif struct sk_buff *frag_list; struct skb_shared_hwtstamps hwtstamps; skb_frag_t frags[MAX_SKB_FRAGS]; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 042a53a9e437feaf2230dd2cadcecfae9c7bfe05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 5 Jun 2009 04:04:16 +0000 Subject: net: skb_shared_info optimization skb_dma_unmap() is quite expensive for small packets, because we use two different cache lines from skb_shared_info. One to access nr_frags, one to access dma_maps[0] Instead of dma_maps being an array of MAX_SKB_FRAGS + 1 elements, let dma_head alone in a new dma_head field, close to nr_frags, to reduce cache lines misses. Tested on my dev machine (bnx2 & tg3 adapters), nice speedup ! Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 7485058125e..aad484cd586 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -189,6 +189,9 @@ struct skb_shared_info { atomic_t dataref; unsigned short nr_frags; unsigned short gso_size; +#ifdef CONFIG_HAS_DMA + dma_addr_t dma_head; +#endif /* Warning: this field is not always filled in (UFO)! */ unsigned short gso_segs; unsigned short gso_type; @@ -198,7 +201,7 @@ struct skb_shared_info { struct skb_shared_hwtstamps hwtstamps; skb_frag_t frags[MAX_SKB_FRAGS]; #ifdef CONFIG_HAS_DMA - dma_addr_t dma_maps[MAX_SKB_FRAGS + 1]; + dma_addr_t dma_maps[MAX_SKB_FRAGS]; #endif /* Intermediate layers must ensure that destructor_arg * remains valid until skb destructor */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4e329972052c3649367b91de783f6293b8653cb2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tilman Schmidt Date: Sun, 7 Jun 2009 09:09:23 +0000 Subject: isdn: rename capi_ctr_reseted() to capi_ctr_down() Change the name of the Kernel CAPI exported function capi_ctr_reseted() to something representing its purpose better. Impact: renaming, no functional change Signed-off-by: Tilman Schmidt Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/isdn/capilli.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/isdn/capilli.h b/include/linux/isdn/capilli.h index 35e9b0fd014..7acb87a4487 100644 --- a/include/linux/isdn/capilli.h +++ b/include/linux/isdn/capilli.h @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ int attach_capi_ctr(struct capi_ctr *); int detach_capi_ctr(struct capi_ctr *); void capi_ctr_ready(struct capi_ctr * card); -void capi_ctr_reseted(struct capi_ctr * card); +void capi_ctr_down(struct capi_ctr * card); void capi_ctr_suspend_output(struct capi_ctr * card); void capi_ctr_resume_output(struct capi_ctr * card); void capi_ctr_handle_message(struct capi_ctr * card, u16 appl, struct sk_buff *skb); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8db4dc46dcff7568896aa1eae4bd07620ce3dd93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Gustavo F. Padovan" Date: Mon, 20 Apr 2009 01:31:05 -0300 Subject: Bluetooth: Use macros for L2CAP channel identifiers Use macros instead of hardcoded numbers to make the L2CAP source code more readable. Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann --- include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h index f566aa1f0a4..ed4ba913d94 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h @@ -106,6 +106,12 @@ struct l2cap_conn_rsp { __le16 status; } __attribute__ ((packed)); +/* channel indentifier */ +#define L2CAP_CID_SIGNALING 0x0001 +#define L2CAP_CID_CONN_LESS 0x0002 +#define L2CAP_CID_DYN_START 0x0040 +#define L2CAP_CID_DYN_END 0xffff + /* connect result */ #define L2CAP_CR_SUCCESS 0x0000 #define L2CAP_CR_PEND 0x0001 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 589d27464846c7cb758f93d9ee380c8ff05a161c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Gustavo F. Padovan" Date: Mon, 20 Apr 2009 01:31:07 -0300 Subject: Bluetooth: Use macro for L2CAP hint mask on receiving config request Using the L2CAP_CONF_HINT macro is easier to understand than using a hardcoded 0x80 value. Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann --- include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h index ed4ba913d94..300b63f0eec 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h @@ -149,6 +149,8 @@ struct l2cap_conf_opt { } __attribute__ ((packed)); #define L2CAP_CONF_OPT_SIZE 2 +#define L2CAP_CONF_HINT 0x80 + #define L2CAP_CONF_MTU 0x01 #define L2CAP_CONF_FLUSH_TO 0x02 #define L2CAP_CONF_QOS 0x03 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 47ec1dcd696d56a7c396e5838516a566ecd4b03d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Marcel Holtmann Date: Sat, 2 May 2009 18:57:55 -0700 Subject: Bluetooth: Add basic constants for L2CAP ERTM support and use them This adds the basic constants required to add support for L2CAP Enhanced Retransmission feature. Based on a patch from Nathan Holstein Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann --- include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h | 63 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------- 1 file changed, 42 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h index 300b63f0eec..e919fca1072 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h @@ -26,8 +26,13 @@ #define __L2CAP_H /* L2CAP defaults */ -#define L2CAP_DEFAULT_MTU 672 -#define L2CAP_DEFAULT_FLUSH_TO 0xFFFF +#define L2CAP_DEFAULT_MTU 672 +#define L2CAP_DEFAULT_FLUSH_TO 0xffff +#define L2CAP_DEFAULT_RX_WINDOW 1 +#define L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_RECEIVE 1 +#define L2CAP_DEFAULT_RETRANS_TO 300 /* 300 milliseconds */ +#define L2CAP_DEFAULT_MONITOR_TO 1000 /* 1 second */ +#define L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_RX_APDU 0xfff7 #define L2CAP_CONN_TIMEOUT (40000) /* 40 seconds */ #define L2CAP_INFO_TIMEOUT (4000) /* 4 seconds */ @@ -64,17 +69,29 @@ struct l2cap_conninfo { #define L2CAP_LM_SECURE 0x0020 /* L2CAP command codes */ -#define L2CAP_COMMAND_REJ 0x01 -#define L2CAP_CONN_REQ 0x02 -#define L2CAP_CONN_RSP 0x03 -#define L2CAP_CONF_REQ 0x04 -#define L2CAP_CONF_RSP 0x05 -#define L2CAP_DISCONN_REQ 0x06 -#define L2CAP_DISCONN_RSP 0x07 -#define L2CAP_ECHO_REQ 0x08 -#define L2CAP_ECHO_RSP 0x09 -#define L2CAP_INFO_REQ 0x0a -#define L2CAP_INFO_RSP 0x0b +#define L2CAP_COMMAND_REJ 0x01 +#define L2CAP_CONN_REQ 0x02 +#define L2CAP_CONN_RSP 0x03 +#define L2CAP_CONF_REQ 0x04 +#define L2CAP_CONF_RSP 0x05 +#define L2CAP_DISCONN_REQ 0x06 +#define L2CAP_DISCONN_RSP 0x07 +#define L2CAP_ECHO_REQ 0x08 +#define L2CAP_ECHO_RSP 0x09 +#define L2CAP_INFO_REQ 0x0a +#define L2CAP_INFO_RSP 0x0b + +/* L2CAP feature mask */ +#define L2CAP_FEAT_FLOWCTL 0x00000001 +#define L2CAP_FEAT_RETRANS 0x00000002 +#define L2CAP_FEAT_ERTM 0x00000008 +#define L2CAP_FEAT_STREAMING 0x00000010 +#define L2CAP_FEAT_FCS 0x00000020 +#define L2CAP_FEAT_FIXED_CHAN 0x00000080 + +/* L2CAP checksum option */ +#define L2CAP_FCS_NONE 0x00 +#define L2CAP_FCS_CRC16 0x01 /* L2CAP structures */ struct l2cap_hdr { @@ -113,16 +130,16 @@ struct l2cap_conn_rsp { #define L2CAP_CID_DYN_END 0xffff /* connect result */ -#define L2CAP_CR_SUCCESS 0x0000 -#define L2CAP_CR_PEND 0x0001 -#define L2CAP_CR_BAD_PSM 0x0002 -#define L2CAP_CR_SEC_BLOCK 0x0003 -#define L2CAP_CR_NO_MEM 0x0004 +#define L2CAP_CR_SUCCESS 0x0000 +#define L2CAP_CR_PEND 0x0001 +#define L2CAP_CR_BAD_PSM 0x0002 +#define L2CAP_CR_SEC_BLOCK 0x0003 +#define L2CAP_CR_NO_MEM 0x0004 /* connect status */ -#define L2CAP_CS_NO_INFO 0x0000 -#define L2CAP_CS_AUTHEN_PEND 0x0001 -#define L2CAP_CS_AUTHOR_PEND 0x0002 +#define L2CAP_CS_NO_INFO 0x0000 +#define L2CAP_CS_AUTHEN_PEND 0x0001 +#define L2CAP_CS_AUTHOR_PEND 0x0002 struct l2cap_conf_req { __le16 dcid; @@ -150,11 +167,13 @@ struct l2cap_conf_opt { #define L2CAP_CONF_OPT_SIZE 2 #define L2CAP_CONF_HINT 0x80 +#define L2CAP_CONF_MASK 0x7f #define L2CAP_CONF_MTU 0x01 #define L2CAP_CONF_FLUSH_TO 0x02 #define L2CAP_CONF_QOS 0x03 #define L2CAP_CONF_RFC 0x04 +#define L2CAP_CONF_FCS 0x05 #define L2CAP_CONF_MAX_SIZE 22 @@ -170,6 +189,8 @@ struct l2cap_conf_rfc { #define L2CAP_MODE_BASIC 0x00 #define L2CAP_MODE_RETRANS 0x01 #define L2CAP_MODE_FLOWCTL 0x02 +#define L2CAP_MODE_ERTM 0x03 +#define L2CAP_MODE_STREAM 0x04 struct l2cap_disconn_req { __le16 dcid; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b4324b5dc5b62ba76372e1bf8927230cf744df66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Marcel Holtmann Date: Sun, 7 Jun 2009 18:06:51 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Remove pointless endian conversion helpers The Bluetooth source uses some endian conversion helpers, that in the end translate to kernel standard routines. So remove this obfuscation since it is fully pointless. Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann --- include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h | 6 ------ 1 file changed, 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h b/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h index 3ad5390a4dd..cf8bcb25533 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h @@ -81,12 +81,6 @@ enum { BT_CLOSED }; -/* Endianness conversions */ -#define htobs(a) __cpu_to_le16(a) -#define htobl(a) __cpu_to_le32(a) -#define btohs(a) __le16_to_cpu(a) -#define btohl(a) __le32_to_cpu(a) - /* BD Address */ typedef struct { __u8 b[6]; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 611b30f74b5d8ca036a9923b3bf6e0ee10a21a53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Marcel Holtmann Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 14:41:38 +0200 Subject: Bluetooth: Add native RFKILL soft-switch support for all devices With the re-write of the RFKILL subsystem it is now possible to easily integrate RFKILL soft-switch support into the Bluetooth subsystem. All Bluetooth devices will now get automatically RFKILL support. Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann --- include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h index 73aead222b3..c4ca4228b08 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/hci_core.h @@ -137,6 +137,8 @@ struct hci_dev { struct device *parent; struct device dev; + struct rfkill *rfkill; + struct module *owner; int (*open)(struct hci_dev *hdev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From f87fb666bb00a7afcbd7992d236e42ac544996f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jan Kasprzak Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 15:53:43 +0200 Subject: netfilter: nf_ct_icmp: keep the ICMP ct entries longer Current conntrack code kills the ICMP conntrack entry as soon as the first reply is received. This is incorrect, as we then see only the first ICMP echo reply out of several possible duplicates as ESTABLISHED, while the rest will be INVALID. Also this unnecessarily increases the conntrackd traffic on H-A firewalls. Make all the ICMP conntrack entries (including the replied ones) last for the default of nf_conntrack_icmp{,v6}_timeout seconds. Signed-off-by: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/net/netfilter/ipv4/nf_conntrack_icmp.h | 11 ----------- include/net/netfilter/ipv6/nf_conntrack_icmpv6.h | 7 ------- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h | 3 --- 3 files changed, 21 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/net/netfilter/ipv4/nf_conntrack_icmp.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/ipv4/nf_conntrack_icmp.h b/include/net/netfilter/ipv4/nf_conntrack_icmp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3dd22cff23e..00000000000 --- a/include/net/netfilter/ipv4/nf_conntrack_icmp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _NF_CONNTRACK_ICMP_H -#define _NF_CONNTRACK_ICMP_H -/* ICMP tracking. */ -#include - -struct ip_ct_icmp -{ - /* Optimization: when number in == number out, forget immediately. */ - atomic_t count; -}; -#endif /* _NF_CONNTRACK_ICMP_H */ diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/ipv6/nf_conntrack_icmpv6.h b/include/net/netfilter/ipv6/nf_conntrack_icmpv6.h index 86591afda29..67edd50a398 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/ipv6/nf_conntrack_icmpv6.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/ipv6/nf_conntrack_icmpv6.h @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ #ifndef _NF_CONNTRACK_ICMPV6_H #define _NF_CONNTRACK_ICMPV6_H -#include #ifndef ICMPV6_NI_QUERY #define ICMPV6_NI_QUERY 139 @@ -18,10 +17,4 @@ #define ICMPV6_NI_REPLY 140 #endif -struct nf_ct_icmpv6 -{ - /* Optimization: when number in == number out, forget immediately. */ - atomic_t count; -}; - #endif /* _NF_CONNTRACK_ICMPV6_H */ diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h index 2ba36dd33ae..2b877374242 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h @@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ #include #include #include -#include #include #include @@ -34,8 +33,6 @@ union nf_conntrack_proto { struct nf_ct_dccp dccp; struct ip_ct_sctp sctp; struct ip_ct_tcp tcp; - struct ip_ct_icmp icmp; - struct nf_ct_icmpv6 icmpv6; struct nf_ct_gre gre; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 11eeef41d5f63c7d2f7fdfcc733eb7fb137cc384 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Evgeniy Polyakov Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 17:01:51 +0200 Subject: netfilter: passive OS fingerprint xtables match Passive OS fingerprinting netfilter module allows to passively detect remote OS and perform various netfilter actions based on that knowledge. This module compares some data (WS, MSS, options and it's order, ttl, df and others) from packets with SYN bit set with dynamically loaded OS fingerprints. Fingerprint matching rules can be downloaded from OpenBSD source tree or found in archive and loaded via netfilter netlink subsystem into the kernel via special util found in archive. Archive contains library file (also attached), which was shipped with iptables extensions some time ago (at least when ipt_osf existed in patch-o-matic). Following changes were made in this release: * added NLM_F_CREATE/NLM_F_EXCL checks * dropped _rcu list traversing helpers in the protected add/remove calls * dropped unneded structures, debug prints, obscure comment and check Fingerprints can be downloaded from http://www.openbsd.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb/src/etc/pf.os or can be found in archive Example usage: -d switch removes fingerprints Please consider for inclusion. Thank you. Passive OS fingerprint homepage (archives, examples): http://www.ioremap.net/projects/osf Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Polyakov Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/linux/netfilter/Kbuild | 1 + include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h | 3 +- include/linux/netfilter/xt_osf.h | 133 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 3 files changed, 136 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) create mode 100644 include/linux/netfilter/xt_osf.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/Kbuild b/include/linux/netfilter/Kbuild index af9d2fb9721..2aea50399c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter/Kbuild +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/Kbuild @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ header-y += xt_limit.h header-y += xt_mac.h header-y += xt_mark.h header-y += xt_multiport.h +header-y += xt_osf.h header-y += xt_owner.h header-y += xt_pkttype.h header-y += xt_quota.h diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h b/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h index 2214e516146..bff4d5741d9 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink.h @@ -46,7 +46,8 @@ struct nfgenmsg { #define NFNL_SUBSYS_CTNETLINK_EXP 2 #define NFNL_SUBSYS_QUEUE 3 #define NFNL_SUBSYS_ULOG 4 -#define NFNL_SUBSYS_COUNT 5 +#define NFNL_SUBSYS_OSF 5 +#define NFNL_SUBSYS_COUNT 6 #ifdef __KERNEL__ diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/xt_osf.h b/include/linux/netfilter/xt_osf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fd2272e0959 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/xt_osf.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003+ Evgeniy Polyakov + * + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + */ + +#ifndef _XT_OSF_H +#define _XT_OSF_H + +#define MAXGENRELEN 32 + +#define XT_OSF_GENRE (1<<0) +#define XT_OSF_TTL (1<<1) +#define XT_OSF_LOG (1<<2) +#define XT_OSF_INVERT (1<<3) + +#define XT_OSF_LOGLEVEL_ALL 0 /* log all matched fingerprints */ +#define XT_OSF_LOGLEVEL_FIRST 1 /* log only the first matced fingerprint */ +#define XT_OSF_LOGLEVEL_ALL_KNOWN 2 /* do not log unknown packets */ + +#define XT_OSF_TTL_TRUE 0 /* True ip and fingerprint TTL comparison */ +#define XT_OSF_TTL_LESS 1 /* Check if ip TTL is less than fingerprint one */ +#define XT_OSF_TTL_NOCHECK 2 /* Do not compare ip and fingerprint TTL at all */ + +struct xt_osf_info { + char genre[MAXGENRELEN]; + __u32 len; + __u32 flags; + __u32 loglevel; + __u32 ttl; +}; + +/* + * Wildcard MSS (kind of). + * It is used to implement a state machine for the different wildcard values + * of the MSS and window sizes. + */ +struct xt_osf_wc { + __u32 wc; + __u32 val; +}; + +/* + * This struct represents IANA options + * http://www.iana.org/assignments/tcp-parameters + */ +struct xt_osf_opt { + __u16 kind, length; + struct xt_osf_wc wc; +}; + +struct xt_osf_user_finger { + struct xt_osf_wc wss; + + __u8 ttl, df; + __u16 ss, mss; + __u16 opt_num; + + char genre[MAXGENRELEN]; + char version[MAXGENRELEN]; + char subtype[MAXGENRELEN]; + + /* MAX_IPOPTLEN is maximum if all options are NOPs or EOLs */ + struct xt_osf_opt opt[MAX_IPOPTLEN]; +}; + +struct xt_osf_nlmsg { + struct xt_osf_user_finger f; + struct iphdr ip; + struct tcphdr tcp; +}; + +/* Defines for IANA option kinds */ + +enum iana_options { + OSFOPT_EOL = 0, /* End of options */ + OSFOPT_NOP, /* NOP */ + OSFOPT_MSS, /* Maximum segment size */ + OSFOPT_WSO, /* Window scale option */ + OSFOPT_SACKP, /* SACK permitted */ + OSFOPT_SACK, /* SACK */ + OSFOPT_ECHO, + OSFOPT_ECHOREPLY, + OSFOPT_TS, /* Timestamp option */ + OSFOPT_POCP, /* Partial Order Connection Permitted */ + OSFOPT_POSP, /* Partial Order Service Profile */ + + /* Others are not used in the current OSF */ + OSFOPT_EMPTY = 255, +}; + +/* + * Initial window size option state machine: multiple of mss, mtu or + * plain numeric value. Can also be made as plain numeric value which + * is not a multiple of specified value. + */ +enum xt_osf_window_size_options { + OSF_WSS_PLAIN = 0, + OSF_WSS_MSS, + OSF_WSS_MTU, + OSF_WSS_MODULO, + OSF_WSS_MAX, +}; + +/* + * Add/remove fingerprint from the kernel. + */ +enum xt_osf_msg_types { + OSF_MSG_ADD, + OSF_MSG_REMOVE, + OSF_MSG_MAX, +}; + +enum xt_osf_attr_type { + OSF_ATTR_UNSPEC, + OSF_ATTR_FINGER, + OSF_ATTR_MAX, +}; + +#endif /* _XT_OSF_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 05f77f85f47e30a53f7971b687f3b0250e42f665 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 16:16:56 -0700 Subject: bluetooth: Kill skb_frags_no(), unused. Furthermore, it twiddles with the details of SKB list handling directly, which we're trying to eliminate. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h | 9 --------- 1 file changed, 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h b/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h index 3ad5390a4dd..144d1d5dd82 100644 --- a/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h +++ b/include/net/bluetooth/bluetooth.h @@ -171,15 +171,6 @@ static inline struct sk_buff *bt_skb_send_alloc(struct sock *sk, unsigned long l return skb; } -static inline int skb_frags_no(struct sk_buff *skb) -{ - register struct sk_buff *frag = skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list; - register int n = 1; - - for (; frag; frag=frag->next, n++); - return n; -} - int bt_err(__u16 code); extern int hci_sock_init(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From ee0398717078260ee4ffa97d407071bc774e2dac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 9 Jun 2009 00:17:13 -0700 Subject: skbuff: Add frag list abstraction interfaces. With the hope that these can be used to eliminate direct references to the frag list implementation. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 21 ++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index aad484cd586..f1c93b878b3 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ extern void skb_add_rx_frag(struct sk_buff *skb, int i, struct page *page, int off, int size); #define SKB_PAGE_ASSERT(skb) BUG_ON(skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags) -#define SKB_FRAG_ASSERT(skb) BUG_ON(skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list) +#define SKB_FRAG_ASSERT(skb) BUG_ON(skb_has_frags(skb)) #define SKB_LINEAR_ASSERT(skb) BUG_ON(skb_is_nonlinear(skb)) #ifdef NET_SKBUFF_DATA_USES_OFFSET @@ -1716,6 +1716,25 @@ static inline int pskb_trim_rcsum(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int len) skb = skb->prev) +static inline bool skb_has_frags(const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list != NULL; +} + +static inline void skb_frag_list_init(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list = NULL; +} + +static inline void skb_frag_add_head(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff *frag) +{ + frag->next = skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list; + skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list = frag; +} + +#define skb_walk_frags(skb, iter) \ + for (iter = skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list; iter; iter = iter->next) + extern struct sk_buff *__skb_recv_datagram(struct sock *sk, unsigned flags, int *peeked, int *err); extern struct sk_buff *skb_recv_datagram(struct sock *sk, unsigned flags, -- cgit v1.2.3 From a5bd8a13e9e0322c7f76b34790ba34e2e0ce2ac5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Tue, 9 Jun 2009 00:17:27 -0700 Subject: netdevice.h: Use frag list abstraction interfaces. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 2a801380b50..9ea8d6dfe54 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ static inline int net_gso_ok(int features, int gso_type) static inline int skb_gso_ok(struct sk_buff *skb, int features) { return net_gso_ok(features, skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_type) && - (!skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list || (features & NETIF_F_FRAGLIST)); + (!skb_has_frags(skb) || (features & NETIF_F_FRAGLIST)); } static inline int netif_needs_gso(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 728bf09827d350cdaa1f093170e745e8dac49b7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jarek Poplawski Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 22:05:00 +0000 Subject: pkt_sched: Use PSCHED_SHIFT in PSCHED time conversion Use PSCHED_SHIFT constant instead of '10' in PSCHED_US2NS() and PSCHED_NS2US() macros to enable changing this value later. Additionally use PSCHED_SHIFT in sch_hfsc SM_SHIFT and ISM_SHIFT definitions. This part of the patch is based on feedback from Patrick McHardy . Reported-by: Antonio Almeida Tested-by: Antonio Almeida Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/pkt_sched.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/pkt_sched.h b/include/net/pkt_sched.h index e37fe3129c1..cd0e026d4f6 100644 --- a/include/net/pkt_sched.h +++ b/include/net/pkt_sched.h @@ -42,8 +42,9 @@ typedef u64 psched_time_t; typedef long psched_tdiff_t; /* Avoid doing 64 bit divide by 1000 */ -#define PSCHED_US2NS(x) ((s64)(x) << 10) -#define PSCHED_NS2US(x) ((x) >> 10) +#define PSCHED_SHIFT 10 +#define PSCHED_US2NS(x) ((s64)(x) << PSCHED_SHIFT) +#define PSCHED_NS2US(x) ((x) >> PSCHED_SHIFT) #define PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC PSCHED_NS2US(NSEC_PER_SEC) #define PSCHED_PASTPERFECT 0 -- cgit v1.2.3 From a4a710c4a7490587406462bf1d54504b7783d7d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jarek Poplawski Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 22:05:13 +0000 Subject: pkt_sched: Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to 6 Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to 6 to increase schedulers time resolution. This will increase 16x a number of (internal) ticks per nanosecond, and is needed to improve accuracy of schedulers based on rate tables, like HTB, TBF or CBQ, with rates above 100Mbit. It is assumed this change is safe for 32bit accounting of time diffs up to 2 minutes, which should be enough for common use (extremely low rate values may overflow, so get inaccurate instead). To make full use of this change an updated iproute2 will be needed. (But using older iproute2 should be safe too.) This change breaks ticks - microseconds similarity, so some minor code fixes might be needed. It is also planned to change naming adequately eg. to PSCHED_TICKS2NS() etc. in the near future. Reported-by: Antonio Almeida Tested-by: Antonio Almeida Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/pkt_sched.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/pkt_sched.h b/include/net/pkt_sched.h index cd0e026d4f6..120935b2abd 100644 --- a/include/net/pkt_sched.h +++ b/include/net/pkt_sched.h @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ static inline void *qdisc_priv(struct Qdisc *q) typedef u64 psched_time_t; typedef long psched_tdiff_t; -/* Avoid doing 64 bit divide by 1000 */ -#define PSCHED_SHIFT 10 +/* Avoid doing 64 bit divide */ +#define PSCHED_SHIFT 6 #define PSCHED_US2NS(x) ((s64)(x) << PSCHED_SHIFT) #define PSCHED_NS2US(x) ((x) >> PSCHED_SHIFT) -- cgit v1.2.3 From fcb94e422479da52ed90bab230c59617a0462416 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sergey Lapin Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 12:18:47 +0000 Subject: Add constants for the ieee 802.15.4 stack IEEE 802.15.4 stack requires several constants to be defined/adjusted. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_arp.h | 2 ++ include/linux/if_ether.h | 1 + include/linux/socket.h | 4 +++- 3 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/if_arp.h b/include/linux/if_arp.h index 5ff89809a58..b554300ef8b 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_arp.h +++ b/include/linux/if_arp.h @@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ #define ARPHRD_IEEE80211 801 /* IEEE 802.11 */ #define ARPHRD_IEEE80211_PRISM 802 /* IEEE 802.11 + Prism2 header */ #define ARPHRD_IEEE80211_RADIOTAP 803 /* IEEE 802.11 + radiotap header */ +#define ARPHRD_IEEE802154 804 +#define ARPHRD_IEEE802154_PHY 805 #define ARPHRD_PHONET 820 /* PhoNet media type */ #define ARPHRD_PHONET_PIPE 821 /* PhoNet pipe header */ diff --git a/include/linux/if_ether.h b/include/linux/if_ether.h index cfe4fe1b713..11a60e4f0a6 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_ether.h +++ b/include/linux/if_ether.h @@ -106,6 +106,7 @@ #define ETH_P_DSA 0x001B /* Distributed Switch Arch. */ #define ETH_P_TRAILER 0x001C /* Trailer switch tagging */ #define ETH_P_PHONET 0x00F5 /* Nokia Phonet frames */ +#define ETH_P_IEEE802154 0x00F6 /* IEEE802.15.4 frame */ /* * This is an Ethernet frame header. diff --git a/include/linux/socket.h b/include/linux/socket.h index d2310cb45d2..3b461dffe24 100644 --- a/include/linux/socket.h +++ b/include/linux/socket.h @@ -194,7 +194,8 @@ struct ucred { #define AF_RXRPC 33 /* RxRPC sockets */ #define AF_ISDN 34 /* mISDN sockets */ #define AF_PHONET 35 /* Phonet sockets */ -#define AF_MAX 36 /* For now.. */ +#define AF_IEEE802154 36 /* IEEE802154 sockets */ +#define AF_MAX 37 /* For now.. */ /* Protocol families, same as address families. */ #define PF_UNSPEC AF_UNSPEC @@ -233,6 +234,7 @@ struct ucred { #define PF_RXRPC AF_RXRPC #define PF_ISDN AF_ISDN #define PF_PHONET AF_PHONET +#define PF_IEEE802154 AF_IEEE802154 #define PF_MAX AF_MAX /* Maximum queue length specifiable by listen. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9ec7671603573ede31207eb5b0b3e1aa211b2854 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sergey Lapin Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 12:18:48 +0000 Subject: net: add IEEE 802.15.4 socket family implementation Add support for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks. This implementation is neither certified nor complete, but aims to that goal. This commit contains only the socket interface for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks. One can either send RAW datagrams or use SOCK_DGRAM to encapsulate data inside normal IEEE 802.15.4 packets. Configuration interface, drivers and software MAC 802.15.4 implementation will follow. Initial implementation was done by Maxim Gorbachyov, Maxim Osipov and Pavel Smolensky as a research project at Siemens AG. Later the stack was heavily reworked to better suit the linux networking model, and is now maitained as an open project partially sponsored by Siemens. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/ieee802154/af_ieee802154.h | 60 +++++++++++++ include/net/ieee802154/mac_def.h | 160 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/ieee802154/netdevice.h | 115 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ 3 files changed, 335 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/net/ieee802154/af_ieee802154.h create mode 100644 include/net/ieee802154/mac_def.h create mode 100644 include/net/ieee802154/netdevice.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/ieee802154/af_ieee802154.h b/include/net/ieee802154/af_ieee802154.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0d78605fb1a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/ieee802154/af_ieee802154.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * IEEE 802.15.4 inteface for userspace + * + * Copyright 2007, 2008 Siemens AG + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 + * as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + * + * Written by: + * Sergey Lapin + * Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov + */ + +#ifndef _AF_IEEE802154_H +#define _AF_IEEE802154_H + +#include /* for sa_family_t */ + +enum { + IEEE802154_ADDR_NONE = 0x0, + /* RESERVED = 0x01, */ + IEEE802154_ADDR_SHORT = 0x2, /* 16-bit address + PANid */ + IEEE802154_ADDR_LONG = 0x3, /* 64-bit address + PANid */ +}; + +/* address length, octets */ +#define IEEE802154_ADDR_LEN 8 + +struct ieee802154_addr { + int addr_type; + u16 pan_id; + union { + u8 hwaddr[IEEE802154_ADDR_LEN]; + u16 short_addr; + }; +}; + +#define IEEE802154_PANID_BROADCAST 0xffff +#define IEEE802154_ADDR_BROADCAST 0xffff +#define IEEE802154_ADDR_UNDEF 0xfffe + +struct sockaddr_ieee802154 { + sa_family_t family; /* AF_IEEE802154 */ + struct ieee802154_addr addr; +}; + +/* master device */ +#define IEEE802154_SIOC_ADD_SLAVE (SIOCDEVPRIVATE + 0) + +#endif diff --git a/include/net/ieee802154/mac_def.h b/include/net/ieee802154/mac_def.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8cb68463565 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/ieee802154/mac_def.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* + * IEEE802.15.4-2003 specification + * + * Copyright (C) 2007, 2008 Siemens AG + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 + * as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + * + * Written by: + * Pavel Smolenskiy + * Maxim Gorbachyov + * Maxim Osipov + * Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov + */ + +#ifndef IEEE802154_MAC_DEF_H +#define IEEE802154_MAC_DEF_H + +#define IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_BEACON 0x0 /* Frame is beacon */ +#define IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_DATA 0x1 /* Frame is data */ +#define IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_ACK 0x2 /* Frame is acknowledgment */ +#define IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_MAC_CMD 0x3 /* Frame is MAC command */ + +#define IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_SHIFT 0 +#define IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_MASK ((1 << 3) - 1) +#define IEEE802154_FC_TYPE(x) ((x & IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_MASK) >> IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_SHIFT) +#define IEEE802154_FC_SET_TYPE(v, x) do { \ + v = (((v) & ~IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_MASK) | \ + (((x) << IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_SHIFT) & IEEE802154_FC_TYPE_MASK)); \ + } while (0) + +#define IEEE802154_FC_SECEN (1 << 3) +#define IEEE802154_FC_FRPEND (1 << 4) +#define IEEE802154_FC_ACK_REQ (1 << 5) +#define IEEE802154_FC_INTRA_PAN (1 << 6) + +#define IEEE802154_FC_SAMODE_SHIFT 14 +#define IEEE802154_FC_SAMODE_MASK (3 << IEEE802154_FC_SAMODE_SHIFT) +#define IEEE802154_FC_DAMODE_SHIFT 10 +#define IEEE802154_FC_DAMODE_MASK (3 << IEEE802154_FC_DAMODE_SHIFT) + +#define IEEE802154_FC_SAMODE(x) \ + (((x) & IEEE802154_FC_SAMODE_MASK) >> IEEE802154_FC_SAMODE_SHIFT) + +#define IEEE802154_FC_DAMODE(x) \ + (((x) & IEEE802154_FC_DAMODE_MASK) >> IEEE802154_FC_DAMODE_SHIFT) + + +/* MAC's Command Frames Identifiers */ +#define IEEE802154_CMD_ASSOCIATION_REQ 0x01 +#define IEEE802154_CMD_ASSOCIATION_RESP 0x02 +#define IEEE802154_CMD_DISASSOCIATION_NOTIFY 0x03 +#define IEEE802154_CMD_DATA_REQ 0x04 +#define IEEE802154_CMD_PANID_CONFLICT_NOTIFY 0x05 +#define IEEE802154_CMD_ORPHAN_NOTIFY 0x06 +#define IEEE802154_CMD_BEACON_REQ 0x07 +#define IEEE802154_CMD_COORD_REALIGN_NOTIFY 0x08 +#define IEEE802154_CMD_GTS_REQ 0x09 + +/* + * The return values of MAC operations + */ +enum { + /* + * The requested operation was completed successfully. + * For a transmission request, this value indicates + * a successful transmission. + */ + IEEE802154_SUCCESS = 0x0, + + /* The beacon was lost following a synchronization request. */ + IEEE802154_BEACON_LOSS = 0xe0, + /* + * A transmission could not take place due to activity on the + * channel, i.e., the CSMA-CA mechanism has failed. + */ + IEEE802154_CHNL_ACCESS_FAIL = 0xe1, + /* The GTS request has been denied by the PAN coordinator. */ + IEEE802154_DENINED = 0xe2, + /* The attempt to disable the transceiver has failed. */ + IEEE802154_DISABLE_TRX_FAIL = 0xe3, + /* + * The received frame induces a failed security check according to + * the security suite. + */ + IEEE802154_FAILED_SECURITY_CHECK = 0xe4, + /* + * The frame resulting from secure processing has a length that is + * greater than aMACMaxFrameSize. + */ + IEEE802154_FRAME_TOO_LONG = 0xe5, + /* + * The requested GTS transmission failed because the specified GTS + * either did not have a transmit GTS direction or was not defined. + */ + IEEE802154_INVALID_GTS = 0xe6, + /* + * A request to purge an MSDU from the transaction queue was made using + * an MSDU handle that was not found in the transaction table. + */ + IEEE802154_INVALID_HANDLE = 0xe7, + /* A parameter in the primitive is out of the valid range.*/ + IEEE802154_INVALID_PARAMETER = 0xe8, + /* No acknowledgment was received after aMaxFrameRetries. */ + IEEE802154_NO_ACK = 0xe9, + /* A scan operation failed to find any network beacons.*/ + IEEE802154_NO_BEACON = 0xea, + /* No response data were available following a request. */ + IEEE802154_NO_DATA = 0xeb, + /* The operation failed because a short address was not allocated. */ + IEEE802154_NO_SHORT_ADDRESS = 0xec, + /* + * A receiver enable request was unsuccessful because it could not be + * completed within the CAP. + */ + IEEE802154_OUT_OF_CAP = 0xed, + /* + * A PAN identifier conflict has been detected and communicated to the + * PAN coordinator. + */ + IEEE802154_PANID_CONFLICT = 0xee, + /* A coordinator realignment command has been received. */ + IEEE802154_REALIGMENT = 0xef, + /* The transaction has expired and its information discarded. */ + IEEE802154_TRANSACTION_EXPIRED = 0xf0, + /* There is no capacity to store the transaction. */ + IEEE802154_TRANSACTION_OVERFLOW = 0xf1, + /* + * The transceiver was in the transmitter enabled state when the + * receiver was requested to be enabled. + */ + IEEE802154_TX_ACTIVE = 0xf2, + /* The appropriate key is not available in the ACL. */ + IEEE802154_UNAVAILABLE_KEY = 0xf3, + /* + * A SET/GET request was issued with the identifier of a PIB attribute + * that is not supported. + */ + IEEE802154_UNSUPPORTED_ATTR = 0xf4, + /* + * A request to perform a scan operation failed because the MLME was + * in the process of performing a previously initiated scan operation. + */ + IEEE802154_SCAN_IN_PROGRESS = 0xfc, +}; + + +#endif + + diff --git a/include/net/ieee802154/netdevice.h b/include/net/ieee802154/netdevice.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e2506af3e7c --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/ieee802154/netdevice.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * An interface between IEEE802.15.4 device and rest of the kernel. + * + * Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009 Siemens AG + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 + * as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + * + * Written by: + * Pavel Smolenskiy + * Maxim Gorbachyov + * Maxim Osipov + * Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov + */ + +#ifndef IEEE802154_NETDEVICE_H +#define IEEE802154_NETDEVICE_H + +/* + * A control block of skb passed between the ARPHRD_IEEE802154 device + * and other stack parts. + */ +struct ieee802154_mac_cb { + u8 lqi; + struct ieee802154_addr sa; + struct ieee802154_addr da; + u8 flags; + u8 seq; +}; + +static inline struct ieee802154_mac_cb *mac_cb(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return (struct ieee802154_mac_cb *)skb->cb; +} + +#define MAC_CB_FLAG_TYPEMASK ((1 << 3) - 1) + +#define MAC_CB_FLAG_ACKREQ (1 << 3) +#define MAC_CB_FLAG_SECEN (1 << 4) +#define MAC_CB_FLAG_INTRAPAN (1 << 5) + +static inline int mac_cb_is_ackreq(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return mac_cb(skb)->flags & MAC_CB_FLAG_ACKREQ; +} + +static inline int mac_cb_is_secen(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return mac_cb(skb)->flags & MAC_CB_FLAG_SECEN; +} + +static inline int mac_cb_is_intrapan(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return mac_cb(skb)->flags & MAC_CB_FLAG_INTRAPAN; +} + +static inline int mac_cb_type(struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return mac_cb(skb)->flags & MAC_CB_FLAG_TYPEMASK; +} + +#define IEEE802154_MAC_SCAN_ED 0 +#define IEEE802154_MAC_SCAN_ACTIVE 1 +#define IEEE802154_MAC_SCAN_PASSIVE 2 +#define IEEE802154_MAC_SCAN_ORPHAN 3 + +/* + * This should be located at net_device->ml_priv + */ +struct ieee802154_mlme_ops { + int (*assoc_req)(struct net_device *dev, + struct ieee802154_addr *addr, + u8 channel, u8 cap); + int (*assoc_resp)(struct net_device *dev, + struct ieee802154_addr *addr, + u16 short_addr, u8 status); + int (*disassoc_req)(struct net_device *dev, + struct ieee802154_addr *addr, + u8 reason); + int (*start_req)(struct net_device *dev, + struct ieee802154_addr *addr, + u8 channel, u8 bcn_ord, u8 sf_ord, + u8 pan_coord, u8 blx, u8 coord_realign); + int (*scan_req)(struct net_device *dev, + u8 type, u32 channels, u8 duration); + + /* + * FIXME: these should become the part of PIB/MIB interface. + * However we still don't have IB interface of any kind + */ + u16 (*get_pan_id)(struct net_device *dev); + u16 (*get_short_addr)(struct net_device *dev); + u8 (*get_dsn)(struct net_device *dev); + u8 (*get_bsn)(struct net_device *dev); +}; + +static inline struct ieee802154_mlme_ops *ieee802154_mlme_ops( + struct net_device *dev) +{ + return dev->ml_priv; +} + +#endif + + -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2c21d11518b688cd4c8e7ddfcd4ba41482ad075b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sergey Lapin Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 12:18:49 +0000 Subject: net: add NL802154 interface for configuration of 802.15.4 devices Add a netlink interface for configuration of IEEE 802.15.4 device. Also this interface specifies events notification sent by devices towards higher layers. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/nl802154.h | 119 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/net/ieee802154/nl802154.h | 41 +++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 160 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/nl802154.h create mode 100644 include/net/ieee802154/nl802154.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nl802154.h b/include/linux/nl802154.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2cda00ccfcc --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/nl802154.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/* + * nl802154.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009 Siemens AG + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 + * as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + * + */ + +#ifndef NL802154_H +#define NL802154_H + +#define IEEE802154_NL_NAME "802.15.4 MAC" +#define IEEE802154_MCAST_COORD_NAME "coordinator" +#define IEEE802154_MCAST_BEACON_NAME "beacon" + +enum { + __IEEE802154_ATTR_INVALID, + + IEEE802154_ATTR_DEV_NAME, + IEEE802154_ATTR_DEV_INDEX, + + IEEE802154_ATTR_STATUS, + + IEEE802154_ATTR_SHORT_ADDR, + IEEE802154_ATTR_HW_ADDR, + IEEE802154_ATTR_PAN_ID, + + IEEE802154_ATTR_CHANNEL, + + IEEE802154_ATTR_COORD_SHORT_ADDR, + IEEE802154_ATTR_COORD_HW_ADDR, + IEEE802154_ATTR_COORD_PAN_ID, + + IEEE802154_ATTR_SRC_SHORT_ADDR, + IEEE802154_ATTR_SRC_HW_ADDR, + IEEE802154_ATTR_SRC_PAN_ID, + + IEEE802154_ATTR_DEST_SHORT_ADDR, + IEEE802154_ATTR_DEST_HW_ADDR, + IEEE802154_ATTR_DEST_PAN_ID, + + IEEE802154_ATTR_CAPABILITY, + IEEE802154_ATTR_REASON, + IEEE802154_ATTR_SCAN_TYPE, + IEEE802154_ATTR_CHANNELS, + IEEE802154_ATTR_DURATION, + IEEE802154_ATTR_ED_LIST, + IEEE802154_ATTR_BCN_ORD, + IEEE802154_ATTR_SF_ORD, + IEEE802154_ATTR_PAN_COORD, + IEEE802154_ATTR_BAT_EXT, + IEEE802154_ATTR_COORD_REALIGN, + IEEE802154_ATTR_SEC, + + __IEEE802154_ATTR_MAX, +}; + +#define IEEE802154_ATTR_MAX (__IEEE802154_ATTR_MAX - 1) + +extern struct nla_policy ieee802154_policy[]; + +/* commands */ +/* REQ should be responded with CONF + * and INDIC with RESP + */ +enum { + __IEEE802154_COMMAND_INVALID, + + IEEE802154_ASSOCIATE_REQ, + IEEE802154_ASSOCIATE_CONF, + IEEE802154_DISASSOCIATE_REQ, + IEEE802154_DISASSOCIATE_CONF, + IEEE802154_GET_REQ, + IEEE802154_GET_CONF, + IEEE802154_RESET_REQ, + IEEE802154_RESET_CONF, + IEEE802154_SCAN_REQ, + IEEE802154_SCAN_CONF, + IEEE802154_SET_REQ, + IEEE802154_SET_CONF, + IEEE802154_START_REQ, + IEEE802154_START_CONF, + IEEE802154_SYNC_REQ, + IEEE802154_POLL_REQ, + IEEE802154_POLL_CONF, + + IEEE802154_ASSOCIATE_INDIC, + IEEE802154_ASSOCIATE_RESP, + IEEE802154_DISASSOCIATE_INDIC, + IEEE802154_BEACON_NOTIFY_INDIC, + IEEE802154_ORPHAN_INDIC, + IEEE802154_ORPHAN_RESP, + IEEE802154_COMM_STATUS_INDIC, + IEEE802154_SYNC_LOSS_INDIC, + + IEEE802154_GTS_REQ, /* Not supported yet */ + IEEE802154_GTS_INDIC, /* Not supported yet */ + IEEE802154_GTS_CONF, /* Not supported yet */ + IEEE802154_RX_ENABLE_REQ, /* Not supported yet */ + IEEE802154_RX_ENABLE_CONF, /* Not supported yet */ + + __IEEE802154_CMD_MAX, +}; + +#define IEEE802154_CMD_MAX (__IEEE802154_CMD_MAX - 1) + +#endif diff --git a/include/net/ieee802154/nl802154.h b/include/net/ieee802154/nl802154.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78efcdf52b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/net/ieee802154/nl802154.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * nl802154.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009 Siemens AG + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 + * as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + * + */ + +#ifndef IEEE802154_NL_H +#define IEEE802154_NL_H + +struct net_device; +struct ieee802154_addr; + +int ieee802154_nl_assoc_indic(struct net_device *dev, + struct ieee802154_addr *addr, u8 cap); +int ieee802154_nl_assoc_confirm(struct net_device *dev, + u16 short_addr, u8 status); +int ieee802154_nl_disassoc_indic(struct net_device *dev, + struct ieee802154_addr *addr, u8 reason); +int ieee802154_nl_disassoc_confirm(struct net_device *dev, + u8 status); +int ieee802154_nl_scan_confirm(struct net_device *dev, + u8 status, u8 scan_type, u32 unscanned, + u8 *edl/*, struct list_head *pan_desc_list */); +int ieee802154_nl_beacon_indic(struct net_device *dev, u16 panid, + u16 coord_addr); + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 18760f1e74e8dfe8f30d4891e66163d1e6feb893 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chaitanya Lala Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 14:28:54 +0000 Subject: e1000e: Expose MDI-X status via ethtool change Ethtool is a standard way of getting information about ethernet interfaces. We enhance ethtool kernel interface & e1000e to make the MDI-X status readable via ethtool in userspace. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Lala Signed-off-by: Arthur Jones Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ethtool.h | 8 +++++++- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ethtool.h b/include/linux/ethtool.h index 380b04272bf..9b660bd2e2b 100644 --- a/include/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/linux/ethtool.h @@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ struct ethtool_cmd { __u32 maxtxpkt; /* Tx pkts before generating tx int */ __u32 maxrxpkt; /* Rx pkts before generating rx int */ __u16 speed_hi; - __u16 reserved2; + __u8 eth_tp_mdix; + __u8 reserved2; __u32 lp_advertising; /* Features the link partner advertises */ __u32 reserved[2]; }; @@ -632,6 +633,11 @@ struct ethtool_ops { #define AUTONEG_DISABLE 0x00 #define AUTONEG_ENABLE 0x01 +/* Mode MDI or MDI-X */ +#define ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID 0x00 +#define ETH_TP_MDI 0x01 +#define ETH_TP_MDI_X 0x02 + /* Wake-On-Lan options. */ #define WAKE_PHY (1 << 0) #define WAKE_UCAST (1 << 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From a31e1ffd2231b8fdf7eda9ed750a4a0df9bcad4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Laszlo Attila Toth Date: Tue, 9 Jun 2009 15:16:34 +0200 Subject: netfilter: xt_socket: added new revision of the 'socket' match supporting flags If the XT_SOCKET_TRANSPARENT flag is set, enabled 'transparent' socket option is required for the socket to be matched. Signed-off-by: Laszlo Attila Toth Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/linux/netfilter/xt_socket.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/netfilter/xt_socket.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter/xt_socket.h b/include/linux/netfilter/xt_socket.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6f475b8ff34 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/netfilter/xt_socket.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#ifndef _XT_SOCKET_H +#define _XT_SOCKET_H + +enum { + XT_SOCKET_TRANSPARENT = 1 << 0, +}; + +struct xt_socket_mtinfo1 { + __u8 flags; +}; + +#endif /* _XT_SOCKET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From fd6c3a8dc44329d3aff9a578b5120982f63711ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jan Beulich Date: Thu, 12 Mar 2009 10:58:33 +0000 Subject: initconst adjustments - add .init.rodata to INIT_DATA, and group all initconst flavors together - move strings generated from __setup_param() into .init.rodata - add .*init.rodata to modpost's sets of init sections - make modpost warn about references between meminit and cpuinit as well as memexit and cpuexit sections (as CPU and memory hotplug are independently selectable features) Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg --- include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h | 5 +++-- include/linux/init.h | 3 ++- 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h b/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h index 89853bcd27a..3edb1149974 100644 --- a/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h +++ b/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h @@ -336,10 +336,11 @@ #define INIT_DATA \ *(.init.data) \ DEV_DISCARD(init.data) \ - DEV_DISCARD(init.rodata) \ CPU_DISCARD(init.data) \ - CPU_DISCARD(init.rodata) \ MEM_DISCARD(init.data) \ + *(.init.rodata) \ + DEV_DISCARD(init.rodata) \ + CPU_DISCARD(init.rodata) \ MEM_DISCARD(init.rodata) #define INIT_TEXT \ diff --git a/include/linux/init.h b/include/linux/init.h index 0e06c176f18..9f70c9f25d4 100644 --- a/include/linux/init.h +++ b/include/linux/init.h @@ -225,7 +225,8 @@ struct obs_kernel_param { * obs_kernel_param "array" too far apart in .init.setup. */ #define __setup_param(str, unique_id, fn, early) \ - static char __setup_str_##unique_id[] __initdata __aligned(1) = str; \ + static const char __setup_str_##unique_id[] __initconst \ + __aligned(1) = str; \ static struct obs_kernel_param __setup_##unique_id \ __used __section(.init.setup) \ __attribute__((aligned((sizeof(long))))) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ef53dae8658cf0e93d380983824a661067948d87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sam Ravnborg Date: Sun, 7 Jun 2009 20:46:37 +0200 Subject: Improve vmlinux.lds.h support for arch specific linker scripts To support alingment of the individual architecture specific linker scripts provide a set of general definitions in vmlinux.lds.h With these definitions applied the diverse linekr scripts can be reduced in line count and their readability are improved - IMO. A sample linker script is included to give the preferred order of the sections for the architectures that do not have any special requirments. These definitions are also a first step towards eventual support for -ffunction-sections. The definitions makes it much easier to do a global renaming of section names - but the main purpose is to clean up the linker scripts. Tim Aboot has provided a lot of inputs to improve the definitions - all faults are mine. Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg Cc: Tim Abbott --- include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h | 231 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 224 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h b/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h index 3edb1149974..fba42236e94 100644 --- a/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h +++ b/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h @@ -1,4 +1,58 @@ -#include +/* + * Helper macros to support writing architecture specific + * linker scripts. + * + * A minimal linker scripts has following content: + * [This is a sample, architectures may have special requiriements] + * + * OUTPUT_FORMAT(...) + * OUTPUT_ARCH(...) + * ENTRY(...) + * SECTIONS + * { + * . = START; + * __init_begin = .; + * HEAD_SECTION + * INIT_TEXT_SECTION(PAGE_SIZE) + * INIT_DATA_SECTION(...) + * PERCPU(PAGE_SIZE) + * __init_end = .; + * + * _stext = .; + * TEXT_SECTION = 0 + * _etext = .; + * + * _sdata = .; + * RO_DATA_SECTION(PAGE_SIZE) + * RW_DATA_SECTION(...) + * _edata = .; + * + * EXCEPTION_TABLE(...) + * NOTES + * + * __bss_start = .; + * BSS_SECTION(0, 0) + * __bss_stop = .; + * _end = .; + * + * /DISCARD/ : { + * EXIT_TEXT + * EXIT_DATA + * *(.exitcall.exit) + * } + * STABS_DEBUG + * DWARF_DEBUG + * } + * + * [__init_begin, __init_end] is the init section that may be freed after init + * [_stext, _etext] is the text section + * [_sdata, _edata] is the data section + * + * Some of the included output section have their own set of constants. + * Examples are: [__initramfs_start, __initramfs_end] for initramfs and + * [__nosave_begin, __nosave_end] for the nosave data + */ + #include #ifndef LOAD_OFFSET #define LOAD_OFFSET 0 @@ -116,7 +170,36 @@ FTRACE_EVENTS() \ TRACE_SYSCALLS() -#define RO_DATA(align) \ +/* + * Data section helpers + */ +#define NOSAVE_DATA \ + . = ALIGN(PAGE_SIZE); \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__nosave_begin) = .; \ + *(.data.nosave) \ + . = ALIGN(PAGE_SIZE); \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__nosave_end) = .; + +#define PAGE_ALIGNED_DATA(page_align) \ + . = ALIGN(page_align); \ + *(.data.page_aligned) + +#define READ_MOSTLY_DATA(align) \ + . = ALIGN(align); \ + *(.data.read_mostly) + +#define CACHELINE_ALIGNED_DATA(align) \ + . = ALIGN(align); \ + *(.data.cacheline_aligned) + +#define INIT_TASK(align) \ + . = ALIGN(align); \ + *(.data.init_task) + +/* + * Read only Data + */ +#define RO_DATA_SECTION(align) \ . = ALIGN((align)); \ .rodata : AT(ADDR(.rodata) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__start_rodata) = .; \ @@ -270,9 +353,10 @@ } \ . = ALIGN((align)); -/* RODATA provided for backward compatibility. +/* RODATA & RO_DATA provided for backward compatibility. * All archs are supposed to use RO_DATA() */ -#define RODATA RO_DATA(4096) +#define RODATA RO_DATA_SECTION(4096) +#define RO_DATA(align) RO_DATA_SECTION(align) #define SECURITY_INIT \ .security_initcall.init : AT(ADDR(.security_initcall.init) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ @@ -332,6 +416,31 @@ /* Section used for early init (in .S files) */ #define HEAD_TEXT *(HEAD_TEXT_SECTION) +#define HEAD_SECTION \ + .head.text : AT(ADDR(.head.text) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ + HEAD_TEXT \ + } + +/* + * Exception table + */ +#define EXCEPTION_TABLE(align) \ + . = ALIGN(align); \ + __ex_table : AT(ADDR(__ex_table) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__start___ex_table) = .; \ + *(__ex_table) \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__stop___ex_table) = .; \ + } + +/* + * Init task + */ +#define INIT_TASK_DATA(align) \ + . = ALIGN(align); \ + .data.init_task : { \ + INIT_TASK \ + } + /* init and exit section handling */ #define INIT_DATA \ *(.init.data) \ @@ -364,9 +473,32 @@ CPU_DISCARD(exit.text) \ MEM_DISCARD(exit.text) - /* DWARF debug sections. - Symbols in the DWARF debugging sections are relative to - the beginning of the section so we begin them at 0. */ +/* + * bss (Block Started by Symbol) - uninitialized data + * zeroed during startup + */ +#define SBSS \ + .sbss : AT(ADDR(.sbss) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ + *(.sbss) \ + *(.scommon) \ + } + +#define BSS(bss_align) \ + . = ALIGN(bss_align); \ + .bss : AT(ADDR(.bss) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__bss_start) = .; \ + *(.bss.page_aligned) \ + *(.dynbss) \ + *(.bss) \ + *(COMMON) \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__bss_stop) = .; \ + } + +/* + * DWARF debug sections. + * Symbols in the DWARF debugging sections are relative to + * the beginning of the section so we begin them at 0. + */ #define DWARF_DEBUG \ /* DWARF 1 */ \ .debug 0 : { *(.debug) } \ @@ -433,6 +565,12 @@ VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__stop_notes) = .; \ } +#define INIT_SETUP(initsetup_align) \ + . = ALIGN(initsetup_align); \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__setup_start) = .; \ + *(.init.setup) \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__setup_end) = .; + #define INITCALLS \ *(.initcallearly.init) \ VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__early_initcall_end) = .; \ @@ -454,6 +592,31 @@ *(.initcall7.init) \ *(.initcall7s.init) +#define INIT_CALLS \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__initcall_start) = .; \ + INITCALLS \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__initcall_end) = .; + +#define CON_INITCALL \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__con_initcall_start) = .; \ + *(.con_initcall.init) \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__con_initcall_end) = .; + +#define SECURITY_INITCALL \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__security_initcall_start) = .; \ + *(.security_initcall.init) \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__security_initcall_end) = .; + +#ifdef CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD +#define INIT_RAM_FS \ + . = ALIGN(PAGE_SIZE); \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__initramfs_start) = .; \ + *(.init.ramfs) \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__initramfs_end) = .; +#else +#define INITRAMFS +#endif + /** * PERCPU_VADDR - define output section for percpu area * @vaddr: explicit base address (optional) @@ -510,3 +673,57 @@ *(.data.percpu.shared_aligned) \ VMLINUX_SYMBOL(__per_cpu_end) = .; \ } + + +/* + * Definition of the high level *_SECTION macros + * They will fit only a subset of the architectures + */ + + +/* + * Writeable data. + * All sections are combined in a single .data section. + * The sections following CONSTRUCTORS are arranged so their + * typical alignment matches. + * A cacheline is typical/always less than a PAGE_SIZE so + * the sections that has this restriction (or similar) + * is located before the ones requiring PAGE_SIZE alignment. + * NOSAVE_DATA starts and ends with a PAGE_SIZE alignment which + * matches the requirment of PAGE_ALIGNED_DATA. + * +/* use 0 as page_align if page_aligned data is not used */ +#define RW_DATA_SECTION(cacheline, nosave, pagealigned, inittask) \ + . = ALIGN(PAGE_SIZE); \ + .data : AT(ADDR(.data) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ + INIT_TASK(inittask) \ + CACHELINE_ALIGNED_DATA(cacheline) \ + READ_MOSTLY_DATA(cacheline) \ + DATA_DATA \ + CONSTRUCTORS \ + NOSAVE_DATA(nosave) \ + PAGE_ALIGNED_DATA(pagealigned) \ + } + +#define INIT_TEXT_SECTION(inittext_align) \ + . = ALIGN(inittext_align); \ + .init.text : AT(ADDR(.init.text) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(_sinittext) = .; \ + INIT_TEXT \ + VMLINUX_SYMBOL(_einittext) = .; \ + } + +#define INIT_DATA_SECTION(initsetup_align) \ + .init.data : AT(ADDR(.init.data) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ + INIT_DATA \ + INIT_SETUP(initsetup_align) \ + INIT_CALLS \ + CON_INITCALL \ + SECURITY_INITCALL \ + INIT_RAM_FS \ + } + +#define BSS_SECTION(sbss_align, bss_align) \ + SBSS \ + BSS(bss_align) \ + . = ALIGN(4); \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1506e30b5f25f6c3357167a18f0e4ae6f5662a28 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 9 Jun 2009 17:49:06 -0700 Subject: rfkill: include err.h Since we use ERR_PTR and similar macros, we need to include linux/err.h. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index ee3eddea856..d7e818ad0bc 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -105,6 +105,7 @@ enum rfkill_user_states { #include #include #include +#include /* this is opaque */ struct rfkill; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 440f0d588555892601cfe511728a0fc0c8204063 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Patrick McHardy Date: Wed, 10 Jun 2009 14:32:47 +0200 Subject: netfilter: nf_conntrack: use per-conntrack locks for protocol data Introduce per-conntrack locks and use them instead of the global protocol locks to avoid contention. Especially tcp_lock shows up very high in profiles on larger machines. This will also allow to simplify the upcoming reliable event delivery patches. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h | 2 ++ include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_l4proto.h | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h index 2b877374242..ecc79f95907 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h @@ -93,6 +93,8 @@ struct nf_conn { plus 1 for any connection(s) we are `master' for */ struct nf_conntrack ct_general; + spinlock_t lock; + /* XXX should I move this to the tail ? - Y.K */ /* These are my tuples; original and reply */ struct nf_conntrack_tuple_hash tuplehash[IP_CT_DIR_MAX]; diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_l4proto.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_l4proto.h index ba32ed7bdab..3767fb41e54 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_l4proto.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_l4proto.h @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ struct nf_conntrack_l4proto const struct nf_conntrack_tuple *); /* Print out the private part of the conntrack. */ - int (*print_conntrack)(struct seq_file *s, const struct nf_conn *); + int (*print_conntrack)(struct seq_file *s, struct nf_conn *); /* convert protoinfo to nfnetink attributes */ int (*to_nlattr)(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlattr *nla, - const struct nf_conn *ct); + struct nf_conn *ct); /* Calculate protoinfo nlattr size */ int (*nlattr_size)(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4d1d49858c0a5a4fb1be4bc7972754cd640245ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Date: Thu, 4 Jun 2009 21:57:03 +0200 Subject: net/libertas: remove GPIO-CS handling in SPI interface code This removes the dependency on GPIO framework and lets the SPI host driver handle the chip select. The SPI host driver is required to keep the CS active for the entire message unless cs_change says otherwise. This patch collects the two/three single SPI transfers into a message. Also the delay in read path in case use_dummy_writes are not used is moved into the SPI host driver. Tested-by: Mike Rapoport Tested-by: Andrey Yurovsky Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior Acked-by: Dan Williams Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/spi/libertas_spi.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/spi/libertas_spi.h b/include/linux/spi/libertas_spi.h index 79506f5f9e6..1b5d5384fcd 100644 --- a/include/linux/spi/libertas_spi.h +++ b/include/linux/spi/libertas_spi.h @@ -22,9 +22,6 @@ struct libertas_spi_platform_data { * speed, you may want to use 0 here. */ u16 use_dummy_writes; - /* GPIO number to use as chip select */ - u16 gpio_cs; - /* Board specific setup/teardown */ int (*setup)(struct spi_device *spi); int (*teardown)(struct spi_device *spi); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f77f3849cc3ae2d6df9301785a3d316ea7d7ee1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Sun, 7 Jun 2009 21:58:37 +0200 Subject: mac80211: do not pass PS frames out of mac80211 again In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption is used. Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also fixes a problem where frames for that particular station could be reordered when some were still on the software queues and older ones are re-injected into the software queue after them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 4 ---- include/net/mac80211.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index f1c93b878b3..fa51293f270 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -304,9 +304,6 @@ typedef unsigned char *sk_buff_data_t; * @tc_verd: traffic control verdict * @ndisc_nodetype: router type (from link layer) * @do_not_encrypt: set to prevent encryption of this frame - * @requeue: set to indicate that the wireless core should attempt - * a software retry on this frame if we failed to - * receive an ACK for it * @dma_cookie: a cookie to one of several possible DMA operations * done by skb DMA functions * @secmark: security marking @@ -380,7 +377,6 @@ struct sk_buff { #endif #if defined(CONFIG_MAC80211) || defined(CONFIG_MAC80211_MODULE) __u8 do_not_encrypt:1; - __u8 requeue:1; #endif /* 0/13/14 bit hole */ diff --git a/include/net/mac80211.h b/include/net/mac80211.h index 17d61d19d91..c0610447697 100644 --- a/include/net/mac80211.h +++ b/include/net/mac80211.h @@ -239,6 +239,8 @@ struct ieee80211_bss_conf { * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211, * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before * it can be sent out. + * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211, + * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS */ enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0), @@ -256,6 +258,7 @@ enum mac80211_tx_control_flags { IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12), IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO = BIT(13), IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14), + IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15), }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From b3fa1329eaf2a7b97124dacf5b663fd51346ac19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Jenkins Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 13:27:27 +0100 Subject: rfkill: remove set_global_sw_state rfkill_set_global_sw_state() (previously rfkill_set_default()) will no longer be exported by the rewritten rfkill core. Instead, platform drivers which can provide persistent soft-rfkill state across power-down/reboot should indicate their initial state by calling rfkill_set_sw_state() before registration. Otherwise, they will be initialized to a default value during registration by a set_block call. We remove existing calls to rfkill_set_sw_state() which happen before registration, since these had no effect in the old model. If these drivers do have persistent state, the calls can be put back (subject to testing :-). This affects hp-wmi and acer-wmi. Drivers with persistent state will affect the global state only if rfkill-input is enabled. This is required, otherwise booting with wireless soft-blocked and pressing the wireless-toggle key once would have no apparent effect. This special case will be removed in future along with rfkill-input, in favour of a more flexible userspace daemon (see Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt). Now rfkill_global_states[n].def is only used to preserve global states over EPO, it is renamed to ".sav". Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins Acked-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 28 ++++++++-------------------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index d7e818ad0bc..c1dca0b8138 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -157,8 +157,14 @@ struct rfkill * __must_check rfkill_alloc(const char *name, * @rfkill: rfkill structure to be registered * * This function should be called by the transmitter driver to register - * the rfkill structure needs to be registered. Before calling this function - * the driver needs to be ready to service method calls from rfkill. + * the rfkill structure. Before calling this function the driver needs + * to be ready to service method calls from rfkill. + * + * If the software blocked state is not set before registration, + * set_block will be called to initialize it to a default value. + * + * If the hardware blocked state is not set before registration, + * it is assumed to be unblocked. */ int __must_check rfkill_register(struct rfkill *rfkill); @@ -250,19 +256,6 @@ bool rfkill_set_sw_state(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool blocked); */ void rfkill_set_states(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool sw, bool hw); -/** - * rfkill_set_global_sw_state - set global sw block default - * @type: rfkill type to set default for - * @blocked: default to set - * - * This function sets the global default -- use at boot if your platform has - * an rfkill switch. If not early enough this call may be ignored. - * - * XXX: instead of ignoring -- how about just updating all currently - * registered drivers? - */ -void rfkill_set_global_sw_state(const enum rfkill_type type, bool blocked); - /** * rfkill_blocked - query rfkill block * @@ -317,11 +310,6 @@ static inline void rfkill_set_states(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool sw, bool hw) { } -static inline void rfkill_set_global_sw_state(const enum rfkill_type type, - bool blocked) -{ -} - static inline bool rfkill_blocked(struct rfkill *rfkill) { return false; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 908209c160da8ecb68052111972b7a21310eac3f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Jenkins Date: Mon, 8 Jun 2009 13:12:23 +0100 Subject: rfkill: don't impose global states on resume (just restore the previous states) Once rfkill-input is disabled, the "global" states will only be used as default initial states. Since the states will always be the same after resume, we shouldn't generate events on resume. Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index c1dca0b8138..16e39c7a67f 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ void rfkill_destroy(struct rfkill *rfkill); * * rfkill drivers that get events when the hard-blocked state changes * use this function to notify the rfkill core (and through that also - * userspace) of the current state -- they should also use this after + * userspace) of the current state. They should also use this after * resume if the state could have changed. * * You need not (but may) call this function if poll_state is assigned. @@ -234,8 +234,9 @@ bool __must_check rfkill_set_hw_state(struct rfkill *rfkill, bool blocked); * rfkill drivers that get events when the soft-blocked state changes * (yes, some platforms directly act on input but allow changing again) * use this function to notify the rfkill core (and through that also - * userspace) of the current state -- they should also use this after - * resume if the state could have changed. + * userspace) of the current state. It is not necessary to notify on + * resume; since hibernation can always change the soft-blocked state, + * the rfkill core will unconditionally restore the previous state. * * This function can be called in any context, even from within rfkill * callbacks. -- cgit v1.2.3 From b43d65f7e818485664037a46367cfb15af05bd8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Walleij Date: Tue, 9 Jun 2009 08:11:42 +0100 Subject: [ARM] 5546/1: ARM PL022 SSP/SPI driver v3 This adds a driver for the ARM PL022 PrimeCell SSP/SPI driver found in the U300 platforms as well as in some ARM reference hardware, and in a modified version on the Nomadik board. Reviewed-by: Alessandro Rubini Reviewed-by: Russell King Reviewed-by: Baruch Siach Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/pl022.h | 264 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 264 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/amba/pl022.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/pl022.h b/include/linux/amba/pl022.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcad0ffd175 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/amba/pl022.h @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/* + * include/linux/amba/pl022.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 ST-Ericsson AB + * Copyright (C) 2006 STMicroelectronics Pvt. Ltd. + * + * Author: Linus Walleij + * + * Initial version inspired by: + * linux-2.6.17-rc3-mm1/drivers/spi/pxa2xx_spi.c + * Initial adoption to PL022 by: + * Sachin Verma + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + */ + +#ifndef _SSP_PL022_H +#define _SSP_PL022_H + +#include + +/** + * whether SSP is in loopback mode or not + */ +enum ssp_loopback { + LOOPBACK_DISABLED, + LOOPBACK_ENABLED +}; + +/** + * enum ssp_interface - interfaces allowed for this SSP Controller + * @SSP_INTERFACE_MOTOROLA_SPI: Motorola Interface + * @SSP_INTERFACE_TI_SYNC_SERIAL: Texas Instrument Synchronous Serial + * interface + * @SSP_INTERFACE_NATIONAL_MICROWIRE: National Semiconductor Microwire + * interface + * @SSP_INTERFACE_UNIDIRECTIONAL: Unidirectional interface (STn8810 + * &STn8815 only) + */ +enum ssp_interface { + SSP_INTERFACE_MOTOROLA_SPI, + SSP_INTERFACE_TI_SYNC_SERIAL, + SSP_INTERFACE_NATIONAL_MICROWIRE, + SSP_INTERFACE_UNIDIRECTIONAL +}; + +/** + * enum ssp_hierarchy - whether SSP is configured as Master or Slave + */ +enum ssp_hierarchy { + SSP_MASTER, + SSP_SLAVE +}; + +/** + * enum ssp_clock_params - clock parameters, to set SSP clock at a + * desired freq + */ +struct ssp_clock_params { + u8 cpsdvsr; /* value from 2 to 254 (even only!) */ + u8 scr; /* value from 0 to 255 */ +}; + +/** + * enum ssp_rx_endian - endianess of Rx FIFO Data + */ +enum ssp_rx_endian { + SSP_RX_MSB, + SSP_RX_LSB +}; + +/** + * enum ssp_tx_endian - endianess of Tx FIFO Data + */ +enum ssp_tx_endian { + SSP_TX_MSB, + SSP_TX_LSB +}; + +/** + * enum ssp_data_size - number of bits in one data element + */ +enum ssp_data_size { + SSP_DATA_BITS_4 = 0x03, SSP_DATA_BITS_5, SSP_DATA_BITS_6, + SSP_DATA_BITS_7, SSP_DATA_BITS_8, SSP_DATA_BITS_9, + SSP_DATA_BITS_10, SSP_DATA_BITS_11, SSP_DATA_BITS_12, + SSP_DATA_BITS_13, SSP_DATA_BITS_14, SSP_DATA_BITS_15, + SSP_DATA_BITS_16, SSP_DATA_BITS_17, SSP_DATA_BITS_18, + SSP_DATA_BITS_19, SSP_DATA_BITS_20, SSP_DATA_BITS_21, + SSP_DATA_BITS_22, SSP_DATA_BITS_23, SSP_DATA_BITS_24, + SSP_DATA_BITS_25, SSP_DATA_BITS_26, SSP_DATA_BITS_27, + SSP_DATA_BITS_28, SSP_DATA_BITS_29, SSP_DATA_BITS_30, + SSP_DATA_BITS_31, SSP_DATA_BITS_32 +}; + +/** + * enum ssp_mode - SSP mode of operation (Communication modes) + */ +enum ssp_mode { + INTERRUPT_TRANSFER, + POLLING_TRANSFER, + DMA_TRANSFER +}; + +/** + * enum ssp_rx_level_trig - receive FIFO watermark level which triggers + * IT: Interrupt fires when _N_ or more elements in RX FIFO. + */ +enum ssp_rx_level_trig { + SSP_RX_1_OR_MORE_ELEM, + SSP_RX_4_OR_MORE_ELEM, + SSP_RX_8_OR_MORE_ELEM, + SSP_RX_16_OR_MORE_ELEM, + SSP_RX_32_OR_MORE_ELEM +}; + +/** + * Transmit FIFO watermark level which triggers (IT Interrupt fires + * when _N_ or more empty locations in TX FIFO) + */ +enum ssp_tx_level_trig { + SSP_TX_1_OR_MORE_EMPTY_LOC, + SSP_TX_4_OR_MORE_EMPTY_LOC, + SSP_TX_8_OR_MORE_EMPTY_LOC, + SSP_TX_16_OR_MORE_EMPTY_LOC, + SSP_TX_32_OR_MORE_EMPTY_LOC +}; + +/** + * enum SPI Clock Phase - clock phase (Motorola SPI interface only) + * @SSP_CLK_RISING_EDGE: Receive data on rising edge + * @SSP_CLK_FALLING_EDGE: Receive data on falling edge + */ +enum ssp_spi_clk_phase { + SSP_CLK_RISING_EDGE, + SSP_CLK_FALLING_EDGE +}; + +/** + * enum SPI Clock Polarity - clock polarity (Motorola SPI interface only) + * @SSP_CLK_POL_IDLE_LOW: Low inactive level + * @SSP_CLK_POL_IDLE_HIGH: High inactive level + */ +enum ssp_spi_clk_pol { + SSP_CLK_POL_IDLE_LOW, + SSP_CLK_POL_IDLE_HIGH +}; + +/** + * Microwire Conrol Lengths Command size in microwire format + */ +enum ssp_microwire_ctrl_len { + SSP_BITS_4 = 0x03, SSP_BITS_5, SSP_BITS_6, + SSP_BITS_7, SSP_BITS_8, SSP_BITS_9, + SSP_BITS_10, SSP_BITS_11, SSP_BITS_12, + SSP_BITS_13, SSP_BITS_14, SSP_BITS_15, + SSP_BITS_16, SSP_BITS_17, SSP_BITS_18, + SSP_BITS_19, SSP_BITS_20, SSP_BITS_21, + SSP_BITS_22, SSP_BITS_23, SSP_BITS_24, + SSP_BITS_25, SSP_BITS_26, SSP_BITS_27, + SSP_BITS_28, SSP_BITS_29, SSP_BITS_30, + SSP_BITS_31, SSP_BITS_32 +}; + +/** + * enum Microwire Wait State + * @SSP_MWIRE_WAIT_ZERO: No wait state inserted after last command bit + * @SSP_MWIRE_WAIT_ONE: One wait state inserted after last command bit + */ +enum ssp_microwire_wait_state { + SSP_MWIRE_WAIT_ZERO, + SSP_MWIRE_WAIT_ONE +}; + +/** + * enum Microwire - whether Full/Half Duplex + * @SSP_MICROWIRE_CHANNEL_FULL_DUPLEX: SSPTXD becomes bi-directional, + * SSPRXD not used + * @SSP_MICROWIRE_CHANNEL_HALF_DUPLEX: SSPTXD is an output, SSPRXD is + * an input. + */ +enum ssp_duplex { + SSP_MICROWIRE_CHANNEL_FULL_DUPLEX, + SSP_MICROWIRE_CHANNEL_HALF_DUPLEX +}; + +/** + * CHIP select/deselect commands + */ +enum ssp_chip_select { + SSP_CHIP_SELECT, + SSP_CHIP_DESELECT +}; + + +/** + * struct pl022_ssp_master - device.platform_data for SPI controller devices. + * @num_chipselect: chipselects are used to distinguish individual + * SPI slaves, and are numbered from zero to num_chipselects - 1. + * each slave has a chipselect signal, but it's common that not + * every chipselect is connected to a slave. + * @enable_dma: if true enables DMA driven transfers. + */ +struct pl022_ssp_controller { + u16 bus_id; + u8 num_chipselect; + u8 enable_dma:1; +}; + +/** + * struct ssp_config_chip - spi_board_info.controller_data for SPI + * slave devices, copied to spi_device.controller_data. + * + * @lbm: used for test purpose to internally connect RX and TX + * @iface: Interface type(Motorola, TI, Microwire, Universal) + * @hierarchy: sets whether interface is master or slave + * @slave_tx_disable: SSPTXD is disconnected (in slave mode only) + * @clk_freq: Tune freq parameters of SSP(when in master mode) + * @endian_rx: Endianess of Data in Rx FIFO + * @endian_tx: Endianess of Data in Tx FIFO + * @data_size: Width of data element(4 to 32 bits) + * @com_mode: communication mode: polling, Interrupt or DMA + * @rx_lev_trig: Rx FIFO watermark level (for IT & DMA mode) + * @tx_lev_trig: Tx FIFO watermark level (for IT & DMA mode) + * @clk_phase: Motorola SPI interface Clock phase + * @clk_pol: Motorola SPI interface Clock polarity + * @ctrl_len: Microwire interface: Control length + * @wait_state: Microwire interface: Wait state + * @duplex: Microwire interface: Full/Half duplex + * @cs_control: function pointer to board-specific function to + * assert/deassert I/O port to control HW generation of devices chip-select. + * @dma_xfer_type: Type of DMA xfer (Mem-to-periph or Periph-to-Periph) + * @dma_config: DMA configuration for SSP controller and peripheral + */ +struct pl022_config_chip { + struct device *dev; + enum ssp_loopback lbm; + enum ssp_interface iface; + enum ssp_hierarchy hierarchy; + bool slave_tx_disable; + struct ssp_clock_params clk_freq; + enum ssp_rx_endian endian_rx; + enum ssp_tx_endian endian_tx; + enum ssp_data_size data_size; + enum ssp_mode com_mode; + enum ssp_rx_level_trig rx_lev_trig; + enum ssp_tx_level_trig tx_lev_trig; + enum ssp_spi_clk_phase clk_phase; + enum ssp_spi_clk_pol clk_pol; + enum ssp_microwire_ctrl_len ctrl_len; + enum ssp_microwire_wait_state wait_state; + enum ssp_duplex duplex; + void (*cs_control) (u32 control); +}; + +#endif /* _SSP_PL022_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3f68535adad8dd89499505a65fb25d0e02d118cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: john stultz Date: Wed, 21 Jan 2009 22:53:22 -0700 Subject: clocksource: sanity check sysfs clocksource changes Thomas, Andrew and Ingo pointed out that we don't have any safety checks in the clocksource sysfs entries to make sure sysadmins don't try to change the clocksource to a non high-res timer capable clocksource (such as jiffies) when high-res timers (HRT) is enabled. Doing so will likely hang a system. Correct this by filtering non HRT clocksources from available_clocksources and not accepting non HRT clocksources with HRT enabled. Signed-off-by: John Stultz Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index 0d2f7c8a33d..58021b0c396 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ static inline int hrtimer_is_hres_active(struct hrtimer *timer) extern ktime_t ktime_get(void); extern ktime_t ktime_get_real(void); - +extern int hrtimer_hres_active(void); DECLARE_PER_CPU(struct tick_device, tick_cpu_device); -- cgit v1.2.3 From d005ba6cc82440d9ebf96f3ec8f79c54578b898f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Wed, 10 Jun 2009 05:28:04 +0000 Subject: mdio: Expose 10GBASE-T MDI-X status via ethtool This is available in a standard MDIO register in 10GBASE-T PHYs. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index 56851646529..cfdf1df2875 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ #define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT 24 /* PHY XGXS lane state */ /* Media-dependent registers. */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL 130 /* 10GBASE-T pair swap & polarity */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR 131 /* 10GBASE-T TX power control */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SNR 133 /* 10GBASE-T SNR margin, lane A. * Lanes B-D are numbered 134-136. */ @@ -195,6 +196,14 @@ #define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_SYNC3 0x0008 #define MDIO_PHYXS_LNSTAT_ALIGN 0x1000 +/* PMA 10GBASE-T pair swap & polarity */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_ABNX 0x0001 /* Pair A/B uncrossed */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_CDNX 0x0002 /* Pair C/D uncrossed */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_AREV 0x0100 /* Pair A polarity reversed */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_BREV 0x0200 /* Pair B polarity reversed */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_CREV 0x0400 /* Pair C polarity reversed */ +#define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_SWAPPOL_DREV 0x0800 /* Pair D polarity reversed */ + /* PMA 10GBASE-T TX power register. */ #define MDIO_PMA_10GBT_TXPWR_SHORT 0x0001 /* Short-reach mode */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2b85a34e911bf483c27cfdd124aeb1605145dc80 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 11 Jun 2009 02:55:43 -0700 Subject: net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx One of the problem with sock memory accounting is it uses a pair of sock_hold()/sock_put() for each transmitted packet. This slows down bidirectional flows because the receive path also needs to take a refcount on socket and might use a different cpu than transmit path or transmit completion path. So these two atomic operations also trigger cache line bounces. We can see this in tx or tx/rx workloads (media gateways for example), where sock_wfree() can be in top five functions in profiles. We use this sock_hold()/sock_put() so that sock freeing is delayed until all tx packets are completed. As we also update sk_wmem_alloc, we could offset sk_wmem_alloc by one unit at init time, until sk_free() is called. Once sk_free() is called, we atomic_dec_and_test(sk_wmem_alloc) to decrement initial offset and atomicaly check if any packets are in flight. skb_set_owner_w() doesnt call sock_hold() anymore sock_wfree() doesnt call sock_put() anymore, but check if sk_wmem_alloc reached 0 to perform the final freeing. Drawback is that a skb->truesize error could lead to unfreeable sockets, or even worse, prematurely calling __sk_free() on a live socket. Nice speedups on SMP. tbench for example, going from 2691 MB/s to 2711 MB/s on my 8 cpu dev machine, even if tbench was not really hitting sk_refcnt contention point. 5 % speedup on a UDP transmit workload (depends on number of flows), lowering TX completion cpu usage. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/sock.h | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index 4bb1ff9fd15..010e14a93c9 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -1217,9 +1217,13 @@ static inline int skb_copy_to_page(struct sock *sk, char __user *from, static inline void skb_set_owner_w(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sock *sk) { - sock_hold(sk); skb->sk = sk; skb->destructor = sock_wfree; + /* + * We used to take a refcount on sk, but following operation + * is enough to guarantee sk_free() wont free this sock until + * all in-flight packets are completed + */ atomic_add(skb->truesize, &sk->sk_wmem_alloc); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8593a1967fb9746d318dde88a0a39a36dbfc3445 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez Date: Wed, 20 May 2009 16:53:30 -0700 Subject: wimax/i2400m: rename misleading I2400M_PL_PAD to I2400M_PL_ALIGN The constant is being use as an alignment factor, not as a padding factor; made reading/reviewing the code quite confusing. Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez --- include/linux/wimax/i2400m.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/wimax/i2400m.h b/include/linux/wimax/i2400m.h index d5148a7889a..433693ef2bb 100644 --- a/include/linux/wimax/i2400m.h +++ b/include/linux/wimax/i2400m.h @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ enum i2400m_ro_type { /* Misc constants */ enum { - I2400M_PL_PAD = 16, /* Payload data size alignment */ + I2400M_PL_ALIGN = 16, /* Payload data size alignment */ I2400M_PL_SIZE_MAX = 0x3EFF, I2400M_MAX_PLS_IN_MSG = 60, /* protocol barkers: sync sequences; for notifications they -- cgit v1.2.3 From 670025478c2a687453cd1bac697d7d765843f59d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karsten Keil Date: Thu, 11 Jun 2009 15:52:10 +0200 Subject: mISDN: cleanup mISDNhw.h Remove unused stuff. Signed-off-by: Karsten Keil --- include/linux/mISDNhw.h | 10 ---------- 1 file changed, 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mISDNhw.h b/include/linux/mISDNhw.h index ce900f4c245..7f9831da847 100644 --- a/include/linux/mISDNhw.h +++ b/include/linux/mISDNhw.h @@ -89,11 +89,6 @@ struct dchannel { void (*phfunc) (struct dchannel *); u_int state; void *l1; - /* HW access */ - u_char (*read_reg) (void *, u_char); - void (*write_reg) (void *, u_char, u_char); - void (*read_fifo) (void *, u_char *, int); - void (*write_fifo) (void *, u_char *, int); void *hw; int slot; /* multiport card channel slot */ struct timer_list timer; @@ -151,11 +146,6 @@ struct bchannel { u_long Flags; struct work_struct workq; u_int state; - /* HW access */ - u_char (*read_reg) (void *, u_char); - void (*write_reg) (void *, u_char, u_char); - void (*read_fifo) (void *, u_char *, int); - void (*write_fifo) (void *, u_char *, int); void *hw; int slot; /* multiport card channel slot */ struct timer_list timer; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7ea2ac9b6632038377cb488c7d1cb60b88164d4d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo Date: Tue, 14 Apr 2009 23:14:17 -0300 Subject: Trivial: fix typo s/balence/balance/ Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina --- include/linux/ultrasound.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ultrasound.h b/include/linux/ultrasound.h index 6b7703e75ce..71339dc531c 100644 --- a/include/linux/ultrasound.h +++ b/include/linux/ultrasound.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * _GUS_VOICEOFF - Stops voice (no parameters) * _GUS_VOICEFADE - Stops the voice smoothly. * _GUS_VOICEMODE - Alters the voice mode, don't start or stop voice (P1=voice mode) - * _GUS_VOICEBALA - Sets voice balence (P1, 0=left, 7=middle and 15=right, default 7) + * _GUS_VOICEBALA - Sets voice balance (P1, 0=left, 7=middle and 15=right, default 7) * _GUS_VOICEFREQ - Sets voice (sample) playback frequency (P1=Hz) * _GUS_VOICEVOL - Sets voice volume (P1=volume, 0xfff=max, 0xeff=half, 0x000=off) * _GUS_VOICEVOL2 - Sets voice volume (P1=volume, 0xfff=max, 0xeff=half, 0x000=off) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 638772c7553f6893f7b346bfee4d46851af59afc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lennert Buytenhek Date: Wed, 11 Feb 2009 17:25:24 +0800 Subject: fb: add support of LCD display controller on pxa168/910 (base layer) This driver is originally written by Lennert, modified by Green to be feature complete, and ported by Jun Nie and Kevin Liu for pxa168/910 processors. The patch adds support for the on-chip LCD display controller, it currently supports the base (graphics) layer only. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek Signed-off-by: Green Wan Cc: Peter Liao Signed-off-by: Jun Nie Signed-off-by: Kevin Liu Acked-by: Krzysztof Helt Signed-off-by: Eric Miao --- include/video/pxa168fb.h | 127 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 127 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/video/pxa168fb.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/video/pxa168fb.h b/include/video/pxa168fb.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b5cc72fe046 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/video/pxa168fb.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* + * linux/arch/arm/mach-mmp/include/mach/pxa168fb.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2009 Marvell International Ltd. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + */ + +#ifndef __ASM_MACH_PXA168FB_H +#define __ASM_MACH_PXA168FB_H + +#include +#include + +/* Dumb interface */ +#define PIN_MODE_DUMB_24 0 +#define PIN_MODE_DUMB_18_SPI 1 +#define PIN_MODE_DUMB_18_GPIO 2 +#define PIN_MODE_DUMB_16_SPI 3 +#define PIN_MODE_DUMB_16_GPIO 4 +#define PIN_MODE_DUMB_12_SPI_GPIO 5 +#define PIN_MODE_SMART_18_SPI 6 +#define PIN_MODE_SMART_16_SPI 7 +#define PIN_MODE_SMART_8_SPI_GPIO 8 + +/* Dumb interface pin allocation */ +#define DUMB_MODE_RGB565 0 +#define DUMB_MODE_RGB565_UPPER 1 +#define DUMB_MODE_RGB666 2 +#define DUMB_MODE_RGB666_UPPER 3 +#define DUMB_MODE_RGB444 4 +#define DUMB_MODE_RGB444_UPPER 5 +#define DUMB_MODE_RGB888 6 + +/* default fb buffer size WVGA-32bits */ +#define DEFAULT_FB_SIZE (800 * 480 * 4) + +/* + * Buffer pixel format + * bit0 is for rb swap. + * bit12 is for Y UorV swap + */ +#define PIX_FMT_RGB565 0 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR565 1 +#define PIX_FMT_RGB1555 2 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR1555 3 +#define PIX_FMT_RGB888PACK 4 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR888PACK 5 +#define PIX_FMT_RGB888UNPACK 6 +#define PIX_FMT_BGR888UNPACK 7 +#define PIX_FMT_RGBA888 8 +#define PIX_FMT_BGRA888 9 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422PACK 10 +#define PIX_FMT_YVU422PACK 11 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422PLANAR 12 +#define PIX_FMT_YVU422PLANAR 13 +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420PLANAR 14 +#define PIX_FMT_YVU420PLANAR 15 +#define PIX_FMT_PSEUDOCOLOR 20 +#define PIX_FMT_UYVY422PACK (0x1000|PIX_FMT_YUV422PACK) + +/* + * PXA LCD controller private state. + */ +struct pxa168fb_info { + struct device *dev; + struct clk *clk; + struct fb_info *info; + + void __iomem *reg_base; + dma_addr_t fb_start_dma; + u32 pseudo_palette[16]; + + int pix_fmt; + unsigned is_blanked:1; + unsigned panel_rbswap:1; + unsigned active:1; +}; + +/* + * PXA fb machine information + */ +struct pxa168fb_mach_info { + char id[16]; + + int num_modes; + struct fb_videomode *modes; + + /* + * Pix_fmt + */ + unsigned pix_fmt; + + /* + * I/O pin allocation. + */ + unsigned io_pin_allocation_mode:4; + + /* + * Dumb panel -- assignment of R/G/B component info to the 24 + * available external data lanes. + */ + unsigned dumb_mode:4; + unsigned panel_rgb_reverse_lanes:1; + + /* + * Dumb panel -- GPIO output data. + */ + unsigned gpio_output_mask:8; + unsigned gpio_output_data:8; + + /* + * Dumb panel -- configurable output signal polarity. + */ + unsigned invert_composite_blank:1; + unsigned invert_pix_val_ena:1; + unsigned invert_pixclock:1; + unsigned invert_vsync:1; + unsigned invert_hsync:1; + unsigned panel_rbswap:1; + unsigned active:1; + unsigned enable_lcd:1; +}; + +#endif /* __ASM_MACH_PXA168FB_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From acc6be5405b90c9f0fb0eb8a74ec4d4b7b5bf48f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Tue, 20 May 2008 11:15:43 +0200 Subject: x86: add save_stack_trace_bp() for tracing from a specific stack frame This will help kmemcheck (and possibly other debugging tools) since we can now simply pass regs->bp to the stack tracer instead of specifying the number of stack frames to skip, which is unreliable if gcc decides to inline functions, etc. Note that this makes the API incomplete for other architectures, but I expect that those can be updated lazily, e.g. when they need it. Cc: Arjan van de Ven Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/stacktrace.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/stacktrace.h b/include/linux/stacktrace.h index 1a8cecc4f38..551f6c7d504 100644 --- a/include/linux/stacktrace.h +++ b/include/linux/stacktrace.h @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ struct stack_trace { }; extern void save_stack_trace(struct stack_trace *trace); +extern void save_stack_trace_bp(struct stack_trace *trace, unsigned long bp); extern void save_stack_trace_tsk(struct task_struct *tsk, struct stack_trace *trace); -- cgit v1.2.3 From b618ad31bb2020db6a36929122e5554e33210d47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2008 15:31:11 +0200 Subject: stacktrace: add forward-declaration struct task_struct This is needed if the header is to be free-standing. Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/stacktrace.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/stacktrace.h b/include/linux/stacktrace.h index 551f6c7d504..51efbef38fb 100644 --- a/include/linux/stacktrace.h +++ b/include/linux/stacktrace.h @@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ struct task_struct; #ifdef CONFIG_STACKTRACE +struct task_struct; + struct stack_trace { unsigned int nr_entries, max_entries; unsigned long *entries; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8eae985f08138758e06503588f5f1196269bc415 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pekka Enberg Date: Fri, 9 May 2008 20:32:44 +0200 Subject: slab: move struct kmem_cache to headers Move the SLAB struct kmem_cache definition to like with SLUB so kmemcheck can access ->ctor and ->flags. Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Christoph Lameter Cc: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg [rebased for mainline inclusion] Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/slab_def.h | 81 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 81 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/slab_def.h b/include/linux/slab_def.h index 713f841ecaa..850d057500d 100644 --- a/include/linux/slab_def.h +++ b/include/linux/slab_def.h @@ -16,6 +16,87 @@ #include #include +/* + * struct kmem_cache + * + * manages a cache. + */ + +struct kmem_cache { +/* 1) per-cpu data, touched during every alloc/free */ + struct array_cache *array[NR_CPUS]; +/* 2) Cache tunables. Protected by cache_chain_mutex */ + unsigned int batchcount; + unsigned int limit; + unsigned int shared; + + unsigned int buffer_size; + u32 reciprocal_buffer_size; +/* 3) touched by every alloc & free from the backend */ + + unsigned int flags; /* constant flags */ + unsigned int num; /* # of objs per slab */ + +/* 4) cache_grow/shrink */ + /* order of pgs per slab (2^n) */ + unsigned int gfporder; + + /* force GFP flags, e.g. GFP_DMA */ + gfp_t gfpflags; + + size_t colour; /* cache colouring range */ + unsigned int colour_off; /* colour offset */ + struct kmem_cache *slabp_cache; + unsigned int slab_size; + unsigned int dflags; /* dynamic flags */ + + /* constructor func */ + void (*ctor)(void *obj); + +/* 5) cache creation/removal */ + const char *name; + struct list_head next; + +/* 6) statistics */ +#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB + unsigned long num_active; + unsigned long num_allocations; + unsigned long high_mark; + unsigned long grown; + unsigned long reaped; + unsigned long errors; + unsigned long max_freeable; + unsigned long node_allocs; + unsigned long node_frees; + unsigned long node_overflow; + atomic_t allochit; + atomic_t allocmiss; + atomic_t freehit; + atomic_t freemiss; + + /* + * If debugging is enabled, then the allocator can add additional + * fields and/or padding to every object. buffer_size contains the total + * object size including these internal fields, the following two + * variables contain the offset to the user object and its size. + */ + int obj_offset; + int obj_size; +#endif /* CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB */ + + /* + * We put nodelists[] at the end of kmem_cache, because we want to size + * this array to nr_node_ids slots instead of MAX_NUMNODES + * (see kmem_cache_init()) + * We still use [MAX_NUMNODES] and not [1] or [0] because cache_cache + * is statically defined, so we reserve the max number of nodes. + */ + struct kmem_list3 *nodelists[MAX_NUMNODES]; + /* + * Do not add fields after nodelists[] + */ +}; + /* Size description struct for general caches. */ struct cache_sizes { size_t cs_size; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7c692cbade8b8884f1c20500393bcc7cd6d24ef8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Wed, 21 May 2008 22:53:13 +0200 Subject: tasklets: new tasklet scheduling function Rationale: kmemcheck needs to be able to schedule a tasklet without touching any dynamically allocated memory _at_ _all_ (since that would lead to a recursive page fault). This tasklet is used for writing the error reports to the kernel log. The new scheduling function avoids touching any other tasklets by inserting the new tasklist as the head of the "tasklet_hi" list instead of on the tail. Also don't wake up the softirq thread lest the scheduler access some tracked memory and we go down with a recursive page fault. In this case, we'd better just wait for the maximum time of 1/HZ for the message to appear. Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/interrupt.h | 14 ++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/interrupt.h b/include/linux/interrupt.h index ff374ceface..dd574d51bca 100644 --- a/include/linux/interrupt.h +++ b/include/linux/interrupt.h @@ -466,6 +466,20 @@ static inline void tasklet_hi_schedule(struct tasklet_struct *t) __tasklet_hi_schedule(t); } +extern void __tasklet_hi_schedule_first(struct tasklet_struct *t); + +/* + * This version avoids touching any other tasklets. Needed for kmemcheck + * in order not to take any page faults while enqueueing this tasklet; + * consider VERY carefully whether you really need this or + * tasklet_hi_schedule()... + */ +static inline void tasklet_hi_schedule_first(struct tasklet_struct *t) +{ + if (!test_and_set_bit(TASKLET_STATE_SCHED, &t->state)) + __tasklet_hi_schedule_first(t); +} + static inline void tasklet_disable_nosync(struct tasklet_struct *t) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From cd6d95d8449b7c9f415f26041e9ae173d387b6bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Gleixner Date: Fri, 12 Jun 2009 11:29:27 +0200 Subject: clocksource: prevent selection of low resolution clocksourse also for nohz=on commit 3f68535adad (clocksource: sanity check sysfs clocksource changes) prevents selection of non high resolution capable clocksources when high resolution mode is active, but did not take into account that the same rules apply for highres=off nohz=on. Check the tick device mode instead of hrtimer_hres_active() to verify whether the system needs to be protected from a switch to jiffies or other non highres capable clock sources. Reported-by: Luming Yu Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 2 +- include/linux/tick.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index 58021b0c396..0d2f7c8a33d 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ static inline int hrtimer_is_hres_active(struct hrtimer *timer) extern ktime_t ktime_get(void); extern ktime_t ktime_get_real(void); -extern int hrtimer_hres_active(void); + DECLARE_PER_CPU(struct tick_device, tick_cpu_device); diff --git a/include/linux/tick.h b/include/linux/tick.h index 469b82d88b3..0482229c07d 100644 --- a/include/linux/tick.h +++ b/include/linux/tick.h @@ -97,10 +97,12 @@ extern void tick_clock_notify(void); extern int tick_check_oneshot_change(int allow_nohz); extern struct tick_sched *tick_get_tick_sched(int cpu); extern void tick_check_idle(int cpu); +extern int tick_oneshot_mode_active(void); # else static inline void tick_clock_notify(void) { } static inline int tick_check_oneshot_change(int allow_nohz) { return 0; } static inline void tick_check_idle(int cpu) { } +static inline int tick_oneshot_mode_active(void) { return 0; } # endif #else /* CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS */ @@ -109,6 +111,7 @@ static inline void tick_cancel_sched_timer(int cpu) { } static inline void tick_clock_notify(void) { } static inline int tick_check_oneshot_change(int allow_nohz) { return 0; } static inline void tick_check_idle(int cpu) { } +static inline int tick_oneshot_mode_active(void) { return 0; } #endif /* !CONFIG_GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS */ # ifdef CONFIG_NO_HZ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a0891aa6a635f658f29bb061a00d6d3486941519 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Sat, 13 Jun 2009 12:26:29 +0200 Subject: netfilter: conntrack: move event caching to conntrack extension infrastructure This patch reworks the per-cpu event caching to use the conntrack extension infrastructure. The main drawback is that we consume more memory per conntrack if event delivery is enabled. This patch is required by the reliable event delivery that follows to this patch. BTW, this patch allows you to enable/disable event delivery via /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_events in runtime, although you can still disable event caching as compilation option. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h | 130 +++++++++++++++------------- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_extend.h | 2 + include/net/netns/conntrack.h | 5 +- 3 files changed, 73 insertions(+), 64 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h index 1afb907e015..e7ae297ba38 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h @@ -6,61 +6,52 @@ #define _NF_CONNTRACK_ECACHE_H #include -#include #include #include +#include +#include +#include -/* Connection tracking event bits */ +/* Connection tracking event types */ enum ip_conntrack_events { - /* New conntrack */ - IPCT_NEW_BIT = 0, - IPCT_NEW = (1 << IPCT_NEW_BIT), - - /* Expected connection */ - IPCT_RELATED_BIT = 1, - IPCT_RELATED = (1 << IPCT_RELATED_BIT), - - /* Destroyed conntrack */ - IPCT_DESTROY_BIT = 2, - IPCT_DESTROY = (1 << IPCT_DESTROY_BIT), - - /* Status has changed */ - IPCT_STATUS_BIT = 3, - IPCT_STATUS = (1 << IPCT_STATUS_BIT), + IPCT_NEW = 0, /* new conntrack */ + IPCT_RELATED = 1, /* related conntrack */ + IPCT_DESTROY = 2, /* destroyed conntrack */ + IPCT_STATUS = 3, /* status has changed */ + IPCT_PROTOINFO = 4, /* protocol information has changed */ + IPCT_HELPER = 5, /* new helper has been set */ + IPCT_MARK = 6, /* new mark has been set */ + IPCT_NATSEQADJ = 7, /* NAT is doing sequence adjustment */ + IPCT_SECMARK = 8, /* new security mark has been set */ +}; - /* Update of protocol info */ - IPCT_PROTOINFO_BIT = 4, - IPCT_PROTOINFO = (1 << IPCT_PROTOINFO_BIT), +enum ip_conntrack_expect_events { + IPEXP_NEW = 0, /* new expectation */ +}; - /* New helper for conntrack */ - IPCT_HELPER_BIT = 5, - IPCT_HELPER = (1 << IPCT_HELPER_BIT), +struct nf_conntrack_ecache { + unsigned long cache; /* bitops want long */ +}; - /* Mark is set */ - IPCT_MARK_BIT = 6, - IPCT_MARK = (1 << IPCT_MARK_BIT), +static inline struct nf_conntrack_ecache * +nf_ct_ecache_find(const struct nf_conn *ct) +{ + return nf_ct_ext_find(ct, NF_CT_EXT_ECACHE); +} - /* NAT sequence adjustment */ - IPCT_NATSEQADJ_BIT = 7, - IPCT_NATSEQADJ = (1 << IPCT_NATSEQADJ_BIT), +static inline struct nf_conntrack_ecache * +nf_ct_ecache_ext_add(struct nf_conn *ct, gfp_t gfp) +{ + struct net *net = nf_ct_net(ct); - /* Secmark is set */ - IPCT_SECMARK_BIT = 8, - IPCT_SECMARK = (1 << IPCT_SECMARK_BIT), -}; + if (!net->ct.sysctl_events) + return NULL; -enum ip_conntrack_expect_events { - IPEXP_NEW_BIT = 0, - IPEXP_NEW = (1 << IPEXP_NEW_BIT), + return nf_ct_ext_add(ct, NF_CT_EXT_ECACHE, gfp); }; #ifdef CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS -struct nf_conntrack_ecache { - struct nf_conn *ct; - unsigned int events; -}; - /* This structure is passed to event handler */ struct nf_ct_event { struct nf_conn *ct; @@ -76,30 +67,30 @@ extern struct nf_ct_event_notifier *nf_conntrack_event_cb; extern int nf_conntrack_register_notifier(struct nf_ct_event_notifier *nb); extern void nf_conntrack_unregister_notifier(struct nf_ct_event_notifier *nb); -extern void nf_ct_deliver_cached_events(const struct nf_conn *ct); -extern void __nf_ct_event_cache_init(struct nf_conn *ct); -extern void nf_ct_event_cache_flush(struct net *net); +extern void nf_ct_deliver_cached_events(struct nf_conn *ct); static inline void nf_conntrack_event_cache(enum ip_conntrack_events event, struct nf_conn *ct) { - struct net *net = nf_ct_net(ct); - struct nf_conntrack_ecache *ecache; - - local_bh_disable(); - ecache = per_cpu_ptr(net->ct.ecache, raw_smp_processor_id()); - if (ct != ecache->ct) - __nf_ct_event_cache_init(ct); - ecache->events |= event; - local_bh_enable(); + struct nf_conntrack_ecache *e; + + if (nf_conntrack_event_cb == NULL) + return; + + e = nf_ct_ecache_find(ct); + if (e == NULL) + return; + + set_bit(event, &e->cache); } static inline void -nf_conntrack_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_events event, - struct nf_conn *ct, - u32 pid, - int report) +nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(unsigned int eventmask, + struct nf_conn *ct, + u32 pid, + int report) { + struct net *net = nf_ct_net(ct); struct nf_ct_event_notifier *notify; rcu_read_lock(); @@ -107,22 +98,32 @@ nf_conntrack_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_events event, if (notify == NULL) goto out_unlock; + if (!net->ct.sysctl_events) + goto out_unlock; + if (nf_ct_is_confirmed(ct) && !nf_ct_is_dying(ct)) { struct nf_ct_event item = { .ct = ct, .pid = pid, .report = report }; - notify->fcn(event, &item); + notify->fcn(eventmask, &item); } out_unlock: rcu_read_unlock(); } +static inline void +nf_conntrack_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_events event, struct nf_conn *ct, + u32 pid, int report) +{ + nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(1 << event, ct, pid, report); +} + static inline void nf_conntrack_event(enum ip_conntrack_events event, struct nf_conn *ct) { - nf_conntrack_event_report(event, ct, 0, 0); + nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(1 << event, ct, 0, 0); } struct nf_exp_event { @@ -145,6 +146,7 @@ nf_ct_expect_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_expect_events event, u32 pid, int report) { + struct net *net = nf_ct_exp_net(exp); struct nf_exp_event_notifier *notify; rcu_read_lock(); @@ -152,13 +154,16 @@ nf_ct_expect_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_expect_events event, if (notify == NULL) goto out_unlock; + if (!net->ct.sysctl_events) + goto out_unlock; + { struct nf_exp_event item = { .exp = exp, .pid = pid, .report = report }; - notify->fcn(event, &item); + notify->fcn(1 << event, &item); } out_unlock: rcu_read_unlock(); @@ -178,6 +183,10 @@ extern void nf_conntrack_ecache_fini(struct net *net); static inline void nf_conntrack_event_cache(enum ip_conntrack_events event, struct nf_conn *ct) {} +static inline void nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(unsigned int eventmask, + struct nf_conn *ct, + u32 pid, + int report) {} static inline void nf_conntrack_event(enum ip_conntrack_events event, struct nf_conn *ct) {} static inline void nf_conntrack_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_events event, @@ -191,7 +200,6 @@ static inline void nf_ct_expect_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_expect_events e, struct nf_conntrack_expect *exp, u32 pid, int report) {} -static inline void nf_ct_event_cache_flush(struct net *net) {} static inline int nf_conntrack_ecache_init(struct net *net) { diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_extend.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_extend.h index da8ee52613a..7f8fc5d123c 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_extend.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_extend.h @@ -8,12 +8,14 @@ enum nf_ct_ext_id NF_CT_EXT_HELPER, NF_CT_EXT_NAT, NF_CT_EXT_ACCT, + NF_CT_EXT_ECACHE, NF_CT_EXT_NUM, }; #define NF_CT_EXT_HELPER_TYPE struct nf_conn_help #define NF_CT_EXT_NAT_TYPE struct nf_conn_nat #define NF_CT_EXT_ACCT_TYPE struct nf_conn_counter +#define NF_CT_EXT_ECACHE_TYPE struct nf_conntrack_ecache /* Extensions: optional stuff which isn't permanently in struct. */ struct nf_ct_ext { diff --git a/include/net/netns/conntrack.h b/include/net/netns/conntrack.h index 9dc58402bc0..505a51cd8c6 100644 --- a/include/net/netns/conntrack.h +++ b/include/net/netns/conntrack.h @@ -15,15 +15,14 @@ struct netns_ct { struct hlist_head *expect_hash; struct hlist_nulls_head unconfirmed; struct ip_conntrack_stat *stat; -#ifdef CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS - struct nf_conntrack_ecache *ecache; -#endif + int sysctl_events; int sysctl_acct; int sysctl_checksum; unsigned int sysctl_log_invalid; /* Log invalid packets */ #ifdef CONFIG_SYSCTL struct ctl_table_header *sysctl_header; struct ctl_table_header *acct_sysctl_header; + struct ctl_table_header *event_sysctl_header; #endif int hash_vmalloc; int expect_vmalloc; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9858a3ae1d4b390fbaa9c30b83cb66d861b76294 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Sat, 13 Jun 2009 12:28:22 +0200 Subject: netfilter: conntrack: move helper destruction to nf_ct_helper_destroy() This patch moves the helper destruction to a function that lives in nf_conntrack_helper.c. This new function is used in the patch to add ctnetlink reliable event delivery. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper.h index ee2a4b369a0..1b706800092 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper.h @@ -50,6 +50,8 @@ extern struct nf_conn_help *nf_ct_helper_ext_add(struct nf_conn *ct, gfp_t gfp); extern int __nf_ct_try_assign_helper(struct nf_conn *ct, gfp_t flags); +extern void nf_ct_helper_destroy(struct nf_conn *ct); + static inline struct nf_conn_help *nfct_help(const struct nf_conn *ct) { return nf_ct_ext_find(ct, NF_CT_EXT_HELPER); -- cgit v1.2.3 From d219dce76c64f2c883dad0537fa09a56d5ff0a10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Sat, 13 Jun 2009 12:28:57 +0200 Subject: list_nulls: add hlist_nulls_add_head and hlist_nulls_del This patch adds the hlist_nulls_add_head() function which is based on hlist_nulls_add_head_rcu() but without the use of rcu_assign_pointer(). It also adds hlist_nulls_del which is exactly the same like hlist_nulls_del_rcu(). Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/linux/list_nulls.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/list_nulls.h b/include/linux/list_nulls.h index 93150ecf3ea..5d10ae364b5 100644 --- a/include/linux/list_nulls.h +++ b/include/linux/list_nulls.h @@ -56,6 +56,18 @@ static inline int hlist_nulls_empty(const struct hlist_nulls_head *h) return is_a_nulls(h->first); } +static inline void hlist_nulls_add_head(struct hlist_nulls_node *n, + struct hlist_nulls_head *h) +{ + struct hlist_nulls_node *first = h->first; + + n->next = first; + n->pprev = &h->first; + h->first = n; + if (!is_a_nulls(first)) + first->pprev = &n->next; +} + static inline void __hlist_nulls_del(struct hlist_nulls_node *n) { struct hlist_nulls_node *next = n->next; @@ -65,6 +77,12 @@ static inline void __hlist_nulls_del(struct hlist_nulls_node *n) next->pprev = pprev; } +static inline void hlist_nulls_del(struct hlist_nulls_node *n) +{ + __hlist_nulls_del(n); + n->pprev = LIST_POISON2; +} + /** * hlist_nulls_for_each_entry - iterate over list of given type * @tpos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. -- cgit v1.2.3 From dd7669a92c6066b2b31bae7e04cd787092920883 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pablo Neira Ayuso Date: Sat, 13 Jun 2009 12:30:52 +0200 Subject: netfilter: conntrack: optional reliable conntrack event delivery This patch improves ctnetlink event reliability if one broadcast listener has set the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket option. The logic is the following: if an event delivery fails, we keep the undelivered events in the missed event cache. Once the next packet arrives, we add the new events (if any) to the missed events in the cache and we try a new delivery, and so on. Thus, if ctnetlink fails to deliver an event, we try to deliver them once we see a new packet. Therefore, we may lose state transitions but the userspace process gets in sync at some point. At worst case, if no events were delivered to userspace, we make sure that destroy events are successfully delivered. Basically, if ctnetlink fails to deliver the destroy event, we remove the conntrack entry from the hashes and we insert them in the dying list, which contains inactive entries. Then, the conntrack timer is added with an extra grace timeout of random32() % 15 seconds to trigger the event again (this grace timeout is tunable via /proc). The use of a limited random timeout value allows distributing the "destroy" resends, thus, avoiding accumulating lots "destroy" events at the same time. Event delivery may re-order but we can identify them by means of the tuple plus the conntrack ID. The maximum number of conntrack entries (active or inactive) is still handled by nf_conntrack_max. Thus, we may start dropping packets at some point if we accumulate a lot of inactive conntrack entries that did not successfully report the destroy event to userspace. During my stress tests consisting of setting a very small buffer of 2048 bytes for conntrackd and the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket flag, and generating lots of very small connections, I noticed very few destroy entries on the fly waiting to be resend. A simple way to test this patch consist of creating a lot of entries, set a very small Netlink buffer in conntrackd (+ a patch which is not in the git tree to set the BROADCAST_ERROR flag) and invoke `conntrack -F'. For expectations, no changes are introduced in this patch. Currently, event delivery is only done for new expectations (no events from expectation expiration, removal and confirmation). In that case, they need a per-expectation event cache to implement the same idea that is exposed in this patch. This patch can be useful to provide reliable flow-accouting. We still have to add a new conntrack extension to store the creation and destroy time. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy --- include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h | 2 + include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h | 61 +++++++++++++++++++++-------- include/net/netns/conntrack.h | 2 + 3 files changed, 48 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h index ecc79f95907..a632689b61b 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h @@ -201,6 +201,8 @@ extern struct nf_conntrack_tuple_hash * __nf_conntrack_find(struct net *net, const struct nf_conntrack_tuple *tuple); extern void nf_conntrack_hash_insert(struct nf_conn *ct); +extern void nf_ct_delete_from_lists(struct nf_conn *ct); +extern void nf_ct_insert_dying_list(struct nf_conn *ct); extern void nf_conntrack_flush_report(struct net *net, u32 pid, int report); diff --git a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h index e7ae297ba38..4f20d58e2ab 100644 --- a/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h +++ b/include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h @@ -32,6 +32,8 @@ enum ip_conntrack_expect_events { struct nf_conntrack_ecache { unsigned long cache; /* bitops want long */ + unsigned long missed; /* missed events */ + u32 pid; /* netlink pid of destroyer */ }; static inline struct nf_conntrack_ecache * @@ -84,14 +86,16 @@ nf_conntrack_event_cache(enum ip_conntrack_events event, struct nf_conn *ct) set_bit(event, &e->cache); } -static inline void +static inline int nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(unsigned int eventmask, struct nf_conn *ct, u32 pid, int report) { + int ret = 0; struct net *net = nf_ct_net(ct); struct nf_ct_event_notifier *notify; + struct nf_conntrack_ecache *e; rcu_read_lock(); notify = rcu_dereference(nf_conntrack_event_cb); @@ -101,29 +105,52 @@ nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(unsigned int eventmask, if (!net->ct.sysctl_events) goto out_unlock; + e = nf_ct_ecache_find(ct); + if (e == NULL) + goto out_unlock; + if (nf_ct_is_confirmed(ct) && !nf_ct_is_dying(ct)) { struct nf_ct_event item = { .ct = ct, - .pid = pid, + .pid = e->pid ? e->pid : pid, .report = report }; - notify->fcn(eventmask, &item); + /* This is a resent of a destroy event? If so, skip missed */ + unsigned long missed = e->pid ? 0 : e->missed; + + ret = notify->fcn(eventmask | missed, &item); + if (unlikely(ret < 0 || missed)) { + spin_lock_bh(&ct->lock); + if (ret < 0) { + /* This is a destroy event that has been + * triggered by a process, we store the PID + * to include it in the retransmission. */ + if (eventmask & (1 << IPCT_DESTROY) && + e->pid == 0 && pid != 0) + e->pid = pid; + else + e->missed |= eventmask; + } else + e->missed &= ~missed; + spin_unlock_bh(&ct->lock); + } } out_unlock: rcu_read_unlock(); + return ret; } -static inline void +static inline int nf_conntrack_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_events event, struct nf_conn *ct, u32 pid, int report) { - nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(1 << event, ct, pid, report); + return nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(1 << event, ct, pid, report); } -static inline void +static inline int nf_conntrack_event(enum ip_conntrack_events event, struct nf_conn *ct) { - nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(1 << event, ct, 0, 0); + return nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(1 << event, ct, 0, 0); } struct nf_exp_event { @@ -183,16 +210,16 @@ extern void nf_conntrack_ecache_fini(struct net *net); static inline void nf_conntrack_event_cache(enum ip_conntrack_events event, struct nf_conn *ct) {} -static inline void nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(unsigned int eventmask, - struct nf_conn *ct, - u32 pid, - int report) {} -static inline void nf_conntrack_event(enum ip_conntrack_events event, - struct nf_conn *ct) {} -static inline void nf_conntrack_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_events event, - struct nf_conn *ct, - u32 pid, - int report) {} +static inline int nf_conntrack_eventmask_report(unsigned int eventmask, + struct nf_conn *ct, + u32 pid, + int report) { return 0; } +static inline int nf_conntrack_event(enum ip_conntrack_events event, + struct nf_conn *ct) { return 0; } +static inline int nf_conntrack_event_report(enum ip_conntrack_events event, + struct nf_conn *ct, + u32 pid, + int report) { return 0; } static inline void nf_ct_deliver_cached_events(const struct nf_conn *ct) {} static inline void nf_ct_expect_event(enum ip_conntrack_expect_events event, struct nf_conntrack_expect *exp) {} diff --git a/include/net/netns/conntrack.h b/include/net/netns/conntrack.h index 505a51cd8c6..ba1ba0c5efd 100644 --- a/include/net/netns/conntrack.h +++ b/include/net/netns/conntrack.h @@ -14,8 +14,10 @@ struct netns_ct { struct hlist_nulls_head *hash; struct hlist_head *expect_hash; struct hlist_nulls_head unconfirmed; + struct hlist_nulls_head dying; struct ip_conntrack_stat *stat; int sysctl_events; + unsigned int sysctl_events_retry_timeout; int sysctl_acct; int sysctl_checksum; unsigned int sysctl_log_invalid; /* Log invalid packets */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From dfec072ecd35ba6ecad2d51dde325253ac9a2936 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Fri, 4 Apr 2008 00:51:41 +0200 Subject: kmemcheck: add the kmemcheck core General description: kmemcheck is a patch to the linux kernel that detects use of uninitialized memory. It does this by trapping every read and write to memory that was allocated dynamically (e.g. using kmalloc()). If a memory address is read that has not previously been written to, a message is printed to the kernel log. Thanks to Andi Kleen for the set_memory_4k() solution. Andrew Morton suggested documenting the shadow member of struct page. Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg [export kmemcheck_mark_initialized] [build fix for setup_max_cpus] Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar [rebased for mainline inclusion] Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/kmemcheck.h | 17 +++++++++++++++++ include/linux/mm_types.h | 8 ++++++++ 2 files changed, 25 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/kmemcheck.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kmemcheck.h b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..39480c91b2f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#ifndef LINUX_KMEMCHECK_H +#define LINUX_KMEMCHECK_H + +#include +#include + +#ifdef CONFIG_KMEMCHECK +extern int kmemcheck_enabled; + +int kmemcheck_show_addr(unsigned long address); +int kmemcheck_hide_addr(unsigned long address); +#else +#define kmemcheck_enabled 0 + +#endif /* CONFIG_KMEMCHECK */ + +#endif /* LINUX_KMEMCHECK_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/mm_types.h b/include/linux/mm_types.h index 0e80e26ecf2..0042090a4d7 100644 --- a/include/linux/mm_types.h +++ b/include/linux/mm_types.h @@ -98,6 +98,14 @@ struct page { #ifdef CONFIG_WANT_PAGE_DEBUG_FLAGS unsigned long debug_flags; /* Use atomic bitops on this */ #endif + +#ifdef CONFIG_KMEMCHECK + /* + * kmemcheck wants to track the status of each byte in a page; this + * is a pointer to such a status block. NULL if not tracked. + */ + void *shadow; +#endif }; /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5f5bac8272be791b67c7b7b411e7c8c5847e598a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Micha=C5=82=20Miros=C5=82aw?= Date: Fri, 22 May 2009 20:33:59 +0200 Subject: mmc: Driver for CB710/720 memory card reader (MMC part) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit The code is divided in two parts. There is a virtual 'bus' driver that handles PCI device and registers three new devices one per card reader type. The other driver handles SD/MMC part of the reader. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman --- include/linux/cb710.h | 238 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/pci_ids.h | 1 + 2 files changed, 239 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/cb710.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/cb710.h b/include/linux/cb710.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c3819e1ce1c --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/cb710.h @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* + * cb710/cb710.h + * + * Copyright by Michał Mirosław, 2008-2009 + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + */ +#ifndef LINUX_CB710_DRIVER_H +#define LINUX_CB710_DRIVER_H + +#ifdef CONFIG_CB710_DEBUG +#define DEBUG +#endif + +/* verify assumptions on platform_device framework */ +#define CONFIG_CB710_DEBUG_ASSUMPTIONS + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +struct cb710_slot; + +typedef int (*cb710_irq_handler_t)(struct cb710_slot *); + +/* per-virtual-slot structure */ +struct cb710_slot { + struct platform_device pdev; + void __iomem *iobase; + cb710_irq_handler_t irq_handler; +}; + +/* per-device structure */ +struct cb710_chip { + struct pci_dev *pdev; + void __iomem *iobase; + unsigned platform_id; +#ifdef CONFIG_CB710_DEBUG_ASSUMPTIONS + atomic_t slot_refs_count; +#endif + unsigned slot_mask; + unsigned slots; + spinlock_t irq_lock; + struct cb710_slot slot[0]; +}; + +/* NOTE: cb710_chip.slots is modified only during device init/exit and + * they are all serialized wrt themselves */ + +/* cb710_chip.slot_mask values */ +#define CB710_SLOT_MMC 1 +#define CB710_SLOT_MS 2 +#define CB710_SLOT_SM 4 + +/* slot port accessors - so the logic is more clear in the code */ +#define CB710_PORT_ACCESSORS(t) \ +static inline void cb710_write_port_##t(struct cb710_slot *slot, \ + unsigned port, u##t value) \ +{ \ + iowrite##t(value, slot->iobase + port); \ +} \ + \ +static inline u##t cb710_read_port_##t(struct cb710_slot *slot, \ + unsigned port) \ +{ \ + return ioread##t(slot->iobase + port); \ +} \ + \ +static inline void cb710_modify_port_##t(struct cb710_slot *slot, \ + unsigned port, u##t set, u##t clear) \ +{ \ + iowrite##t( \ + (ioread##t(slot->iobase + port) & ~clear)|set, \ + slot->iobase + port); \ +} + +CB710_PORT_ACCESSORS(8) +CB710_PORT_ACCESSORS(16) +CB710_PORT_ACCESSORS(32) + +void cb710_pci_update_config_reg(struct pci_dev *pdev, + int reg, uint32_t and, uint32_t xor); +void cb710_set_irq_handler(struct cb710_slot *slot, + cb710_irq_handler_t handler); + +/* some device struct walking */ + +static inline struct cb710_slot *cb710_pdev_to_slot( + struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + return container_of(pdev, struct cb710_slot, pdev); +} + +static inline struct cb710_chip *cb710_slot_to_chip(struct cb710_slot *slot) +{ + return dev_get_drvdata(slot->pdev.dev.parent); +} + +static inline struct device *cb710_slot_dev(struct cb710_slot *slot) +{ + return &slot->pdev.dev; +} + +static inline struct device *cb710_chip_dev(struct cb710_chip *chip) +{ + return &chip->pdev->dev; +} + +/* debugging aids */ + +#ifdef CONFIG_CB710_DEBUG +void cb710_dump_regs(struct cb710_chip *chip, unsigned dump); +#else +#define cb710_dump_regs(c, d) do {} while (0) +#endif + +#define CB710_DUMP_REGS_MMC 0x0F +#define CB710_DUMP_REGS_MS 0x30 +#define CB710_DUMP_REGS_SM 0xC0 +#define CB710_DUMP_REGS_ALL 0xFF +#define CB710_DUMP_REGS_MASK 0xFF + +#define CB710_DUMP_ACCESS_8 0x100 +#define CB710_DUMP_ACCESS_16 0x200 +#define CB710_DUMP_ACCESS_32 0x400 +#define CB710_DUMP_ACCESS_ALL 0x700 +#define CB710_DUMP_ACCESS_MASK 0x700 + +#endif /* LINUX_CB710_DRIVER_H */ +/* + * cb710/sgbuf2.h + * + * Copyright by Michał Mirosław, 2008-2009 + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + */ +#ifndef LINUX_CB710_SG_H +#define LINUX_CB710_SG_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * cb710_sg_miter_stop_writing - stop mapping iteration after writing + * @miter: sg mapping iter to be stopped + * + * Description: + * Stops mapping iterator @miter. @miter should have been started + * started using sg_miter_start(). A stopped iteration can be + * resumed by calling sg_miter_next() on it. This is useful when + * resources (kmap) need to be released during iteration. + * + * This is a convenience wrapper that will be optimized out for arches + * that don't need flush_kernel_dcache_page(). + * + * Context: + * IRQ disabled if the SG_MITER_ATOMIC is set. Don't care otherwise. + */ +static inline void cb710_sg_miter_stop_writing(struct sg_mapping_iter *miter) +{ + if (miter->page) + flush_kernel_dcache_page(miter->page); + sg_miter_stop(miter); +} + +/* + * 32-bit PIO mapping sg iterator + * + * Hides scatterlist access issues - fragment boundaries, alignment, page + * mapping - for drivers using 32-bit-word-at-a-time-PIO (ie. PCI devices + * without DMA support). + * + * Best-case reading (transfer from device): + * sg_miter_start(); + * cb710_sg_dwiter_write_from_io(); + * cb710_sg_miter_stop_writing(); + * + * Best-case writing (transfer to device): + * sg_miter_start(); + * cb710_sg_dwiter_read_to_io(); + * sg_miter_stop(); + */ + +uint32_t cb710_sg_dwiter_read_next_block(struct sg_mapping_iter *miter); +void cb710_sg_dwiter_write_next_block(struct sg_mapping_iter *miter, uint32_t data); + +/** + * cb710_sg_dwiter_write_from_io - transfer data to mapped buffer from 32-bit IO port + * @miter: sg mapping iter + * @port: PIO port - IO or MMIO address + * @count: number of 32-bit words to transfer + * + * Description: + * Reads @count 32-bit words from register @port and stores it in + * buffer iterated by @miter. Data that would overflow the buffer + * is silently ignored. Iterator is advanced by 4*@count bytes + * or to the buffer's end whichever is closer. + * + * Context: + * IRQ disabled if the SG_MITER_ATOMIC is set. Don't care otherwise. + */ +static inline void cb710_sg_dwiter_write_from_io(struct sg_mapping_iter *miter, + void __iomem *port, size_t count) +{ + while (count-- > 0) + cb710_sg_dwiter_write_next_block(miter, ioread32(port)); +} + +/** + * cb710_sg_dwiter_read_to_io - transfer data to 32-bit IO port from mapped buffer + * @miter: sg mapping iter + * @port: PIO port - IO or MMIO address + * @count: number of 32-bit words to transfer + * + * Description: + * Writes @count 32-bit words to register @port from buffer iterated + * through @miter. If buffer ends before @count words are written + * missing data is replaced by zeroes. @miter is advanced by 4*@count + * bytes or to the buffer's end whichever is closer. + * + * Context: + * IRQ disabled if the SG_MITER_ATOMIC is set. Don't care otherwise. + */ +static inline void cb710_sg_dwiter_read_to_io(struct sg_mapping_iter *miter, + void __iomem *port, size_t count) +{ + while (count-- > 0) + iowrite32(cb710_sg_dwiter_read_next_block(miter), port); +} + +#endif /* LINUX_CB710_SG_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index 19f8e6d1a4d..9f36e1cdbf0 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -2127,6 +2127,7 @@ #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_MAINPINE 0x1522 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_MAINPINE_PBRIDGE 0x0100 #define PCI_VENDOR_ID_ENE 0x1524 +#define PCI_DEVICE_ID_ENE_CB710_FLASH 0x0510 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_ENE_CB712_SD 0x0550 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_ENE_CB712_SD_2 0x0551 #define PCI_DEVICE_ID_ENE_CB714_SD 0x0750 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9bf69a26ad9ccdc49469402275204271b3336ab6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Pierre Ossman Date: Thu, 4 Jun 2009 08:00:40 +0200 Subject: cb710: handle DEBUG define in Makefile Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman --- include/linux/cb710.h | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/cb710.h b/include/linux/cb710.h index c3819e1ce1c..a09213b5261 100644 --- a/include/linux/cb710.h +++ b/include/linux/cb710.h @@ -10,10 +10,6 @@ #ifndef LINUX_CB710_DRIVER_H #define LINUX_CB710_DRIVER_H -#ifdef CONFIG_CB710_DEBUG -#define DEBUG -#endif - /* verify assumptions on platform_device framework */ #define CONFIG_CB710_DEBUG_ASSUMPTIONS -- cgit v1.2.3 From c54f6bc67a4398243682f7438a2129906e127d21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Micha=C5=82=20Miros=C5=82aw?= Date: Sat, 13 Jun 2009 12:37:59 +0200 Subject: cb710: more cleanup for the DEBUG case. MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman --- include/linux/cb710.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/cb710.h b/include/linux/cb710.h index a09213b5261..63bc9a4d292 100644 --- a/include/linux/cb710.h +++ b/include/linux/cb710.h @@ -10,9 +10,6 @@ #ifndef LINUX_CB710_DRIVER_H #define LINUX_CB710_DRIVER_H -/* verify assumptions on platform_device framework */ -#define CONFIG_CB710_DEBUG_ASSUMPTIONS - #include #include #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From f0e46cc4971f6be96010d9248e0fc076b229d989 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Philipp Zabel Date: Thu, 4 Jun 2009 20:12:31 +0200 Subject: MFD,mmc: tmio_mmc: make HCLK configurable The Toshiba parts all have a 24 MHz HCLK, but HTC ASIC3 has a 24.576 MHz HCLK and AMD Imageon w228x's HCLK is 80 MHz. With this patch, the MFD driver provides the HCLK frequency to tmio_mmc via mfd_cell->driver_data. Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel Acked-by: Ian Molton Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman --- include/linux/mfd/tmio.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h b/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h index 516d955ab8a..c377118884e 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tmio.h @@ -18,6 +18,13 @@ writew((val) >> 16, (addr) + 2); \ } while (0) +/* + * data for the MMC controller + */ +struct tmio_mmc_data { + unsigned int hclk; +}; + /* * data for the NAND controller */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 837ec787d85fda8d73193a399ebcea0288e4765b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stefan Richter Date: Tue, 9 Jun 2009 23:56:55 +0200 Subject: firewire: core: don't update Broadcast_Channel if RFC 2734 conditions aren't met This extra check will avoid Broadcast_Channel register related traffic to many IIDC, SBP-2, and AV/C devices which aren't IRMC or have a max_rec < 8 (i.e. support < 512 bytes async payload). This avoids a little bit of traffic after bus reset and is even more careful with devices which don't implement this CSR. The assumption is that no other protocol than IP over 1394 uses the broadcast channel for streams. Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter --- include/linux/firewire.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/firewire.h b/include/linux/firewire.h index a69aea0394e..610eade8abb 100644 --- a/include/linux/firewire.h +++ b/include/linux/firewire.h @@ -191,7 +191,9 @@ struct fw_device { size_t config_rom_length; int config_rom_retries; unsigned is_local:1; + unsigned max_rec:4; unsigned cmc:1; + unsigned irmc:1; unsigned bc_implemented:2; struct delayed_work work; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1e626fdcef61460dc75fe7377f38bb019722b848 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stefan Richter Date: Sun, 14 Jun 2009 13:23:58 +0200 Subject: firewire: core: use more outbound tlabels Tlabel is a 6 bits wide datum. Wrap it after 63 rather than 31 for more safety against transaction label exhaustion and potential responders' transaction layer bugs. (As noted by Guus Sliepen, this change requires an expansion of tlabel_mask to 64 bits.) Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter --- include/linux/firewire.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/firewire.h b/include/linux/firewire.h index 610eade8abb..e584b7215e8 100644 --- a/include/linux/firewire.h +++ b/include/linux/firewire.h @@ -98,7 +98,8 @@ struct fw_card { int node_id; int generation; - int current_tlabel, tlabel_mask; + int current_tlabel; + u64 tlabel_mask; struct list_head transaction_list; struct timer_list flush_timer; unsigned long reset_jiffies; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7923f90fffa8746f6457d4eea2109fd3d6414189 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sam Ravnborg Date: Sun, 14 Jun 2009 22:10:41 +0200 Subject: vmlinux.lds.h update Updated after review by Tim Abbott. - Use HEAD_TEXT_SECTION - Drop use of section-names.h and delete file - Introduce EXIT_CALL Deleting section-names.h required a few simple updates of init.h Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg Cc: Tim Abbott --- include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h | 17 ++++++++++------- include/linux/init.h | 4 +--- include/linux/section-names.h | 6 ------ 3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/section-names.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h b/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h index fba42236e94..7381f701f3f 100644 --- a/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h +++ b/include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * { * . = START; * __init_begin = .; - * HEAD_SECTION + * HEAD_TEXT_SECTION * INIT_TEXT_SECTION(PAGE_SIZE) * INIT_DATA_SECTION(...) * PERCPU(PAGE_SIZE) @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ * /DISCARD/ : { * EXIT_TEXT * EXIT_DATA - * *(.exitcall.exit) + * EXIT_CALL * } * STABS_DEBUG * DWARF_DEBUG @@ -52,7 +52,6 @@ * Examples are: [__initramfs_start, __initramfs_end] for initramfs and * [__nosave_begin, __nosave_end] for the nosave data */ - #include #ifndef LOAD_OFFSET #define LOAD_OFFSET 0 @@ -414,9 +413,9 @@ #endif /* Section used for early init (in .S files) */ -#define HEAD_TEXT *(HEAD_TEXT_SECTION) +#define HEAD_TEXT *(.head.text) -#define HEAD_SECTION \ +#define HEAD_TEXT_SECTION \ .head.text : AT(ADDR(.head.text) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ HEAD_TEXT \ } @@ -473,6 +472,9 @@ CPU_DISCARD(exit.text) \ MEM_DISCARD(exit.text) +#define EXIT_CALL \ + *(.exitcall.exit) + /* * bss (Block Started by Symbol) - uninitialized data * zeroed during startup @@ -692,7 +694,7 @@ * NOSAVE_DATA starts and ends with a PAGE_SIZE alignment which * matches the requirment of PAGE_ALIGNED_DATA. * -/* use 0 as page_align if page_aligned data is not used */ + * use 0 as page_align if page_aligned data is not used */ #define RW_DATA_SECTION(cacheline, nosave, pagealigned, inittask) \ . = ALIGN(PAGE_SIZE); \ .data : AT(ADDR(.data) - LOAD_OFFSET) { \ @@ -726,4 +728,5 @@ #define BSS_SECTION(sbss_align, bss_align) \ SBSS \ BSS(bss_align) \ - . = ALIGN(4); \ + . = ALIGN(4); + diff --git a/include/linux/init.h b/include/linux/init.h index 9f70c9f25d4..b2189803f19 100644 --- a/include/linux/init.h +++ b/include/linux/init.h @@ -2,8 +2,6 @@ #define _LINUX_INIT_H #include -#include -#include /* These macros are used to mark some functions or * initialized data (doesn't apply to uninitialized data) @@ -101,7 +99,7 @@ #define __memexitconst __section(.memexit.rodata) /* For assembly routines */ -#define __HEAD .section __stringify(HEAD_TEXT_SECTION),"ax" +#define __HEAD .section ".head.text","ax" #define __INIT .section ".init.text","ax" #define __FINIT .previous diff --git a/include/linux/section-names.h b/include/linux/section-names.h deleted file mode 100644 index c956f4eb2ad..00000000000 --- a/include/linux/section-names.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef __LINUX_SECTION_NAMES_H -#define __LINUX_SECTION_NAMES_H - -#define HEAD_TEXT_SECTION .head.text - -#endif /* !__LINUX_SECTION_NAMES_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5a7e3d1281bbc4404b250b4a18d3ecb07c77640c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Samuel Thibault Date: Sat, 13 Jun 2009 14:52:33 +0200 Subject: keyboard: advertise KT_DEAD2 extended diacriticals In addition to KT_DEAD which has limited support for diacriticals, there is KT_DEAD2 that can support 256 criticals, so let's advertise it in . This lets userland know abut the drivers/char/keyboard.c function k_dead2, which supports more than the few trivial ones that k_dead supports. Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/keyboard.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/keyboard.h b/include/linux/keyboard.h index a3c984d780f..33a63f62d57 100644 --- a/include/linux/keyboard.h +++ b/include/linux/keyboard.h @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ extern int unregister_keyboard_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb); #define KT_ASCII 9 #define KT_LOCK 10 #define KT_SLOCK 12 +#define KT_DEAD2 13 #define KT_BRL 14 #define K(t,v) (((t)<<8)|(v)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 602c11a8ee62d49cddbc5972e5edb876dd415113 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dave Airlie Date: Mon, 15 Jun 2009 09:24:41 +1000 Subject: drm/radeon: fix mobility flags on new PCI IDs. These aren't used that much on r600, but may be needed in the future, so get them correct now. Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/drm/drm_pciids.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/drm/drm_pciids.h b/include/drm/drm_pciids.h index f8634ab53b8..45c18672b09 100644 --- a/include/drm/drm_pciids.h +++ b/include/drm/drm_pciids.h @@ -254,8 +254,8 @@ {0x1002, 0x940A, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_R600|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x940B, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_R600|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x940F, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_R600|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ - {0x1002, 0x94A0, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV740|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ - {0x1002, 0x94A1, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV740|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ + {0x1002, 0x94A0, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV740|RADEON_IS_MOBILITY|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ + {0x1002, 0x94A1, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV740|RADEON_IS_MOBILITY|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x94B1, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV740|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x94B3, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV740|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x94B5, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV740|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ @@ -273,8 +273,8 @@ {0x1002, 0x9456, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x945A, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_IS_MOBILITY|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x945B, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_IS_MOBILITY|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ - {0x1002, 0x9460, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_IS_MOBILITY|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ - {0x1002, 0x9462, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_IS_MOBILITY|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ + {0x1002, 0x9460, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ + {0x1002, 0x9462, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x946A, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_IS_MOBILITY|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x946B, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_IS_MOBILITY|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ {0x1002, 0x947A, PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, CHIP_RV770|RADEON_IS_MOBILITY|RADEON_NEW_MEMMAP}, \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ba4e7d973dd09b66912ac4c0856add8b0703a997 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Hellstrom Date: Wed, 10 Jun 2009 15:20:19 +0200 Subject: drm: Add the TTM GPU memory manager subsystem. TTM is a GPU memory manager subsystem designed for use with GPU devices with various memory types (On-card VRAM, AGP, PCI apertures etc.). It's essentially a helper library that assists the DRM driver in creating and managing persistent buffer objects. TTM manages placement of data and CPU map setup and teardown on data movement. It can also optionally manage synchronization of data on a per-buffer-object level. TTM takes care to provide an always valid virtual user-space address to a buffer object which makes user-space sub-allocation of big buffer objects feasible. TTM uses a fine-grained per buffer-object locking scheme, taking care to release all relevant locks when waiting for the GPU. Although this implies some locking overhead, it's probably a big win for devices with multiple command submission mechanisms, since the lock contention will be minimal. TTM can be used with whatever user-space interface the driver chooses, including GEM. It's used by the upcoming Radeon KMS DRM driver and is also the GPU memory management core of various new experimental DRM drivers. Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_api.h | 618 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_driver.h | 867 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/drm/ttm/ttm_memory.h | 153 +++++++ include/drm/ttm/ttm_module.h | 58 +++ include/drm/ttm/ttm_placement.h | 92 +++++ 5 files changed, 1788 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_api.h create mode 100644 include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_driver.h create mode 100644 include/drm/ttm/ttm_memory.h create mode 100644 include/drm/ttm/ttm_module.h create mode 100644 include/drm/ttm/ttm_placement.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_api.h b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_api.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd22ab4b495 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_api.h @@ -0,0 +1,618 @@ +/************************************************************************** + * + * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 VMware, Inc., Palo Alto, CA., USA + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the + * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions + * of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS, AUTHORS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, + * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE + * USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + **************************************************************************/ +/* + * Authors: Thomas Hellstrom + */ + +#ifndef _TTM_BO_API_H_ +#define _TTM_BO_API_H_ + +#include "drm_hashtab.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +struct ttm_bo_device; + +struct drm_mm_node; + +/** + * struct ttm_mem_reg + * + * @mm_node: Memory manager node. + * @size: Requested size of memory region. + * @num_pages: Actual size of memory region in pages. + * @page_alignment: Page alignment. + * @placement: Placement flags. + * + * Structure indicating the placement and space resources used by a + * buffer object. + */ + +struct ttm_mem_reg { + struct drm_mm_node *mm_node; + unsigned long size; + unsigned long num_pages; + uint32_t page_alignment; + uint32_t mem_type; + uint32_t placement; +}; + +/** + * enum ttm_bo_type + * + * @ttm_bo_type_device: These are 'normal' buffers that can + * be mmapped by user space. Each of these bos occupy a slot in the + * device address space, that can be used for normal vm operations. + * + * @ttm_bo_type_user: These are user-space memory areas that are made + * available to the GPU by mapping the buffer pages into the GPU aperture + * space. These buffers cannot be mmaped from the device address space. + * + * @ttm_bo_type_kernel: These buffers are like ttm_bo_type_device buffers, + * but they cannot be accessed from user-space. For kernel-only use. + */ + +enum ttm_bo_type { + ttm_bo_type_device, + ttm_bo_type_user, + ttm_bo_type_kernel +}; + +struct ttm_tt; + +/** + * struct ttm_buffer_object + * + * @bdev: Pointer to the buffer object device structure. + * @buffer_start: The virtual user-space start address of ttm_bo_type_user + * buffers. + * @type: The bo type. + * @destroy: Destruction function. If NULL, kfree is used. + * @num_pages: Actual number of pages. + * @addr_space_offset: Address space offset. + * @acc_size: Accounted size for this object. + * @kref: Reference count of this buffer object. When this refcount reaches + * zero, the object is put on the delayed delete list. + * @list_kref: List reference count of this buffer object. This member is + * used to avoid destruction while the buffer object is still on a list. + * Lru lists may keep one refcount, the delayed delete list, and kref != 0 + * keeps one refcount. When this refcount reaches zero, + * the object is destroyed. + * @event_queue: Queue for processes waiting on buffer object status change. + * @lock: spinlock protecting mostly synchronization members. + * @proposed_placement: Proposed placement for the buffer. Changed only by the + * creator prior to validation as opposed to bo->mem.proposed_flags which is + * changed by the implementation prior to a buffer move if it wants to outsmart + * the buffer creator / user. This latter happens, for example, at eviction. + * @mem: structure describing current placement. + * @persistant_swap_storage: Usually the swap storage is deleted for buffers + * pinned in physical memory. If this behaviour is not desired, this member + * holds a pointer to a persistant shmem object. + * @ttm: TTM structure holding system pages. + * @evicted: Whether the object was evicted without user-space knowing. + * @cpu_writes: For synchronization. Number of cpu writers. + * @lru: List head for the lru list. + * @ddestroy: List head for the delayed destroy list. + * @swap: List head for swap LRU list. + * @val_seq: Sequence of the validation holding the @reserved lock. + * Used to avoid starvation when many processes compete to validate the + * buffer. This member is protected by the bo_device::lru_lock. + * @seq_valid: The value of @val_seq is valid. This value is protected by + * the bo_device::lru_lock. + * @reserved: Deadlock-free lock used for synchronization state transitions. + * @sync_obj_arg: Opaque argument to synchronization object function. + * @sync_obj: Pointer to a synchronization object. + * @priv_flags: Flags describing buffer object internal state. + * @vm_rb: Rb node for the vm rb tree. + * @vm_node: Address space manager node. + * @offset: The current GPU offset, which can have different meanings + * depending on the memory type. For SYSTEM type memory, it should be 0. + * @cur_placement: Hint of current placement. + * + * Base class for TTM buffer object, that deals with data placement and CPU + * mappings. GPU mappings are really up to the driver, but for simpler GPUs + * the driver can usually use the placement offset @offset directly as the + * GPU virtual address. For drivers implementing multiple + * GPU memory manager contexts, the driver should manage the address space + * in these contexts separately and use these objects to get the correct + * placement and caching for these GPU maps. This makes it possible to use + * these objects for even quite elaborate memory management schemes. + * The destroy member, the API visibility of this object makes it possible + * to derive driver specific types. + */ + +struct ttm_buffer_object { + /** + * Members constant at init. + */ + + struct ttm_bo_device *bdev; + unsigned long buffer_start; + enum ttm_bo_type type; + void (*destroy) (struct ttm_buffer_object *); + unsigned long num_pages; + uint64_t addr_space_offset; + size_t acc_size; + + /** + * Members not needing protection. + */ + + struct kref kref; + struct kref list_kref; + wait_queue_head_t event_queue; + spinlock_t lock; + + /** + * Members protected by the bo::reserved lock. + */ + + uint32_t proposed_placement; + struct ttm_mem_reg mem; + struct file *persistant_swap_storage; + struct ttm_tt *ttm; + bool evicted; + + /** + * Members protected by the bo::reserved lock only when written to. + */ + + atomic_t cpu_writers; + + /** + * Members protected by the bdev::lru_lock. + */ + + struct list_head lru; + struct list_head ddestroy; + struct list_head swap; + uint32_t val_seq; + bool seq_valid; + + /** + * Members protected by the bdev::lru_lock + * only when written to. + */ + + atomic_t reserved; + + + /** + * Members protected by the bo::lock + */ + + void *sync_obj_arg; + void *sync_obj; + unsigned long priv_flags; + + /** + * Members protected by the bdev::vm_lock + */ + + struct rb_node vm_rb; + struct drm_mm_node *vm_node; + + + /** + * Special members that are protected by the reserve lock + * and the bo::lock when written to. Can be read with + * either of these locks held. + */ + + unsigned long offset; + uint32_t cur_placement; +}; + +/** + * struct ttm_bo_kmap_obj + * + * @virtual: The current kernel virtual address. + * @page: The page when kmap'ing a single page. + * @bo_kmap_type: Type of bo_kmap. + * + * Object describing a kernel mapping. Since a TTM bo may be located + * in various memory types with various caching policies, the + * mapping can either be an ioremap, a vmap, a kmap or part of a + * premapped region. + */ + +struct ttm_bo_kmap_obj { + void *virtual; + struct page *page; + enum { + ttm_bo_map_iomap, + ttm_bo_map_vmap, + ttm_bo_map_kmap, + ttm_bo_map_premapped, + } bo_kmap_type; +}; + +/** + * ttm_bo_reference - reference a struct ttm_buffer_object + * + * @bo: The buffer object. + * + * Returns a refcounted pointer to a buffer object. + */ + +static inline struct ttm_buffer_object * +ttm_bo_reference(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo) +{ + kref_get(&bo->kref); + return bo; +} + +/** + * ttm_bo_wait - wait for buffer idle. + * + * @bo: The buffer object. + * @interruptible: Use interruptible wait. + * @no_wait: Return immediately if buffer is busy. + * + * This function must be called with the bo::mutex held, and makes + * sure any previous rendering to the buffer is completed. + * Note: It might be necessary to block validations before the + * wait by reserving the buffer. + * Returns -EBUSY if no_wait is true and the buffer is busy. + * Returns -ERESTART if interrupted by a signal. + */ +extern int ttm_bo_wait(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, bool lazy, + bool interruptible, bool no_wait); +/** + * ttm_buffer_object_validate + * + * @bo: The buffer object. + * @proposed_placement: Proposed_placement for the buffer object. + * @interruptible: Sleep interruptible if sleeping. + * @no_wait: Return immediately if the buffer is busy. + * + * Changes placement and caching policy of the buffer object + * according to bo::proposed_flags. + * Returns + * -EINVAL on invalid proposed_flags. + * -ENOMEM on out-of-memory condition. + * -EBUSY if no_wait is true and buffer busy. + * -ERESTART if interrupted by a signal. + */ +extern int ttm_buffer_object_validate(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + uint32_t proposed_placement, + bool interruptible, bool no_wait); +/** + * ttm_bo_unref + * + * @bo: The buffer object. + * + * Unreference and clear a pointer to a buffer object. + */ +extern void ttm_bo_unref(struct ttm_buffer_object **bo); + +/** + * ttm_bo_synccpu_write_grab + * + * @bo: The buffer object: + * @no_wait: Return immediately if buffer is busy. + * + * Synchronizes a buffer object for CPU RW access. This means + * blocking command submission that affects the buffer and + * waiting for buffer idle. This lock is recursive. + * Returns + * -EBUSY if the buffer is busy and no_wait is true. + * -ERESTART if interrupted by a signal. + */ + +extern int +ttm_bo_synccpu_write_grab(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, bool no_wait); +/** + * ttm_bo_synccpu_write_release: + * + * @bo : The buffer object. + * + * Releases a synccpu lock. + */ +extern void ttm_bo_synccpu_write_release(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo); + +/** + * ttm_buffer_object_init + * + * @bdev: Pointer to a ttm_bo_device struct. + * @bo: Pointer to a ttm_buffer_object to be initialized. + * @size: Requested size of buffer object. + * @type: Requested type of buffer object. + * @flags: Initial placement flags. + * @page_alignment: Data alignment in pages. + * @buffer_start: Virtual address of user space data backing a + * user buffer object. + * @interruptible: If needing to sleep to wait for GPU resources, + * sleep interruptible. + * @persistant_swap_storage: Usually the swap storage is deleted for buffers + * pinned in physical memory. If this behaviour is not desired, this member + * holds a pointer to a persistant shmem object. Typically, this would + * point to the shmem object backing a GEM object if TTM is used to back a + * GEM user interface. + * @acc_size: Accounted size for this object. + * @destroy: Destroy function. Use NULL for kfree(). + * + * This function initializes a pre-allocated struct ttm_buffer_object. + * As this object may be part of a larger structure, this function, + * together with the @destroy function, + * enables driver-specific objects derived from a ttm_buffer_object. + * On successful return, the object kref and list_kref are set to 1. + * Returns + * -ENOMEM: Out of memory. + * -EINVAL: Invalid placement flags. + * -ERESTART: Interrupted by signal while sleeping waiting for resources. + */ + +extern int ttm_buffer_object_init(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, + struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + unsigned long size, + enum ttm_bo_type type, + uint32_t flags, + uint32_t page_alignment, + unsigned long buffer_start, + bool interrubtible, + struct file *persistant_swap_storage, + size_t acc_size, + void (*destroy) (struct ttm_buffer_object *)); +/** + * ttm_bo_synccpu_object_init + * + * @bdev: Pointer to a ttm_bo_device struct. + * @bo: Pointer to a ttm_buffer_object to be initialized. + * @size: Requested size of buffer object. + * @type: Requested type of buffer object. + * @flags: Initial placement flags. + * @page_alignment: Data alignment in pages. + * @buffer_start: Virtual address of user space data backing a + * user buffer object. + * @interruptible: If needing to sleep while waiting for GPU resources, + * sleep interruptible. + * @persistant_swap_storage: Usually the swap storage is deleted for buffers + * pinned in physical memory. If this behaviour is not desired, this member + * holds a pointer to a persistant shmem object. Typically, this would + * point to the shmem object backing a GEM object if TTM is used to back a + * GEM user interface. + * @p_bo: On successful completion *p_bo points to the created object. + * + * This function allocates a ttm_buffer_object, and then calls + * ttm_buffer_object_init on that object. + * The destroy function is set to kfree(). + * Returns + * -ENOMEM: Out of memory. + * -EINVAL: Invalid placement flags. + * -ERESTART: Interrupted by signal while waiting for resources. + */ + +extern int ttm_buffer_object_create(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, + unsigned long size, + enum ttm_bo_type type, + uint32_t flags, + uint32_t page_alignment, + unsigned long buffer_start, + bool interruptible, + struct file *persistant_swap_storage, + struct ttm_buffer_object **p_bo); + +/** + * ttm_bo_check_placement + * + * @bo: the buffer object. + * @set_flags: placement flags to set. + * @clr_flags: placement flags to clear. + * + * Performs minimal validity checking on an intended change of + * placement flags. + * Returns + * -EINVAL: Intended change is invalid or not allowed. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_check_placement(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + uint32_t set_flags, uint32_t clr_flags); + +/** + * ttm_bo_init_mm + * + * @bdev: Pointer to a ttm_bo_device struct. + * @mem_type: The memory type. + * @p_offset: offset for managed area in pages. + * @p_size: size managed area in pages. + * + * Initialize a manager for a given memory type. + * Note: if part of driver firstopen, it must be protected from a + * potentially racing lastclose. + * Returns: + * -EINVAL: invalid size or memory type. + * -ENOMEM: Not enough memory. + * May also return driver-specified errors. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_init_mm(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, unsigned type, + unsigned long p_offset, unsigned long p_size); +/** + * ttm_bo_clean_mm + * + * @bdev: Pointer to a ttm_bo_device struct. + * @mem_type: The memory type. + * + * Take down a manager for a given memory type after first walking + * the LRU list to evict any buffers left alive. + * + * Normally, this function is part of lastclose() or unload(), and at that + * point there shouldn't be any buffers left created by user-space, since + * there should've been removed by the file descriptor release() method. + * However, before this function is run, make sure to signal all sync objects, + * and verify that the delayed delete queue is empty. The driver must also + * make sure that there are no NO_EVICT buffers present in this memory type + * when the call is made. + * + * If this function is part of a VT switch, the caller must make sure that + * there are no appications currently validating buffers before this + * function is called. The caller can do that by first taking the + * struct ttm_bo_device::ttm_lock in write mode. + * + * Returns: + * -EINVAL: invalid or uninitialized memory type. + * -EBUSY: There are still buffers left in this memory type. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_clean_mm(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, unsigned mem_type); + +/** + * ttm_bo_evict_mm + * + * @bdev: Pointer to a ttm_bo_device struct. + * @mem_type: The memory type. + * + * Evicts all buffers on the lru list of the memory type. + * This is normally part of a VT switch or an + * out-of-memory-space-due-to-fragmentation handler. + * The caller must make sure that there are no other processes + * currently validating buffers, and can do that by taking the + * struct ttm_bo_device::ttm_lock in write mode. + * + * Returns: + * -EINVAL: Invalid or uninitialized memory type. + * -ERESTART: The call was interrupted by a signal while waiting to + * evict a buffer. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_evict_mm(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, unsigned mem_type); + +/** + * ttm_kmap_obj_virtual + * + * @map: A struct ttm_bo_kmap_obj returned from ttm_bo_kmap. + * @is_iomem: Pointer to an integer that on return indicates 1 if the + * virtual map is io memory, 0 if normal memory. + * + * Returns the virtual address of a buffer object area mapped by ttm_bo_kmap. + * If *is_iomem is 1 on return, the virtual address points to an io memory area, + * that should strictly be accessed by the iowriteXX() and similar functions. + */ + +static inline void *ttm_kmap_obj_virtual(struct ttm_bo_kmap_obj *map, + bool *is_iomem) +{ + *is_iomem = (map->bo_kmap_type == ttm_bo_map_iomap || + map->bo_kmap_type == ttm_bo_map_premapped); + return map->virtual; +} + +/** + * ttm_bo_kmap + * + * @bo: The buffer object. + * @start_page: The first page to map. + * @num_pages: Number of pages to map. + * @map: pointer to a struct ttm_bo_kmap_obj representing the map. + * + * Sets up a kernel virtual mapping, using ioremap, vmap or kmap to the + * data in the buffer object. The ttm_kmap_obj_virtual function can then be + * used to obtain a virtual address to the data. + * + * Returns + * -ENOMEM: Out of memory. + * -EINVAL: Invalid range. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_kmap(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, unsigned long start_page, + unsigned long num_pages, struct ttm_bo_kmap_obj *map); + +/** + * ttm_bo_kunmap + * + * @map: Object describing the map to unmap. + * + * Unmaps a kernel map set up by ttm_bo_kmap. + */ + +extern void ttm_bo_kunmap(struct ttm_bo_kmap_obj *map); + +#if 0 +#endif + +/** + * ttm_fbdev_mmap - mmap fbdev memory backed by a ttm buffer object. + * + * @vma: vma as input from the fbdev mmap method. + * @bo: The bo backing the address space. The address space will + * have the same size as the bo, and start at offset 0. + * + * This function is intended to be called by the fbdev mmap method + * if the fbdev address space is to be backed by a bo. + */ + +extern int ttm_fbdev_mmap(struct vm_area_struct *vma, + struct ttm_buffer_object *bo); + +/** + * ttm_bo_mmap - mmap out of the ttm device address space. + * + * @filp: filp as input from the mmap method. + * @vma: vma as input from the mmap method. + * @bdev: Pointer to the ttm_bo_device with the address space manager. + * + * This function is intended to be called by the device mmap method. + * if the device address space is to be backed by the bo manager. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_mmap(struct file *filp, struct vm_area_struct *vma, + struct ttm_bo_device *bdev); + +/** + * ttm_bo_io + * + * @bdev: Pointer to the struct ttm_bo_device. + * @filp: Pointer to the struct file attempting to read / write. + * @wbuf: User-space pointer to address of buffer to write. NULL on read. + * @rbuf: User-space pointer to address of buffer to read into. + * Null on write. + * @count: Number of bytes to read / write. + * @f_pos: Pointer to current file position. + * @write: 1 for read, 0 for write. + * + * This function implements read / write into ttm buffer objects, and is + * intended to + * be called from the fops::read and fops::write method. + * Returns: + * See man (2) write, man(2) read. In particular, + * the function may return -EINTR if + * interrupted by a signal. + */ + +extern ssize_t ttm_bo_io(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, struct file *filp, + const char __user *wbuf, char __user *rbuf, + size_t count, loff_t *f_pos, bool write); + +extern void ttm_bo_swapout_all(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev); + +#endif diff --git a/include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_driver.h b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_driver.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..62ed733c52a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_bo_driver.h @@ -0,0 +1,867 @@ +/************************************************************************** + * + * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Vmware, Inc., Palo Alto, CA., USA + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the + * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions + * of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS, AUTHORS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, + * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE + * USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + **************************************************************************/ +/* + * Authors: Thomas Hellstrom + */ +#ifndef _TTM_BO_DRIVER_H_ +#define _TTM_BO_DRIVER_H_ + +#include "ttm/ttm_bo_api.h" +#include "ttm/ttm_memory.h" +#include "drm_mm.h" +#include "linux/workqueue.h" +#include "linux/fs.h" +#include "linux/spinlock.h" + +struct ttm_backend; + +struct ttm_backend_func { + /** + * struct ttm_backend_func member populate + * + * @backend: Pointer to a struct ttm_backend. + * @num_pages: Number of pages to populate. + * @pages: Array of pointers to ttm pages. + * @dummy_read_page: Page to be used instead of NULL pages in the + * array @pages. + * + * Populate the backend with ttm pages. Depending on the backend, + * it may or may not copy the @pages array. + */ + int (*populate) (struct ttm_backend *backend, + unsigned long num_pages, struct page **pages, + struct page *dummy_read_page); + /** + * struct ttm_backend_func member clear + * + * @backend: Pointer to a struct ttm_backend. + * + * This is an "unpopulate" function. Release all resources + * allocated with populate. + */ + void (*clear) (struct ttm_backend *backend); + + /** + * struct ttm_backend_func member bind + * + * @backend: Pointer to a struct ttm_backend. + * @bo_mem: Pointer to a struct ttm_mem_reg describing the + * memory type and location for binding. + * + * Bind the backend pages into the aperture in the location + * indicated by @bo_mem. This function should be able to handle + * differences between aperture- and system page sizes. + */ + int (*bind) (struct ttm_backend *backend, struct ttm_mem_reg *bo_mem); + + /** + * struct ttm_backend_func member unbind + * + * @backend: Pointer to a struct ttm_backend. + * + * Unbind previously bound backend pages. This function should be + * able to handle differences between aperture- and system page sizes. + */ + int (*unbind) (struct ttm_backend *backend); + + /** + * struct ttm_backend_func member destroy + * + * @backend: Pointer to a struct ttm_backend. + * + * Destroy the backend. + */ + void (*destroy) (struct ttm_backend *backend); +}; + +/** + * struct ttm_backend + * + * @bdev: Pointer to a struct ttm_bo_device. + * @flags: For driver use. + * @func: Pointer to a struct ttm_backend_func that describes + * the backend methods. + * + */ + +struct ttm_backend { + struct ttm_bo_device *bdev; + uint32_t flags; + struct ttm_backend_func *func; +}; + +#define TTM_PAGE_FLAG_VMALLOC (1 << 0) +#define TTM_PAGE_FLAG_USER (1 << 1) +#define TTM_PAGE_FLAG_USER_DIRTY (1 << 2) +#define TTM_PAGE_FLAG_WRITE (1 << 3) +#define TTM_PAGE_FLAG_SWAPPED (1 << 4) +#define TTM_PAGE_FLAG_PERSISTANT_SWAP (1 << 5) +#define TTM_PAGE_FLAG_ZERO_ALLOC (1 << 6) + +enum ttm_caching_state { + tt_uncached, + tt_wc, + tt_cached +}; + +/** + * struct ttm_tt + * + * @dummy_read_page: Page to map where the ttm_tt page array contains a NULL + * pointer. + * @pages: Array of pages backing the data. + * @first_himem_page: Himem pages are put last in the page array, which + * enables us to run caching attribute changes on only the first part + * of the page array containing lomem pages. This is the index of the + * first himem page. + * @last_lomem_page: Index of the last lomem page in the page array. + * @num_pages: Number of pages in the page array. + * @bdev: Pointer to the current struct ttm_bo_device. + * @be: Pointer to the ttm backend. + * @tsk: The task for user ttm. + * @start: virtual address for user ttm. + * @swap_storage: Pointer to shmem struct file for swap storage. + * @caching_state: The current caching state of the pages. + * @state: The current binding state of the pages. + * + * This is a structure holding the pages, caching- and aperture binding + * status for a buffer object that isn't backed by fixed (VRAM / AGP) + * memory. + */ + +struct ttm_tt { + struct page *dummy_read_page; + struct page **pages; + long first_himem_page; + long last_lomem_page; + uint32_t page_flags; + unsigned long num_pages; + struct ttm_bo_device *bdev; + struct ttm_backend *be; + struct task_struct *tsk; + unsigned long start; + struct file *swap_storage; + enum ttm_caching_state caching_state; + enum { + tt_bound, + tt_unbound, + tt_unpopulated, + } state; +}; + +#define TTM_MEMTYPE_FLAG_FIXED (1 << 0) /* Fixed (on-card) PCI memory */ +#define TTM_MEMTYPE_FLAG_MAPPABLE (1 << 1) /* Memory mappable */ +#define TTM_MEMTYPE_FLAG_NEEDS_IOREMAP (1 << 2) /* Fixed memory needs ioremap + before kernel access. */ +#define TTM_MEMTYPE_FLAG_CMA (1 << 3) /* Can't map aperture */ + +/** + * struct ttm_mem_type_manager + * + * @has_type: The memory type has been initialized. + * @use_type: The memory type is enabled. + * @flags: TTM_MEMTYPE_XX flags identifying the traits of the memory + * managed by this memory type. + * @gpu_offset: If used, the GPU offset of the first managed page of + * fixed memory or the first managed location in an aperture. + * @io_offset: The io_offset of the first managed page of IO memory or + * the first managed location in an aperture. For TTM_MEMTYPE_FLAG_CMA + * memory, this should be set to NULL. + * @io_size: The size of a managed IO region (fixed memory or aperture). + * @io_addr: Virtual kernel address if the io region is pre-mapped. For + * TTM_MEMTYPE_FLAG_NEEDS_IOREMAP there is no pre-mapped io map and + * @io_addr should be set to NULL. + * @size: Size of the managed region. + * @available_caching: A mask of available caching types, TTM_PL_FLAG_XX, + * as defined in ttm_placement_common.h + * @default_caching: The default caching policy used for a buffer object + * placed in this memory type if the user doesn't provide one. + * @manager: The range manager used for this memory type. FIXME: If the aperture + * has a page size different from the underlying system, the granularity + * of this manager should take care of this. But the range allocating code + * in ttm_bo.c needs to be modified for this. + * @lru: The lru list for this memory type. + * + * This structure is used to identify and manage memory types for a device. + * It's set up by the ttm_bo_driver::init_mem_type method. + */ + +struct ttm_mem_type_manager { + + /* + * No protection. Constant from start. + */ + + bool has_type; + bool use_type; + uint32_t flags; + unsigned long gpu_offset; + unsigned long io_offset; + unsigned long io_size; + void *io_addr; + uint64_t size; + uint32_t available_caching; + uint32_t default_caching; + + /* + * Protected by the bdev->lru_lock. + * TODO: Consider one lru_lock per ttm_mem_type_manager. + * Plays ill with list removal, though. + */ + + struct drm_mm manager; + struct list_head lru; +}; + +/** + * struct ttm_bo_driver + * + * @mem_type_prio: Priority array of memory types to place a buffer object in + * if it fits without evicting buffers from any of these memory types. + * @mem_busy_prio: Priority array of memory types to place a buffer object in + * if it needs to evict buffers to make room. + * @num_mem_type_prio: Number of elements in the @mem_type_prio array. + * @num_mem_busy_prio: Number of elements in the @num_mem_busy_prio array. + * @create_ttm_backend_entry: Callback to create a struct ttm_backend. + * @invalidate_caches: Callback to invalidate read caches when a buffer object + * has been evicted. + * @init_mem_type: Callback to initialize a struct ttm_mem_type_manager + * structure. + * @evict_flags: Callback to obtain placement flags when a buffer is evicted. + * @move: Callback for a driver to hook in accelerated functions to + * move a buffer. + * If set to NULL, a potentially slow memcpy() move is used. + * @sync_obj_signaled: See ttm_fence_api.h + * @sync_obj_wait: See ttm_fence_api.h + * @sync_obj_flush: See ttm_fence_api.h + * @sync_obj_unref: See ttm_fence_api.h + * @sync_obj_ref: See ttm_fence_api.h + */ + +struct ttm_bo_driver { + const uint32_t *mem_type_prio; + const uint32_t *mem_busy_prio; + uint32_t num_mem_type_prio; + uint32_t num_mem_busy_prio; + + /** + * struct ttm_bo_driver member create_ttm_backend_entry + * + * @bdev: The buffer object device. + * + * Create a driver specific struct ttm_backend. + */ + + struct ttm_backend *(*create_ttm_backend_entry) + (struct ttm_bo_device *bdev); + + /** + * struct ttm_bo_driver member invalidate_caches + * + * @bdev: the buffer object device. + * @flags: new placement of the rebound buffer object. + * + * A previosly evicted buffer has been rebound in a + * potentially new location. Tell the driver that it might + * consider invalidating read (texture) caches on the next command + * submission as a consequence. + */ + + int (*invalidate_caches) (struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, uint32_t flags); + int (*init_mem_type) (struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, uint32_t type, + struct ttm_mem_type_manager *man); + /** + * struct ttm_bo_driver member evict_flags: + * + * @bo: the buffer object to be evicted + * + * Return the bo flags for a buffer which is not mapped to the hardware. + * These will be placed in proposed_flags so that when the move is + * finished, they'll end up in bo->mem.flags + */ + + uint32_t(*evict_flags) (struct ttm_buffer_object *bo); + /** + * struct ttm_bo_driver member move: + * + * @bo: the buffer to move + * @evict: whether this motion is evicting the buffer from + * the graphics address space + * @interruptible: Use interruptible sleeps if possible when sleeping. + * @no_wait: whether this should give up and return -EBUSY + * if this move would require sleeping + * @new_mem: the new memory region receiving the buffer + * + * Move a buffer between two memory regions. + */ + int (*move) (struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + bool evict, bool interruptible, + bool no_wait, struct ttm_mem_reg *new_mem); + + /** + * struct ttm_bo_driver_member verify_access + * + * @bo: Pointer to a buffer object. + * @filp: Pointer to a struct file trying to access the object. + * + * Called from the map / write / read methods to verify that the + * caller is permitted to access the buffer object. + * This member may be set to NULL, which will refuse this kind of + * access for all buffer objects. + * This function should return 0 if access is granted, -EPERM otherwise. + */ + int (*verify_access) (struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + struct file *filp); + + /** + * In case a driver writer dislikes the TTM fence objects, + * the driver writer can replace those with sync objects of + * his / her own. If it turns out that no driver writer is + * using these. I suggest we remove these hooks and plug in + * fences directly. The bo driver needs the following functionality: + * See the corresponding functions in the fence object API + * documentation. + */ + + bool (*sync_obj_signaled) (void *sync_obj, void *sync_arg); + int (*sync_obj_wait) (void *sync_obj, void *sync_arg, + bool lazy, bool interruptible); + int (*sync_obj_flush) (void *sync_obj, void *sync_arg); + void (*sync_obj_unref) (void **sync_obj); + void *(*sync_obj_ref) (void *sync_obj); +}; + +#define TTM_NUM_MEM_TYPES 8 + +#define TTM_BO_PRIV_FLAG_MOVING 0 /* Buffer object is moving and needs + idling before CPU mapping */ +#define TTM_BO_PRIV_FLAG_MAX 1 +/** + * struct ttm_bo_device - Buffer object driver device-specific data. + * + * @mem_glob: Pointer to a struct ttm_mem_global object for accounting. + * @driver: Pointer to a struct ttm_bo_driver struct setup by the driver. + * @count: Current number of buffer object. + * @pages: Current number of pinned pages. + * @dummy_read_page: Pointer to a dummy page used for mapping requests + * of unpopulated pages. + * @shrink: A shrink callback object used for buffre object swap. + * @ttm_bo_extra_size: Extra size (sizeof(struct ttm_buffer_object) excluded) + * used by a buffer object. This is excluding page arrays and backing pages. + * @ttm_bo_size: This is @ttm_bo_extra_size + sizeof(struct ttm_buffer_object). + * @man: An array of mem_type_managers. + * @addr_space_mm: Range manager for the device address space. + * lru_lock: Spinlock that protects the buffer+device lru lists and + * ddestroy lists. + * @nice_mode: Try nicely to wait for buffer idle when cleaning a manager. + * If a GPU lockup has been detected, this is forced to 0. + * @dev_mapping: A pointer to the struct address_space representing the + * device address space. + * @wq: Work queue structure for the delayed delete workqueue. + * + */ + +struct ttm_bo_device { + + /* + * Constant after bo device init / atomic. + */ + + struct ttm_mem_global *mem_glob; + struct ttm_bo_driver *driver; + struct page *dummy_read_page; + struct ttm_mem_shrink shrink; + + size_t ttm_bo_extra_size; + size_t ttm_bo_size; + + rwlock_t vm_lock; + /* + * Protected by the vm lock. + */ + struct ttm_mem_type_manager man[TTM_NUM_MEM_TYPES]; + struct rb_root addr_space_rb; + struct drm_mm addr_space_mm; + + /* + * Might want to change this to one lock per manager. + */ + spinlock_t lru_lock; + /* + * Protected by the lru lock. + */ + struct list_head ddestroy; + struct list_head swap_lru; + + /* + * Protected by load / firstopen / lastclose /unload sync. + */ + + bool nice_mode; + struct address_space *dev_mapping; + + /* + * Internal protection. + */ + + struct delayed_work wq; +}; + +/** + * ttm_flag_masked + * + * @old: Pointer to the result and original value. + * @new: New value of bits. + * @mask: Mask of bits to change. + * + * Convenience function to change a number of bits identified by a mask. + */ + +static inline uint32_t +ttm_flag_masked(uint32_t *old, uint32_t new, uint32_t mask) +{ + *old ^= (*old ^ new) & mask; + return *old; +} + +/** + * ttm_tt_create + * + * @bdev: pointer to a struct ttm_bo_device: + * @size: Size of the data needed backing. + * @page_flags: Page flags as identified by TTM_PAGE_FLAG_XX flags. + * @dummy_read_page: See struct ttm_bo_device. + * + * Create a struct ttm_tt to back data with system memory pages. + * No pages are actually allocated. + * Returns: + * NULL: Out of memory. + */ +extern struct ttm_tt *ttm_tt_create(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, + unsigned long size, + uint32_t page_flags, + struct page *dummy_read_page); + +/** + * ttm_tt_set_user: + * + * @ttm: The struct ttm_tt to populate. + * @tsk: A struct task_struct for which @start is a valid user-space address. + * @start: A valid user-space address. + * @num_pages: Size in pages of the user memory area. + * + * Populate a struct ttm_tt with a user-space memory area after first pinning + * the pages backing it. + * Returns: + * !0: Error. + */ + +extern int ttm_tt_set_user(struct ttm_tt *ttm, + struct task_struct *tsk, + unsigned long start, unsigned long num_pages); + +/** + * ttm_ttm_bind: + * + * @ttm: The struct ttm_tt containing backing pages. + * @bo_mem: The struct ttm_mem_reg identifying the binding location. + * + * Bind the pages of @ttm to an aperture location identified by @bo_mem + */ +extern int ttm_tt_bind(struct ttm_tt *ttm, struct ttm_mem_reg *bo_mem); + +/** + * ttm_ttm_destroy: + * + * @ttm: The struct ttm_tt. + * + * Unbind, unpopulate and destroy a struct ttm_tt. + */ +extern void ttm_tt_destroy(struct ttm_tt *ttm); + +/** + * ttm_ttm_unbind: + * + * @ttm: The struct ttm_tt. + * + * Unbind a struct ttm_tt. + */ +extern void ttm_tt_unbind(struct ttm_tt *ttm); + +/** + * ttm_ttm_destroy: + * + * @ttm: The struct ttm_tt. + * @index: Index of the desired page. + * + * Return a pointer to the struct page backing @ttm at page + * index @index. If the page is unpopulated, one will be allocated to + * populate that index. + * + * Returns: + * NULL on OOM. + */ +extern struct page *ttm_tt_get_page(struct ttm_tt *ttm, int index); + +/** + * ttm_tt_cache_flush: + * + * @pages: An array of pointers to struct page:s to flush. + * @num_pages: Number of pages to flush. + * + * Flush the data of the indicated pages from the cpu caches. + * This is used when changing caching attributes of the pages from + * cache-coherent. + */ +extern void ttm_tt_cache_flush(struct page *pages[], unsigned long num_pages); + +/** + * ttm_tt_set_placement_caching: + * + * @ttm A struct ttm_tt the backing pages of which will change caching policy. + * @placement: Flag indicating the desired caching policy. + * + * This function will change caching policy of any default kernel mappings of + * the pages backing @ttm. If changing from cached to uncached or + * write-combined, + * all CPU caches will first be flushed to make sure the data of the pages + * hit RAM. This function may be very costly as it involves global TLB + * and cache flushes and potential page splitting / combining. + */ +extern int ttm_tt_set_placement_caching(struct ttm_tt *ttm, uint32_t placement); +extern int ttm_tt_swapout(struct ttm_tt *ttm, + struct file *persistant_swap_storage); + +/* + * ttm_bo.c + */ + +/** + * ttm_mem_reg_is_pci + * + * @bdev: Pointer to a struct ttm_bo_device. + * @mem: A valid struct ttm_mem_reg. + * + * Returns true if the memory described by @mem is PCI memory, + * false otherwise. + */ +extern bool ttm_mem_reg_is_pci(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, + struct ttm_mem_reg *mem); + +/** + * ttm_bo_mem_space + * + * @bo: Pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. the data of which + * we want to allocate space for. + * @proposed_placement: Proposed new placement for the buffer object. + * @mem: A struct ttm_mem_reg. + * @interruptible: Sleep interruptible when sliping. + * @no_wait: Don't sleep waiting for space to become available. + * + * Allocate memory space for the buffer object pointed to by @bo, using + * the placement flags in @mem, potentially evicting other idle buffer objects. + * This function may sleep while waiting for space to become available. + * Returns: + * -EBUSY: No space available (only if no_wait == 1). + * -ENOMEM: Could not allocate memory for the buffer object, either due to + * fragmentation or concurrent allocators. + * -ERESTART: An interruptible sleep was interrupted by a signal. + */ +extern int ttm_bo_mem_space(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + uint32_t proposed_placement, + struct ttm_mem_reg *mem, + bool interruptible, bool no_wait); +/** + * ttm_bo_wait_for_cpu + * + * @bo: Pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * @no_wait: Don't sleep while waiting. + * + * Wait until a buffer object is no longer sync'ed for CPU access. + * Returns: + * -EBUSY: Buffer object was sync'ed for CPU access. (only if no_wait == 1). + * -ERESTART: An interruptible sleep was interrupted by a signal. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_wait_cpu(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, bool no_wait); + +/** + * ttm_bo_pci_offset - Get the PCI offset for the buffer object memory. + * + * @bo Pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * @bus_base On return the base of the PCI region + * @bus_offset On return the byte offset into the PCI region + * @bus_size On return the byte size of the buffer object or zero if + * the buffer object memory is not accessible through a PCI region. + * + * Returns: + * -EINVAL if the buffer object is currently not mappable. + * 0 otherwise. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_pci_offset(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, + struct ttm_mem_reg *mem, + unsigned long *bus_base, + unsigned long *bus_offset, + unsigned long *bus_size); + +extern int ttm_bo_device_release(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev); + +/** + * ttm_bo_device_init + * + * @bdev: A pointer to a struct ttm_bo_device to initialize. + * @mem_global: A pointer to an initialized struct ttm_mem_global. + * @driver: A pointer to a struct ttm_bo_driver set up by the caller. + * @file_page_offset: Offset into the device address space that is available + * for buffer data. This ensures compatibility with other users of the + * address space. + * + * Initializes a struct ttm_bo_device: + * Returns: + * !0: Failure. + */ +extern int ttm_bo_device_init(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, + struct ttm_mem_global *mem_glob, + struct ttm_bo_driver *driver, + uint64_t file_page_offset); + +/** + * ttm_bo_reserve: + * + * @bo: A pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * @interruptible: Sleep interruptible if waiting. + * @no_wait: Don't sleep while trying to reserve, rather return -EBUSY. + * @use_sequence: If @bo is already reserved, Only sleep waiting for + * it to become unreserved if @sequence < (@bo)->sequence. + * + * Locks a buffer object for validation. (Or prevents other processes from + * locking it for validation) and removes it from lru lists, while taking + * a number of measures to prevent deadlocks. + * + * Deadlocks may occur when two processes try to reserve multiple buffers in + * different order, either by will or as a result of a buffer being evicted + * to make room for a buffer already reserved. (Buffers are reserved before + * they are evicted). The following algorithm prevents such deadlocks from + * occuring: + * 1) Buffers are reserved with the lru spinlock held. Upon successful + * reservation they are removed from the lru list. This stops a reserved buffer + * from being evicted. However the lru spinlock is released between the time + * a buffer is selected for eviction and the time it is reserved. + * Therefore a check is made when a buffer is reserved for eviction, that it + * is still the first buffer in the lru list, before it is removed from the + * list. @check_lru == 1 forces this check. If it fails, the function returns + * -EINVAL, and the caller should then choose a new buffer to evict and repeat + * the procedure. + * 2) Processes attempting to reserve multiple buffers other than for eviction, + * (typically execbuf), should first obtain a unique 32-bit + * validation sequence number, + * and call this function with @use_sequence == 1 and @sequence == the unique + * sequence number. If upon call of this function, the buffer object is already + * reserved, the validation sequence is checked against the validation + * sequence of the process currently reserving the buffer, + * and if the current validation sequence is greater than that of the process + * holding the reservation, the function returns -EAGAIN. Otherwise it sleeps + * waiting for the buffer to become unreserved, after which it retries + * reserving. + * The caller should, when receiving an -EAGAIN error + * release all its buffer reservations, wait for @bo to become unreserved, and + * then rerun the validation with the same validation sequence. This procedure + * will always guarantee that the process with the lowest validation sequence + * will eventually succeed, preventing both deadlocks and starvation. + * + * Returns: + * -EAGAIN: The reservation may cause a deadlock. + * Release all buffer reservations, wait for @bo to become unreserved and + * try again. (only if use_sequence == 1). + * -ERESTART: A wait for the buffer to become unreserved was interrupted by + * a signal. Release all buffer reservations and return to user-space. + */ +extern int ttm_bo_reserve(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + bool interruptible, + bool no_wait, bool use_sequence, uint32_t sequence); + +/** + * ttm_bo_unreserve + * + * @bo: A pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * + * Unreserve a previous reservation of @bo. + */ +extern void ttm_bo_unreserve(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo); + +/** + * ttm_bo_wait_unreserved + * + * @bo: A pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * + * Wait for a struct ttm_buffer_object to become unreserved. + * This is typically used in the execbuf code to relax cpu-usage when + * a potential deadlock condition backoff. + */ +extern int ttm_bo_wait_unreserved(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + bool interruptible); + +/** + * ttm_bo_block_reservation + * + * @bo: A pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * @interruptible: Use interruptible sleep when waiting. + * @no_wait: Don't sleep, but rather return -EBUSY. + * + * Block reservation for validation by simply reserving the buffer. + * This is intended for single buffer use only without eviction, + * and thus needs no deadlock protection. + * + * Returns: + * -EBUSY: If no_wait == 1 and the buffer is already reserved. + * -ERESTART: If interruptible == 1 and the process received a signal + * while sleeping. + */ +extern int ttm_bo_block_reservation(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + bool interruptible, bool no_wait); + +/** + * ttm_bo_unblock_reservation + * + * @bo: A pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * + * Unblocks reservation leaving lru lists untouched. + */ +extern void ttm_bo_unblock_reservation(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo); + +/* + * ttm_bo_util.c + */ + +/** + * ttm_bo_move_ttm + * + * @bo: A pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * @evict: 1: This is an eviction. Don't try to pipeline. + * @no_wait: Never sleep, but rather return with -EBUSY. + * @new_mem: struct ttm_mem_reg indicating where to move. + * + * Optimized move function for a buffer object with both old and + * new placement backed by a TTM. The function will, if successful, + * free any old aperture space, and set (@new_mem)->mm_node to NULL, + * and update the (@bo)->mem placement flags. If unsuccessful, the old + * data remains untouched, and it's up to the caller to free the + * memory space indicated by @new_mem. + * Returns: + * !0: Failure. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_move_ttm(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + bool evict, bool no_wait, + struct ttm_mem_reg *new_mem); + +/** + * ttm_bo_move_memcpy + * + * @bo: A pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * @evict: 1: This is an eviction. Don't try to pipeline. + * @no_wait: Never sleep, but rather return with -EBUSY. + * @new_mem: struct ttm_mem_reg indicating where to move. + * + * Fallback move function for a mappable buffer object in mappable memory. + * The function will, if successful, + * free any old aperture space, and set (@new_mem)->mm_node to NULL, + * and update the (@bo)->mem placement flags. If unsuccessful, the old + * data remains untouched, and it's up to the caller to free the + * memory space indicated by @new_mem. + * Returns: + * !0: Failure. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_move_memcpy(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + bool evict, + bool no_wait, struct ttm_mem_reg *new_mem); + +/** + * ttm_bo_free_old_node + * + * @bo: A pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * + * Utility function to free an old placement after a successful move. + */ +extern void ttm_bo_free_old_node(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo); + +/** + * ttm_bo_move_accel_cleanup. + * + * @bo: A pointer to a struct ttm_buffer_object. + * @sync_obj: A sync object that signals when moving is complete. + * @sync_obj_arg: An argument to pass to the sync object idle / wait + * functions. + * @evict: This is an evict move. Don't return until the buffer is idle. + * @no_wait: Never sleep, but rather return with -EBUSY. + * @new_mem: struct ttm_mem_reg indicating where to move. + * + * Accelerated move function to be called when an accelerated move + * has been scheduled. The function will create a new temporary buffer object + * representing the old placement, and put the sync object on both buffer + * objects. After that the newly created buffer object is unref'd to be + * destroyed when the move is complete. This will help pipeline + * buffer moves. + */ + +extern int ttm_bo_move_accel_cleanup(struct ttm_buffer_object *bo, + void *sync_obj, + void *sync_obj_arg, + bool evict, bool no_wait, + struct ttm_mem_reg *new_mem); +/** + * ttm_io_prot + * + * @c_state: Caching state. + * @tmp: Page protection flag for a normal, cached mapping. + * + * Utility function that returns the pgprot_t that should be used for + * setting up a PTE with the caching model indicated by @c_state. + */ +extern pgprot_t ttm_io_prot(enum ttm_caching_state c_state, pgprot_t tmp); + +#if (defined(CONFIG_AGP) || (defined(CONFIG_AGP_MODULE) && defined(MODULE))) +#define TTM_HAS_AGP +#include + +/** + * ttm_agp_backend_init + * + * @bdev: Pointer to a struct ttm_bo_device. + * @bridge: The agp bridge this device is sitting on. + * + * Create a TTM backend that uses the indicated AGP bridge as an aperture + * for TT memory. This function uses the linux agpgart interface to + * bind and unbind memory backing a ttm_tt. + */ +extern struct ttm_backend *ttm_agp_backend_init(struct ttm_bo_device *bdev, + struct agp_bridge_data *bridge); +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/include/drm/ttm/ttm_memory.h b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_memory.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8b8f042c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_memory.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/************************************************************************** + * + * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 VMware, Inc., Palo Alto, CA., USA + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the + * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions + * of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS, AUTHORS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, + * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE + * USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + **************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef TTM_MEMORY_H +#define TTM_MEMORY_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * struct ttm_mem_shrink - callback to shrink TTM memory usage. + * + * @do_shrink: The callback function. + * + * Arguments to the do_shrink functions are intended to be passed using + * inheritance. That is, the argument class derives from struct ttm_mem_srink, + * and can be accessed using container_of(). + */ + +struct ttm_mem_shrink { + int (*do_shrink) (struct ttm_mem_shrink *); +}; + +/** + * struct ttm_mem_global - Global memory accounting structure. + * + * @shrink: A single callback to shrink TTM memory usage. Extend this + * to a linked list to be able to handle multiple callbacks when needed. + * @swap_queue: A workqueue to handle shrinking in low memory situations. We + * need a separate workqueue since it will spend a lot of time waiting + * for the GPU, and this will otherwise block other workqueue tasks(?) + * At this point we use only a single-threaded workqueue. + * @work: The workqueue callback for the shrink queue. + * @queue: Wait queue for processes suspended waiting for memory. + * @lock: Lock to protect the @shrink - and the memory accounting members, + * that is, essentially the whole structure with some exceptions. + * @emer_memory: Lowmem memory limit available for root. + * @max_memory: Lowmem memory limit available for non-root. + * @swap_limit: Lowmem memory limit where the shrink workqueue kicks in. + * @used_memory: Currently used lowmem memory. + * @used_total_memory: Currently used total (lowmem + highmem) memory. + * @total_memory_swap_limit: Total memory limit where the shrink workqueue + * kicks in. + * @max_total_memory: Total memory available to non-root processes. + * @emer_total_memory: Total memory available to root processes. + * + * Note that this structure is not per device. It should be global for all + * graphics devices. + */ + +struct ttm_mem_global { + struct ttm_mem_shrink *shrink; + struct workqueue_struct *swap_queue; + struct work_struct work; + wait_queue_head_t queue; + spinlock_t lock; + uint64_t emer_memory; + uint64_t max_memory; + uint64_t swap_limit; + uint64_t used_memory; + uint64_t used_total_memory; + uint64_t total_memory_swap_limit; + uint64_t max_total_memory; + uint64_t emer_total_memory; +}; + +/** + * ttm_mem_init_shrink - initialize a struct ttm_mem_shrink object + * + * @shrink: The object to initialize. + * @func: The callback function. + */ + +static inline void ttm_mem_init_shrink(struct ttm_mem_shrink *shrink, + int (*func) (struct ttm_mem_shrink *)) +{ + shrink->do_shrink = func; +} + +/** + * ttm_mem_register_shrink - register a struct ttm_mem_shrink object. + * + * @glob: The struct ttm_mem_global object to register with. + * @shrink: An initialized struct ttm_mem_shrink object to register. + * + * Returns: + * -EBUSY: There's already a callback registered. (May change). + */ + +static inline int ttm_mem_register_shrink(struct ttm_mem_global *glob, + struct ttm_mem_shrink *shrink) +{ + spin_lock(&glob->lock); + if (glob->shrink != NULL) { + spin_unlock(&glob->lock); + return -EBUSY; + } + glob->shrink = shrink; + spin_unlock(&glob->lock); + return 0; +} + +/** + * ttm_mem_unregister_shrink - unregister a struct ttm_mem_shrink object. + * + * @glob: The struct ttm_mem_global object to unregister from. + * @shrink: A previously registert struct ttm_mem_shrink object. + * + */ + +static inline void ttm_mem_unregister_shrink(struct ttm_mem_global *glob, + struct ttm_mem_shrink *shrink) +{ + spin_lock(&glob->lock); + BUG_ON(glob->shrink != shrink); + glob->shrink = NULL; + spin_unlock(&glob->lock); +} + +extern int ttm_mem_global_init(struct ttm_mem_global *glob); +extern void ttm_mem_global_release(struct ttm_mem_global *glob); +extern int ttm_mem_global_alloc(struct ttm_mem_global *glob, uint64_t memory, + bool no_wait, bool interruptible, bool himem); +extern void ttm_mem_global_free(struct ttm_mem_global *glob, + uint64_t amount, bool himem); +extern size_t ttm_round_pot(size_t size); +#endif diff --git a/include/drm/ttm/ttm_module.h b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_module.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..889a4c7958a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_module.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/************************************************************************** + * + * Copyright 2008-2009 VMware, Inc., Palo Alto, CA., USA + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the + * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions + * of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS, AUTHORS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, + * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE + * USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + **************************************************************************/ +/* + * Authors: Thomas Hellstrom + */ + +#ifndef _TTM_MODULE_H_ +#define _TTM_MODULE_H_ + +#include + +#define TTM_PFX "[TTM]" + +enum ttm_global_types { + TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_MEM = 0, + TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO, + TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_OBJECT, + TTM_GLOBAL_NUM +}; + +struct ttm_global_reference { + enum ttm_global_types global_type; + size_t size; + void *object; + int (*init) (struct ttm_global_reference *); + void (*release) (struct ttm_global_reference *); +}; + +extern void ttm_global_init(void); +extern void ttm_global_release(void); +extern int ttm_global_item_ref(struct ttm_global_reference *ref); +extern void ttm_global_item_unref(struct ttm_global_reference *ref); + +#endif /* _TTM_MODULE_H_ */ diff --git a/include/drm/ttm/ttm_placement.h b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_placement.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c84ff153a56 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/drm/ttm/ttm_placement.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/************************************************************************** + * + * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 VMware, Inc., Palo Alto, CA., USA + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the + * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions + * of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS, AUTHORS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, + * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE + * USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + **************************************************************************/ +/* + * Authors: Thomas Hellstrom + */ + +#ifndef _TTM_PLACEMENT_H_ +#define _TTM_PLACEMENT_H_ +/* + * Memory regions for data placement. + */ + +#define TTM_PL_SYSTEM 0 +#define TTM_PL_TT 1 +#define TTM_PL_VRAM 2 +#define TTM_PL_PRIV0 3 +#define TTM_PL_PRIV1 4 +#define TTM_PL_PRIV2 5 +#define TTM_PL_PRIV3 6 +#define TTM_PL_PRIV4 7 +#define TTM_PL_PRIV5 8 +#define TTM_PL_SWAPPED 15 + +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_SYSTEM (1 << TTM_PL_SYSTEM) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_TT (1 << TTM_PL_TT) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_VRAM (1 << TTM_PL_VRAM) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_PRIV0 (1 << TTM_PL_PRIV0) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_PRIV1 (1 << TTM_PL_PRIV1) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_PRIV2 (1 << TTM_PL_PRIV2) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_PRIV3 (1 << TTM_PL_PRIV3) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_PRIV4 (1 << TTM_PL_PRIV4) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_PRIV5 (1 << TTM_PL_PRIV5) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_SWAPPED (1 << TTM_PL_SWAPPED) +#define TTM_PL_MASK_MEM 0x0000FFFF + +/* + * Other flags that affects data placement. + * TTM_PL_FLAG_CACHED indicates cache-coherent mappings + * if available. + * TTM_PL_FLAG_SHARED means that another application may + * reference the buffer. + * TTM_PL_FLAG_NO_EVICT means that the buffer may never + * be evicted to make room for other buffers. + */ + +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_CACHED (1 << 16) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_UNCACHED (1 << 17) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_WC (1 << 18) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_SHARED (1 << 20) +#define TTM_PL_FLAG_NO_EVICT (1 << 21) + +#define TTM_PL_MASK_CACHING (TTM_PL_FLAG_CACHED | \ + TTM_PL_FLAG_UNCACHED | \ + TTM_PL_FLAG_WC) + +#define TTM_PL_MASK_MEMTYPE (TTM_PL_MASK_MEM | TTM_PL_MASK_CACHING) + +/* + * Access flags to be used for CPU- and GPU- mappings. + * The idea is that the TTM synchronization mechanism will + * allow concurrent READ access and exclusive write access. + * Currently GPU- and CPU accesses are exclusive. + */ + +#define TTM_ACCESS_READ (1 << 0) +#define TTM_ACCESS_WRITE (1 << 1) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 771fe6b912fca54f03e8a72eb63058b582775362 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jerome Glisse Date: Fri, 5 Jun 2009 14:42:42 +0200 Subject: drm/radeon: introduce kernel modesetting for radeon hardware Add kernel modesetting support to radeon driver, use the ttm memory manager to manage memory and DRM/GEM to provide userspace API. In order to avoid backward compatibility issue and to allow clean design and code the radeon kernel modesetting use different code path than old radeon/drm driver. When kernel modesetting is enabled the IOCTL of radeon/drm driver are considered as invalid and an error message is printed in the log and they return failure. KMS enabled userspace will use new API to talk with the radeon/drm driver. The new API provide functions to create/destroy/share/mmap buffer object which are then managed by the kernel memory manager (here TTM). In order to submit command to the GPU the userspace provide a buffer holding the command stream, along this buffer userspace have to provide a list of buffer object used by the command stream. The kernel radeon driver will then place buffer in GPU accessible memory and will update command stream to reflect the position of the different buffers. The kernel will also perform security check on command stream provided by the user, we want to catch and forbid any illegal use of the GPU such as DMA into random system memory or into memory not owned by the process supplying the command stream. This part of the code is still incomplete and this why we propose that patch as a staging driver addition, future security might forbid current experimental userspace to run. This code support the following hardware : R1XX,R2XX,R3XX,R4XX,R5XX (radeon up to X1950). Works is underway to provide support for R6XX, R7XX and newer hardware (radeon from HD2XXX to HD4XXX). Authors: Jerome Glisse Dave Airlie Alex Deucher Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie Signed-off-by: Alex Deucher Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/drm/radeon_drm.h | 130 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 130 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/drm/radeon_drm.h b/include/drm/radeon_drm.h index fe3e3a4b4ae..41862e9a4c2 100644 --- a/include/drm/radeon_drm.h +++ b/include/drm/radeon_drm.h @@ -496,6 +496,16 @@ typedef struct { #define DRM_RADEON_SETPARAM 0x19 #define DRM_RADEON_SURF_ALLOC 0x1a #define DRM_RADEON_SURF_FREE 0x1b +/* KMS ioctl */ +#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_INFO 0x1c +#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_CREATE 0x1d +#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_MMAP 0x1e +#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_PREAD 0x21 +#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_PWRITE 0x22 +#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_SET_DOMAIN 0x23 +#define DRM_RADEON_GEM_WAIT_IDLE 0x24 +#define DRM_RADEON_CS 0x26 +#define DRM_RADEON_INFO 0x27 #define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CP_INIT DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CP_INIT, drm_radeon_init_t) #define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CP_START DRM_IO( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CP_START) @@ -524,6 +534,17 @@ typedef struct { #define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_SETPARAM DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_SETPARAM, drm_radeon_setparam_t) #define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_SURF_ALLOC DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_SURF_ALLOC, drm_radeon_surface_alloc_t) #define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_SURF_FREE DRM_IOW( DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_SURF_FREE, drm_radeon_surface_free_t) +/* KMS */ +#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_INFO DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_INFO, struct drm_radeon_gem_info) +#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_CREATE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_CREATE, struct drm_radeon_gem_create) +#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_MMAP DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_MMAP, struct drm_radeon_gem_mmap) +#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_PREAD DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_PREAD, struct drm_radeon_gem_pread) +#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_PWRITE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_PWRITE, struct drm_radeon_gem_pwrite) +#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_SET_DOMAIN DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_SET_DOMAIN, struct drm_radeon_gem_set_domain) +#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_GEM_WAIT_IDLE DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_GEM_WAIT_IDLE, struct drm_radeon_gem_wait_idle) +#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_CS DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_CS, struct drm_radeon_cs) +#define DRM_IOCTL_RADEON_INFO DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_RADEON_INFO, struct drm_radeon_info) + typedef struct drm_radeon_init { enum { @@ -682,6 +703,7 @@ typedef struct drm_radeon_indirect { #define RADEON_PARAM_VBLANK_CRTC 13 /* VBLANK CRTC */ #define RADEON_PARAM_FB_LOCATION 14 /* FB location */ #define RADEON_PARAM_NUM_GB_PIPES 15 /* num GB pipes */ +#define RADEON_PARAM_DEVICE_ID 16 typedef struct drm_radeon_getparam { int param; @@ -751,4 +773,112 @@ typedef struct drm_radeon_surface_free { #define DRM_RADEON_VBLANK_CRTC1 1 #define DRM_RADEON_VBLANK_CRTC2 2 +/* + * Kernel modesetting world below. + */ +#define RADEON_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU 0x1 +#define RADEON_GEM_DOMAIN_GTT 0x2 +#define RADEON_GEM_DOMAIN_VRAM 0x4 + +struct drm_radeon_gem_info { + uint64_t gart_size; + uint64_t vram_size; + uint64_t vram_visible; +}; + +#define RADEON_GEM_NO_BACKING_STORE 1 + +struct drm_radeon_gem_create { + uint64_t size; + uint64_t alignment; + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t initial_domain; + uint32_t flags; +}; + +struct drm_radeon_gem_mmap { + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t pad; + uint64_t offset; + uint64_t size; + uint64_t addr_ptr; +}; + +struct drm_radeon_gem_set_domain { + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t read_domains; + uint32_t write_domain; +}; + +struct drm_radeon_gem_wait_idle { + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t pad; +}; + +struct drm_radeon_gem_busy { + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t busy; +}; + +struct drm_radeon_gem_pread { + /** Handle for the object being read. */ + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t pad; + /** Offset into the object to read from */ + uint64_t offset; + /** Length of data to read */ + uint64_t size; + /** Pointer to write the data into. */ + /* void *, but pointers are not 32/64 compatible */ + uint64_t data_ptr; +}; + +struct drm_radeon_gem_pwrite { + /** Handle for the object being written to. */ + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t pad; + /** Offset into the object to write to */ + uint64_t offset; + /** Length of data to write */ + uint64_t size; + /** Pointer to read the data from. */ + /* void *, but pointers are not 32/64 compatible */ + uint64_t data_ptr; +}; + +#define RADEON_CHUNK_ID_RELOCS 0x01 +#define RADEON_CHUNK_ID_IB 0x02 + +struct drm_radeon_cs_chunk { + uint32_t chunk_id; + uint32_t length_dw; + uint64_t chunk_data; +}; + +struct drm_radeon_cs_reloc { + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t read_domains; + uint32_t write_domain; + uint32_t flags; +}; + +struct drm_radeon_cs { + uint32_t num_chunks; + uint32_t cs_id; + /* this points to uint64_t * which point to cs chunks */ + uint64_t chunks; + /* updates to the limits after this CS ioctl */ + uint64_t gart_limit; + uint64_t vram_limit; +}; + +#define RADEON_INFO_DEVICE_ID 0x00 +#define RADEON_INFO_NUM_GB_PIPES 0x01 + +struct drm_radeon_info { + uint32_t request; + uint32_t pad; + uint64_t value; +}; + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 09d4e0edd4614e787393acc582ac701c6ec3565b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Mackerras Date: Fri, 12 Jun 2009 21:10:05 +0000 Subject: lib: Provide generic atomic64_t implementation Many processor architectures have no 64-bit atomic instructions, but we need atomic64_t in order to support the perf_counter subsystem. This adds an implementation of 64-bit atomic operations using hashed spinlocks to provide atomicity. For each atomic operation, the address of the atomic64_t variable is hashed to an index into an array of 16 spinlocks. That spinlock is taken (with interrupts disabled) around the operation, which can then be coded non-atomically within the lock. On UP, all the spinlock manipulation goes away and we simply disable interrupts around each operation. In fact gcc eliminates the whole atomic64_lock variable as well. Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt --- include/asm-generic/atomic64.h | 42 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 42 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/asm-generic/atomic64.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/asm-generic/atomic64.h b/include/asm-generic/atomic64.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b18ce4f9ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/asm-generic/atomic64.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* + * Generic implementation of 64-bit atomics using spinlocks, + * useful on processors that don't have 64-bit atomic instructions. + * + * Copyright © 2009 Paul Mackerras, IBM Corp. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version + * 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + */ +#ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_ATOMIC64_H +#define _ASM_GENERIC_ATOMIC64_H + +typedef struct { + long long counter; +} atomic64_t; + +#define ATOMIC64_INIT(i) { (i) } + +extern long long atomic64_read(const atomic64_t *v); +extern void atomic64_set(atomic64_t *v, long long i); +extern void atomic64_add(long long a, atomic64_t *v); +extern long long atomic64_add_return(long long a, atomic64_t *v); +extern void atomic64_sub(long long a, atomic64_t *v); +extern long long atomic64_sub_return(long long a, atomic64_t *v); +extern long long atomic64_dec_if_positive(atomic64_t *v); +extern long long atomic64_cmpxchg(atomic64_t *v, long long o, long long n); +extern long long atomic64_xchg(atomic64_t *v, long long new); +extern int atomic64_add_unless(atomic64_t *v, long long a, long long u); + +#define atomic64_add_negative(a, v) (atomic64_add_return((a), (v)) < 0) +#define atomic64_inc(v) atomic64_add(1LL, (v)) +#define atomic64_inc_return(v) atomic64_add_return(1LL, (v)) +#define atomic64_inc_and_test(v) (atomic64_inc_return(v) == 0) +#define atomic64_sub_and_test(a, v) (atomic64_sub_return((a), (v)) == 0) +#define atomic64_dec(v) atomic64_sub(1LL, (v)) +#define atomic64_dec_return(v) atomic64_sub_return(1LL, (v)) +#define atomic64_dec_and_test(v) (atomic64_dec_return((v)) == 0) +#define atomic64_inc_not_zero(v) atomic64_add_unless((v), 1LL, 0LL) + +#endif /* _ASM_GENERIC_ATOMIC64_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 13685a1654b65357fb34066a98ef40445f7820fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Geert Uytterhoeven Date: Wed, 10 Jun 2009 04:38:40 +0000 Subject: block: Add bio_list_peek() Introduce bio_list_peek(), to obtain a pointer to the first bio on the bio_list without actually removing it from the list. This is needed when you want to serialize based on the list being empty or not. Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven Acked-by: Jens Axboe Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt --- include/linux/bio.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/bio.h b/include/linux/bio.h index 12737be5860..2a04eb54c0d 100644 --- a/include/linux/bio.h +++ b/include/linux/bio.h @@ -590,6 +590,11 @@ static inline void bio_list_merge_head(struct bio_list *bl, bl->head = bl2->head; } +static inline struct bio *bio_list_peek(struct bio_list *bl) +{ + return bl->head; +} + static inline struct bio *bio_list_pop(struct bio_list *bl) { struct bio *bio = bl->head; -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca44d6e60f9de26281fda203f58b570e1748c015 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jarek Poplawski Date: Mon, 15 Jun 2009 02:31:47 -0700 Subject: pkt_sched: Rename PSCHED_US2NS and PSCHED_NS2US Let's use TICKS instead of US, so PSCHED_TICKS2NS and PSCHED_NS2TICKS (like in PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC already) to avoid misleading. Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/net/pkt_sched.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/pkt_sched.h b/include/net/pkt_sched.h index 120935b2abd..82a3191375f 100644 --- a/include/net/pkt_sched.h +++ b/include/net/pkt_sched.h @@ -43,15 +43,15 @@ typedef long psched_tdiff_t; /* Avoid doing 64 bit divide */ #define PSCHED_SHIFT 6 -#define PSCHED_US2NS(x) ((s64)(x) << PSCHED_SHIFT) -#define PSCHED_NS2US(x) ((x) >> PSCHED_SHIFT) +#define PSCHED_TICKS2NS(x) ((s64)(x) << PSCHED_SHIFT) +#define PSCHED_NS2TICKS(x) ((x) >> PSCHED_SHIFT) -#define PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC PSCHED_NS2US(NSEC_PER_SEC) +#define PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC PSCHED_NS2TICKS(NSEC_PER_SEC) #define PSCHED_PASTPERFECT 0 static inline psched_time_t psched_get_time(void) { - return PSCHED_NS2US(ktime_to_ns(ktime_get())); + return PSCHED_NS2TICKS(ktime_to_ns(ktime_get())); } static inline psched_tdiff_t -- cgit v1.2.3 From 55f4fa4e33e90c6b25b4c8ed038392a73b654fef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Robert Jarzmik Date: Thu, 23 Apr 2009 20:10:43 +0200 Subject: Maxim 1586 regulator driver The Maxim 1586 regulator is a voltage regulator with 2 voltage outputs, specially suitable for Marvell PXA chips. One output is in the range of required VCC_CORE by the PXA27x chips, the other in the VCC_USIM required as well by PXA27x chips. The chip is controlled through the I2C bus. Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik Acked-by: Mark Brown Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood --- include/linux/regulator/max1586.h | 52 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 52 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/regulator/max1586.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/regulator/max1586.h b/include/linux/regulator/max1586.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2056973396b --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/regulator/max1586.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * max1586.h -- Voltage regulation for the Maxim 1586 + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 Robert Jarzmik + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + */ + +#ifndef REGULATOR_MAX1586 +#define REGULATOR_MAX1586 + +#include + +#define MAX1586_V3 0 +#define MAX1586_V6 1 + +/** + * max1586_subdev_data - regulator data + * @id: regulator Id (either MAX1586_V3 or MAX1586_V6) + * @name: regulator cute name (example for V3: "vcc_core") + * @platform_data: regulator init data (contraints, supplies, ...) + */ +struct max1586_subdev_data { + int id; + char *name; + struct regulator_init_data *platform_data; +}; + +/** + * max1586_platform_data - platform data for max1586 + * @num_subdevs: number of regultors used (may be 1 or 2) + * @subdevs: regulator used + * At most, there will be a regulator for V3 and one for V6 voltages. + */ +struct max1586_platform_data { + int num_subdevs; + struct max1586_subdev_data *subdevs; +}; + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d98cccf7f8b944ba4ea56d14bbb7c2eeee59bfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Rapoport Date: Sun, 26 Apr 2009 16:49:39 +0300 Subject: regulator: add userspace-consumer driver The userspace-consumer driver allows control of voltage and current regulator state from userspace. This is required for fine-grained power management of devices that are completely controller by userspace applications, e.g. a GPS transciever connected to a serial port. Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport Acked-by: Mark Brown Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood --- include/linux/regulator/userspace-consumer.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/regulator/userspace-consumer.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/regulator/userspace-consumer.h b/include/linux/regulator/userspace-consumer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b4554ce9d4b --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/regulator/userspace-consumer.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#ifndef __REGULATOR_PLATFORM_CONSUMER_H_ +#define __REGULATOR_PLATFORM_CONSUMER_H_ + +struct regulator_consumer_supply; + +/** + * struct regulator_userspace_consumer_data - line consumer + * initialisation data. + * + * @name: Name for the consumer line + * @num_supplies: Number of supplies feeding the line + * @supplies: Supplies configuration. + * @init_on: Set if the regulators supplying the line should be + * enabled during initialisation + */ +struct regulator_userspace_consumer_data { + const char *name; + + int num_supplies; + struct regulator_bulk_data *supplies; + + bool init_on; +}; + +#endif /* __REGULATOR_PLATFORM_CONSUMER_H_ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0cbdf7bce5b98807b946d1a96956f30dcae24a50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Marek Szyprowski Date: Tue, 19 May 2009 07:33:55 +0200 Subject: LP3971 PMIC regulator driver (updated and combined version) This patch adds regulator drivers for National Semiconductors LP3971 PMIC. This LP3971 PMIC controller has 3 DC/DC voltage converters and 5 low drop-out (LDO) regulators. LP3971 PMIC controller uses I2C interface. Reviewed-by: Kyungmin Park Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski Acked-by: Mark Brown Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood --- include/linux/regulator/lp3971.h | 51 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 51 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/regulator/lp3971.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/regulator/lp3971.h b/include/linux/regulator/lp3971.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..61401649fe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/regulator/lp3971.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * National Semiconductors LP3971 PMIC chip client interface + * + * Copyright (C) 2009 Samsung Electronics + * Author: Marek Szyprowski + * + * Based on wm8400.h + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_REGULATOR_LP3971_H +#define __LINUX_REGULATOR_LP3971_H + +#include + +#define LP3971_LDO1 0 +#define LP3971_LDO2 1 +#define LP3971_LDO3 2 +#define LP3971_LDO4 3 +#define LP3971_LDO5 4 + +#define LP3971_DCDC1 5 +#define LP3971_DCDC2 6 +#define LP3971_DCDC3 7 + +#define LP3971_NUM_REGULATORS 8 + +struct lp3971_regulator_subdev { + int id; + struct regulator_init_data *initdata; +}; + +struct lp3971_platform_data { + int num_regulators; + struct lp3971_regulator_subdev *regulators; +}; + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From b110a8fb242bc34e4b7686252899ce0fca956e2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Philipp Zabel Date: Thu, 28 May 2009 07:15:16 +0200 Subject: regulator/max1586: support increased V3 voltage range The V3 regulator can be configured with an external resistor connected to the feedback pin (R24 in the data sheet) to increase the voltage range. For example, hx4700 has R24 = 3.32 kOhm to achieve a maximum V3 voltage of 1.55 V which is needed for 624 MHz CPU frequency. Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel Acked-by: Mark Brown Acked-by: Robert Jarzmik Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood --- include/linux/regulator/max1586.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/regulator/max1586.h b/include/linux/regulator/max1586.h index 2056973396b..44563192bf1 100644 --- a/include/linux/regulator/max1586.h +++ b/include/linux/regulator/max1586.h @@ -26,6 +26,12 @@ #define MAX1586_V3 0 #define MAX1586_V6 1 +/* precalculated values for v3_gain */ +#define MAX1586_GAIN_NO_R24 1000000 /* 700000 .. 1475000 mV */ +#define MAX1586_GAIN_R24_3k32 1051098 /* 735768 .. 1550369 mV */ +#define MAX1586_GAIN_R24_5k11 1078648 /* 755053 .. 1591005 mV */ +#define MAX1586_GAIN_R24_7k5 1115432 /* 780802 .. 1645262 mV */ + /** * max1586_subdev_data - regulator data * @id: regulator Id (either MAX1586_V3 or MAX1586_V6) @@ -43,10 +49,15 @@ struct max1586_subdev_data { * @num_subdevs: number of regultors used (may be 1 or 2) * @subdevs: regulator used * At most, there will be a regulator for V3 and one for V6 voltages. + * @v3_gain: gain on the V3 voltage output multiplied by 1e6. + * This can be calculated as ((1 + R24/R25 + R24/185.5kOhm) * 1e6) + * for an external resistor configuration as described in the + * data sheet (R25=100kOhm). */ struct max1586_platform_data { int num_subdevs; struct max1586_subdev_data *subdevs; + int v3_gain; }; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2dff440525f8faba8836e9f05297b76f23b4af30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Sat, 31 May 2008 15:56:17 +0200 Subject: kmemcheck: add mm functions With kmemcheck enabled, the slab allocator needs to do this: 1. Tell kmemcheck to allocate the shadow memory which stores the status of each byte in the allocation proper, e.g. whether it is initialized or uninitialized. 2. Tell kmemcheck which parts of memory that should be marked uninitialized. There are actually a few more states, such as "not yet allocated" and "recently freed". If a slab cache is set up using the SLAB_NOTRACK flag, it will never return memory that can take page faults because of kmemcheck. If a slab cache is NOT set up using the SLAB_NOTRACK flag, callers can still request memory with the __GFP_NOTRACK flag. This does not prevent the page faults from occuring, however, but marks the object in question as being initialized so that no warnings will ever be produced for this object. In addition to (and in contrast to) __GFP_NOTRACK, the __GFP_NOTRACK_FALSE_POSITIVE flag indicates that the allocation should not be tracked _because_ it would produce a false positive. Their values are identical, but need not be so in the future (for example, we could now enable/disable false positives with a config option). Parts of this patch were contributed by Pekka Enberg but merged for atomicity. Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar [rebased for mainline inclusion] Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/gfp.h | 9 ++++++++- include/linux/kmemcheck.h | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/slab.h | 7 +++++++ 3 files changed, 62 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/gfp.h b/include/linux/gfp.h index 0bbc15f5453..daeaa8fe1bb 100644 --- a/include/linux/gfp.h +++ b/include/linux/gfp.h @@ -51,8 +51,15 @@ struct vm_area_struct; #define __GFP_THISNODE ((__force gfp_t)0x40000u)/* No fallback, no policies */ #define __GFP_RECLAIMABLE ((__force gfp_t)0x80000u) /* Page is reclaimable */ #define __GFP_MOVABLE ((__force gfp_t)0x100000u) /* Page is movable */ +#define __GFP_NOTRACK ((__force gfp_t)0x200000u) /* Don't track with kmemcheck */ -#define __GFP_BITS_SHIFT 21 /* Room for 21 __GFP_FOO bits */ +/* + * This may seem redundant, but it's a way of annotating false positives vs. + * allocations that simply cannot be supported (e.g. page tables). + */ +#define __GFP_NOTRACK_FALSE_POSITIVE (__GFP_NOTRACK) + +#define __GFP_BITS_SHIFT 22 /* Room for 22 __GFP_FOO bits */ #define __GFP_BITS_MASK ((__force gfp_t)((1 << __GFP_BITS_SHIFT) - 1)) /* This equals 0, but use constants in case they ever change */ diff --git a/include/linux/kmemcheck.h b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h index 39480c91b2f..5b65f4ebead 100644 --- a/include/linux/kmemcheck.h +++ b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h @@ -7,11 +7,58 @@ #ifdef CONFIG_KMEMCHECK extern int kmemcheck_enabled; +/* The slab-related functions. */ +void kmemcheck_alloc_shadow(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t flags, int node, + struct page *page, int order); +void kmemcheck_free_shadow(struct kmem_cache *s, struct page *page, int order); +void kmemcheck_slab_alloc(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t gfpflags, void *object, + size_t size); +void kmemcheck_slab_free(struct kmem_cache *s, void *object, size_t size); + +void kmemcheck_show_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); +void kmemcheck_hide_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); + +bool kmemcheck_page_is_tracked(struct page *p); + +void kmemcheck_mark_unallocated(void *address, unsigned int n); +void kmemcheck_mark_uninitialized(void *address, unsigned int n); +void kmemcheck_mark_initialized(void *address, unsigned int n); +void kmemcheck_mark_freed(void *address, unsigned int n); + +void kmemcheck_mark_unallocated_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); +void kmemcheck_mark_uninitialized_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); + int kmemcheck_show_addr(unsigned long address); int kmemcheck_hide_addr(unsigned long address); #else #define kmemcheck_enabled 0 +static inline void +kmemcheck_alloc_shadow(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t flags, int node, + struct page *page, int order) +{ +} + +static inline void +kmemcheck_free_shadow(struct kmem_cache *s, struct page *page, int order) +{ +} + +static inline void +kmemcheck_slab_alloc(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t gfpflags, void *object, + size_t size) +{ +} + +static inline void kmemcheck_slab_free(struct kmem_cache *s, void *object, + size_t size) +{ +} + +static inline bool kmemcheck_page_is_tracked(struct page *p) +{ + return false; +} #endif /* CONFIG_KMEMCHECK */ #endif /* LINUX_KMEMCHECK_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/slab.h b/include/linux/slab.h index 48803064ced..e339fcf17cd 100644 --- a/include/linux/slab.h +++ b/include/linux/slab.h @@ -64,6 +64,13 @@ #define SLAB_NOLEAKTRACE 0x00800000UL /* Avoid kmemleak tracing */ +/* Don't track use of uninitialized memory */ +#ifdef CONFIG_KMEMCHECK +# define SLAB_NOTRACK 0x01000000UL +#else +# define SLAB_NOTRACK 0x00000000UL +#endif + /* The following flags affect the page allocator grouping pages by mobility */ #define SLAB_RECLAIM_ACCOUNT 0x00020000UL /* Objects are reclaimable */ #define SLAB_TEMPORARY SLAB_RECLAIM_ACCOUNT /* Objects are short-lived */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d7002857dee6e9a3ce1f78d23f37caba106b29c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Sun, 20 Jul 2008 10:44:54 +0200 Subject: kmemcheck: add DMA hooks This patch hooks into the DMA API to prevent the reporting of the false positives that would otherwise be reported when memory is accessed that is also used directly by devices. [rebased for mainline inclusion] Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/kmemcheck.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kmemcheck.h b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h index 5b65f4ebead..71f21ae33d1 100644 --- a/include/linux/kmemcheck.h +++ b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h @@ -59,6 +59,22 @@ static inline bool kmemcheck_page_is_tracked(struct page *p) { return false; } + +static inline void kmemcheck_mark_unallocated(void *address, unsigned int n) +{ +} + +static inline void kmemcheck_mark_uninitialized(void *address, unsigned int n) +{ +} + +static inline void kmemcheck_mark_initialized(void *address, unsigned int n) +{ +} + +static inline void kmemcheck_mark_freed(void *address, unsigned int n) +{ +} #endif /* CONFIG_KMEMCHECK */ #endif /* LINUX_KMEMCHECK_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b1eeab67682a5e397aecf172046b3a8bd4808ae4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Tue, 25 Nov 2008 16:55:53 +0100 Subject: kmemcheck: add hooks for the page allocator This adds support for tracking the initializedness of memory that was allocated with the page allocator. Highmem requests are not tracked. Cc: Dave Hansen Acked-by: Pekka Enberg [build fix for !CONFIG_KMEMCHECK] Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar [rebased for mainline inclusion] Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/gfp.h | 5 +++++ include/linux/kmemcheck.h | 35 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------ 2 files changed, 34 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/gfp.h b/include/linux/gfp.h index daeaa8fe1bb..3885e7f7556 100644 --- a/include/linux/gfp.h +++ b/include/linux/gfp.h @@ -51,7 +51,12 @@ struct vm_area_struct; #define __GFP_THISNODE ((__force gfp_t)0x40000u)/* No fallback, no policies */ #define __GFP_RECLAIMABLE ((__force gfp_t)0x80000u) /* Page is reclaimable */ #define __GFP_MOVABLE ((__force gfp_t)0x100000u) /* Page is movable */ + +#ifdef CONFIG_KMEMCHECK #define __GFP_NOTRACK ((__force gfp_t)0x200000u) /* Don't track with kmemcheck */ +#else +#define __GFP_NOTRACK ((__force gfp_t)0) +#endif /* * This may seem redundant, but it's a way of annotating false positives vs. diff --git a/include/linux/kmemcheck.h b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h index 71f21ae33d1..093d23969b1 100644 --- a/include/linux/kmemcheck.h +++ b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h @@ -8,13 +8,15 @@ extern int kmemcheck_enabled; /* The slab-related functions. */ -void kmemcheck_alloc_shadow(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t flags, int node, - struct page *page, int order); -void kmemcheck_free_shadow(struct kmem_cache *s, struct page *page, int order); +void kmemcheck_alloc_shadow(struct page *page, int order, gfp_t flags, int node); +void kmemcheck_free_shadow(struct page *page, int order); void kmemcheck_slab_alloc(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t gfpflags, void *object, size_t size); void kmemcheck_slab_free(struct kmem_cache *s, void *object, size_t size); +void kmemcheck_pagealloc_alloc(struct page *p, unsigned int order, + gfp_t gfpflags); + void kmemcheck_show_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); void kmemcheck_hide_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); @@ -27,6 +29,7 @@ void kmemcheck_mark_freed(void *address, unsigned int n); void kmemcheck_mark_unallocated_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); void kmemcheck_mark_uninitialized_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); +void kmemcheck_mark_initialized_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); int kmemcheck_show_addr(unsigned long address); int kmemcheck_hide_addr(unsigned long address); @@ -34,13 +37,12 @@ int kmemcheck_hide_addr(unsigned long address); #define kmemcheck_enabled 0 static inline void -kmemcheck_alloc_shadow(struct kmem_cache *s, gfp_t flags, int node, - struct page *page, int order) +kmemcheck_alloc_shadow(struct page *page, int order, gfp_t flags, int node) { } static inline void -kmemcheck_free_shadow(struct kmem_cache *s, struct page *page, int order) +kmemcheck_free_shadow(struct page *page, int order) { } @@ -55,6 +57,11 @@ static inline void kmemcheck_slab_free(struct kmem_cache *s, void *object, { } +static inline void kmemcheck_pagealloc_alloc(struct page *p, + unsigned int order, gfp_t gfpflags) +{ +} + static inline bool kmemcheck_page_is_tracked(struct page *p) { return false; @@ -75,6 +82,22 @@ static inline void kmemcheck_mark_initialized(void *address, unsigned int n) static inline void kmemcheck_mark_freed(void *address, unsigned int n) { } + +static inline void kmemcheck_mark_unallocated_pages(struct page *p, + unsigned int n) +{ +} + +static inline void kmemcheck_mark_uninitialized_pages(struct page *p, + unsigned int n) +{ +} + +static inline void kmemcheck_mark_initialized_pages(struct page *p, + unsigned int n) +{ +} + #endif /* CONFIG_KMEMCHECK */ #endif /* LINUX_KMEMCHECK_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From fc7d0c9f2122e8bf58deaf1252b0e750df5b0e91 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Sat, 30 Aug 2008 12:16:05 +0200 Subject: kmemcheck: introduce bitfield API Add the bitfield API which can be used to annotate bitfields in structs and get rid of false positive reports. According to Al Viro, the syntax we were using (putting #ifdef inside macro arguments) was not valid C. He also suggested using begin/end markers instead, which is what we do now. [rebased for mainline inclusion] Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/kmemcheck.h | 50 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 50 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kmemcheck.h b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h index 093d23969b1..47b39b7c7e8 100644 --- a/include/linux/kmemcheck.h +++ b/include/linux/kmemcheck.h @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ void kmemcheck_mark_initialized_pages(struct page *p, unsigned int n); int kmemcheck_show_addr(unsigned long address); int kmemcheck_hide_addr(unsigned long address); + #else #define kmemcheck_enabled 0 @@ -100,4 +101,53 @@ static inline void kmemcheck_mark_initialized_pages(struct page *p, #endif /* CONFIG_KMEMCHECK */ +/* + * Bitfield annotations + * + * How to use: If you have a struct using bitfields, for example + * + * struct a { + * int x:8, y:8; + * }; + * + * then this should be rewritten as + * + * struct a { + * kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); + * int x:8, y:8; + * kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags); + * }; + * + * Now the "flags_begin" and "flags_end" members may be used to refer to the + * beginning and end, respectively, of the bitfield (and things like + * &x.flags_begin is allowed). As soon as the struct is allocated, the bit- + * fields should be annotated: + * + * struct a *a = kmalloc(sizeof(struct a), GFP_KERNEL); + * kmemcheck_annotate_bitfield(a, flags); + * + * Note: We provide the same definitions for both kmemcheck and non- + * kmemcheck kernels. This makes it harder to introduce accidental errors. It + * is also allowed to pass NULL pointers to kmemcheck_annotate_bitfield(). + */ +#define kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(name) \ + int name##_begin[0]; + +#define kmemcheck_bitfield_end(name) \ + int name##_end[0]; + +#define kmemcheck_annotate_bitfield(ptr, name) \ + do if (ptr) { \ + int _n = (long) &((ptr)->name##_end) \ + - (long) &((ptr)->name##_begin); \ + BUILD_BUG_ON(_n < 0); \ + \ + kmemcheck_mark_initialized(&((ptr)->name##_begin), _n); \ + } while (0) + +#define kmemcheck_annotate_variable(var) \ + do { \ + kmemcheck_mark_initialized(&(var), sizeof(var)); \ + } while (0) \ + #endif /* LINUX_KMEMCHECK_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe55f6d5c0cfec4a710ef6ff63f162b99d5f7842 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Sat, 30 Aug 2008 12:16:35 +0200 Subject: net: use kmemcheck bitfields API for skbuff Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 5fd389162f0..ed6537fc5b4 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ #define _LINUX_SKBUFF_H #include +#include #include #include #include @@ -346,6 +347,7 @@ struct sk_buff { }; }; __u32 priority; + kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags1); __u8 local_df:1, cloned:1, ip_summed:2, @@ -356,6 +358,7 @@ struct sk_buff { ipvs_property:1, peeked:1, nf_trace:1; + kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags1); __be16 protocol; void (*destructor)(struct sk_buff *skb); @@ -375,6 +378,8 @@ struct sk_buff { __u16 tc_verd; /* traffic control verdict */ #endif #endif + + kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags2); #ifdef CONFIG_IPV6_NDISC_NODETYPE __u8 ndisc_nodetype:2; #endif @@ -382,6 +387,8 @@ struct sk_buff { __u8 do_not_encrypt:1; __u8 requeue:1; #endif + kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags2); + /* 0/13/14 bit hole */ #ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA -- cgit v1.2.3 From 45e3ff82708c65c895d5c5882aff17ecf62a80b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Tue, 9 Sep 2008 06:43:12 +0200 Subject: net: annotate bitfields in struct inet_sock Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/net/inet_sock.h | 14 ++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet_sock.h b/include/net/inet_sock.h index de0ecc71cf0..cbcda0b0b96 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_sock.h @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ #define _INET_SOCK_H +#include #include #include #include @@ -66,14 +67,16 @@ struct inet_request_sock { __be32 loc_addr; __be32 rmt_addr; __be16 rmt_port; - u16 snd_wscale : 4, - rcv_wscale : 4, + kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); + u16 snd_wscale : 4, + rcv_wscale : 4, tstamp_ok : 1, sack_ok : 1, wscale_ok : 1, ecn_ok : 1, acked : 1, no_srccheck: 1; + kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags); struct ip_options *opt; }; @@ -198,9 +201,12 @@ static inline int inet_sk_ehashfn(const struct sock *sk) static inline struct request_sock *inet_reqsk_alloc(struct request_sock_ops *ops) { struct request_sock *req = reqsk_alloc(ops); + struct inet_request_sock *ireq = inet_rsk(req); - if (req != NULL) - inet_rsk(req)->opt = NULL; + if (req != NULL) { + kmemcheck_annotate_bitfield(ireq, flags); + ireq->opt = NULL; + } return req; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9e337b0fb3baa3c22490365b1bdee6f4741413d4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Sat, 18 Oct 2008 17:37:51 +0200 Subject: net: annotate inet_timewait_sock bitfields The use of bitfields here would lead to false positive warnings with kmemcheck. Silence them. (Additionally, one erroneous comment related to the bitfield was also fixed.) Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h b/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h index 4b8ece22b8e..b63b80fac56 100644 --- a/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h +++ b/include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ #define _INET_TIMEWAIT_SOCK_ +#include #include #include #include @@ -127,10 +128,12 @@ struct inet_timewait_sock { __be32 tw_rcv_saddr; __be16 tw_dport; __u16 tw_num; + kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); /* And these are ours. */ __u8 tw_ipv6only:1, tw_transparent:1; - /* 15 bits hole, try to pack */ + /* 14 bits hole, try to pack */ + kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags); __u16 tw_ipv6_offset; unsigned long tw_ttd; struct inet_bind_bucket *tw_tb; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c53bd2e1949ddbe06fe2a6079c0658d58ce25edb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Thu, 26 Feb 2009 14:05:59 +0100 Subject: c2port: annotate bitfield for kmemcheck This silences a false positive warning with kmemcheck. Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/c2port.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/c2port.h b/include/linux/c2port.h index 7b5a2388ba6..2a5cd867c36 100644 --- a/include/linux/c2port.h +++ b/include/linux/c2port.h @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ */ #include +#include #define C2PORT_NAME_LEN 32 @@ -20,8 +21,10 @@ /* Main struct */ struct c2port_ops; struct c2port_device { + kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); unsigned int access:1; unsigned int flash_access:1; + kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags); int id; char name[C2PORT_NAME_LEN]; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a98b65a3ad71e702e760bc63f57684301628e837 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Thu, 26 Feb 2009 14:46:57 +0100 Subject: net: annotate struct sock bitfield 2009/2/24 Ingo Molnar : > ok, this is the last warning i have from today's overnight -tip > testruns - a 32-bit system warning in sock_init_data(): > > [ 2.610389] NET: Registered protocol family 16 > [ 2.616138] initcall netlink_proto_init+0x0/0x170 returned 0 after 7812 usecs > [ 2.620010] WARNING: kmemcheck: Caught 32-bit read from uninitialized memory (f642c184) > [ 2.624002] 010000000200000000000000604990c000000000000000000000000000000000 > [ 2.634076] i i i i i i u u i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i > [ 2.641038] ^ > [ 2.643376] > [ 2.644004] Pid: 1, comm: swapper Not tainted (2.6.29-rc6-tip-01751-g4d1c22c-dirty #885) > [ 2.648003] EIP: 0060:[] EFLAGS: 00010282 CPU: 0 > [ 2.652008] EIP is at sock_init_data+0xa1/0x190 > [ 2.656003] EAX: 0001a800 EBX: f6836c00 ECX: 00463000 EDX: c0e46fe0 > [ 2.660003] ESI: f642c180 EDI: c0b83088 EBP: f6863ed8 ESP: c0c412ec > [ 2.664003] DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068 > [ 2.668003] CR0: 8005003b CR2: f682c400 CR3: 00b91000 CR4: 000006f0 > [ 2.672003] DR0: 00000000 DR1: 00000000 DR2: 00000000 DR3: 00000000 > [ 2.676003] DR6: ffff4ff0 DR7: 00000400 > [ 2.680002] [] __netlink_create+0x35/0xa0 > [ 2.684002] [] netlink_kernel_create+0x4c/0x140 > [ 2.688002] [] rtnetlink_net_init+0x1e/0x40 > [ 2.696002] [] register_pernet_operations+0x11/0x30 > [ 2.700002] [] register_pernet_subsys+0x1c/0x30 > [ 2.704002] [] rtnetlink_init+0x4c/0x100 > [ 2.708002] [] netlink_proto_init+0x159/0x170 > [ 2.712002] [] do_one_initcall+0x24/0x150 > [ 2.716002] [] do_initcalls+0x27/0x40 > [ 2.723201] [] do_basic_setup+0x1c/0x20 > [ 2.728002] [] kernel_init+0x5a/0xa0 > [ 2.732002] [] kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x10 > [ 2.736002] [] 0xffffffff We fix this false positive by annotating the bitfield in struct sock. Reported-by: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/net/sock.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/net/sock.h b/include/net/sock.h index 4bb1ff9fd15..d933da00d50 100644 --- a/include/net/sock.h +++ b/include/net/sock.h @@ -218,9 +218,11 @@ struct sock { #define sk_hash __sk_common.skc_hash #define sk_prot __sk_common.skc_prot #define sk_net __sk_common.skc_net + kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(flags); unsigned char sk_shutdown : 2, sk_no_check : 2, sk_userlocks : 4; + kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags); unsigned char sk_protocol; unsigned short sk_type; int sk_rcvbuf; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1744a21d57d9c60136461adb6afa85e51b3e94d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Sat, 28 Feb 2009 08:29:44 +0100 Subject: trace: annotate bitfields in struct ring_buffer_event This gets rid of a heap of false-positive warnings from the tracer code due to the use of bitfields. [rebased for mainline inclusion] Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/ring_buffer.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/ring_buffer.h b/include/linux/ring_buffer.h index 8670f1575fe..29f8599e6be 100644 --- a/include/linux/ring_buffer.h +++ b/include/linux/ring_buffer.h @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_RING_BUFFER_H #define _LINUX_RING_BUFFER_H +#include #include #include @@ -11,7 +12,10 @@ struct ring_buffer_iter; * Don't refer to this struct directly, use functions below. */ struct ring_buffer_event { + kmemcheck_bitfield_begin(bitfield); u32 type_len:5, time_delta:27; + kmemcheck_bitfield_end(bitfield); + u32 array[]; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3446a8aa7ebcbc0a799e5e8fc4f2da0738d6bc21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vegard Nossum Date: Sat, 16 May 2009 11:22:14 +0200 Subject: fs: introduce __getname_gfp() The purpose of this change is to allow __getname() users to pass a custom GFP mask to kmem_cache_alloc(). This is needed for annotating a certain kmemcheck false positive. Cc: Al Viro Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum --- include/linux/fs.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index ede84fa7da5..6d12174fbe1 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -1919,8 +1919,9 @@ extern void __init vfs_caches_init(unsigned long); extern struct kmem_cache *names_cachep; -#define __getname() kmem_cache_alloc(names_cachep, GFP_KERNEL) -#define __putname(name) kmem_cache_free(names_cachep, (void *)(name)) +#define __getname_gfp(gfp) kmem_cache_alloc(names_cachep, (gfp)) +#define __getname() __getname_gfp(GFP_KERNEL) +#define __putname(name) kmem_cache_free(names_cachep, (void *)(name)) #ifndef CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL #define putname(name) __putname(name) #else -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3959214f971417f4162926ac52ad4cd042958caa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kay Sievers Date: Tue, 24 Mar 2009 15:43:30 +0100 Subject: sched: delayed cleanup of user_struct During bootup performance tracing we see repeated occurrences of /sys/kernel/uid/* events for the same uid, leading to a, in this case, rather pointless userspace processing for the same uid over and over. This is usually caused by tools which change their uid to "nobody", to run without privileges to read data supplied by untrusted users. This change delays the execution of the (already existing) scheduled work, to cleanup the uid after one second, so the allocated and announced uid can possibly be re-used by another process. This is the current behavior, where almost every invocation of a binary, which changes the uid, creates two events: $ read START < /sys/kernel/uevent_seqnum; \ for i in `seq 100`; do su --shell=/bin/true bin; done; \ read END < /sys/kernel/uevent_seqnum; \ echo $(($END - $START)) 178 With the delayed cleanup, we get only two events, and userspace finishes a bit faster too: $ read START < /sys/kernel/uevent_seqnum; \ for i in `seq 100`; do su --shell=/bin/true bin; done; \ read END < /sys/kernel/uevent_seqnum; \ echo $(($END - $START)) 1 Acked-by: Dhaval Giani Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/sched.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index c900aa53007..7531b1c2820 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ struct user_struct { struct task_group *tg; #ifdef CONFIG_SYSFS struct kobject kobj; - struct work_struct work; + struct delayed_work work; #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 309b7d60a345f402bec3cf9caadb53de4028e2aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joerg Roedel Date: Fri, 24 Apr 2009 14:57:00 +0200 Subject: driver core: add BUS_NOTIFY_UNBOUND_DRIVER event This patch adds a new bus notifier event which is emitted _after_ a device is removed from its driver. This event will be used by the dma-api debug code to check if a driver has released all dma allocations for that device. Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/device.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/device.h b/include/linux/device.h index a4a7b10aaa4..4410464b134 100644 --- a/include/linux/device.h +++ b/include/linux/device.h @@ -114,6 +114,8 @@ extern int bus_unregister_notifier(struct bus_type *bus, #define BUS_NOTIFY_BOUND_DRIVER 0x00000003 /* driver bound to device */ #define BUS_NOTIFY_UNBIND_DRIVER 0x00000004 /* driver about to be unbound */ +#define BUS_NOTIFY_UNBOUND_DRIVER 0x00000005 /* driver is unbound + from the device */ extern struct kset *bus_get_kset(struct bus_type *bus); extern struct klist *bus_get_device_klist(struct bus_type *bus); -- cgit v1.2.3 From c0afe7ba5e71d8ab66bc42f90b3e237581d3c509 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Walleij Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 02:38:16 +0200 Subject: driver core: Const-correct platform getbyname functions This converts resource and IRQ getbyname functions for the platform bus to use const char *, I ran into compiler moanings when I tried using a const char * for looking up a certain resource. Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/platform_device.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/platform_device.h b/include/linux/platform_device.h index b67bb5d7b22..8dc5123b630 100644 --- a/include/linux/platform_device.h +++ b/include/linux/platform_device.h @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ extern struct device platform_bus; extern struct resource *platform_get_resource(struct platform_device *, unsigned int, unsigned int); extern int platform_get_irq(struct platform_device *, unsigned int); -extern struct resource *platform_get_resource_byname(struct platform_device *, unsigned int, char *); -extern int platform_get_irq_byname(struct platform_device *, char *); +extern struct resource *platform_get_resource_byname(struct platform_device *, unsigned int, const char *); +extern int platform_get_irq_byname(struct platform_device *, const char *); extern int platform_add_devices(struct platform_device **, int); extern struct platform_device *platform_device_register_simple(const char *, int id, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5e8e9245f9bb4c6ed2a2f4af42f2ec9733dc5378 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Samuel Ortiz Date: Wed, 27 May 2009 00:49:37 +0200 Subject: firmware: FIRMWARE_NAME_MAX removal As we're allocating the firmware name dynamically, we no longer need this definition. This patch must be applied only after the 5 previous patches from this pacth set have been applied. Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/firmware.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/firmware.h b/include/linux/firmware.h index c8ecf5b2a20..d3154462843 100644 --- a/include/linux/firmware.h +++ b/include/linux/firmware.h @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ #include #include -#define FIRMWARE_NAME_MAX 30 #define FW_ACTION_NOHOTPLUG 0 #define FW_ACTION_HOTPLUG 1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6fcf53acccf85b4b0d0260e66c692a341760f464 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kay Sievers Date: Thu, 30 Apr 2009 15:23:42 +0200 Subject: Driver Core: add nodename callbacks This adds the nodename callback for struct class, struct device_type and struct device, to allow drivers to send userspace hints on the device name and subdirectory that should be used for it. Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers Signed-off-by: Jan Blunck Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/device.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/device.h b/include/linux/device.h index 4410464b134..ed4e39f2c42 100644 --- a/include/linux/device.h +++ b/include/linux/device.h @@ -194,6 +194,7 @@ struct class { struct kobject *dev_kobj; int (*dev_uevent)(struct device *dev, struct kobj_uevent_env *env); + char *(*nodename)(struct device *dev); void (*class_release)(struct class *class); void (*dev_release)(struct device *dev); @@ -289,6 +290,7 @@ struct device_type { const char *name; struct attribute_group **groups; int (*uevent)(struct device *dev, struct kobj_uevent_env *env); + char *(*nodename)(struct device *dev); void (*release)(struct device *dev); struct dev_pm_ops *pm; @@ -488,6 +490,7 @@ extern struct device *device_find_child(struct device *dev, void *data, extern int device_rename(struct device *dev, char *new_name); extern int device_move(struct device *dev, struct device *new_parent, enum dpm_order dpm_order); +extern const char *device_get_nodename(struct device *dev, const char **tmp); /* * Root device objects for grouping under /sys/devices -- cgit v1.2.3 From d405640539555b601e52f7d18f1f0b1345d18bf5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kay Sievers Date: Thu, 30 Apr 2009 15:23:42 +0200 Subject: Driver Core: misc: add nodename support for misc devices. This adds support for misc devices to report their requested nodename to userspace. It also updates a number of misc drivers to provide the needed subdirectory and device name to be used for them. Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers Signed-off-by: Jan Blunck Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/miscdevice.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/miscdevice.h b/include/linux/miscdevice.h index beb6ec99cfe..05211774462 100644 --- a/include/linux/miscdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/miscdevice.h @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ struct miscdevice { struct list_head list; struct device *parent; struct device *this_device; + const char *devnode; }; extern int misc_register(struct miscdevice * misc); -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7a386c5b8ff34cd84ae922603d1c6f9d234edee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kay Sievers Date: Thu, 30 Apr 2009 15:23:42 +0200 Subject: Driver Core: usb: add nodename support for usb drivers. This adds support for USB drivers to report their requested nodename to userspace. It also updates a number of USB drivers to provide the needed subdirectory and device name to be used for them. Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers Signed-off-by: Jan Blunck Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 3aa2cd1f8d0..34cdfcac455 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -869,6 +869,8 @@ struct usb_driver { * struct usb_device_driver - identifies USB device driver to usbcore * @name: The driver name should be unique among USB drivers, * and should normally be the same as the module name. + * @nodename: Callback to provide a naming hint for a possible + * device node to create. * @probe: Called to see if the driver is willing to manage a particular * device. If it is, probe returns zero and uses dev_set_drvdata() * to associate driver-specific data with the device. If unwilling @@ -912,6 +914,7 @@ extern struct bus_type usb_bus_type; */ struct usb_class_driver { char *name; + char *(*nodename)(struct device *dev); const struct file_operations *fops; int minor_base; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b03f38b685e2e1db174fb8982930e789a516f414 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kay Sievers Date: Thu, 30 Apr 2009 15:23:42 +0200 Subject: Driver Core: block: add nodename support for block drivers. This adds support for block drivers to report their requested nodename to userspace. It also updates a number of block drivers to provide the needed subdirectory and device name to be used for them. Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers Signed-off-by: Jan Blunck Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/genhd.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/genhd.h b/include/linux/genhd.h index 7cbd38d363a..45fc320a53c 100644 --- a/include/linux/genhd.h +++ b/include/linux/genhd.h @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ struct gendisk { * disks that can't be partitioned. */ char disk_name[DISK_NAME_LEN]; /* name of major driver */ - + char *(*nodename)(struct gendisk *gd); /* Array of pointers to partitions indexed by partno. * Protected with matching bdev lock but stat and other * non-critical accesses use RCU. Always access through -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4b9d0d3b81ec0900971cbe8aba8ba0ae9c08a087 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Greg Kroah-Hartman Date: Thu, 30 Apr 2009 14:43:31 -0700 Subject: eisa: remove driver_data direct access of struct device In the near future, the driver core is going to not allow direct access to the driver_data pointer in struct device. Instead, the functions dev_get_drvdata() and dev_set_drvdata() should be used. These functions have been around since the beginning, so are backwards compatible with all older kernel versions. Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/eisa.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/eisa.h b/include/linux/eisa.h index e61c0be2a45..6925249a5ac 100644 --- a/include/linux/eisa.h +++ b/include/linux/eisa.h @@ -78,12 +78,12 @@ static inline void eisa_driver_unregister (struct eisa_driver *edrv) { } /* Mimics pci.h... */ static inline void *eisa_get_drvdata (struct eisa_device *edev) { - return edev->dev.driver_data; + return dev_get_drvdata(&edev->dev); } static inline void eisa_set_drvdata (struct eisa_device *edev, void *data) { - edev->dev.driver_data = data; + dev_set_drvdata(&edev->dev, data); } /* The EISA root device. There's rumours about machines with multiple -- cgit v1.2.3 From 156f5a7801195fa2ce44aeeb62d6cf8468f3332a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GeunSik Lim Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 15:01:37 +0900 Subject: debugfs: Fix terminology inconsistency of dir name to mount debugfs filesystem. Many developers use "/debug/" or "/debugfs/" or "/sys/kernel/debug/" directory name to mount debugfs filesystem for ftrace according to ./Documentation/tracers/ftrace.txt file. And, three directory names(ex:/debug/, /debugfs/, /sys/kernel/debug/) is existed in kernel source like ftrace, DRM, Wireless, Documentation, Network[sky2]files to mount debugfs filesystem. debugfs means debug filesystem for debugging easy to use by greg kroah hartman. "/sys/kernel/debug/" name is suitable as directory name of debugfs filesystem. - debugfs related reference: http://lwn.net/Articles/334546/ Fix inconsistency of directory name to mount debugfs filesystem. * From Steven Rostedt - find_debugfs() and tracing_files() in this patch. Signed-off-by: GeunSik Lim Acked-by : Inaky Perez-Gonzalez Reviewed-by : Steven Rostedt Reviewed-by : James Smart CC: Jiri Kosina CC: David Airlie CC: Peter Osterlund CC: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli CC: Anil S Keshavamurthy CC: Masami Hiramatsu Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/kernel.h | 2 +- include/linux/tracepoint.h | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kernel.h b/include/linux/kernel.h index 883cd44ff76..99b7aada28d 100644 --- a/include/linux/kernel.h +++ b/include/linux/kernel.h @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ static inline char *pack_hex_byte(char *buf, u8 byte) * * Use tracing_on/tracing_off when you want to quickly turn on or off * tracing. It simply enables or disables the recording of the trace events. - * This also corresponds to the user space debugfs/tracing/tracing_on + * This also corresponds to the user space /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/tracing_on * file, which gives a means for the kernel and userspace to interact. * Place a tracing_off() in the kernel where you want tracing to end. * From user space, examine the trace, and then echo 1 > tracing_on diff --git a/include/linux/tracepoint.h b/include/linux/tracepoint.h index 14df7e635d4..b9dc4ca0246 100644 --- a/include/linux/tracepoint.h +++ b/include/linux/tracepoint.h @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ static inline void tracepoint_synchronize_unregister(void) * * This is how the trace record is structured and will * * be saved into the ring buffer. These are the fields * * that will be exposed to user-space in - * * /debug/tracing/events/<*>/format. + * * /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/<*>/format. * * * * The declared 'local variable' is called '__entry' * * @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ static inline void tracepoint_synchronize_unregister(void) * tracepoint callback (this is used by programmatic plugins and * can also by used by generic instrumentation like SystemTap), and * it is also used to expose a structured trace record in - * /debug/tracing/events/. + * /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/. */ #define TRACE_EVENT(name, proto, args, struct, assign, print) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From cc835e321a9f3fa5e083436872e198095f4805b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Brownell Date: Tue, 31 Mar 2009 12:28:31 -0700 Subject: USB: nop-usb-xceiv: behave when linked as a module The NOP OTG transceiver driver needs to be usable from modules. Make sure its symbols are always accessible at both compile and link time, and make sure the device instance is allocated from the heap so that device lifetime rules are obeyed. Signed-off-by: David Brownell Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/otg.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/otg.h b/include/linux/usb/otg.h index 1aaa826396a..2443c0e7a80 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/otg.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/otg.h @@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ struct otg_transceiver { /* for board-specific init logic */ extern int otg_set_transceiver(struct otg_transceiver *); -#ifdef CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV + +/* sometimes transceivers are accessed only through e.g. ULPI */ extern void usb_nop_xceiv_register(void); extern void usb_nop_xceiv_unregister(void); -#endif /* for usb host and peripheral controller drivers */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 00048b8bde5a6cbd9c3a76f272cc9ddb55705e37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Greg Kroah-Hartman Date: Fri, 24 Apr 2009 14:56:26 -0700 Subject: USB: add usb debugfs directory Add a common usb directory in debugfs that the usb subsystem can use. Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 3aa2cd1f8d0..29060dad81e 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -1558,6 +1558,9 @@ extern void usb_unregister_notify(struct notifier_block *nb); #define err(format, arg...) printk(KERN_ERR KBUILD_MODNAME ": " \ format "\n" , ## arg) +/* debugfs stuff */ +extern struct dentry *usb_debug_root; + #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 74675a58507e769beee7d949dbed788af3c4139d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Stern Date: Thu, 30 Apr 2009 10:08:18 -0400 Subject: NLS: update handling of Unicode This patch (as1239) updates the kernel's treatment of Unicode. The character-set conversion routines are well behind the current state of the Unicode specification: They don't recognize the existence of code points beyond plane 0 or of surrogate pairs in the UTF-16 encoding. The old wchar_t 16-bit type is retained because it's still used in lots of places. This shouldn't cause any new problems; if a conversion now results in an invalid 16-bit code then before it must have yielded an undefined code. Difficult-to-read names like "utf_mbstowcs" are replaced with more transparent names like "utf8s_to_utf16s" and the ordering of the parameters is rationalized (buffer lengths come immediate after the pointers they refer to, and the inputs precede the outputs). Fortunately the low-level conversion routines are used in only a few places; the interfaces to the higher-level uni2char and char2uni methods have been left unchanged. Signed-off-by: Alan Stern Acked-by: Clemens Ladisch Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/nls.h | 35 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------ 1 file changed, 29 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nls.h b/include/linux/nls.h index 52b1a76c1b4..d47beef08df 100644 --- a/include/linux/nls.h +++ b/include/linux/nls.h @@ -3,8 +3,23 @@ #include -/* unicode character */ -typedef __u16 wchar_t; +/* Unicode has changed over the years. Unicode code points no longer + * fit into 16 bits; as of Unicode 5 valid code points range from 0 + * to 0x10ffff (17 planes, where each plane holds 65536 code points). + * + * The original decision to represent Unicode characters as 16-bit + * wchar_t values is now outdated. But plane 0 still includes the + * most commonly used characters, so we will retain it. The newer + * 32-bit unicode_t type can be used when it is necessary to + * represent the full Unicode character set. + */ + +/* Plane-0 Unicode character */ +typedef u16 wchar_t; +#define MAX_WCHAR_T 0xffff + +/* Arbitrary Unicode character */ +typedef u32 unicode_t; struct nls_table { const char *charset; @@ -21,6 +36,13 @@ struct nls_table { /* this value hold the maximum octet of charset */ #define NLS_MAX_CHARSET_SIZE 6 /* for UTF-8 */ +/* Byte order for UTF-16 strings */ +enum utf16_endian { + UTF16_HOST_ENDIAN, + UTF16_LITTLE_ENDIAN, + UTF16_BIG_ENDIAN +}; + /* nls.c */ extern int register_nls(struct nls_table *); extern int unregister_nls(struct nls_table *); @@ -28,10 +50,11 @@ extern struct nls_table *load_nls(char *); extern void unload_nls(struct nls_table *); extern struct nls_table *load_nls_default(void); -extern int utf8_mbtowc(wchar_t *, const __u8 *, int); -extern int utf8_mbstowcs(wchar_t *, const __u8 *, int); -extern int utf8_wctomb(__u8 *, wchar_t, int); -extern int utf8_wcstombs(__u8 *, const wchar_t *, int); +extern int utf8_to_utf32(const u8 *s, int len, unicode_t *pu); +extern int utf32_to_utf8(unicode_t u, u8 *s, int maxlen); +extern int utf8s_to_utf16s(const u8 *s, int len, wchar_t *pwcs); +extern int utf16s_to_utf8s(const wchar_t *pwcs, int len, + enum utf16_endian endian, u8 *s, int maxlen); static inline unsigned char nls_tolower(struct nls_table *t, unsigned char c) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 820d7a253c5e59a786d5b608f6e8d0419fdc2f6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Greg Kroah-Hartman Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 13:17:21 -0700 Subject: USB: remove unused usb_host class The usb_host class isn't used for anything anymore (it was used for debug files, but they have moved to debugfs a few kernel releases ago), so let's delete it before someone accidentally puts a file in it. Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 29060dad81e..606e0aa5bbe 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -336,7 +336,6 @@ struct usb_bus { #ifdef CONFIG_USB_DEVICEFS struct dentry *usbfs_dentry; /* usbfs dentry entry for the bus */ #endif - struct device *dev; /* device for this bus */ #if defined(CONFIG_USB_MON) || defined(CONFIG_USB_MON_MODULE) struct mon_bus *mon_bus; /* non-null when associated */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 00240c3839d843ccf07abd52806f421f7b87bbdc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Stern Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 13:33:16 -0400 Subject: PCI: add power-state name strings This patch (as1235) adds an array of PCI power-state names, together with a simple inline accessor routine. Signed-off-by: Alan Stern Acked-by: Rafael J. Wysocki Acked-by: Jesse Barnes Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/pci.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pci.h b/include/linux/pci.h index 72698d89e76..8e366bb0705 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci.h +++ b/include/linux/pci.h @@ -124,6 +124,14 @@ typedef int __bitwise pci_power_t; #define PCI_UNKNOWN ((pci_power_t __force) 5) #define PCI_POWER_ERROR ((pci_power_t __force) -1) +/* Remember to update this when the list above changes! */ +extern const char *pci_power_names[]; + +static inline const char *pci_power_name(pci_power_t state) +{ + return pci_power_names[1 + (int) state]; +} + #define PCI_PM_D2_DELAY 200 #define PCI_PM_D3_WAIT 10 #define PCI_PM_BUS_WAIT 50 -- cgit v1.2.3 From cac85a8b4e8e7c51bc0ce2980bba0e35cfec5c2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 21:04:19 -0700 Subject: USB: composite.h: mark private struct members as private: Mark internal struct members as /* private: */ so that kernel-doc won't produce warnings about missing descriptions for them. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Acked-by: David Brownell Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/composite.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/composite.h b/include/linux/usb/composite.h index acd7b0f06c8..4f6bb3d2160 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/composite.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/composite.h @@ -124,6 +124,7 @@ struct usb_function { void (*suspend)(struct usb_function *); void (*resume)(struct usb_function *); + /* private: */ /* internals */ struct list_head list; }; @@ -219,6 +220,7 @@ struct usb_configuration { struct usb_composite_dev *cdev; + /* private: */ /* internals */ struct list_head list; struct list_head functions; @@ -321,6 +323,7 @@ struct usb_composite_dev { struct usb_configuration *config; + /* private: */ /* internals */ struct usb_device_descriptor desc; struct list_head configs; -- cgit v1.2.3 From bf92c1906e4f294a48fafc15755c65af636195e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 21:02:49 -0700 Subject: USB: usb.h: change private: kernel-doc for new format requirement Use "/* private:" to mark struct members as private so that scripts/kernel-doc will handle them correctly. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Acked-by: David Brownell Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 606e0aa5bbe..fb1f2a32ae0 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -1421,8 +1421,8 @@ struct usb_sg_request { int status; size_t bytes; - /* - * members below are private: to usbcore, + /* private: + * members below are private to usbcore, * and are not provided for driver access! */ spinlock_t lock; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 715b1dc01fe44537e8fce9566e4bb48d6821d84b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jason Wessel Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 15:24:07 -0500 Subject: USB: usb_debug, usb_generic_serial: implement multi urb write The usb_debug driver, when used as the console, will always fail to insert the carriage return and new line sequence as well as randomly drop console output. This is a result of only having the single write_urb and that the tty layer will have a lock that prevents the processing of the back to back urb requests. The solution is to allow more than one urb to be outstanding and have a slightly deeper transmit queue. The idea and some code is borrowed from the ftdi_sio usb driver. The generic usb serial driver was modified so as to allow the classic method of 1 write urb, or a multi write urb scheme with N allowed outstanding urbs where N is controlled by max_in_flight_urbs. When max_in_flight_urbs in a "struct usb_serial_driver" is non zero the multi write urb scheme will be used. The size of 4000 was selected for the usb_debug driver so that the driver lowers possibility of losing the queued console messages during the kernel startup. Signed-off-by: Jason Wessel Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/serial.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/serial.h b/include/linux/usb/serial.h index 8cdfed738fe..e2938fd179e 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/serial.h @@ -91,6 +91,9 @@ struct usb_serial_port { int write_urb_busy; __u8 bulk_out_endpointAddress; + int tx_bytes_flight; + int urbs_in_flight; + wait_queue_head_t write_wait; struct work_struct work; char throttled; @@ -207,6 +210,7 @@ struct usb_serial_driver { struct device_driver driver; struct usb_driver *usb_driver; struct usb_dynids dynids; + int max_in_flight_urbs; int (*probe)(struct usb_serial *serial, const struct usb_device_id *id); int (*attach)(struct usb_serial *serial); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 98fcb5f78165b8a3d93870ad7afd4d9ebbb8b43a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jason Wessel Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 15:24:09 -0500 Subject: USB: serial: usb_debug,usb_generic_serial: implement sysrq and serial break The usb_debug driver was modified to implement serial break handling by using a "magic" data packet comprised of the sequence: 0x00 0xff 0x01 0xfe 0x00 0xfe 0x01 0xff When the tty layer requests a serial break the usb_debug driver sends the magic packet. On the receiving side the magic packet is thrown away or a sysrq is activated depending on what kernel .config options have been set. The generic serial driver was modified as well as the usb serial headers to generically implement sysrq processing in the same way the non usb uart based drivers implement the sysrq handling. This will allow other usb serial devices to implement sysrq handling as desired. The new usb serial functions are named similarly and implemented similarly to the uart functions as follows: usb_serial_handle_break <-> uart_handle_break usb_serial_handle_sysrq_char <-> uart_handle_sysrq_char Signed-off-by: Jason Wessel Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/serial.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/serial.h b/include/linux/usb/serial.h index e2938fd179e..e29ebcf3287 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/serial.h @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ #include #include +#include #define SERIAL_TTY_MAJOR 188 /* Nice legal number now */ #define SERIAL_TTY_MINORS 254 /* loads of devices :) */ @@ -99,6 +100,7 @@ struct usb_serial_port { char throttled; char throttle_req; char console; + unsigned long sysrq; /* sysrq timeout */ struct device dev; }; #define to_usb_serial_port(d) container_of(d, struct usb_serial_port, dev) @@ -301,6 +303,12 @@ extern void usb_serial_generic_unthrottle(struct tty_struct *tty); extern void usb_serial_generic_shutdown(struct usb_serial *serial); extern int usb_serial_generic_register(int debug); extern void usb_serial_generic_deregister(void); +extern void usb_serial_generic_resubmit_read_urb(struct usb_serial_port *port, + gfp_t mem_flags); +extern int usb_serial_handle_sysrq_char(struct usb_serial_port *port, + unsigned int ch); +extern int usb_serial_handle_break(struct usb_serial_port *port); + extern int usb_serial_bus_register(struct usb_serial_driver *device); extern void usb_serial_bus_deregister(struct usb_serial_driver *device); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5effabbe9e6e0089f7afdde35cb51e8c8b4cf6bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshihiro Shimoda Date: Tue, 26 May 2009 18:24:34 +0900 Subject: USB: r8a66597-hcd: use platform_data instead of module_param CPU/board specific parameters (PLL clock, vif etc...) can be set by platform_data instead of module_param. v2: remove irq_sense member in platform_data because it can OR in IRQF_TRIGGER_LOW or IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING against IORESOURCE_IRQ in the struct resource. Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda Reviewed-by: Paul Mundt Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/r8a66597.h | 44 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 44 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/usb/r8a66597.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/r8a66597.h b/include/linux/usb/r8a66597.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9f0384fa20 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/usb/r8a66597.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * R8A66597 driver platform data + * + * Copyright (C) 2009 Renesas Solutions Corp. + * + * Author : Yoshihiro Shimoda + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_USB_R8A66597_H +#define __LINUX_USB_R8A66597_H + +#define R8A66597_PLATDATA_XTAL_12MHZ 0x01 +#define R8A66597_PLATDATA_XTAL_24MHZ 0x02 +#define R8A66597_PLATDATA_XTAL_48MHZ 0x03 + +struct r8a66597_platdata { + /* This ops can controll port power instead of DVSTCTR register. */ + void (*port_power)(int port, int power); + + /* (external controller only) set R8A66597_PLATDATA_XTAL_nnMHZ */ + unsigned xtal:2; + + /* set one = 3.3V, set zero = 1.5V */ + unsigned vif:1; + + /* set one = big endian, set zero = little endian */ + unsigned endian:1; +}; +#endif + -- cgit v1.2.3 From c47d7b09891abb4f8b222317c89c7469bed8db3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bryan Wu Date: Wed, 3 Jun 2009 09:17:57 -0400 Subject: USB: audio: add USB audio class definitions Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/audio.h | 265 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 263 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/audio.h b/include/linux/usb/audio.h index 8cb025fef63..b5744bc218a 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/audio.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/audio.h @@ -24,10 +24,75 @@ #define USB_SUBCLASS_AUDIOCONTROL 0x01 #define USB_SUBCLASS_AUDIOSTREAMING 0x02 #define USB_SUBCLASS_MIDISTREAMING 0x03 +#define USB_SUBCLASS_VENDOR_SPEC 0xff +/* A.5 Audio Class-Specific AC interface Descriptor Subtypes*/ +#define HEADER 0x01 +#define INPUT_TERMINAL 0x02 +#define OUTPUT_TERMINAL 0x03 +#define MIXER_UNIT 0x04 +#define SELECTOR_UNIT 0x05 +#define FEATURE_UNIT 0x06 +#define PROCESSING_UNIT 0x07 +#define EXTENSION_UNIT 0x08 + +#define AS_GENERAL 0x01 +#define FORMAT_TYPE 0x02 +#define FORMAT_SPECIFIC 0x03 + +#define EP_GENERAL 0x01 + +#define MS_GENERAL 0x01 +#define MIDI_IN_JACK 0x02 +#define MIDI_OUT_JACK 0x03 + +/* endpoint attributes */ +#define EP_ATTR_MASK 0x0c +#define EP_ATTR_ASYNC 0x04 +#define EP_ATTR_ADAPTIVE 0x08 +#define EP_ATTR_SYNC 0x0c + +/* cs endpoint attributes */ +#define EP_CS_ATTR_SAMPLE_RATE 0x01 +#define EP_CS_ATTR_PITCH_CONTROL 0x02 +#define EP_CS_ATTR_FILL_MAX 0x80 + +/* Audio Class specific Request Codes */ +#define USB_AUDIO_SET_INTF 0x21 +#define USB_AUDIO_SET_ENDPOINT 0x22 +#define USB_AUDIO_GET_INTF 0xa1 +#define USB_AUDIO_GET_ENDPOINT 0xa2 + +#define SET_ 0x00 +#define GET_ 0x80 + +#define _CUR 0x1 +#define _MIN 0x2 +#define _MAX 0x3 +#define _RES 0x4 +#define _MEM 0x5 + +#define SET_CUR (SET_ | _CUR) +#define GET_CUR (GET_ | _CUR) +#define SET_MIN (SET_ | _MIN) +#define GET_MIN (GET_ | _MIN) +#define SET_MAX (SET_ | _MAX) +#define GET_MAX (GET_ | _MAX) +#define SET_RES (SET_ | _RES) +#define GET_RES (GET_ | _RES) +#define SET_MEM (SET_ | _MEM) +#define GET_MEM (GET_ | _MEM) + +#define GET_STAT 0xff + +#define USB_AC_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x100 +#define USB_AC_TERMINAL_STREAMING 0x101 +#define USB_AC_TERMINAL_VENDOR_SPEC 0x1FF + +/* Terminal Control Selectors */ /* 4.3.2 Class-Specific AC Interface Descriptor */ struct usb_ac_header_descriptor { - __u8 bLength; /* 8+n */ + __u8 bLength; /* 8 + n */ __u8 bDescriptorType; /* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */ __u8 bDescriptorSubtype; /* USB_MS_HEADER */ __le16 bcdADC; /* 0x0100 */ @@ -36,7 +101,7 @@ struct usb_ac_header_descriptor { __u8 baInterfaceNr[]; /* [n] */ } __attribute__ ((packed)); -#define USB_DT_AC_HEADER_SIZE(n) (8+(n)) +#define USB_DT_AC_HEADER_SIZE(n) (8 + (n)) /* As above, but more useful for defining your own descriptors: */ #define DECLARE_USB_AC_HEADER_DESCRIPTOR(n) \ @@ -50,4 +115,200 @@ struct usb_ac_header_descriptor_##n { \ __u8 baInterfaceNr[n]; \ } __attribute__ ((packed)) +/* 4.3.2.1 Input Terminal Descriptor */ +struct usb_input_terminal_descriptor { + __u8 bLength; /* in bytes: 12 */ + __u8 bDescriptorType; /* CS_INTERFACE descriptor type */ + __u8 bDescriptorSubtype; /* INPUT_TERMINAL descriptor subtype */ + __u8 bTerminalID; /* Constant uniquely terminal ID */ + __le16 wTerminalType; /* USB Audio Terminal Types */ + __u8 bAssocTerminal; /* ID of the Output Terminal associated */ + __u8 bNrChannels; /* Number of logical output channels */ + __le16 wChannelConfig; + __u8 iChannelNames; + __u8 iTerminal; +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + +#define USB_DT_AC_INPUT_TERMINAL_SIZE 12 + +#define USB_AC_INPUT_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x200 +#define USB_AC_INPUT_TERMINAL_MICROPHONE 0x201 +#define USB_AC_INPUT_TERMINAL_DESKTOP_MICROPHONE 0x202 +#define USB_AC_INPUT_TERMINAL_PERSONAL_MICROPHONE 0x203 +#define USB_AC_INPUT_TERMINAL_OMNI_DIR_MICROPHONE 0x204 +#define USB_AC_INPUT_TERMINAL_MICROPHONE_ARRAY 0x205 +#define USB_AC_INPUT_TERMINAL_PROC_MICROPHONE_ARRAY 0x206 + +/* 4.3.2.2 Output Terminal Descriptor */ +struct usb_output_terminal_descriptor { + __u8 bLength; /* in bytes: 9 */ + __u8 bDescriptorType; /* CS_INTERFACE descriptor type */ + __u8 bDescriptorSubtype; /* OUTPUT_TERMINAL descriptor subtype */ + __u8 bTerminalID; /* Constant uniquely terminal ID */ + __le16 wTerminalType; /* USB Audio Terminal Types */ + __u8 bAssocTerminal; /* ID of the Input Terminal associated */ + __u8 bSourceID; /* ID of the connected Unit or Terminal*/ + __u8 iTerminal; +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + +#define USB_DT_AC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_SIZE 9 + +#define USB_AC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x300 +#define USB_AC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_SPEAKER 0x301 +#define USB_AC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_HEADPHONES 0x302 +#define USB_AC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_HEAD_MOUNTED_DISPLAY_AUDIO 0x303 +#define USB_AC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_DESKTOP_SPEAKER 0x304 +#define USB_AC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_ROOM_SPEAKER 0x305 +#define USB_AC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_COMMUNICATION_SPEAKER 0x306 +#define USB_AC_OUTPUT_TERMINAL_LOW_FREQ_EFFECTS_SPEAKER 0x307 + +/* Set bControlSize = 2 as default setting */ +#define USB_DT_AC_FEATURE_UNIT_SIZE(ch) (7 + ((ch) + 1) * 2) + +/* As above, but more useful for defining your own descriptors: */ +#define DECLARE_USB_AC_FEATURE_UNIT_DESCRIPTOR(ch) \ +struct usb_ac_feature_unit_descriptor_##ch { \ + __u8 bLength; \ + __u8 bDescriptorType; \ + __u8 bDescriptorSubtype; \ + __u8 bUnitID; \ + __u8 bSourceID; \ + __u8 bControlSize; \ + __le16 bmaControls[ch + 1]; \ + __u8 iFeature; \ +} __attribute__ ((packed)) + +/* 4.5.2 Class-Specific AS Interface Descriptor */ +struct usb_as_header_descriptor { + __u8 bLength; /* in bytes: 7 */ + __u8 bDescriptorType; /* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */ + __u8 bDescriptorSubtype; /* AS_GENERAL */ + __u8 bTerminalLink; /* Terminal ID of connected Terminal */ + __u8 bDelay; /* Delay introduced by the data path */ + __le16 wFormatTag; /* The Audio Data Format */ +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + +#define USB_DT_AS_HEADER_SIZE 7 + +#define USB_AS_AUDIO_FORMAT_TYPE_I_UNDEFINED 0x0 +#define USB_AS_AUDIO_FORMAT_TYPE_I_PCM 0x1 +#define USB_AS_AUDIO_FORMAT_TYPE_I_PCM8 0x2 +#define USB_AS_AUDIO_FORMAT_TYPE_I_IEEE_FLOAT 0x3 +#define USB_AS_AUDIO_FORMAT_TYPE_I_ALAW 0x4 +#define USB_AS_AUDIO_FORMAT_TYPE_I_MULAW 0x5 + +struct usb_as_format_type_i_continuous_descriptor { + __u8 bLength; /* in bytes: 8 + (ns * 3) */ + __u8 bDescriptorType; /* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */ + __u8 bDescriptorSubtype; /* FORMAT_TYPE */ + __u8 bFormatType; /* FORMAT_TYPE_1 */ + __u8 bNrChannels; /* physical channels in the stream */ + __u8 bSubframeSize; /* */ + __u8 bBitResolution; + __u8 bSamFreqType; + __u8 tLowerSamFreq[3]; + __u8 tUpperSamFreq[3]; +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + +#define USB_AS_FORMAT_TYPE_I_CONTINUOUS_DESC_SIZE 14 + +struct usb_as_formate_type_i_discrete_descriptor { + __u8 bLength; /* in bytes: 8 + (ns * 3) */ + __u8 bDescriptorType; /* USB_DT_CS_INTERFACE */ + __u8 bDescriptorSubtype; /* FORMAT_TYPE */ + __u8 bFormatType; /* FORMAT_TYPE_1 */ + __u8 bNrChannels; /* physical channels in the stream */ + __u8 bSubframeSize; /* */ + __u8 bBitResolution; + __u8 bSamFreqType; + __u8 tSamFreq[][3]; +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + +#define DECLARE_USB_AS_FORMAT_TYPE_I_DISCRETE_DESC(n) \ +struct usb_as_formate_type_i_discrete_descriptor_##n { \ + __u8 bLength; \ + __u8 bDescriptorType; \ + __u8 bDescriptorSubtype; \ + __u8 bFormatType; \ + __u8 bNrChannels; \ + __u8 bSubframeSize; \ + __u8 bBitResolution; \ + __u8 bSamFreqType; \ + __u8 tSamFreq[n][3]; \ +} __attribute__ ((packed)) + +#define USB_AS_FORMAT_TYPE_I_DISCRETE_DESC_SIZE(n) (8 + (n * 3)) + +#define USB_AS_FORMAT_TYPE_UNDEFINED 0x0 +#define USB_AS_FORMAT_TYPE_I 0x1 +#define USB_AS_FORMAT_TYPE_II 0x2 +#define USB_AS_FORMAT_TYPE_III 0x3 + +#define USB_AS_ENDPOINT_ASYNC (1 << 2) +#define USB_AS_ENDPOINT_ADAPTIVE (2 << 2) +#define USB_AS_ENDPOINT_SYNC (3 << 2) + +struct usb_as_iso_endpoint_descriptor { + __u8 bLength; /* in bytes: 7 */ + __u8 bDescriptorType; /* USB_DT_CS_ENDPOINT */ + __u8 bDescriptorSubtype; /* EP_GENERAL */ + __u8 bmAttributes; + __u8 bLockDelayUnits; + __le16 wLockDelay; +}; +#define USB_AS_ISO_ENDPOINT_DESC_SIZE 7 + +#define FU_CONTROL_UNDEFINED 0x00 +#define MUTE_CONTROL 0x01 +#define VOLUME_CONTROL 0x02 +#define BASS_CONTROL 0x03 +#define MID_CONTROL 0x04 +#define TREBLE_CONTROL 0x05 +#define GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER_CONTROL 0x06 +#define AUTOMATIC_GAIN_CONTROL 0x07 +#define DELAY_CONTROL 0x08 +#define BASS_BOOST_CONTROL 0x09 +#define LOUDNESS_CONTROL 0x0a + +#define FU_MUTE (1 << (MUTE_CONTROL - 1)) +#define FU_VOLUME (1 << (VOLUME_CONTROL - 1)) +#define FU_BASS (1 << (BASS_CONTROL - 1)) +#define FU_MID (1 << (MID_CONTROL - 1)) +#define FU_TREBLE (1 << (TREBLE_CONTROL - 1)) +#define FU_GRAPHIC_EQ (1 << (GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER_CONTROL - 1)) +#define FU_AUTO_GAIN (1 << (AUTOMATIC_GAIN_CONTROL - 1)) +#define FU_DELAY (1 << (DELAY_CONTROL - 1)) +#define FU_BASS_BOOST (1 << (BASS_BOOST_CONTROL - 1)) +#define FU_LOUDNESS (1 << (LOUDNESS_CONTROL - 1)) + +struct usb_audio_control { + struct list_head list; + const char *name; + u8 type; + int data[5]; + int (*set)(struct usb_audio_control *con, u8 cmd, int value); + int (*get)(struct usb_audio_control *con, u8 cmd); +}; + +static inline int generic_set_cmd(struct usb_audio_control *con, u8 cmd, int value) +{ + con->data[cmd] = value; + + return 0; +} + +static inline int generic_get_cmd(struct usb_audio_control *con, u8 cmd) +{ + return con->data[cmd]; +} + +struct usb_audio_control_selector { + struct list_head list; + struct list_head control; + u8 id; + const char *name; + u8 type; + struct usb_descriptor_header *desc; +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_USB_AUDIO_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c706ebdfc8955b850e477255a8c0f93f9f14712d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Stern Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 11:54:11 -0400 Subject: USB: usb-serial: call port_probe and port_remove at the right times This patch (as1253) prevents the usb-serial core from calling a driver's port_probe and port_remove methods more than once per port. It also removes some unnecessary try_module_get() calls and adds a missing port_remove method call in a failure path. Signed-off-by: Alan Stern Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/serial.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/serial.h b/include/linux/usb/serial.h index e29ebcf3287..ed4aa0fa7ed 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/serial.h @@ -27,6 +27,13 @@ /* parity check flag */ #define RELEVANT_IFLAG(iflag) (iflag & (IGNBRK|BRKINT|IGNPAR|PARMRK|INPCK)) +enum port_dev_state { + PORT_UNREGISTERED, + PORT_REGISTERING, + PORT_REGISTERED, + PORT_UNREGISTERING, +}; + /** * usb_serial_port: structure for the specific ports of a device. * @serial: pointer back to the struct usb_serial owner of this port. @@ -102,6 +109,7 @@ struct usb_serial_port { char console; unsigned long sysrq; /* sysrq timeout */ struct device dev; + enum port_dev_state dev_state; }; #define to_usb_serial_port(d) container_of(d, struct usb_serial_port, dev) -- cgit v1.2.3 From f9c99bb8b3a1ec81af68d484a551307326c2e933 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alan Stern Date: Tue, 2 Jun 2009 11:53:55 -0400 Subject: USB: usb-serial: replace shutdown with disconnect, release This patch (as1254) splits up the shutdown method of usb_serial_driver into a disconnect and a release method. The problem is that the usb-serial core was calling shutdown during disconnect handling, but drivers didn't expect it to be called until after all the open file references had been closed. The result was an oops when the close method tried to use memory that had been deallocated by shutdown. Signed-off-by: Alan Stern Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/serial.h | 12 ++++++++---- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/serial.h b/include/linux/usb/serial.h index ed4aa0fa7ed..44801d26a37 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/serial.h @@ -194,8 +194,10 @@ static inline void usb_set_serial_data(struct usb_serial *serial, void *data) * This will be called when the struct usb_serial structure is fully set * set up. Do any local initialization of the device, or any private * memory structure allocation at this point in time. - * @shutdown: pointer to the driver's shutdown function. This will be - * called when the device is removed from the system. + * @disconnect: pointer to the driver's disconnect function. This will be + * called when the device is unplugged or unbound from the driver. + * @release: pointer to the driver's release function. This will be called + * when the usb_serial data structure is about to be destroyed. * @usb_driver: pointer to the struct usb_driver that controls this * device. This is necessary to allow dynamic ids to be added to * the driver from sysfs. @@ -226,7 +228,8 @@ struct usb_serial_driver { int (*attach)(struct usb_serial *serial); int (*calc_num_ports) (struct usb_serial *serial); - void (*shutdown)(struct usb_serial *serial); + void (*disconnect)(struct usb_serial *serial); + void (*release)(struct usb_serial *serial); int (*port_probe)(struct usb_serial_port *port); int (*port_remove)(struct usb_serial_port *port); @@ -308,7 +311,8 @@ extern void usb_serial_generic_read_bulk_callback(struct urb *urb); extern void usb_serial_generic_write_bulk_callback(struct urb *urb); extern void usb_serial_generic_throttle(struct tty_struct *tty); extern void usb_serial_generic_unthrottle(struct tty_struct *tty); -extern void usb_serial_generic_shutdown(struct usb_serial *serial); +extern void usb_serial_generic_disconnect(struct usb_serial *serial); +extern void usb_serial_generic_release(struct usb_serial *serial); extern int usb_serial_generic_register(int debug); extern void usb_serial_generic_deregister(void); extern void usb_serial_generic_resubmit_read_urb(struct usb_serial_port *port, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5be19a9daa2df2507adf5b4676a7db8d131cf56e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Xiaochen Shen Date: Thu, 4 Jun 2009 15:34:49 +0800 Subject: USB: Add Intel Langwell USB Device Controller driver Intel Langwell USB Device Controller is a High-Speed USB OTG device controller in Intel Moorestown platform. It can work in OTG device mode with Intel Langwell USB OTG transceiver driver as well as device-only mode. The number of programmable endpoints is different through controller revision. NOTE: This patch is the first version Intel Langwell USB OTG device controller driver. The bug fixing is on going for some hardware and software issues. Intel Langwell USB OTG transceiver driver and EHCI driver patches will be submitted later. Supported features: - USB OTG protocol support with Intel Langwell USB OTG transceiver driver (turn on CONFIG_USB_LANGWELL_OTG) - Support control, bulk, interrupt and isochronous endpoints (isochronous not tested) - PCI D0/D3 power management support - Link Power Management (LPM) support Tested gadget drivers: - g_file_storage - g_ether - g_zero The passed tests: - g_file_storage: USBCV Chapter 9 tests - g_file_storage: USBCV MSC tests - g_file_storage: from/to host files copying - g_ether: ping, ftp and scp files from/to host - Hotplug, with and without hubs Known issues: - g_ether: failed part of USBCV chap9 tests - LPM support not fully tested TODO: - g_ether: pass all USBCV chap9 tests - g_zero: pass usbtest tests - Stress tests on different gadget drivers - On-chip private SRAM caching support Signed-off-by: Xiaochen Shen Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/langwell_udc.h | 310 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 310 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/usb/langwell_udc.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/langwell_udc.h b/include/linux/usb/langwell_udc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c949178a653 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/usb/langwell_udc.h @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/* + * Intel Langwell USB Device Controller driver + * Copyright (C) 2008-2009, Intel Corporation. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License, + * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT + * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + * more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with + * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + * + */ + +#ifndef __LANGWELL_UDC_H +#define __LANGWELL_UDC_H + + +/* MACRO defines */ +#define CAP_REG_OFFSET 0x0 +#define OP_REG_OFFSET 0x28 + +#define DMA_ADDR_INVALID (~(dma_addr_t)0) + +#define DQH_ALIGNMENT 2048 +#define DTD_ALIGNMENT 64 +#define DMA_BOUNDARY 4096 + +#define EP0_MAX_PKT_SIZE 64 +#define EP_DIR_IN 1 +#define EP_DIR_OUT 0 + +#define FLUSH_TIMEOUT 1000 +#define RESET_TIMEOUT 1000 +#define SETUPSTAT_TIMEOUT 100 +#define PRIME_TIMEOUT 100 + + +/* device memory space registers */ + +/* Capability Registers, BAR0 + CAP_REG_OFFSET */ +struct langwell_cap_regs { + /* offset: 0x0 */ + u8 caplength; /* offset of Operational Register */ + u8 _reserved3; + u16 hciversion; /* H: BCD encoding of host version */ + u32 hcsparams; /* H: host port steering logic capability */ + u32 hccparams; /* H: host multiple mode control capability */ +#define HCC_LEN BIT(17) /* Link power management (LPM) capability */ + u8 _reserved4[0x20-0xc]; + /* offset: 0x20 */ + u16 dciversion; /* BCD encoding of device version */ + u8 _reserved5[0x24-0x22]; + u32 dccparams; /* overall device controller capability */ +#define HOSTCAP BIT(8) /* host capable */ +#define DEVCAP BIT(7) /* device capable */ +#define DEN(d) \ + (((d)>>0)&0x1f) /* bits 4:0, device endpoint number */ +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + + +/* Operational Registers, BAR0 + OP_REG_OFFSET */ +struct langwell_op_regs { + /* offset: 0x28 */ + u32 extsts; +#define EXTS_TI1 BIT(4) /* general purpose timer interrupt 1 */ +#define EXTS_TI1TI0 BIT(3) /* general purpose timer interrupt 0 */ +#define EXTS_TI1UPI BIT(2) /* USB host periodic interrupt */ +#define EXTS_TI1UAI BIT(1) /* USB host asynchronous interrupt */ +#define EXTS_TI1NAKI BIT(0) /* NAK interrupt */ + u32 extintr; +#define EXTI_TIE1 BIT(4) /* general purpose timer interrupt enable 1 */ +#define EXTI_TIE0 BIT(3) /* general purpose timer interrupt enable 0 */ +#define EXTI_UPIE BIT(2) /* USB host periodic interrupt enable */ +#define EXTI_UAIE BIT(1) /* USB host asynchronous interrupt enable */ +#define EXTI_NAKE BIT(0) /* NAK interrupt enable */ + /* offset: 0x30 */ + u32 usbcmd; +#define CMD_HIRD(u) \ + (((u)>>24)&0xf) /* bits 27:24, host init resume duration */ +#define CMD_ITC(u) \ + (((u)>>16)&0xff) /* bits 23:16, interrupt threshold control */ +#define CMD_PPE BIT(15) /* per-port change events enable */ +#define CMD_ATDTW BIT(14) /* add dTD tripwire */ +#define CMD_SUTW BIT(13) /* setup tripwire */ +#define CMD_ASPE BIT(11) /* asynchronous schedule park mode enable */ +#define CMD_FS2 BIT(10) /* frame list size */ +#define CMD_ASP1 BIT(9) /* asynchronous schedule park mode count */ +#define CMD_ASP0 BIT(8) +#define CMD_LR BIT(7) /* light host/device controller reset */ +#define CMD_IAA BIT(6) /* interrupt on async advance doorbell */ +#define CMD_ASE BIT(5) /* asynchronous schedule enable */ +#define CMD_PSE BIT(4) /* periodic schedule enable */ +#define CMD_FS1 BIT(3) +#define CMD_FS0 BIT(2) +#define CMD_RST BIT(1) /* controller reset */ +#define CMD_RUNSTOP BIT(0) /* run/stop */ + u32 usbsts; +#define STS_PPCI(u) \ + (((u)>>16)&0xffff) /* bits 31:16, port-n change detect */ +#define STS_AS BIT(15) /* asynchronous schedule status */ +#define STS_PS BIT(14) /* periodic schedule status */ +#define STS_RCL BIT(13) /* reclamation */ +#define STS_HCH BIT(12) /* HC halted */ +#define STS_ULPII BIT(10) /* ULPI interrupt */ +#define STS_SLI BIT(8) /* DC suspend */ +#define STS_SRI BIT(7) /* SOF received */ +#define STS_URI BIT(6) /* USB reset received */ +#define STS_AAI BIT(5) /* interrupt on async advance */ +#define STS_SEI BIT(4) /* system error */ +#define STS_FRI BIT(3) /* frame list rollover */ +#define STS_PCI BIT(2) /* port change detect */ +#define STS_UEI BIT(1) /* USB error interrupt */ +#define STS_UI BIT(0) /* USB interrupt */ + u32 usbintr; +/* bits 31:16, per-port interrupt enable */ +#define INTR_PPCE(u) (((u)>>16)&0xffff) +#define INTR_ULPIE BIT(10) /* ULPI enable */ +#define INTR_SLE BIT(8) /* DC sleep/suspend enable */ +#define INTR_SRE BIT(7) /* SOF received enable */ +#define INTR_URE BIT(6) /* USB reset enable */ +#define INTR_AAE BIT(5) /* interrupt on async advance enable */ +#define INTR_SEE BIT(4) /* system error enable */ +#define INTR_FRE BIT(3) /* frame list rollover enable */ +#define INTR_PCE BIT(2) /* port change detect enable */ +#define INTR_UEE BIT(1) /* USB error interrupt enable */ +#define INTR_UE BIT(0) /* USB interrupt enable */ + u32 frindex; /* frame index */ +#define FRINDEX_MASK (0x3fff << 0) + u32 ctrldssegment; /* not used */ + u32 deviceaddr; +#define USBADR_SHIFT 25 +#define USBADR(d) \ + (((d)>>25)&0x7f) /* bits 31:25, device address */ +#define USBADR_MASK (0x7f << 25) +#define USBADRA BIT(24) /* device address advance */ + u32 endpointlistaddr;/* endpoint list top memory address */ +/* bits 31:11, endpoint list pointer */ +#define EPBASE(d) (((d)>>11)&0x1fffff) +#define ENDPOINTLISTADDR_MASK (0x1fffff << 11) + u32 ttctrl; /* H: TT operatin, not used */ + /* offset: 0x50 */ + u32 burstsize; /* burst size of data movement */ +#define TXPBURST(b) \ + (((b)>>8)&0xff) /* bits 15:8, TX burst length */ +#define RXPBURST(b) \ + (((b)>>0)&0xff) /* bits 7:0, RX burst length */ + u32 txfilltuning; /* TX tuning */ + u32 txttfilltuning; /* H: TX TT tuning */ + u32 ic_usb; /* control the IC_USB FS/LS transceiver */ + /* offset: 0x60 */ + u32 ulpi_viewport; /* indirect access to ULPI PHY */ +#define ULPIWU BIT(31) /* ULPI wakeup */ +#define ULPIRUN BIT(30) /* ULPI read/write run */ +#define ULPIRW BIT(29) /* ULPI read/write control */ +#define ULPISS BIT(27) /* ULPI sync state */ +#define ULPIPORT(u) \ + (((u)>>24)&7) /* bits 26:24, ULPI port number */ +#define ULPIADDR(u) \ + (((u)>>16)&0xff) /* bits 23:16, ULPI data address */ +#define ULPIDATRD(u) \ + (((u)>>8)&0xff) /* bits 15:8, ULPI data read */ +#define ULPIDATWR(u) \ + (((u)>>0)&0xff) /* bits 7:0, ULPI date write */ + u8 _reserved6[0x70-0x64]; + /* offset: 0x70 */ + u32 configflag; /* H: not used */ + u32 portsc1; /* port status */ +#define DA(p) \ + (((p)>>25)&0x7f) /* bits 31:25, device address */ +#define PORTS_SSTS (BIT(24) | BIT(23)) /* suspend status */ +#define PORTS_WKOC BIT(22) /* wake on over-current enable */ +#define PORTS_WKDS BIT(21) /* wake on disconnect enable */ +#define PORTS_WKCN BIT(20) /* wake on connect enable */ +#define PORTS_PTC(p) (((p)>>16)&0xf) /* bits 19:16, port test control */ +#define PORTS_PIC (BIT(15) | BIT(14)) /* port indicator control */ +#define PORTS_PO BIT(13) /* port owner */ +#define PORTS_PP BIT(12) /* port power */ +#define PORTS_LS (BIT(11) | BIT(10)) /* line status */ +#define PORTS_SLP BIT(9) /* suspend using L1 */ +#define PORTS_PR BIT(8) /* port reset */ +#define PORTS_SUSP BIT(7) /* suspend */ +#define PORTS_FPR BIT(6) /* force port resume */ +#define PORTS_OCC BIT(5) /* over-current change */ +#define PORTS_OCA BIT(4) /* over-current active */ +#define PORTS_PEC BIT(3) /* port enable/disable change */ +#define PORTS_PE BIT(2) /* port enable/disable */ +#define PORTS_CSC BIT(1) /* connect status change */ +#define PORTS_CCS BIT(0) /* current connect status */ + u8 _reserved7[0xb4-0x78]; + /* offset: 0xb4 */ + u32 devlc; /* control LPM and each USB port behavior */ +/* bits 31:29, parallel transceiver select */ +#define LPM_PTS(d) (((d)>>29)&7) +#define LPM_STS BIT(28) /* serial transceiver select */ +#define LPM_PTW BIT(27) /* parallel transceiver width */ +#define LPM_PSPD(d) (((d)>>25)&3) /* bits 26:25, port speed */ +#define LPM_PSPD_MASK (BIT(26) | BIT(25)) +#define LPM_SPEED_FULL 0 +#define LPM_SPEED_LOW 1 +#define LPM_SPEED_HIGH 2 +#define LPM_SRT BIT(24) /* shorten reset time */ +#define LPM_PFSC BIT(23) /* port force full speed connect */ +#define LPM_PHCD BIT(22) /* PHY low power suspend clock disable */ +#define LPM_STL BIT(16) /* STALL reply to LPM token */ +#define LPM_BA(d) \ + (((d)>>1)&0x7ff) /* bits 11:1, BmAttributes */ +#define LPM_NYT_ACK BIT(0) /* NYET/ACK reply to LPM token */ + u8 _reserved8[0xf4-0xb8]; + /* offset: 0xf4 */ + u32 otgsc; /* On-The-Go status and control */ +#define OTGSC_DPIE BIT(30) /* data pulse interrupt enable */ +#define OTGSC_MSE BIT(29) /* 1 ms timer interrupt enable */ +#define OTGSC_BSEIE BIT(28) /* B session end interrupt enable */ +#define OTGSC_BSVIE BIT(27) /* B session valid interrupt enable */ +#define OTGSC_ASVIE BIT(26) /* A session valid interrupt enable */ +#define OTGSC_AVVIE BIT(25) /* A VBUS valid interrupt enable */ +#define OTGSC_IDIE BIT(24) /* USB ID interrupt enable */ +#define OTGSC_DPIS BIT(22) /* data pulse interrupt status */ +#define OTGSC_MSS BIT(21) /* 1 ms timer interrupt status */ +#define OTGSC_BSEIS BIT(20) /* B session end interrupt status */ +#define OTGSC_BSVIS BIT(19) /* B session valid interrupt status */ +#define OTGSC_ASVIS BIT(18) /* A session valid interrupt status */ +#define OTGSC_AVVIS BIT(17) /* A VBUS valid interrupt status */ +#define OTGSC_IDIS BIT(16) /* USB ID interrupt status */ +#define OTGSC_DPS BIT(14) /* data bus pulsing status */ +#define OTGSC_MST BIT(13) /* 1 ms timer toggle */ +#define OTGSC_BSE BIT(12) /* B session end */ +#define OTGSC_BSV BIT(11) /* B session valid */ +#define OTGSC_ASV BIT(10) /* A session valid */ +#define OTGSC_AVV BIT(9) /* A VBUS valid */ +#define OTGSC_USBID BIT(8) /* USB ID */ +#define OTGSC_HABA BIT(7) /* hw assist B-disconnect to A-connect */ +#define OTGSC_HADP BIT(6) /* hw assist data pulse */ +#define OTGSC_IDPU BIT(5) /* ID pullup */ +#define OTGSC_DP BIT(4) /* data pulsing */ +#define OTGSC_OT BIT(3) /* OTG termination */ +#define OTGSC_HAAR BIT(2) /* hw assist auto reset */ +#define OTGSC_VC BIT(1) /* VBUS charge */ +#define OTGSC_VD BIT(0) /* VBUS discharge */ + u32 usbmode; +#define MODE_VBPS BIT(5) /* R/W VBUS power select */ +#define MODE_SDIS BIT(4) /* R/W stream disable mode */ +#define MODE_SLOM BIT(3) /* R/W setup lockout mode */ +#define MODE_ENSE BIT(2) /* endian select */ +#define MODE_CM(u) (((u)>>0)&3) /* bits 1:0, controller mode */ +#define MODE_IDLE 0 +#define MODE_DEVICE 2 +#define MODE_HOST 3 + u8 _reserved9[0x100-0xfc]; + /* offset: 0x100 */ + u32 endptnak; +#define EPTN(e) \ + (((e)>>16)&0xffff) /* bits 31:16, TX endpoint NAK */ +#define EPRN(e) \ + (((e)>>0)&0xffff) /* bits 15:0, RX endpoint NAK */ + u32 endptnaken; +#define EPTNE(e) \ + (((e)>>16)&0xffff) /* bits 31:16, TX endpoint NAK enable */ +#define EPRNE(e) \ + (((e)>>0)&0xffff) /* bits 15:0, RX endpoint NAK enable */ + u32 endptsetupstat; +#define SETUPSTAT_MASK (0xffff << 0) /* bits 15:0 */ +#define EP0SETUPSTAT_MASK 1 + u32 endptprime; +/* bits 31:16, prime endpoint transmit buffer */ +#define PETB(e) (((e)>>16)&0xffff) +/* bits 15:0, prime endpoint receive buffer */ +#define PERB(e) (((e)>>0)&0xffff) + /* offset: 0x110 */ + u32 endptflush; +/* bits 31:16, flush endpoint transmit buffer */ +#define FETB(e) (((e)>>16)&0xffff) +/* bits 15:0, flush endpoint receive buffer */ +#define FERB(e) (((e)>>0)&0xffff) + u32 endptstat; +/* bits 31:16, endpoint transmit buffer ready */ +#define ETBR(e) (((e)>>16)&0xffff) +/* bits 15:0, endpoint receive buffer ready */ +#define ERBR(e) (((e)>>0)&0xffff) + u32 endptcomplete; +/* bits 31:16, endpoint transmit complete event */ +#define ETCE(e) (((e)>>16)&0xffff) +/* bits 15:0, endpoint receive complete event */ +#define ERCE(e) (((e)>>0)&0xffff) + /* offset: 0x11c */ + u32 endptctrl[16]; +#define EPCTRL_TXE BIT(23) /* TX endpoint enable */ +#define EPCTRL_TXR BIT(22) /* TX data toggle reset */ +#define EPCTRL_TXI BIT(21) /* TX data toggle inhibit */ +#define EPCTRL_TXT(e) (((e)>>18)&3) /* bits 19:18, TX endpoint type */ +#define EPCTRL_TXT_SHIFT 18 +#define EPCTRL_TXD BIT(17) /* TX endpoint data source */ +#define EPCTRL_TXS BIT(16) /* TX endpoint STALL */ +#define EPCTRL_RXE BIT(7) /* RX endpoint enable */ +#define EPCTRL_RXR BIT(6) /* RX data toggle reset */ +#define EPCTRL_RXI BIT(5) /* RX data toggle inhibit */ +#define EPCTRL_RXT(e) (((e)>>2)&3) /* bits 3:2, RX endpoint type */ +#define EPCTRL_RXT_SHIFT 2 /* bits 19:18, TX endpoint type */ +#define EPCTRL_RXD BIT(1) /* RX endpoint data sink */ +#define EPCTRL_RXS BIT(0) /* RX endpoint STALL */ +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + +#endif /* __LANGWELL_UDC_H */ + -- cgit v1.2.3 From 453f77558810ffa669ed5a510a7173ec49def396 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hao Wu Date: Thu, 4 Jun 2009 16:06:50 +0800 Subject: USB: Add Intel Langwell USB OTG Transceiver Drive Description: This driver is used for Intel Langwell* USB OTG controller in Intel Moorestown* platform. It tries to implement host/device role switch according to OTG spec. The actual hsot and device functions are accomplished in modified EHCI driver and Intel Langwell USB OTG client controller driver. * Langwell and Moorestown are names used in development. They are not approved official name. Note: This patch is the first version Intel Langwell USB OTG Transceiver driver. The development is not finished, and the bug fixing is on going for some hardware and software issues. The main purpose of this submission is for code view. Supported features: - Data-line Pulsing SRP - Support HNP to switch roles - PCI D0/D3 power management support Known issues: - HNP is only tested with another Moorestown platform. - PCI D0/D3 power management support is not fully tested. - VBus Pulsing SRP is not support in current version. Signed-off-by: Hao Wu Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/langwell_otg.h | 177 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 177 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/usb/langwell_otg.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/langwell_otg.h b/include/linux/usb/langwell_otg.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e115ae6df1d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/usb/langwell_otg.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +/* + * Intel Langwell USB OTG transceiver driver + * Copyright (C) 2008, Intel Corporation. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License, + * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT + * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + * more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with + * this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + * + */ + +#ifndef __LANGWELL_OTG_H__ +#define __LANGWELL_OTG_H__ + +/* notify transceiver driver about OTG events */ +extern void langwell_update_transceiver(void); +/* HCD register bus driver */ +extern int langwell_register_host(struct pci_driver *host_driver); +/* HCD unregister bus driver */ +extern void langwell_unregister_host(struct pci_driver *host_driver); +/* DCD register bus driver */ +extern int langwell_register_peripheral(struct pci_driver *client_driver); +/* DCD unregister bus driver */ +extern void langwell_unregister_peripheral(struct pci_driver *client_driver); +/* No silent failure, output warning message */ +extern void langwell_otg_nsf_msg(unsigned long message); + +#define CI_USBCMD 0x30 +# define USBCMD_RST BIT(1) +# define USBCMD_RS BIT(0) +#define CI_USBSTS 0x34 +# define USBSTS_SLI BIT(8) +# define USBSTS_URI BIT(6) +# define USBSTS_PCI BIT(2) +#define CI_PORTSC1 0x74 +# define PORTSC_PP BIT(12) +# define PORTSC_LS (BIT(11) | BIT(10)) +# define PORTSC_SUSP BIT(7) +# define PORTSC_CCS BIT(0) +#define CI_HOSTPC1 0xb4 +# define HOSTPC1_PHCD BIT(22) +#define CI_OTGSC 0xf4 +# define OTGSC_DPIE BIT(30) +# define OTGSC_1MSE BIT(29) +# define OTGSC_BSEIE BIT(28) +# define OTGSC_BSVIE BIT(27) +# define OTGSC_ASVIE BIT(26) +# define OTGSC_AVVIE BIT(25) +# define OTGSC_IDIE BIT(24) +# define OTGSC_DPIS BIT(22) +# define OTGSC_1MSS BIT(21) +# define OTGSC_BSEIS BIT(20) +# define OTGSC_BSVIS BIT(19) +# define OTGSC_ASVIS BIT(18) +# define OTGSC_AVVIS BIT(17) +# define OTGSC_IDIS BIT(16) +# define OTGSC_DPS BIT(14) +# define OTGSC_1MST BIT(13) +# define OTGSC_BSE BIT(12) +# define OTGSC_BSV BIT(11) +# define OTGSC_ASV BIT(10) +# define OTGSC_AVV BIT(9) +# define OTGSC_ID BIT(8) +# define OTGSC_HABA BIT(7) +# define OTGSC_HADP BIT(6) +# define OTGSC_IDPU BIT(5) +# define OTGSC_DP BIT(4) +# define OTGSC_OT BIT(3) +# define OTGSC_HAAR BIT(2) +# define OTGSC_VC BIT(1) +# define OTGSC_VD BIT(0) +# define OTGSC_INTEN_MASK (0x7f << 24) +# define OTGSC_INTSTS_MASK (0x7f << 16) +#define CI_USBMODE 0xf8 +# define USBMODE_CM (BIT(1) | BIT(0)) +# define USBMODE_IDLE 0 +# define USBMODE_DEVICE 0x2 +# define USBMODE_HOST 0x3 + +#define INTR_DUMMY_MASK (USBSTS_SLI | USBSTS_URI | USBSTS_PCI) + +struct otg_hsm { + /* Input */ + int a_bus_resume; + int a_bus_suspend; + int a_conn; + int a_sess_vld; + int a_srp_det; + int a_vbus_vld; + int b_bus_resume; + int b_bus_suspend; + int b_conn; + int b_se0_srp; + int b_sess_end; + int b_sess_vld; + int id; + + /* Internal variables */ + int a_set_b_hnp_en; + int b_srp_done; + int b_hnp_enable; + + /* Timeout indicator for timers */ + int a_wait_vrise_tmout; + int a_wait_bcon_tmout; + int a_aidl_bdis_tmout; + int b_ase0_brst_tmout; + int b_bus_suspend_tmout; + int b_srp_res_tmout; + + /* Informative variables */ + int a_bus_drop; + int a_bus_req; + int a_clr_err; + int a_suspend_req; + int b_bus_req; + + /* Output */ + int drv_vbus; + int loc_conn; + int loc_sof; + + /* Others */ + int b_bus_suspend_vld; +}; + +#define TA_WAIT_VRISE 100 +#define TA_WAIT_BCON 30000 +#define TA_AIDL_BDIS 15000 +#define TB_ASE0_BRST 5000 +#define TB_SE0_SRP 2 +#define TB_SRP_RES 100 +#define TB_BUS_SUSPEND 500 + +struct langwell_otg_timer { + unsigned long expires; /* Number of count increase to timeout */ + unsigned long count; /* Tick counter */ + void (*function)(unsigned long); /* Timeout function */ + unsigned long data; /* Data passed to function */ + struct list_head list; +}; + +struct langwell_otg { + struct otg_transceiver otg; + struct otg_hsm hsm; + void __iomem *regs; + unsigned region; + struct pci_driver *host_ops; + struct pci_driver *client_ops; + struct pci_dev *pdev; + struct work_struct work; + struct workqueue_struct *qwork; + spinlock_t lock; + spinlock_t wq_lock; +}; + +static inline struct langwell_otg *otg_to_langwell(struct otg_transceiver *otg) +{ + return container_of(otg, struct langwell_otg, otg); +} + +#ifdef DEBUG +#define otg_dbg(fmt, args...) \ + printk(KERN_DEBUG fmt , ## args) +#else +#define otg_dbg(fmt, args...) \ + do { } while (0) +#endif /* DEBUG */ +#endif /* __LANGWELL_OTG_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 66d4eadd8d067269ea8fead1a50fe87c2979a80d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sarah Sharp Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 19:52:28 -0700 Subject: USB: xhci: BIOS handoff and HW initialization. Add PCI initialization code to take control of the xHCI host controller away from the BIOS, halt, and reset the host controller. The xHCI spec says that BIOSes must give up the host controller within 5 seconds. Add some host controller glue functions to handle hardware initialization and memory allocation for the host controller. The current xHCI prototypes use PCI interrupts, but the xHCI spec requires MSI-X interrupts. Add code to support MSI-X interrupts, but use the PCI interrupts for now. Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/pci_ids.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/pci_ids.h b/include/linux/pci_ids.h index aa01d38c997..a3b00036579 100644 --- a/include/linux/pci_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/pci_ids.h @@ -104,6 +104,7 @@ #define PCI_CLASS_SERIAL_USB_UHCI 0x0c0300 #define PCI_CLASS_SERIAL_USB_OHCI 0x0c0310 #define PCI_CLASS_SERIAL_USB_EHCI 0x0c0320 +#define PCI_CLASS_SERIAL_USB_XHCI 0x0c0330 #define PCI_CLASS_SERIAL_FIBER 0x0c04 #define PCI_CLASS_SERIAL_SMBUS 0x0c05 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6b403b020c1f42180b14d28d832da61167cff822 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sarah Sharp Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 19:54:10 -0700 Subject: USB: Add SuperSpeed to the list of USB device speeds. Modify the USB core to handle the new USB 3.0 speed, "SuperSpeed". This is 5.0 Gbps (wire speed). There are probably more places that check for speed that I've missed. SuperSpeed devices have a 512 byte endpoint 0 max packet size. This shows up as a bMaxPacketSize0 set to 0x09 (see table 9-8 of the USB 3.0 bus spec). xHCI spec says that the xHC can handle intervals up to 2^15 microframes. That might change when real silicon becomes available. Add FIXME note for SuperSpeed isochronous endpoints. They can transmit up to 16 packets in one "burst" before they wait for an acknowledgment of the packets. They can do up to 3 bursts per microframe (determined by the mult value in the endpoint companion descriptor). The xHCI driver doesn't have support for isoc yet, so fix this later. Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb/ch9.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h index b145119a90d..93bfe635234 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h @@ -752,6 +752,7 @@ enum usb_device_speed { USB_SPEED_LOW, USB_SPEED_FULL, /* usb 1.1 */ USB_SPEED_HIGH, /* usb 2.0 */ USB_SPEED_VARIABLE, /* wireless (usb 2.5) */ + USB_SPEED_SUPER, /* usb 3.0 */ }; enum usb_device_state { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7206b00164a1c3ca533e01db285955617e1019f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sarah Sharp Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 19:54:49 -0700 Subject: USB: Add route string to struct usb_device. This patch adds a hex route string to each USB device. The route string is used by the USB 3.0 host controller to send packets through the device tree. USB 3.0 hubs use this string to route packets to the correct port. This is fundamental bus change from USB 2.0, where all packets were broadcast across the bus. Devices (including hubs) under a root port receive the route string 0x0. Every four bits in the route string represent a port on a hub. This length works because USB 3.0 hubs are limited to 15 ports, and USB 2.0 hubs (with potentially more ports) will never see packets with a route string. A port number of 0 means the packet is destined for that hub. For example, a peripheral device might have a route string of 0x00097. This means the device is connected to port 9 of the hub at depth 1. The hub at depth 1 is connected to port 7 of a hub at depth 0. The hub at depth 0 is connected to a root port. Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index fb1f2a32ae0..2b380a16c62 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -362,6 +362,7 @@ struct usb_tt; * struct usb_device - kernel's representation of a USB device * @devnum: device number; address on a USB bus * @devpath: device ID string for use in messages (e.g., /port/...) + * @route: tree topology hex string for use with xHCI * @state: device state: configured, not attached, etc. * @speed: device speed: high/full/low (or error) * @tt: Transaction Translator info; used with low/full speed dev, highspeed hub @@ -427,6 +428,7 @@ struct usb_tt; struct usb_device { int devnum; char devpath [16]; + u32 route; enum usb_device_state state; enum usb_device_speed speed; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c6515272b858742962c1de0f3bf497a048b9abd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sarah Sharp Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 19:57:26 -0700 Subject: USB: Support for addressing a USB device under xHCI Add host controller driver API and a slot_id variable to struct usb_device. This allows the xHCI host controller driver to ask the hardware to allocate a slot for the device when a struct usb_device is allocated. The slot needs to be allocated at that point because the hardware can run out of internal resources, and we want to know that very early in the device connection process. Don't call this new API for root hubs, since they aren't real devices. Add HCD API to let the host controller choose the device address. This is especially important for xHCI hardware running in a virtualized environment. The guests running under the VM don't need to know which addresses on the bus are taken, because the hardware picks the address for them. Announce SuperSpeed USB devices after the address has been assigned by the hardware. Don't use the new get descriptor/set address scheme with xHCI. Unless special handling is done in the host controller driver, the xHC can't issue control transfers before you set the device address. Support for the older addressing scheme will be added when the xHCI driver supports the Block Set Address Request (BSR) flag in the Address Device command. Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 2b380a16c62..475cb75cc37 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -420,6 +420,7 @@ struct usb_tt; * @skip_sys_resume: skip the next system resume * @wusb_dev: if this is a Wireless USB device, link to the WUSB * specific data for the device. + * @slot_id: Slot ID assigned by xHCI * * Notes: * Usbcore drivers should not set usbdev->state directly. Instead use @@ -504,6 +505,7 @@ struct usb_device { unsigned skip_sys_resume:1; #endif struct wusb_dev *wusb_dev; + int slot_id; }; #define to_usb_device(d) container_of(d, struct usb_device, dev) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6d65b78a093552fb42448480d4c66bf093a6d4cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sarah Sharp Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 19:57:50 -0700 Subject: USB: Support for submitting control URBs under xHCI. Warn users of URB_NO_SETUP_DMA_MAP about xHCI behavior. Device drivers can choose to DMA map the setup packet of a control transfer before submitting the URB to the USB core. Drivers then set the URB_NO_SETUP_DMA_MAP and pass in the DMA memory address in setup_dma, instead of providing a kernel address for setup_packet. However, xHCI requires that the setup packet be copied into an internal data structure, and we need a kernel memory address pointer for that. Warn users of URB_NO_SETUP_DMA_MAP that they should provide a valid pointer for setup_packet, along with the DMA address. FIXME: I'm not entirely sure how to work around this in the xHCI driver or USB core. Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 475cb75cc37..112a2d6e922 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -1044,7 +1044,9 @@ typedef void (*usb_complete_t)(struct urb *); * @setup_dma: For control transfers with URB_NO_SETUP_DMA_MAP set, the * device driver has provided this DMA address for the setup packet. * The host controller driver should use this in preference to - * setup_packet. + * setup_packet, but the HCD may chose to ignore the address if it must + * copy the setup packet into internal structures. Therefore, setup_packet + * must always point to a valid buffer. * @start_frame: Returns the initial frame for isochronous transfers. * @number_of_packets: Lists the number of ISO transfer buffers. * @interval: Specifies the polling interval for interrupt or isochronous -- cgit v1.2.3 From 663c30d0829d556efabd5fbd98fb8473da7fe694 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sarah Sharp Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 19:58:14 -0700 Subject: USB: Parse and store the SuperSpeed endpoint companion descriptors. The USB 3.0 bus specification added an "Endpoint Companion" descriptor that is supposed to follow all SuperSpeed Endpoint descriptors. This descriptor is used to extend the bus protocol to allow more packets to be sent to an endpoint per "microframe". The word microframe was removed from the USB 3.0 specification because the host controller does not send Start Of Frame (SOF) symbols down the USB 3.0 wires. The descriptor defines a bMaxBurst field, which indicates the number of packets of wMaxPacketSize that a SuperSpeed device can send or recieve in a service interval. All non-control endpoints may set this value as high as 16 packets (bMaxBurst = 15). The descriptor also allows isochronous endpoints to further specify that they can send and receive multiple bursts per service interval. The bmAttributes allows them to specify a "Mult" of up to 3 (bmAttributes = 2). Bulk endpoints use bmAttributes to report the number of "Streams" they support. This was an extension of the endpoint pipe concept to allow multiple mass storage device commands to be outstanding for one bulk endpoint at a time. This should allow USB 3.0 mass storage devices to support SCSI command queueing. Bulk endpoints can say they support up to 2^16 (65,536) streams. The information in the endpoint companion descriptor must be stored with the other device, config, interface, and endpoint descriptors because the host controller needs to access them quickly, and we need to install some default values if a SuperSpeed device doesn't provide an endpoint companion descriptor. Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ include/linux/usb/ch9.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 32 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 112a2d6e922..13bced521b8 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ struct wusb_dev; * - configs have one (often) or more interfaces; * - interfaces have one (usually) or more settings; * - each interface setting has zero or (usually) more endpoints. + * - a SuperSpeed endpoint has a companion descriptor * * And there might be other descriptors mixed in with those. * @@ -44,6 +45,19 @@ struct wusb_dev; struct ep_device; +/* For SS devices */ +/** + * struct usb_host_ep_comp - Valid for SuperSpeed devices only + * @desc: endpoint companion descriptor, wMaxPacketSize in native byteorder + * @extra: descriptors following this endpoint companion descriptor + * @extralen: how many bytes of "extra" are valid + */ +struct usb_host_ep_comp { + struct usb_ep_comp_descriptor desc; + unsigned char *extra; /* Extra descriptors */ + int extralen; +}; + /** * struct usb_host_endpoint - host-side endpoint descriptor and queue * @desc: descriptor for this endpoint, wMaxPacketSize in native byteorder @@ -51,6 +65,7 @@ struct ep_device; * @hcpriv: for use by HCD; typically holds hardware dma queue head (QH) * with one or more transfer descriptors (TDs) per urb * @ep_dev: ep_device for sysfs info + * @ep_comp: companion descriptor information for this endpoint * @extra: descriptors following this endpoint in the configuration * @extralen: how many bytes of "extra" are valid * @enabled: URBs may be submitted to this endpoint @@ -63,6 +78,7 @@ struct usb_host_endpoint { struct list_head urb_list; void *hcpriv; struct ep_device *ep_dev; /* For sysfs info */ + struct usb_host_ep_comp *ep_comp; /* For SS devices */ unsigned char *extra; /* Extra descriptors */ int extralen; diff --git a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h index 93bfe635234..9e9c5c0a3d7 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h @@ -191,6 +191,8 @@ struct usb_ctrlrequest { #define USB_DT_WIRE_ADAPTER 0x21 #define USB_DT_RPIPE 0x22 #define USB_DT_CS_RADIO_CONTROL 0x23 +/* From the USB 3.0 spec */ +#define USB_DT_SS_ENDPOINT_COMP 0x30 /* Conventional codes for class-specific descriptors. The convention is * defined in the USB "Common Class" Spec (3.11). Individual class specs @@ -535,6 +537,20 @@ static inline int usb_endpoint_is_isoc_out( /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* USB_DT_SS_ENDPOINT_COMP: SuperSpeed Endpoint Companion descriptor */ +struct usb_ep_comp_descriptor { + __u8 bLength; + __u8 bDescriptorType; + + __u8 bMaxBurst; + __u8 bmAttributes; + __u16 wBytesPerInterval; +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + +#define USB_DT_EP_COMP_SIZE 6 + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* USB_DT_DEVICE_QUALIFIER: Device Qualifier descriptor */ struct usb_qualifier_descriptor { __u8 bLength; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e04748e3a87271fcf30d383e3780c5d3ee1c1618 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sarah Sharp Date: Mon, 27 Apr 2009 19:59:01 -0700 Subject: USB: Push scatter gather lists down to host controller drivers. This is the original patch I created before David Vrabel posted a better patch (http://marc.info/?l=linux-usb&m=123377477209109&w=2) that does basically the same thing. This patch will get replaced with his (modified) patch later. Allow USB device drivers that use usb_sg_init() and usb_sg_wait() to push bulk endpoint scatter gather lists down to the host controller drivers. This allows host controller drivers to more efficiently enqueue these transfers, and allows the xHCI host controller to better take advantage of USB 3.0 "bursts" for bulk endpoints. This patch currently only enables scatter gather lists for bulk endpoints. Other endpoint types that use the usb_sg_* functions will not have their scatter gather lists pushed down to the host controller. For periodic endpoints, we want each scatterlist entry to be a separate transfer. Eventually, HCDs could parse these scatter-gather lists for periodic endpoints also. For now, we use the old code and call usb_submit_urb() for each scatterlist entry. The caller of usb_sg_init() can request that all bytes in the scatter gather list be transferred by passing in a length of zero. Handle that request for a bulk endpoint under xHCI by walking the scatter gather list and calculating the length. We could let the HCD handle a zero length in this case, but I'm not sure if the core layers in between will get confused by this. Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 13bced521b8..0a1819a6497 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -1198,6 +1198,8 @@ struct urb { unsigned int transfer_flags; /* (in) URB_SHORT_NOT_OK | ...*/ void *transfer_buffer; /* (in) associated data buffer */ dma_addr_t transfer_dma; /* (in) dma addr for transfer_buffer */ + struct usb_sg_request *sg; /* (in) scatter gather buffer list */ + int num_sgs; /* (in) number of entries in the sg list */ u32 transfer_buffer_length; /* (in) data buffer length */ u32 actual_length; /* (return) actual transfer length */ unsigned char *setup_packet; /* (in) setup packet (control only) */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f0058c627855ecb3b6c7185b7ad1910463c24c42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sarah Sharp Date: Wed, 29 Apr 2009 19:06:20 -0700 Subject: USB: Change names of SuperSpeed ep companion descriptor structs. Differentiate between SuperSpeed endpoint companion descriptor and the wireless USB endpoint companion descriptor. Make all structure names for this descriptor have "ss" (SuperSpeed) in them. David Vrabel asked for this change in http://marc.info/?l=linux-usb&m=124091465109367&w=2 Reported-by: David Vrabel Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/linux/usb.h | 14 +++++++------- include/linux/usb/ch9.h | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/usb.h b/include/linux/usb.h index 0a1819a6497..7e6b5259ea3 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb.h +++ b/include/linux/usb.h @@ -47,15 +47,15 @@ struct ep_device; /* For SS devices */ /** - * struct usb_host_ep_comp - Valid for SuperSpeed devices only + * struct usb_host_ss_ep_comp - Valid for SuperSpeed devices only * @desc: endpoint companion descriptor, wMaxPacketSize in native byteorder * @extra: descriptors following this endpoint companion descriptor * @extralen: how many bytes of "extra" are valid */ -struct usb_host_ep_comp { - struct usb_ep_comp_descriptor desc; - unsigned char *extra; /* Extra descriptors */ - int extralen; +struct usb_host_ss_ep_comp { + struct usb_ss_ep_comp_descriptor desc; + unsigned char *extra; /* Extra descriptors */ + int extralen; }; /** @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ struct usb_host_ep_comp { * @hcpriv: for use by HCD; typically holds hardware dma queue head (QH) * with one or more transfer descriptors (TDs) per urb * @ep_dev: ep_device for sysfs info - * @ep_comp: companion descriptor information for this endpoint + * @ss_ep_comp: companion descriptor information for this endpoint * @extra: descriptors following this endpoint in the configuration * @extralen: how many bytes of "extra" are valid * @enabled: URBs may be submitted to this endpoint @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ struct usb_host_endpoint { struct list_head urb_list; void *hcpriv; struct ep_device *ep_dev; /* For sysfs info */ - struct usb_host_ep_comp *ep_comp; /* For SS devices */ + struct usb_host_ss_ep_comp *ss_ep_comp; /* For SS devices */ unsigned char *extra; /* Extra descriptors */ int extralen; diff --git a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h index 9e9c5c0a3d7..93223638f70 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/ch9.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/ch9.h @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ static inline int usb_endpoint_is_isoc_out( /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* USB_DT_SS_ENDPOINT_COMP: SuperSpeed Endpoint Companion descriptor */ -struct usb_ep_comp_descriptor { +struct usb_ss_ep_comp_descriptor { __u8 bLength; __u8 bDescriptorType; @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ struct usb_ep_comp_descriptor { __u16 wBytesPerInterval; } __attribute__ ((packed)); -#define USB_DT_EP_COMP_SIZE 6 +#define USB_DT_SS_EP_COMP_SIZE 6 /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e475bba2fdee9c3dbfe25f026f8fb8de69508ad2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Martin K. Petersen" Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 08:23:52 +0200 Subject: block: Introduce helper to reset queue limits to default values DM reuses the request queue when swapping in a new device table Introduce blk_set_default_limits() which can be used to reset the the queue_limits prior to stacking devices. Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen Acked-by: Alasdair G Kergon Acked-by: Mike Snitzer Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe --- include/linux/blkdev.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/blkdev.h b/include/linux/blkdev.h index 0b1a6cae9de..8963d9149b5 100644 --- a/include/linux/blkdev.h +++ b/include/linux/blkdev.h @@ -926,6 +926,7 @@ extern void blk_queue_alignment_offset(struct request_queue *q, unsigned int alignment); extern void blk_queue_io_min(struct request_queue *q, unsigned int min); extern void blk_queue_io_opt(struct request_queue *q, unsigned int opt); +extern void blk_set_default_limits(struct queue_limits *lim); extern int blk_stack_limits(struct queue_limits *t, struct queue_limits *b, sector_t offset); extern void disk_stack_limits(struct gendisk *disk, struct block_device *bdev, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5ced504b1bd1979378de35c56aa5d3d79fb5033f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: unsik Kim Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 08:40:20 +0200 Subject: mg_disk: seperate mg_disk.h again eec9462088a26c046d4db3100796a340a50890b8 fold mg_disk.h into mg_disk.c, but mg_disk platform driver needs private data for operation. This also make mg_disk.c as machine independent. Seperate only needed structure and defines to mg_disk.h Signed-off-by: unsik Kim Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe --- include/linux/mg_disk.h | 45 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 45 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/mg_disk.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mg_disk.h b/include/linux/mg_disk.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e11f4d9f1c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/mg_disk.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * include/linux/mg_disk.c + * + * Private data for mflash platform driver + * + * (c) 2008 mGine Co.,LTD + * (c) 2008 unsik Kim + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + */ + +#ifndef __MG_DISK_H__ +#define __MG_DISK_H__ + +/* name for platform device */ +#define MG_DEV_NAME "mg_disk" + +/* names of GPIO resource */ +#define MG_RST_PIN "mg_rst" +/* except MG_BOOT_DEV, reset-out pin should be assigned */ +#define MG_RSTOUT_PIN "mg_rstout" + +/* device attribution */ +/* use mflash as boot device */ +#define MG_BOOT_DEV (1 << 0) +/* use mflash as storage device */ +#define MG_STORAGE_DEV (1 << 1) +/* same as MG_STORAGE_DEV, but bootloader already done reset sequence */ +#define MG_STORAGE_DEV_SKIP_RST (1 << 2) + +/* private driver data */ +struct mg_drv_data { + /* disk resource */ + u32 use_polling; + + /* device attribution */ + u32 dev_attr; + + /* internally used */ + void *host; +}; + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5fd29d6ccbc98884569d6f3105aeca70858b3e0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Torvalds Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 10:57:02 -0700 Subject: printk: clean up handling of log-levels and newlines It used to be that we would only look at the log-level in a printk() after explicit newlines, which can cause annoying problems when the previous printk() did not end with a '\n'. In that case, the log-level marker would be just printed out in the middle of the line, and be seen as just noise rather than change the logging level. This changes things to always look at the log-level in the first bytes of the printout. If a log level marker is found, it is always used as the log-level. Additionally, if no newline existed, one is added (unless the log-level is the explicit KERN_CONT marker, to explicitly show that it's a continuation of a previous line). Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/kernel.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kernel.h b/include/linux/kernel.h index 883cd44ff76..066bb1eddfe 100644 --- a/include/linux/kernel.h +++ b/include/linux/kernel.h @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ extern const char linux_proc_banner[]; * line that had no enclosing \n). Only to be used by core/arch code * during early bootup (a continued line is not SMP-safe otherwise). */ -#define KERN_CONT "" +#define KERN_CONT "" extern int console_printk[]; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e28d713704117bca0820c732210df6075b09f13b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Torvalds Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 11:02:28 -0700 Subject: printk: Add KERN_DEFAULT printk log-level This adds a KERN_DEFAULT loglevel marker, for when you cannot decide which loglevel you want, and just want to keep an existing printk with the default loglevel. The difference between having KERN_DEFAULT and having no log-level marker at all is two-fold: - having the log-level marker will now force a new-line if the previous printout had not added one (perhaps because it forgot, but perhaps because it expected a continuation) - having a log-level marker is required if you are printing out a message that otherwise itself could perhaps otherwise be mistaken for a log-level. Signed-of-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/kernel.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/kernel.h b/include/linux/kernel.h index 066bb1eddfe..1b2e1747df1 100644 --- a/include/linux/kernel.h +++ b/include/linux/kernel.h @@ -97,6 +97,8 @@ extern const char linux_proc_banner[]; #define KERN_INFO "<6>" /* informational */ #define KERN_DEBUG "<7>" /* debug-level messages */ +/* Use the default kernel loglevel */ +#define KERN_DEFAULT "" /* * Annotation for a "continued" line of log printout (only done after a * line that had no enclosing \n). Only to be used by core/arch code -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1351a58ce0481afd80b756ecd9307c9fbe9f39b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kay Sievers Date: Thu, 16 Apr 2009 13:30:38 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11517): v4l: remove driver-core BUS_ID_SIZE The name size limit is gone from the driver core, the BUS_ID_SIZE value will be removed. Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/v4l2-device.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-device.h b/include/media/v4l2-device.h index 0dd3e8e8653..9afd39fb2cf 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-device.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-device.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ basic V4L2 device-level support. */ -#define V4L2_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE (BUS_ID_SIZE + 16) +#define V4L2_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE (20 + 16) struct v4l2_device { /* dev->driver_data points to this struct. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 594bb46dbc63934bc65fa95743f83204bd26a641 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Fri, 24 Apr 2009 12:53:51 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11607): soc-camera: add a free_bus method to struct soc_camera_link Currently pcm990 camera bus-width management functions request a GPIO and never free it again. With this approach the GPIO extender driver cannot be unloaded once camera drivers have been loaded, also unloading theb i2c-pxa bus driver produces errors, because the GPIO extender driver cannot unregister properly. Another problem is, that if camera drivers are once loaded before the GPIO extender driver, the platform code marks the GPIO unavailable and only a reboot helps to recover. Adding an explicit free_bus method and using it in mt9m001 and mt9v022 drivers fixes these problems. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Acked-by: Eric Miao Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/soc_camera.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/soc_camera.h b/include/media/soc_camera.h index 37013688af4..396c32550e0 100644 --- a/include/media/soc_camera.h +++ b/include/media/soc_camera.h @@ -107,6 +107,7 @@ struct soc_camera_link { */ int (*set_bus_param)(struct soc_camera_link *, unsigned long flags); unsigned long (*query_bus_param)(struct soc_camera_link *); + void (*free_bus)(struct soc_camera_link *); }; static inline struct soc_camera_device *to_soc_camera_dev(struct device *dev) -- cgit v1.2.3 From eff505fa1511b753b7cfb397a754b8ff4367cd55 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Fri, 24 Apr 2009 12:55:48 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11609): soc-camera: remove an extra device generation from struct soc_camera_host Make camera devices direct children of host platform devices, move the inheritance management into the soc_camera.c core driver. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/soc_camera.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/soc_camera.h b/include/media/soc_camera.h index 396c32550e0..bef5e81d693 100644 --- a/include/media/soc_camera.h +++ b/include/media/soc_camera.h @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ struct soc_camera_file { struct soc_camera_host { struct list_head list; - struct device dev; + struct device *dev; unsigned char nr; /* Host number */ void *priv; const char *drv_name; @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ static inline struct soc_camera_device *to_soc_camera_dev(struct device *dev) static inline struct soc_camera_host *to_soc_camera_host(struct device *dev) { - return container_of(dev, struct soc_camera_host, dev); + return dev_get_drvdata(dev); } extern int soc_camera_host_register(struct soc_camera_host *ici); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 102e78136446faca7d7d241b628c5bd0e0d61d5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Sat, 2 May 2009 10:12:50 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11671): v4l2: add v4l2_device_set_name() Add a utility function that can be used to setup the v4l2_device's name field in a standard manner. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/v4l2-device.h | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-device.h b/include/media/v4l2-device.h index 9afd39fb2cf..5d5d550e63a 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-device.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-device.h @@ -53,10 +53,31 @@ struct v4l2_device { dev may be NULL in rare cases (ISA devices). In that case you must fill in the v4l2_dev->name field before calling this function. */ int __must_check v4l2_device_register(struct device *dev, struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); + +/* Optional function to initialize the name field of struct v4l2_device using + the driver name and a driver-global atomic_t instance. + This function will increment the instance counter and returns the instance + value used in the name. + + Example: + + static atomic_t drv_instance = ATOMIC_INIT(0); + + ... + + instance = v4l2_device_set_name(&v4l2_dev, "foo", &drv_instance); + + The first time this is called the name field will be set to foo0 and + this function returns 0. If the name ends with a digit (e.g. cx18), + then the name will be set to cx18-0 since cx180 looks really odd. */ +int v4l2_device_set_name(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, const char *basename, + atomic_t *instance); + /* Set v4l2_dev->dev to NULL. Call when the USB parent disconnects. Since the parent disappears this ensures that v4l2_dev doesn't have an invalid parent pointer. */ void v4l2_device_disconnect(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); + /* Unregister all sub-devices and any other resources related to v4l2_dev. */ void v4l2_device_unregister(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From b5b2b7ed569cedac4f5da38e08b01c88443187bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Sat, 2 May 2009 10:58:51 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11673): v4l2-device: unregister i2c_clients when unregistering the v4l2_device. Until now I relied on i2c_del_adapter to unregister the i2c_clients for me, however, if the i2c bus is a platform bus then it is never deleted. So instead I need to unregister i2c clients when unregistering the v4l2_device. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/v4l2-subdev.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h b/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h index 17856081c80..a503e1cee78 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h @@ -230,12 +230,16 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_ops { #define V4L2_SUBDEV_NAME_SIZE 32 +/* Set this flag if this subdev is a i2c device. */ +#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_I2C (1U << 0) + /* Each instance of a subdev driver should create this struct, either stand-alone or embedded in a larger struct. */ struct v4l2_subdev { struct list_head list; struct module *owner; + u32 flags; struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev; const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops; /* name must be unique */ @@ -264,6 +268,7 @@ static inline void v4l2_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, BUG_ON(!ops || !ops->core); sd->ops = ops; sd->v4l2_dev = NULL; + sd->flags = 0; sd->name[0] = '\0'; sd->grp_id = 0; sd->priv = NULL; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0fd327bd0d1b508eb64da3876098f6f43bfc1509 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Thu, 7 May 2009 13:25:32 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11705): soc-camera: prepare for the platform driver conversion Add a platform driver to soc_camera.c. This way we preserve backwards compatibility with existing platforms and can start converting them one by one to the new platform-device soc-camera interface. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/soc_camera.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/soc_camera.h b/include/media/soc_camera.h index bef5e81d693..23ecead35e7 100644 --- a/include/media/soc_camera.h +++ b/include/media/soc_camera.h @@ -92,11 +92,16 @@ struct soc_camera_host_ops { #define SOCAM_SENSOR_INVERT_VSYNC (1 << 3) #define SOCAM_SENSOR_INVERT_DATA (1 << 4) +struct i2c_board_info; + struct soc_camera_link { /* Camera bus id, used to match a camera and a bus */ int bus_id; /* Per camera SOCAM_SENSOR_* bus flags */ unsigned long flags; + int i2c_adapter_id; + struct i2c_board_info *board_info; + const char *module_name; /* Optional callbacks to power on or off and reset the sensor */ int (*power)(struct device *, int); int (*reset)(struct device *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 40199c50b891d24d1a8f1d480f886680a3ac9b74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chaithrika U S Date: Thu, 7 May 2009 09:29:25 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11742): TI THS7303 video amplifier driver code This patch adds driver for TI THS7303 video amplifier. This driver is implemented as a v4l2 sub device. Tested on TI DM646x EVM. This version has updates based on review comments by Mauro Chehab. Signed-off-by: Chaithrika U S Reviewed-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h b/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h index 1be461a2907..fbeb98f8ee2 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h @@ -137,6 +137,9 @@ enum { /* module saa7191: just ident 7191 */ V4L2_IDENT_SAA7191 = 7191, + /* module ths7303: just ident 7303 */ + V4L2_IDENT_THS7303 = 7303, + /* module wm8739: just ident 8739 */ V4L2_IDENT_WM8739 = 8739, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 06e61f8d5f5df68104168ac20d0527ecee13638a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chaithrika U S Date: Thu, 7 May 2009 09:30:01 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11743): Analog Devices ADV7343 video encoder driver Add ADV7343 I2C based video encoder driver. This follows the v4l2-subdev framework. This driver has been tested on TI DM646x EVM. It has been tested for Composite and Component outputs. Updates as per review by Mauro Chehab, added support for more standards supported by the encoder. Also adding the missed out signed-offs.Tested only NTSC and PAL standards. [hverkuil@xs4all.nl: s_routing API changed, updated driver to use new API] Signed-off-by: Manjunath Hadli Signed-off-by: Brijesh Jadav Signed-off-by: Chaithrika U S Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/adv7343.h | 23 +++++++++++++++++++++++ include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h | 3 +++ 2 files changed, 26 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/media/adv7343.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/adv7343.h b/include/media/adv7343.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d6f8a4e1a1f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/media/adv7343.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/* + * ADV7343 header file + * + * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/ + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + * published by the Free Software Foundation version 2. + * + * This program is distributed .as is. WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any + * kind, whether express or implied; without even the implied warranty + * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + */ + +#ifndef ADV7343_H +#define ADV7343_H + +#define ADV7343_COMPOSITE_ID (0) +#define ADV7343_COMPONENT_ID (1) +#define ADV7343_SVIDEO_ID (2) + +#endif /* End of #ifndef ADV7343_H */ diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h b/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h index fbeb98f8ee2..4d7e2272c42 100644 --- a/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h +++ b/include/media/v4l2-chip-ident.h @@ -140,6 +140,9 @@ enum { /* module ths7303: just ident 7303 */ V4L2_IDENT_THS7303 = 7303, + /* module adv7343: just ident 7343 */ + V4L2_IDENT_ADV7343 = 7343, + /* module wm8739: just ident 8739 */ V4L2_IDENT_WM8739 = 8739, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8475cbcb0f885189969915eb3680d10fc525d722 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dmitri Belimov Date: Mon, 11 May 2009 08:16:06 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11775): tuner: add support Philips MK5 tuner Signed-off-by: Beholder Intl. Ltd. Dmitry Belimov Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/tuner.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/tuner.h b/include/media/tuner.h index 7d4e2db7807..735a2a94116 100644 --- a/include/media/tuner.h +++ b/include/media/tuner.h @@ -124,6 +124,7 @@ #define TUNER_XC5000 76 /* Xceive Silicon Tuner */ #define TUNER_TCL_MF02GIP_5N 77 /* TCL MF02GIP_5N */ #define TUNER_PHILIPS_FMD1216MEX_MK3 78 +#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1216MK5 79 /* tv card specific */ #define TDA9887_PRESENT (1<<0) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1df8e9861cf9fac5737ccb61c7f7fefa77711d40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean Delvare Date: Wed, 13 May 2009 16:48:07 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11843): ir-kbd-i2c: Don't use i2c_client.name for our own needs In the standard device driver binding model, the name field of struct i2c_client is used to match devices to their drivers, so we must stop using it for internal purposes. Define a separate field in struct IR_i2c as a replacement, and use it. Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h index 07963d70540..6a9719c8e90 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ struct IR_i2c { unsigned char old; struct delayed_work work; + char name[32]; char phys[32]; int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c*, u32*, u32*); }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c668f32dca105d876e51862a003a302fa61e4ae4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean Delvare Date: Wed, 13 May 2009 16:48:50 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11844): ir-kbd-i2c: Switch to the new-style device binding model Let card drivers probe for IR receiver devices and instantiate them if found. Ultimately it would be better if we could stop probing completely, but I suspect this won't be possible for all card types. There's certainly room for cleanups. For example, some drivers are sharing I2C adapter IDs, so they also had to share the list of I2C addresses being probed for an IR receiver. Now that each driver explicitly says which addresses should be probed, maybe some addresses can be dropped from some drivers. Also, the special cases in saa7134-i2c should probably be handled on a per-board basis. This would be more efficient and less risky than always probing extra addresses on all boards. I'll give it a try later. Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h index 6a9719c8e90..94a77b15a30 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ struct IR_i2c; struct IR_i2c { IR_KEYTAB_TYPE *ir_codes; - struct i2c_client c; + struct i2c_client *c; struct input_dev *input; struct ir_input_state ir; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4d7a2d6721a6380d4ffc26d81d2c8232fd0d2dfc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean Delvare Date: Wed, 13 May 2009 16:49:32 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11845): ir-kbd-i2c: Use initialization data For specific boards, pass initialization data to ir-kbd-i2c instead of modifying the settings after the device is initialized. This is more efficient and easier to read. Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h index 94a77b15a30..3ad4ed5402f 100644 --- a/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h +++ b/include/media/ir-kbd-i2c.h @@ -19,4 +19,11 @@ struct IR_i2c { char phys[32]; int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c*, u32*, u32*); }; + +/* Can be passed when instantiating an ir_video i2c device */ +struct IR_i2c_init_data { + IR_KEYTAB_TYPE *ir_codes; + const char *name; + int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c*, u32*, u32*); +}; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5ddc9b100fc96e8f3c6d435cecd9d09e5b9673f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Walls Date: Sun, 7 Jun 2009 21:39:03 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11933): tuner-simple, tveeprom: Add Philips FQ1216LME MK3 analog tuner Signed-off-by: Andy Walls Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/media/tuner.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/media/tuner.h b/include/media/tuner.h index 735a2a94116..cbf97f45fbe 100644 --- a/include/media/tuner.h +++ b/include/media/tuner.h @@ -125,6 +125,7 @@ #define TUNER_TCL_MF02GIP_5N 77 /* TCL MF02GIP_5N */ #define TUNER_PHILIPS_FMD1216MEX_MK3 78 #define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1216MK5 79 +#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1216LME_MK3 80 /* Active loopthrough, no FM */ /* tv card specific */ #define TDA9887_PRESENT (1<<0) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 49809d6a511960e5ccfb85b780894f45ac119065 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans de Goede Date: Sun, 7 Jun 2009 12:10:39 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11970): gspca - ov519: Add support for the ov518 bridge. Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede Signed-off-by: Jean-Francois Moine Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/videodev2.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/videodev2.h b/include/linux/videodev2.h index ebb2ea6b499..f24eceecc5a 100644 --- a/include/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/linux/videodev2.h @@ -347,7 +347,8 @@ struct v4l2_pix_format { #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_MR97310A v4l2_fourcc('M', '3', '1', '0') /* compressed BGGR bayer */ #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_SQ905C v4l2_fourcc('9', '0', '5', 'C') /* compressed RGGB bayer */ #define V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG v4l2_fourcc('P', 'J', 'P', 'G') /* Pixart 73xx JPEG */ -#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', 'Y', 'U') /* 16 YVU 4:2:2 */ +#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', 'Y', 'U') /* 16 YVU 4:2:2 */ +#define V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV518 v4l2_fourcc('O', '5', '1', '8') /* ov518 JPEG */ /* * F O R M A T E N U M E R A T I O N -- cgit v1.2.3 From ecfe0cfa3cae9a8402df12d81b159d851b61cf29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Uri Shkolnik Date: Thu, 12 Mar 2009 10:10:40 -0300 Subject: V4L/DVB (11239): sdio: add cards ids for sms (Siano Mobile Silicon) MDTV receivers sdio: add cards id for sms (Siano Mobile Silicon) MDTV receivers Add SDIO vendor ID, and multiple device IDs for various SMS-based MDTV SDIO adapters. Signed-off-by: Uri Shkolnik Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h b/include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h index c7211ab6dd4..39751c8cde9 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h +++ b/include/linux/mmc/sdio_ids.h @@ -28,4 +28,12 @@ #define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_MARVELL_8688WLAN 0x9104 #define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_MARVELL_8688BT 0x9105 +#define SDIO_VENDOR_ID_SIANO 0x039a +#define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_SIANO_NOVA_B0 0x0201 +#define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_SIANO_NICE 0x0202 +#define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_SIANO_VEGA_A0 0x0300 +#define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_SIANO_VENICE 0x0301 +#define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_SIANO_NOVA_A0 0x1100 +#define SDIO_DEVICE_ID_SIANO_STELLAR 0x5347 + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 08604bd9935dc98fb62ef61d5b7baa7ccc10f8c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnd Bergmann Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:12 -0700 Subject: time: move PIT_TICK_RATE to linux/timex.h PIT_TICK_RATE is currently defined in four architectures, but in three different places. While linux/timex.h is not the perfect place for it, it is still a reasonable replacement for those drivers that traditionally use asm/timex.h to get CLOCK_TICK_RATE and expect it to be the PIT frequency. Note that for Alpha, the actual value changed from 1193182UL to 1193180UL. This is unlikely to make a difference, and probably can only improve accuracy. There was a discussion on the correct value of CLOCK_TICK_RATE a few years ago, after which every existing instance was getting changed to 1193182. According to the specification, it should be 1193181.818181... Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann Cc: Richard Henderson Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky Cc: Ralf Baechle Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" Cc: Len Brown Cc: john stultz Cc: Dmitry Torokhov Cc: Takashi Iwai Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/timex.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/timex.h b/include/linux/timex.h index 9910e3bd5b3..e6967d10d9e 100644 --- a/include/linux/timex.h +++ b/include/linux/timex.h @@ -280,6 +280,9 @@ extern int do_adjtimex(struct timex *); int read_current_timer(unsigned long *timer_val); +/* The clock frequency of the i8253/i8254 PIT */ +#define PIT_TICK_RATE 1193182ul + #endif /* KERNEL */ #endif /* LINUX_TIMEX_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3b0fde0fac19c180317eb0601b3504083f4b9bf5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yinghai Lu Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:16 -0700 Subject: firmware_map: fix hang with x86/32bit Addresses http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13484 Peer reported: | The bug is introduced from kernel 2.6.27, if E820 table reserve the memory | above 4G in 32bit OS(BIOS-e820: 00000000fff80000 - 0000000120000000 | (reserved)), system will report Int 6 error and hang up. The bug is caused by | the following code in drivers/firmware/memmap.c, the resource_size_t is 32bit | variable in 32bit OS, the BUG_ON() will be invoked to result in the Int 6 | error. I try the latest 32bit Ubuntu and Fedora distributions, all hit this | bug. |====== |static int firmware_map_add_entry(resource_size_t start, resource_size_t end, | const char *type, | struct firmware_map_entry *entry) and it only happen with CONFIG_PHYS_ADDR_T_64BIT is not set. it turns out we need to pass u64 instead of resource_size_t for that. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: add comment] Reported-and-tested-by: Peer Chen Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu Cc: Ingo Molnar Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/firmware-map.h | 12 ++++-------- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/firmware-map.h b/include/linux/firmware-map.h index cca686b3912..875451f1373 100644 --- a/include/linux/firmware-map.h +++ b/include/linux/firmware-map.h @@ -24,21 +24,17 @@ */ #ifdef CONFIG_FIRMWARE_MEMMAP -int firmware_map_add(resource_size_t start, resource_size_t end, - const char *type); -int firmware_map_add_early(resource_size_t start, resource_size_t end, - const char *type); +int firmware_map_add(u64 start, u64 end, const char *type); +int firmware_map_add_early(u64 start, u64 end, const char *type); #else /* CONFIG_FIRMWARE_MEMMAP */ -static inline int firmware_map_add(resource_size_t start, resource_size_t end, - const char *type) +static inline int firmware_map_add(u64 start, u64 end, const char *type) { return 0; } -static inline int firmware_map_add_early(resource_size_t start, - resource_size_t end, const char *type) +static inline int firmware_map_add_early(u64 start, u64 end, const char *type) { return 0; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From bb1f17b0372de93758653ca3454bc0df18dc2e5c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Dobriyan Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:18 -0700 Subject: mm: consolidate init_mm definition * create mm/init-mm.c, move init_mm there * remove INIT_MM, initialize init_mm with C99 initializer * unexport init_mm on all arches: init_mm is already unexported on x86. One strange place is some OMAP driver (drivers/video/omap/) which won't build modular, but it's already wants get_vm_area() export. Somebody should look there. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: add missing #includes] Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan Cc: Mike Frysinger Cc: Americo Wang Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/init_task.h | 12 ------------ 1 file changed, 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/init_task.h b/include/linux/init_task.h index 28b1f30601b..5368fbdc780 100644 --- a/include/linux/init_task.h +++ b/include/linux/init_task.h @@ -15,18 +15,6 @@ extern struct files_struct init_files; extern struct fs_struct init_fs; -#define INIT_MM(name) \ -{ \ - .mm_rb = RB_ROOT, \ - .pgd = swapper_pg_dir, \ - .mm_users = ATOMIC_INIT(2), \ - .mm_count = ATOMIC_INIT(1), \ - .mmap_sem = __RWSEM_INITIALIZER(name.mmap_sem), \ - .page_table_lock = __SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED(name.page_table_lock), \ - .mmlist = LIST_HEAD_INIT(name.mmlist), \ - .cpu_vm_mask = CPU_MASK_ALL, \ -} - #define INIT_SIGNALS(sig) { \ .count = ATOMIC_INIT(1), \ .wait_chldexit = __WAIT_QUEUE_HEAD_INITIALIZER(sig.wait_chldexit),\ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1ebf26a9b338534def47f307c6c8694b6dfc0a79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wu Fengguang Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:19 -0700 Subject: readahead: make mmap_miss an unsigned int This makes the performance impact of possible mmap_miss wrap around to be temporary and tolerable: i.e. MMAP_LOTSAMISS=100 extra readarounds. Otherwise if ever mmap_miss wraps around to negative, it takes INT_MAX cache misses to bring it back to normal state. During the time mmap readaround will be _enabled_ for whatever wild random workload. That's almost permanent performance impact. Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang Cc: Ying Han Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/fs.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index ede84fa7da5..8146e0264ef 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ struct file_ra_state { there are only # of pages ahead */ unsigned int ra_pages; /* Maximum readahead window */ - int mmap_miss; /* Cache miss stat for mmap accesses */ + unsigned int mmap_miss; /* Cache miss stat for mmap accesses */ loff_t prev_pos; /* Cache last read() position */ }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d30a11004e3411909f2448546f036a011978062e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wu Fengguang Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:30 -0700 Subject: readahead: record mmap read-around states in file_ra_state Mmap read-around now shares the same code style and data structure with readahead code. This also removes do_page_cache_readahead(). Its last user, mmap read-around, has been changed to call ra_submit(). The no-readahead-if-congested logic is dumped by the way. Users will be pretty sensitive about the slow loading of executables. So it's unfavorable to disabled mmap read-around on a congested queue. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] Cc: Nick Piggin Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu Cc: Ying Han Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mm.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mm.h b/include/linux/mm.h index ad613ed66ab..33da7f53884 100644 --- a/include/linux/mm.h +++ b/include/linux/mm.h @@ -1178,8 +1178,6 @@ void task_dirty_inc(struct task_struct *tsk); #define VM_MAX_READAHEAD 128 /* kbytes */ #define VM_MIN_READAHEAD 16 /* kbytes (includes current page) */ -int do_page_cache_readahead(struct address_space *mapping, struct file *filp, - pgoff_t offset, unsigned long nr_to_read); int force_page_cache_readahead(struct address_space *mapping, struct file *filp, pgoff_t offset, unsigned long nr_to_read); @@ -1197,6 +1195,9 @@ void page_cache_async_readahead(struct address_space *mapping, unsigned long size); unsigned long max_sane_readahead(unsigned long nr); +unsigned long ra_submit(struct file_ra_state *ra, + struct address_space *mapping, + struct file *filp); /* Do stack extension */ extern int expand_stack(struct vm_area_struct *vma, unsigned long address); -- cgit v1.2.3 From dc566127dd161b6c997466a2349ac179527ea89b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wu Fengguang Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:32 -0700 Subject: radix-tree: add radix_tree_prev_hole() The counterpart of radix_tree_next_hole(). To be used by context readahead. Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang Cc: Vladislav Bolkhovitin Cc: Jens Axboe Cc: Jeff Moyer Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Ying Han Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/radix-tree.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/radix-tree.h b/include/linux/radix-tree.h index 355f6e80db0..c5da7491809 100644 --- a/include/linux/radix-tree.h +++ b/include/linux/radix-tree.h @@ -167,6 +167,8 @@ radix_tree_gang_lookup_slot(struct radix_tree_root *root, void ***results, unsigned long first_index, unsigned int max_items); unsigned long radix_tree_next_hole(struct radix_tree_root *root, unsigned long index, unsigned long max_scan); +unsigned long radix_tree_prev_hole(struct radix_tree_root *root, + unsigned long index, unsigned long max_scan); int radix_tree_preload(gfp_t gfp_mask); void radix_tree_init(void); void *radix_tree_tag_set(struct radix_tree_root *root, -- cgit v1.2.3 From d2bf6be8ab63aa84e6149aac934649aadf3828b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nick Piggin Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:39 -0700 Subject: mm: clean up get_user_pages_fast() documentation Move more documentation for get_user_pages_fast into the new kerneldoc comment. Add some comments for get_user_pages as well. Also, move get_user_pages_fast declaration up to get_user_pages. It wasn't there initially because it was once a static inline function. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin Cc: Andy Grover Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mm.h | 20 +++++--------------- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mm.h b/include/linux/mm.h index 33da7f53884..a880161a385 100644 --- a/include/linux/mm.h +++ b/include/linux/mm.h @@ -824,8 +824,11 @@ static inline int handle_mm_fault(struct mm_struct *mm, extern int make_pages_present(unsigned long addr, unsigned long end); extern int access_process_vm(struct task_struct *tsk, unsigned long addr, void *buf, int len, int write); -int get_user_pages(struct task_struct *tsk, struct mm_struct *mm, unsigned long start, - int len, int write, int force, struct page **pages, struct vm_area_struct **vmas); +int get_user_pages(struct task_struct *tsk, struct mm_struct *mm, + unsigned long start, int len, int write, int force, + struct page **pages, struct vm_area_struct **vmas); +int get_user_pages_fast(unsigned long start, int nr_pages, int write, + struct page **pages); extern int try_to_release_page(struct page * page, gfp_t gfp_mask); extern void do_invalidatepage(struct page *page, unsigned long offset); @@ -849,19 +852,6 @@ extern int mprotect_fixup(struct vm_area_struct *vma, struct vm_area_struct **pprev, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, unsigned long newflags); -/* - * get_user_pages_fast provides equivalent functionality to get_user_pages, - * operating on current and current->mm (force=0 and doesn't return any vmas). - * - * get_user_pages_fast may take mmap_sem and page tables, so no assumptions - * can be made about locking. get_user_pages_fast is to be implemented in a - * way that is advantageous (vs get_user_pages()) when the user memory area is - * already faulted in and present in ptes. However if the pages have to be - * faulted in, it may turn out to be slightly slower). - */ -int get_user_pages_fast(unsigned long start, int nr_pages, int write, - struct page **pages); - /* * A callback you can register to apply pressure to ageable caches. * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 58568d2a8215cb6f55caf2332017d7bdff954e1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Miao Xie Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:49 -0700 Subject: cpuset,mm: update tasks' mems_allowed in time Fix allocating page cache/slab object on the unallowed node when memory spread is set by updating tasks' mems_allowed after its cpuset's mems is changed. In order to update tasks' mems_allowed in time, we must modify the code of memory policy. Because the memory policy is applied in the process's context originally. After applying this patch, one task directly manipulates anothers mems_allowed, and we use alloc_lock in the task_struct to protect mems_allowed and memory policy of the task. But in the fast path, we didn't use lock to protect them, because adding a lock may lead to performance regression. But if we don't add a lock,the task might see no nodes when changing cpuset's mems_allowed to some non-overlapping set. In order to avoid it, we set all new allowed nodes, then clear newly disallowed ones. [lee.schermerhorn@hp.com: The rework of mpol_new() to extract the adjusting of the node mask to apply cpuset and mpol flags "context" breaks set_mempolicy() and mbind() with MPOL_PREFERRED and a NULL nodemask--i.e., explicit local allocation. Fix this by adding the check for MPOL_PREFERRED and empty node mask to mpol_new_mpolicy(). Remove the now unneeded 'nodes = NULL' from mpol_new(). Note that mpol_new_mempolicy() is always called with a non-NULL 'nodes' parameter now that it has been removed from mpol_new(). Therefore, we don't need to test nodes for NULL before testing it for 'empty'. However, just to be extra paranoid, add a VM_BUG_ON() to verify this assumption.] [lee.schermerhorn@hp.com: I don't think the function name 'mpol_new_mempolicy' is descriptive enough to differentiate it from mpol_new(). This function applies cpuset set context, usually constraining nodes to those allowed by the cpuset. However, when the 'RELATIVE_NODES flag is set, it also translates the nodes. So I settled on 'mpol_set_nodemask()', because the comment block for mpol_new() mentions that we need to call this function to "set nodes". Some additional minor line length, whitespace and typo cleanup.] Signed-off-by: Miao Xie Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Christoph Lameter Cc: Paul Menage Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Yasunori Goto Cc: Pekka Enberg Cc: David Rientjes Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/cpuset.h | 13 +++++++++---- include/linux/sched.h | 8 ++++---- 2 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/cpuset.h b/include/linux/cpuset.h index 05ea1dd7d68..a5740fc4d04 100644 --- a/include/linux/cpuset.h +++ b/include/linux/cpuset.h @@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ extern int number_of_cpusets; /* How many cpusets are defined in system? */ -extern int cpuset_init_early(void); extern int cpuset_init(void); extern void cpuset_init_smp(void); extern void cpuset_cpus_allowed(struct task_struct *p, struct cpumask *mask); @@ -27,7 +26,6 @@ extern void cpuset_cpus_allowed_locked(struct task_struct *p, extern nodemask_t cpuset_mems_allowed(struct task_struct *p); #define cpuset_current_mems_allowed (current->mems_allowed) void cpuset_init_current_mems_allowed(void); -void cpuset_update_task_memory_state(void); int cpuset_nodemask_valid_mems_allowed(nodemask_t *nodemask); extern int __cpuset_node_allowed_softwall(int node, gfp_t gfp_mask); @@ -92,9 +90,13 @@ extern void rebuild_sched_domains(void); extern void cpuset_print_task_mems_allowed(struct task_struct *p); +static inline void set_mems_allowed(nodemask_t nodemask) +{ + current->mems_allowed = nodemask; +} + #else /* !CONFIG_CPUSETS */ -static inline int cpuset_init_early(void) { return 0; } static inline int cpuset_init(void) { return 0; } static inline void cpuset_init_smp(void) {} @@ -116,7 +118,6 @@ static inline nodemask_t cpuset_mems_allowed(struct task_struct *p) #define cpuset_current_mems_allowed (node_states[N_HIGH_MEMORY]) static inline void cpuset_init_current_mems_allowed(void) {} -static inline void cpuset_update_task_memory_state(void) {} static inline int cpuset_nodemask_valid_mems_allowed(nodemask_t *nodemask) { @@ -188,6 +189,10 @@ static inline void cpuset_print_task_mems_allowed(struct task_struct *p) { } +static inline void set_mems_allowed(nodemask_t nodemask) +{ +} + #endif /* !CONFIG_CPUSETS */ #endif /* _LINUX_CPUSET_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index c900aa53007..1048bf50540 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1318,7 +1318,8 @@ struct task_struct { /* Thread group tracking */ u32 parent_exec_id; u32 self_exec_id; -/* Protection of (de-)allocation: mm, files, fs, tty, keyrings */ +/* Protection of (de-)allocation: mm, files, fs, tty, keyrings, mems_allowed, + * mempolicy */ spinlock_t alloc_lock; #ifdef CONFIG_GENERIC_HARDIRQS @@ -1386,8 +1387,7 @@ struct task_struct { cputime_t acct_timexpd; /* stime + utime since last update */ #endif #ifdef CONFIG_CPUSETS - nodemask_t mems_allowed; - int cpuset_mems_generation; + nodemask_t mems_allowed; /* Protected by alloc_lock */ int cpuset_mem_spread_rotor; #endif #ifdef CONFIG_CGROUPS @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ struct task_struct { struct list_head perf_counter_list; #endif #ifdef CONFIG_NUMA - struct mempolicy *mempolicy; + struct mempolicy *mempolicy; /* Protected by alloc_lock */ short il_next; #endif atomic_t fs_excl; /* holding fs exclusive resources */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d239171e4f6efd58d7e423853056b1b6a74f1446 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mel Gorman Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:52 -0700 Subject: page allocator: replace __alloc_pages_internal() with __alloc_pages_nodemask() The start of a large patch series to clean up and optimise the page allocator. The performance improvements are in a wide range depending on the exact machine but the results I've seen so fair are approximately; kernbench: 0 to 0.12% (elapsed time) 0.49% to 3.20% (sys time) aim9: -4% to 30% (for page_test and brk_test) tbench: -1% to 4% hackbench: -2.5% to 3.45% (mostly within the noise though) netperf-udp -1.34% to 4.06% (varies between machines a bit) netperf-tcp -0.44% to 5.22% (varies between machines a bit) I haven't sysbench figures at hand, but previously they were within the -0.5% to 2% range. On netperf, the client and server were bound to opposite number CPUs to maximise the problems with cache line bouncing of the struct pages so I expect different people to report different results for netperf depending on their exact machine and how they ran the test (different machines, same cpus client/server, shared cache but two threads client/server, different socket client/server etc). I also measured the vmlinux sizes for a single x86-based config with CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled but not CONFIG_DEBUG_VM. The core of the .config is based on the Debian Lenny kernel config so I expect it to be reasonably typical. This patch: __alloc_pages_internal is the core page allocator function but essentially it is an alias of __alloc_pages_nodemask. Naming a publicly available and exported function "internal" is also a big ugly. This patch renames __alloc_pages_internal() to __alloc_pages_nodemask() and deletes the old nodemask function. Warning - This patch renames an exported symbol. No kernel driver is affected by external drivers calling __alloc_pages_internal() should change the call to __alloc_pages_nodemask() without any alteration of parameters. Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Reviewed-by: Pekka Enberg Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Dave Hansen Cc: Lee Schermerhorn Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/gfp.h | 12 ++---------- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/gfp.h b/include/linux/gfp.h index 3760e7c5de0..549ec558310 100644 --- a/include/linux/gfp.h +++ b/include/linux/gfp.h @@ -172,24 +172,16 @@ static inline void arch_alloc_page(struct page *page, int order) { } #endif struct page * -__alloc_pages_internal(gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned int order, +__alloc_pages_nodemask(gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned int order, struct zonelist *zonelist, nodemask_t *nodemask); static inline struct page * __alloc_pages(gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned int order, struct zonelist *zonelist) { - return __alloc_pages_internal(gfp_mask, order, zonelist, NULL); + return __alloc_pages_nodemask(gfp_mask, order, zonelist, NULL); } -static inline struct page * -__alloc_pages_nodemask(gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned int order, - struct zonelist *zonelist, nodemask_t *nodemask) -{ - return __alloc_pages_internal(gfp_mask, order, zonelist, nodemask); -} - - static inline struct page *alloc_pages_node(int nid, gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned int order) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From b3c466ce512923298ae8c0121d3e9f397a3f1210 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mel Gorman Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:53 -0700 Subject: page allocator: do not sanity check order in the fast path No user of the allocator API should be passing in an order >= MAX_ORDER but we check for it on each and every allocation. Delete this check and make it a VM_BUG_ON check further down the call path. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: s/VM_BUG_ON/WARN_ON_ONCE/] Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Reviewed-by: Pekka Enberg Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Dave Hansen Cc: Lee Schermerhorn Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/gfp.h | 6 ------ 1 file changed, 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/gfp.h b/include/linux/gfp.h index 549ec558310..c2d3fe03b5d 100644 --- a/include/linux/gfp.h +++ b/include/linux/gfp.h @@ -185,9 +185,6 @@ __alloc_pages(gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned int order, static inline struct page *alloc_pages_node(int nid, gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned int order) { - if (unlikely(order >= MAX_ORDER)) - return NULL; - /* Unknown node is current node */ if (nid < 0) nid = numa_node_id(); @@ -201,9 +198,6 @@ extern struct page *alloc_pages_current(gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned order); static inline struct page * alloc_pages(gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned int order) { - if (unlikely(order >= MAX_ORDER)) - return NULL; - return alloc_pages_current(gfp_mask, order); } extern struct page *alloc_page_vma(gfp_t gfp_mask, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6484eb3e2a81807722c5f28efef94d8338b7b996 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mel Gorman Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:54 -0700 Subject: page allocator: do not check NUMA node ID when the caller knows the node is valid Callers of alloc_pages_node() can optionally specify -1 as a node to mean "allocate from the current node". However, a number of the callers in fast paths know for a fact their node is valid. To avoid a comparison and branch, this patch adds alloc_pages_exact_node() that only checks the nid with VM_BUG_ON(). Callers that know their node is valid are then converted. Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Reviewed-by: Pekka Enberg Acked-by: Paul Mundt [for the SLOB NUMA bits] Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Dave Hansen Cc: Lee Schermerhorn Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/gfp.h | 9 +++++++++ include/linux/mm.h | 1 - 2 files changed, 9 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/gfp.h b/include/linux/gfp.h index c2d3fe03b5d..4efa33088a8 100644 --- a/include/linux/gfp.h +++ b/include/linux/gfp.h @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include struct vm_area_struct; @@ -192,6 +193,14 @@ static inline struct page *alloc_pages_node(int nid, gfp_t gfp_mask, return __alloc_pages(gfp_mask, order, node_zonelist(nid, gfp_mask)); } +static inline struct page *alloc_pages_exact_node(int nid, gfp_t gfp_mask, + unsigned int order) +{ + VM_BUG_ON(nid < 0 || nid >= MAX_NUMNODES); + + return __alloc_pages(gfp_mask, order, node_zonelist(nid, gfp_mask)); +} + #ifdef CONFIG_NUMA extern struct page *alloc_pages_current(gfp_t gfp_mask, unsigned order); diff --git a/include/linux/mm.h b/include/linux/mm.h index a880161a385..7b548e7cfbd 100644 --- a/include/linux/mm.h +++ b/include/linux/mm.h @@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ #include #include -#include #include #include #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From 49255c619fbd482d704289b5eb2795f8e3b7ff2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mel Gorman Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:31:58 -0700 Subject: page allocator: move check for disabled anti-fragmentation out of fastpath On low-memory systems, anti-fragmentation gets disabled as there is nothing it can do and it would just incur overhead shuffling pages between lists constantly. Currently the check is made in the free page fast path for every page. This patch moves it to a slow path. On machines with low memory, there will be small amount of additional overhead as pages get shuffled between lists but it should quickly settle. Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Pekka Enberg Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Dave Hansen Cc: Lee Schermerhorn Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mmzone.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmzone.h b/include/linux/mmzone.h index a47c879e130..0aa4445b0b8 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmzone.h +++ b/include/linux/mmzone.h @@ -50,9 +50,6 @@ extern int page_group_by_mobility_disabled; static inline int get_pageblock_migratetype(struct page *page) { - if (unlikely(page_group_by_mobility_disabled)) - return MIGRATE_UNMOVABLE; - return get_pageblock_flags_group(page, PB_migrate, PB_migrate_end); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 418589663d6011de9006425b6c5721e1544fb47a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mel Gorman Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:12 -0700 Subject: page allocator: use allocation flags as an index to the zone watermark ALLOC_WMARK_MIN, ALLOC_WMARK_LOW and ALLOC_WMARK_HIGH determin whether pages_min, pages_low or pages_high is used as the zone watermark when allocating the pages. Two branches in the allocator hotpath determine which watermark to use. This patch uses the flags as an array index into a watermark array that is indexed with WMARK_* defines accessed via helpers. All call sites that use zone->pages_* are updated to use the helpers for accessing the values and the array offsets for setting. Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Pekka Enberg Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Dave Hansen Cc: Lee Schermerhorn Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mmzone.h | 16 +++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmzone.h b/include/linux/mmzone.h index 0aa4445b0b8..dd8487f0442 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmzone.h +++ b/include/linux/mmzone.h @@ -163,6 +163,17 @@ static inline int is_unevictable_lru(enum lru_list l) #endif } +enum zone_watermarks { + WMARK_MIN, + WMARK_LOW, + WMARK_HIGH, + NR_WMARK +}; + +#define min_wmark_pages(z) (z->watermark[WMARK_MIN]) +#define low_wmark_pages(z) (z->watermark[WMARK_LOW]) +#define high_wmark_pages(z) (z->watermark[WMARK_HIGH]) + struct per_cpu_pages { int count; /* number of pages in the list */ int high; /* high watermark, emptying needed */ @@ -275,7 +286,10 @@ struct zone_reclaim_stat { struct zone { /* Fields commonly accessed by the page allocator */ - unsigned long pages_min, pages_low, pages_high; + + /* zone watermarks, access with *_wmark_pages(zone) macros */ + unsigned long watermark[NR_WMARK]; + /* * We don't know if the memory that we're going to allocate will be freeable * or/and it will be released eventually, so to avoid totally wasting several -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62bc62a873116805774ffd37d7f86aa4faa832b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:15 -0700 Subject: page allocator: use a pre-calculated value instead of num_online_nodes() in fast paths num_online_nodes() is called in a number of places but most often by the page allocator when deciding whether the zonelist needs to be filtered based on cpusets or the zonelist cache. This is actually a heavy function and touches a number of cache lines. This patch stores the number of online nodes at boot time and updates the value when nodes get onlined and offlined. The value is then used in a number of important paths in place of num_online_nodes(). [rientjes@google.com: do not override definition of node_set_online() with macro] Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Pekka Enberg Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Dave Hansen Cc: Lee Schermerhorn Signed-off-by: David Rientjes Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/nodemask.h | 19 ++++++++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/nodemask.h b/include/linux/nodemask.h index 848025cd708..829b94b156f 100644 --- a/include/linux/nodemask.h +++ b/include/linux/nodemask.h @@ -408,6 +408,19 @@ static inline int num_node_state(enum node_states state) #define next_online_node(nid) next_node((nid), node_states[N_ONLINE]) extern int nr_node_ids; +extern int nr_online_nodes; + +static inline void node_set_online(int nid) +{ + node_set_state(nid, N_ONLINE); + nr_online_nodes = num_node_state(N_ONLINE); +} + +static inline void node_set_offline(int nid) +{ + node_clear_state(nid, N_ONLINE); + nr_online_nodes = num_node_state(N_ONLINE); +} #else static inline int node_state(int node, enum node_states state) @@ -434,7 +447,10 @@ static inline int num_node_state(enum node_states state) #define first_online_node 0 #define next_online_node(nid) (MAX_NUMNODES) #define nr_node_ids 1 +#define nr_online_nodes 1 +#define node_set_online(node) node_set_state((node), N_ONLINE) +#define node_set_offline(node) node_clear_state((node), N_ONLINE) #endif #define node_online_map node_states[N_ONLINE] @@ -454,9 +470,6 @@ static inline int num_node_state(enum node_states state) #define node_online(node) node_state((node), N_ONLINE) #define node_possible(node) node_state((node), N_POSSIBLE) -#define node_set_online(node) node_set_state((node), N_ONLINE) -#define node_set_offline(node) node_clear_state((node), N_ONLINE) - #define for_each_node(node) for_each_node_state(node, N_POSSIBLE) #define for_each_online_node(node) for_each_node_state(node, N_ONLINE) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 20a0307c0396c2edb651401d2f2db193dda2f3c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wu Fengguang Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:22 -0700 Subject: mm: introduce PageHuge() for testing huge/gigantic pages A series of patches to enhance the /proc/pagemap interface and to add a userspace executable which can be used to present the pagemap data. Export 10 more flags to end users (and more for kernel developers): 11. KPF_MMAP (pseudo flag) memory mapped page 12. KPF_ANON (pseudo flag) memory mapped page (anonymous) 13. KPF_SWAPCACHE page is in swap cache 14. KPF_SWAPBACKED page is swap/RAM backed 15. KPF_COMPOUND_HEAD (*) 16. KPF_COMPOUND_TAIL (*) 17. KPF_HUGE hugeTLB pages 18. KPF_UNEVICTABLE page is in the unevictable LRU list 19. KPF_HWPOISON hardware detected corruption 20. KPF_NOPAGE (pseudo flag) no page frame at the address (*) For compound pages, exporting _both_ head/tail info enables users to tell where a compound page starts/ends, and its order. a simple demo of the page-types tool # ./page-types -h page-types [options] -r|--raw Raw mode, for kernel developers -a|--addr addr-spec Walk a range of pages -b|--bits bits-spec Walk pages with specified bits -l|--list Show page details in ranges -L|--list-each Show page details one by one -N|--no-summary Don't show summay info -h|--help Show this usage message addr-spec: N one page at offset N (unit: pages) N+M pages range from N to N+M-1 N,M pages range from N to M-1 N, pages range from N to end ,M pages range from 0 to M bits-spec: bit1,bit2 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) != 0 bit1,bit2=bit1 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1 bit1,~bit2 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1 =bit1,bit2 flags == (bit1|bit2) bit-names: locked error referenced uptodate dirty lru active slab writeback reclaim buddy mmap anonymous swapcache swapbacked compound_head compound_tail huge unevictable hwpoison nopage reserved(r) mlocked(r) mappedtodisk(r) private(r) private_2(r) owner_private(r) arch(r) uncached(r) readahead(o) slob_free(o) slub_frozen(o) slub_debug(o) (r) raw mode bits (o) overloaded bits # ./page-types flags page-count MB symbolic-flags long-symbolic-flags 0x0000000000000000 487369 1903 _________________________________ 0x0000000000000014 5 0 __R_D____________________________ referenced,dirty 0x0000000000000020 1 0 _____l___________________________ lru 0x0000000000000024 34 0 __R__l___________________________ referenced,lru 0x0000000000000028 3838 14 ___U_l___________________________ uptodate,lru 0x0001000000000028 48 0 ___U_l_______________________I___ uptodate,lru,readahead 0x000000000000002c 6478 25 __RU_l___________________________ referenced,uptodate,lru 0x000100000000002c 47 0 __RU_l_______________________I___ referenced,uptodate,lru,readahead 0x0000000000000040 8344 32 ______A__________________________ active 0x0000000000000060 1 0 _____lA__________________________ lru,active 0x0000000000000068 348 1 ___U_lA__________________________ uptodate,lru,active 0x0001000000000068 12 0 ___U_lA______________________I___ uptodate,lru,active,readahead 0x000000000000006c 988 3 __RU_lA__________________________ referenced,uptodate,lru,active 0x000100000000006c 48 0 __RU_lA______________________I___ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,readahead 0x0000000000004078 1 0 ___UDlA_______b__________________ uptodate,dirty,lru,active,swapbacked 0x000000000000407c 34 0 __RUDlA_______b__________________ referenced,uptodate,dirty,lru,active,swapbacked 0x0000000000000400 503 1 __________B______________________ buddy 0x0000000000000804 1 0 __R________M_____________________ referenced,mmap 0x0000000000000828 1029 4 ___U_l_____M_____________________ uptodate,lru,mmap 0x0001000000000828 43 0 ___U_l_____M_________________I___ uptodate,lru,mmap,readahead 0x000000000000082c 382 1 __RU_l_____M_____________________ referenced,uptodate,lru,mmap 0x000100000000082c 12 0 __RU_l_____M_________________I___ referenced,uptodate,lru,mmap,readahead 0x0000000000000868 192 0 ___U_lA____M_____________________ uptodate,lru,active,mmap 0x0001000000000868 12 0 ___U_lA____M_________________I___ uptodate,lru,active,mmap,readahead 0x000000000000086c 800 3 __RU_lA____M_____________________ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,mmap 0x000100000000086c 31 0 __RU_lA____M_________________I___ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,mmap,readahead 0x0000000000004878 2 0 ___UDlA____M__b__________________ uptodate,dirty,lru,active,mmap,swapbacked 0x0000000000001000 492 1 ____________a____________________ anonymous 0x0000000000005808 4 0 ___U_______Ma_b__________________ uptodate,mmap,anonymous,swapbacked 0x0000000000005868 2839 11 ___U_lA____Ma_b__________________ uptodate,lru,active,mmap,anonymous,swapbacked 0x000000000000586c 30 0 __RU_lA____Ma_b__________________ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,mmap,anonymous,swapbacked total 513968 2007 # ./page-types -r flags page-count MB symbolic-flags long-symbolic-flags 0x0000000000000000 468002 1828 _________________________________ 0x0000000100000000 19102 74 _____________________r___________ reserved 0x0000000000008000 41 0 _______________H_________________ compound_head 0x0000000000010000 188 0 ________________T________________ compound_tail 0x0000000000008014 1 0 __R_D__________H_________________ referenced,dirty,compound_head 0x0000000000010014 4 0 __R_D___________T________________ referenced,dirty,compound_tail 0x0000000000000020 1 0 _____l___________________________ lru 0x0000000800000024 34 0 __R__l__________________P________ referenced,lru,private 0x0000000000000028 3794 14 ___U_l___________________________ uptodate,lru 0x0001000000000028 46 0 ___U_l_______________________I___ uptodate,lru,readahead 0x0000000400000028 44 0 ___U_l_________________d_________ uptodate,lru,mappedtodisk 0x0001000400000028 2 0 ___U_l_________________d_____I___ uptodate,lru,mappedtodisk,readahead 0x000000000000002c 6434 25 __RU_l___________________________ referenced,uptodate,lru 0x000100000000002c 47 0 __RU_l_______________________I___ referenced,uptodate,lru,readahead 0x000000040000002c 14 0 __RU_l_________________d_________ referenced,uptodate,lru,mappedtodisk 0x000000080000002c 30 0 __RU_l__________________P________ referenced,uptodate,lru,private 0x0000000800000040 8124 31 ______A_________________P________ active,private 0x0000000000000040 219 0 ______A__________________________ active 0x0000000800000060 1 0 _____lA_________________P________ lru,active,private 0x0000000000000068 322 1 ___U_lA__________________________ uptodate,lru,active 0x0001000000000068 12 0 ___U_lA______________________I___ uptodate,lru,active,readahead 0x0000000400000068 13 0 ___U_lA________________d_________ uptodate,lru,active,mappedtodisk 0x0000000800000068 12 0 ___U_lA_________________P________ uptodate,lru,active,private 0x000000000000006c 977 3 __RU_lA__________________________ referenced,uptodate,lru,active 0x000100000000006c 48 0 __RU_lA______________________I___ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,readahead 0x000000040000006c 5 0 __RU_lA________________d_________ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,mappedtodisk 0x000000080000006c 3 0 __RU_lA_________________P________ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,private 0x0000000c0000006c 3 0 __RU_lA________________dP________ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,mappedtodisk,private 0x0000000c00000068 1 0 ___U_lA________________dP________ uptodate,lru,active,mappedtodisk,private 0x0000000000004078 1 0 ___UDlA_______b__________________ uptodate,dirty,lru,active,swapbacked 0x000000000000407c 34 0 __RUDlA_______b__________________ referenced,uptodate,dirty,lru,active,swapbacked 0x0000000000000400 538 2 __________B______________________ buddy 0x0000000000000804 1 0 __R________M_____________________ referenced,mmap 0x0000000000000828 1029 4 ___U_l_____M_____________________ uptodate,lru,mmap 0x0001000000000828 43 0 ___U_l_____M_________________I___ uptodate,lru,mmap,readahead 0x000000000000082c 382 1 __RU_l_____M_____________________ referenced,uptodate,lru,mmap 0x000100000000082c 12 0 __RU_l_____M_________________I___ referenced,uptodate,lru,mmap,readahead 0x0000000000000868 192 0 ___U_lA____M_____________________ uptodate,lru,active,mmap 0x0001000000000868 12 0 ___U_lA____M_________________I___ uptodate,lru,active,mmap,readahead 0x000000000000086c 800 3 __RU_lA____M_____________________ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,mmap 0x000100000000086c 31 0 __RU_lA____M_________________I___ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,mmap,readahead 0x0000000000004878 2 0 ___UDlA____M__b__________________ uptodate,dirty,lru,active,mmap,swapbacked 0x0000000000001000 492 1 ____________a____________________ anonymous 0x0000000000005008 2 0 ___U________a_b__________________ uptodate,anonymous,swapbacked 0x0000000000005808 4 0 ___U_______Ma_b__________________ uptodate,mmap,anonymous,swapbacked 0x000000000000580c 1 0 __RU_______Ma_b__________________ referenced,uptodate,mmap,anonymous,swapbacked 0x0000000000005868 2839 11 ___U_lA____Ma_b__________________ uptodate,lru,active,mmap,anonymous,swapbacked 0x000000000000586c 29 0 __RU_lA____Ma_b__________________ referenced,uptodate,lru,active,mmap,anonymous,swapbacked total 513968 2007 # ./page-types --raw --list --no-summary --bits reserved offset count flags 0 15 _____________________r___________ 31 4 _____________________r___________ 159 97 _____________________r___________ 4096 2067 _____________________r___________ 6752 2390 _____________________r___________ 9355 3 _____________________r___________ 9728 14526 _____________________r___________ This patch: Introduce PageHuge(), which identifies huge/gigantic pages by their dedicated compound destructor functions. Also move prep_compound_gigantic_page() to hugetlb.c and make __free_pages_ok() non-static. Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Andi Kleen Cc: Matt Mackall Cc: Alexey Dobriyan Cc: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/hugetlb.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/hugetlb.h b/include/linux/hugetlb.h index 03be7f29ca0..a05a5ef3339 100644 --- a/include/linux/hugetlb.h +++ b/include/linux/hugetlb.h @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ struct ctl_table; +int PageHuge(struct page *page); + static inline int is_vm_hugetlb_page(struct vm_area_struct *vma) { return vma->vm_flags & VM_HUGETLB; @@ -61,6 +63,11 @@ void hugetlb_change_protection(struct vm_area_struct *vma, #else /* !CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE */ +static inline int PageHuge(struct page *page) +{ + return 0; +} + static inline int is_vm_hugetlb_page(struct vm_area_struct *vma) { return 0; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 56e49d218890f49b0057710a4b6fef31f5ffbfec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Rik van Riel Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:28 -0700 Subject: vmscan: evict use-once pages first When the file LRU lists are dominated by streaming IO pages, evict those pages first, before considering evicting other pages. This should be safe from deadlocks or performance problems because only three things can happen to an inactive file page: 1) referenced twice and promoted to the active list 2) evicted by the pageout code 3) under IO, after which it will get evicted or promoted The pages freed in this way can either be reused for streaming IO, or allocated for something else. If the pages are used for streaming IO, this pageout pattern continues. Otherwise, we will fall back to the normal pageout pattern. Signed-off-by: Rik van Riel Reported-by: Elladan Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Lee Schermerhorn Acked-by: Johannes Weiner Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/memcontrol.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/memcontrol.h b/include/linux/memcontrol.h index 25b9ca93d23..45add35dda1 100644 --- a/include/linux/memcontrol.h +++ b/include/linux/memcontrol.h @@ -94,6 +94,7 @@ extern void mem_cgroup_note_reclaim_priority(struct mem_cgroup *mem, extern void mem_cgroup_record_reclaim_priority(struct mem_cgroup *mem, int priority); int mem_cgroup_inactive_anon_is_low(struct mem_cgroup *memcg); +int mem_cgroup_inactive_file_is_low(struct mem_cgroup *memcg); unsigned long mem_cgroup_zone_nr_pages(struct mem_cgroup *memcg, struct zone *zone, enum lru_list lru); @@ -239,6 +240,12 @@ mem_cgroup_inactive_anon_is_low(struct mem_cgroup *memcg) return 1; } +static inline int +mem_cgroup_inactive_file_is_low(struct mem_cgroup *memcg) +{ + return 1; +} + static inline unsigned long mem_cgroup_zone_nr_pages(struct mem_cgroup *memcg, struct zone *zone, enum lru_list lru) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6e08a369ee10b361ac1cdcdf4fabd420fd08beb3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wu Fengguang Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:29 -0700 Subject: vmscan: cleanup the scan batching code The vmscan batching logic is twisting. Move it into a standalone function nr_scan_try_batch() and document it. No behavior change. Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang Acked-by: Rik van Riel Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Christoph Lameter Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mmzone.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmzone.h b/include/linux/mmzone.h index dd8487f0442..db976b9f879 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmzone.h +++ b/include/linux/mmzone.h @@ -334,9 +334,9 @@ struct zone { /* Fields commonly accessed by the page reclaim scanner */ spinlock_t lru_lock; - struct { + struct zone_lru { struct list_head list; - unsigned long nr_scan; + unsigned long nr_saved_scan; /* accumulated for batching */ } lru[NR_LRU_LISTS]; struct zone_reclaim_stat reclaim_stat; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3b6748e2dd69906af3835db4dc9d1c8a3ee4c68c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Weiner Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:35 -0700 Subject: mm: introduce follow_pfn() Analoguous to follow_phys(), add a helper that looks up the PFN at a user virtual address in an IO mapping or a raw PFN mapping. Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner Cc: Christoph Hellwig Acked-by: Magnus Damm Cc: Hans Verkuil Cc: Paul Mundt Cc: Hugh Dickins Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mm.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mm.h b/include/linux/mm.h index 7b548e7cfbd..c80dbd4a62c 100644 --- a/include/linux/mm.h +++ b/include/linux/mm.h @@ -792,6 +792,8 @@ int copy_page_range(struct mm_struct *dst, struct mm_struct *src, struct vm_area_struct *vma); void unmap_mapping_range(struct address_space *mapping, loff_t const holebegin, loff_t const holelen, int even_cows); +int follow_pfn(struct vm_area_struct *vma, unsigned long address, + unsigned long *pfn); int follow_phys(struct vm_area_struct *vma, unsigned long address, unsigned int flags, unsigned long *prot, resource_size_t *phys); int generic_access_phys(struct vm_area_struct *vma, unsigned long addr, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7f33d49a2ed546e01f7b1d0607661810f2421859 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Rafael J. Wysocki" Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:41 -0700 Subject: mm, PM/Freezer: Disable OOM killer when tasks are frozen Currently, the following scenario appears to be possible in theory: * Tasks are frozen for hibernation or suspend. * Free pages are almost exhausted. * Certain piece of code in the suspend code path attempts to allocate some memory using GFP_KERNEL and allocation order less than or equal to PAGE_ALLOC_COSTLY_ORDER. * __alloc_pages_internal() cannot find a free page so it invokes the OOM killer. * The OOM killer attempts to kill a task, but the task is frozen, so it doesn't die immediately. * __alloc_pages_internal() jumps to 'restart', unsuccessfully tries to find a free page and invokes the OOM killer. * No progress can be made. Although it is now hard to trigger during hibernation due to the memory shrinking carried out by the hibernation code, it is theoretically possible to trigger during suspend after the memory shrinking has been removed from that code path. Moreover, since memory allocations are going to be used for the hibernation memory shrinking, it will be even more likely to happen during hibernation. To prevent it from happening, introduce the oom_killer_disabled switch that will cause __alloc_pages_internal() to fail in the situations in which the OOM killer would have been called and make the freezer set this switch after tasks have been successfully frozen. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: be nicer to the namespace] Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki Cc: Fengguang Wu Cc: David Rientjes Acked-by: Pavel Machek Cc: Mel Gorman Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/gfp.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/gfp.h b/include/linux/gfp.h index 4efa33088a8..06b7e8cc80a 100644 --- a/include/linux/gfp.h +++ b/include/linux/gfp.h @@ -243,4 +243,16 @@ void drain_zone_pages(struct zone *zone, struct per_cpu_pages *pcp); void drain_all_pages(void); void drain_local_pages(void *dummy); +extern bool oom_killer_disabled; + +static inline void oom_killer_disable(void) +{ + oom_killer_disabled = true; +} + +static inline void oom_killer_enable(void) +{ + oom_killer_disabled = false; +} + #endif /* __LINUX_GFP_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 31c911329e048b715a1dfeaaf617be9430fd7f4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matthew Wilcox Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:45 -0700 Subject: mm: check the argument of kunmap on architectures without highmem If you're using a non-highmem architecture, passing an argument with the wrong type to kunmap() doesn't give you a warning because the ifdef doesn't check the type. Using a static inline function solves the problem nicely. Reported-by: David Woodhouse Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/highmem.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/highmem.h b/include/linux/highmem.h index 1fcb7126a01..211ff449726 100644 --- a/include/linux/highmem.h +++ b/include/linux/highmem.h @@ -55,7 +55,9 @@ static inline void *kmap(struct page *page) return page_address(page); } -#define kunmap(page) do { (void) (page); } while (0) +static inline void kunmap(struct page *page) +{ +} static inline void *kmap_atomic(struct page *page, enum km_type idx) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From b70d94ee438b3fd9c15c7691d7a932a135c18101 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Lameter Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:46 -0700 Subject: page-allocator: use integer fields lookup for gfp_zone and check for errors in flags passed to the page allocator This simplifies the code in gfp_zone() and also keeps the ability of the compiler to use constant folding to get rid of gfp_zone processing. The lookup of the zone is done using a bitfield stored in an integer. So the code in gfp_zone is a simple extraction of bits from a constant bitfield. The compiler is generating a load of a constant into a register and then performs a shift and mask operation to get the zone from a gfp_t. No cachelines are touched and no branches have to be predicted by the compiler. We are doing some macro tricks here to convince the compiler to always do the constant folding if possible. Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki Reviewed-by: Mel Gorman Cc: Nick Piggin Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/gfp.h | 111 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 96 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/gfp.h b/include/linux/gfp.h index 06b7e8cc80a..412178afd42 100644 --- a/include/linux/gfp.h +++ b/include/linux/gfp.h @@ -21,7 +21,8 @@ struct vm_area_struct; #define __GFP_DMA ((__force gfp_t)0x01u) #define __GFP_HIGHMEM ((__force gfp_t)0x02u) #define __GFP_DMA32 ((__force gfp_t)0x04u) - +#define __GFP_MOVABLE ((__force gfp_t)0x08u) /* Page is movable */ +#define GFP_ZONEMASK (__GFP_DMA|__GFP_HIGHMEM|__GFP_DMA32|__GFP_MOVABLE) /* * Action modifiers - doesn't change the zoning * @@ -51,7 +52,6 @@ struct vm_area_struct; #define __GFP_HARDWALL ((__force gfp_t)0x20000u) /* Enforce hardwall cpuset memory allocs */ #define __GFP_THISNODE ((__force gfp_t)0x40000u)/* No fallback, no policies */ #define __GFP_RECLAIMABLE ((__force gfp_t)0x80000u) /* Page is reclaimable */ -#define __GFP_MOVABLE ((__force gfp_t)0x100000u) /* Page is movable */ #define __GFP_BITS_SHIFT 21 /* Room for 21 __GFP_FOO bits */ #define __GFP_BITS_MASK ((__force gfp_t)((1 << __GFP_BITS_SHIFT) - 1)) @@ -116,24 +116,105 @@ static inline int allocflags_to_migratetype(gfp_t gfp_flags) ((gfp_flags & __GFP_RECLAIMABLE) != 0); } -static inline enum zone_type gfp_zone(gfp_t flags) -{ +#ifdef CONFIG_HIGHMEM +#define OPT_ZONE_HIGHMEM ZONE_HIGHMEM +#else +#define OPT_ZONE_HIGHMEM ZONE_NORMAL +#endif + #ifdef CONFIG_ZONE_DMA - if (flags & __GFP_DMA) - return ZONE_DMA; +#define OPT_ZONE_DMA ZONE_DMA +#else +#define OPT_ZONE_DMA ZONE_NORMAL #endif + #ifdef CONFIG_ZONE_DMA32 - if (flags & __GFP_DMA32) - return ZONE_DMA32; +#define OPT_ZONE_DMA32 ZONE_DMA32 +#else +#define OPT_ZONE_DMA32 ZONE_NORMAL #endif - if ((flags & (__GFP_HIGHMEM | __GFP_MOVABLE)) == - (__GFP_HIGHMEM | __GFP_MOVABLE)) - return ZONE_MOVABLE; -#ifdef CONFIG_HIGHMEM - if (flags & __GFP_HIGHMEM) - return ZONE_HIGHMEM; + +/* + * GFP_ZONE_TABLE is a word size bitstring that is used for looking up the + * zone to use given the lowest 4 bits of gfp_t. Entries are ZONE_SHIFT long + * and there are 16 of them to cover all possible combinations of + * __GFP_DMA, __GFP_DMA32, __GFP_MOVABLE and __GFP_HIGHMEM + * + * The zone fallback order is MOVABLE=>HIGHMEM=>NORMAL=>DMA32=>DMA. + * But GFP_MOVABLE is not only a zone specifier but also an allocation + * policy. Therefore __GFP_MOVABLE plus another zone selector is valid. + * Only 1bit of the lowest 3 bit (DMA,DMA32,HIGHMEM) can be set to "1". + * + * bit result + * ================= + * 0x0 => NORMAL + * 0x1 => DMA or NORMAL + * 0x2 => HIGHMEM or NORMAL + * 0x3 => BAD (DMA+HIGHMEM) + * 0x4 => DMA32 or DMA or NORMAL + * 0x5 => BAD (DMA+DMA32) + * 0x6 => BAD (HIGHMEM+DMA32) + * 0x7 => BAD (HIGHMEM+DMA32+DMA) + * 0x8 => NORMAL (MOVABLE+0) + * 0x9 => DMA or NORMAL (MOVABLE+DMA) + * 0xa => MOVABLE (Movable is valid only if HIGHMEM is set too) + * 0xb => BAD (MOVABLE+HIGHMEM+DMA) + * 0xc => DMA32 (MOVABLE+HIGHMEM+DMA32) + * 0xd => BAD (MOVABLE+DMA32+DMA) + * 0xe => BAD (MOVABLE+DMA32+HIGHMEM) + * 0xf => BAD (MOVABLE+DMA32+HIGHMEM+DMA) + * + * ZONES_SHIFT must be <= 2 on 32 bit platforms. + */ + +#if 16 * ZONES_SHIFT > BITS_PER_LONG +#error ZONES_SHIFT too large to create GFP_ZONE_TABLE integer +#endif + +#define GFP_ZONE_TABLE ( \ + (ZONE_NORMAL << 0 * ZONES_SHIFT) \ + | (OPT_ZONE_DMA << __GFP_DMA * ZONES_SHIFT) \ + | (OPT_ZONE_HIGHMEM << __GFP_HIGHMEM * ZONES_SHIFT) \ + | (OPT_ZONE_DMA32 << __GFP_DMA32 * ZONES_SHIFT) \ + | (ZONE_NORMAL << __GFP_MOVABLE * ZONES_SHIFT) \ + | (OPT_ZONE_DMA << (__GFP_MOVABLE | __GFP_DMA) * ZONES_SHIFT) \ + | (ZONE_MOVABLE << (__GFP_MOVABLE | __GFP_HIGHMEM) * ZONES_SHIFT)\ + | (OPT_ZONE_DMA32 << (__GFP_MOVABLE | __GFP_DMA32) * ZONES_SHIFT)\ +) + +/* + * GFP_ZONE_BAD is a bitmap for all combination of __GFP_DMA, __GFP_DMA32 + * __GFP_HIGHMEM and __GFP_MOVABLE that are not permitted. One flag per + * entry starting with bit 0. Bit is set if the combination is not + * allowed. + */ +#define GFP_ZONE_BAD ( \ + 1 << (__GFP_DMA | __GFP_HIGHMEM) \ + | 1 << (__GFP_DMA | __GFP_DMA32) \ + | 1 << (__GFP_DMA32 | __GFP_HIGHMEM) \ + | 1 << (__GFP_DMA | __GFP_DMA32 | __GFP_HIGHMEM) \ + | 1 << (__GFP_MOVABLE | __GFP_HIGHMEM | __GFP_DMA) \ + | 1 << (__GFP_MOVABLE | __GFP_DMA32 | __GFP_DMA) \ + | 1 << (__GFP_MOVABLE | __GFP_DMA32 | __GFP_HIGHMEM) \ + | 1 << (__GFP_MOVABLE | __GFP_DMA32 | __GFP_DMA | __GFP_HIGHMEM)\ +) + +static inline enum zone_type gfp_zone(gfp_t flags) +{ + enum zone_type z; + int bit = flags & GFP_ZONEMASK; + + z = (GFP_ZONE_TABLE >> (bit * ZONES_SHIFT)) & + ((1 << ZONES_SHIFT) - 1); + + if (__builtin_constant_p(bit)) + BUILD_BUG_ON((GFP_ZONE_BAD >> bit) & 1); + else { +#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_VM + BUG_ON((GFP_ZONE_BAD >> bit) & 1); #endif - return ZONE_NORMAL; + } + return z; } /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From bc75d33f0fc1d56e734db1f56d3cfc8097b8e0cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Minchan Kim Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:48 -0700 Subject: page-allocator: clean up functions related to pages_min Change the names of two functions. It doesn't affect behavior. Presently, setup_per_zone_pages_min() changes low, high of zone as well as min. So a better name is setup_per_zone_wmarks(). That's because Mel changed zone->pages_[hig/low/min] to zone->watermark array in "page allocator: replace the watermark-related union in struct zone with a watermark[] array". * setup_per_zone_pages_min => setup_per_zone_wmarks Of course, we have to change init_per_zone_pages_min, too. There are not pages_min any more. * init_per_zone_pages_min => init_per_zone_wmark_min [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] Signed-off-by: Minchan Kim Acked-by: Mel Gorman Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Rik van Riel Cc: Johannes Weiner Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mm.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mm.h b/include/linux/mm.h index c80dbd4a62c..6e11cda1ba0 100644 --- a/include/linux/mm.h +++ b/include/linux/mm.h @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ extern int __meminit __early_pfn_to_nid(unsigned long pfn); extern void set_dma_reserve(unsigned long new_dma_reserve); extern void memmap_init_zone(unsigned long, int, unsigned long, unsigned long, enum memmap_context); -extern void setup_per_zone_pages_min(void); +extern void setup_per_zone_wmarks(void); extern void mem_init(void); extern void __init mmap_init(void); extern void show_mem(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96cb4df5ddf5e6d5785b5acd4003e3689b87f896 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Minchan Kim Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:49 -0700 Subject: page-allocator: add inactive ratio calculation function of each zone Factor the per-zone arithemetic inside setup_per_zone_inactive_ratio()'s loop into a a separate function, calculate_zone_inactive_ratio(). This function will be used in a later patch [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] Signed-off-by: Minchan Kim Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Rik van Riel Cc: Johannes Weiner Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mm.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mm.h b/include/linux/mm.h index 6e11cda1ba0..f0473a88ca2 100644 --- a/include/linux/mm.h +++ b/include/linux/mm.h @@ -1053,6 +1053,7 @@ extern void set_dma_reserve(unsigned long new_dma_reserve); extern void memmap_init_zone(unsigned long, int, unsigned long, unsigned long, enum memmap_context); extern void setup_per_zone_wmarks(void); +extern void calculate_zone_inactive_ratio(struct zone *zone); extern void mem_init(void); extern void __init mmap_init(void); extern void show_mem(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6837765963f1723e80ca97b1fae660f3a60d77df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: KOSAKI Motohiro Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:51 -0700 Subject: mm: remove CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU config option Currently, nobody wants to turn UNEVICTABLE_LRU off. Thus this configurability is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Johannes Weiner Cc: Andi Kleen Acked-by: Minchan Kim Cc: David Woodhouse Cc: Matt Mackall Cc: Rik van Riel Cc: Lee Schermerhorn Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mmzone.h | 13 ------------- include/linux/page-flags.h | 16 +--------------- include/linux/pagemap.h | 12 ------------ include/linux/rmap.h | 7 ------- include/linux/swap.h | 19 ------------------- include/linux/vmstat.h | 2 -- 6 files changed, 1 insertion(+), 68 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mmzone.h b/include/linux/mmzone.h index db976b9f879..88959853737 100644 --- a/include/linux/mmzone.h +++ b/include/linux/mmzone.h @@ -83,13 +83,8 @@ enum zone_stat_item { NR_ACTIVE_ANON, /* " " " " " */ NR_INACTIVE_FILE, /* " " " " " */ NR_ACTIVE_FILE, /* " " " " " */ -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU NR_UNEVICTABLE, /* " " " " " */ NR_MLOCK, /* mlock()ed pages found and moved off LRU */ -#else - NR_UNEVICTABLE = NR_ACTIVE_FILE, /* avoid compiler errors in dead code */ - NR_MLOCK = NR_ACTIVE_FILE, -#endif NR_ANON_PAGES, /* Mapped anonymous pages */ NR_FILE_MAPPED, /* pagecache pages mapped into pagetables. only modified from process context */ @@ -132,11 +127,7 @@ enum lru_list { LRU_ACTIVE_ANON = LRU_BASE + LRU_ACTIVE, LRU_INACTIVE_FILE = LRU_BASE + LRU_FILE, LRU_ACTIVE_FILE = LRU_BASE + LRU_FILE + LRU_ACTIVE, -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU LRU_UNEVICTABLE, -#else - LRU_UNEVICTABLE = LRU_ACTIVE_FILE, /* avoid compiler errors in dead code */ -#endif NR_LRU_LISTS }; @@ -156,11 +147,7 @@ static inline int is_active_lru(enum lru_list l) static inline int is_unevictable_lru(enum lru_list l) { -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU return (l == LRU_UNEVICTABLE); -#else - return 0; -#endif } enum zone_watermarks { diff --git a/include/linux/page-flags.h b/include/linux/page-flags.h index 62214c7d2d9..d6792f88a17 100644 --- a/include/linux/page-flags.h +++ b/include/linux/page-flags.h @@ -95,9 +95,7 @@ enum pageflags { PG_reclaim, /* To be reclaimed asap */ PG_buddy, /* Page is free, on buddy lists */ PG_swapbacked, /* Page is backed by RAM/swap */ -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU PG_unevictable, /* Page is "unevictable" */ -#endif #ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_MLOCKED_PAGE_BIT PG_mlocked, /* Page is vma mlocked */ #endif @@ -248,14 +246,8 @@ PAGEFLAG_FALSE(SwapCache) SETPAGEFLAG_NOOP(SwapCache) CLEARPAGEFLAG_NOOP(SwapCache) #endif -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU PAGEFLAG(Unevictable, unevictable) __CLEARPAGEFLAG(Unevictable, unevictable) TESTCLEARFLAG(Unevictable, unevictable) -#else -PAGEFLAG_FALSE(Unevictable) TESTCLEARFLAG_FALSE(Unevictable) - SETPAGEFLAG_NOOP(Unevictable) CLEARPAGEFLAG_NOOP(Unevictable) - __CLEARPAGEFLAG_NOOP(Unevictable) -#endif #ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_MLOCKED_PAGE_BIT #define MLOCK_PAGES 1 @@ -382,12 +374,6 @@ static inline void __ClearPageTail(struct page *page) #endif /* !PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED */ -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU -#define __PG_UNEVICTABLE (1 << PG_unevictable) -#else -#define __PG_UNEVICTABLE 0 -#endif - #ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_MLOCKED_PAGE_BIT #define __PG_MLOCKED (1 << PG_mlocked) #else @@ -403,7 +389,7 @@ static inline void __ClearPageTail(struct page *page) 1 << PG_private | 1 << PG_private_2 | \ 1 << PG_buddy | 1 << PG_writeback | 1 << PG_reserved | \ 1 << PG_slab | 1 << PG_swapcache | 1 << PG_active | \ - __PG_UNEVICTABLE | __PG_MLOCKED) + 1 << PG_unevictable | __PG_MLOCKED) /* * Flags checked when a page is prepped for return by the page allocator. diff --git a/include/linux/pagemap.h b/include/linux/pagemap.h index 34da5230faa..aec3252afcf 100644 --- a/include/linux/pagemap.h +++ b/include/linux/pagemap.h @@ -22,9 +22,7 @@ enum mapping_flags { AS_EIO = __GFP_BITS_SHIFT + 0, /* IO error on async write */ AS_ENOSPC = __GFP_BITS_SHIFT + 1, /* ENOSPC on async write */ AS_MM_ALL_LOCKS = __GFP_BITS_SHIFT + 2, /* under mm_take_all_locks() */ -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU AS_UNEVICTABLE = __GFP_BITS_SHIFT + 3, /* e.g., ramdisk, SHM_LOCK */ -#endif }; static inline void mapping_set_error(struct address_space *mapping, int error) @@ -37,8 +35,6 @@ static inline void mapping_set_error(struct address_space *mapping, int error) } } -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU - static inline void mapping_set_unevictable(struct address_space *mapping) { set_bit(AS_UNEVICTABLE, &mapping->flags); @@ -55,14 +51,6 @@ static inline int mapping_unevictable(struct address_space *mapping) return test_bit(AS_UNEVICTABLE, &mapping->flags); return !!mapping; } -#else -static inline void mapping_set_unevictable(struct address_space *mapping) { } -static inline void mapping_clear_unevictable(struct address_space *mapping) { } -static inline int mapping_unevictable(struct address_space *mapping) -{ - return 0; -} -#endif static inline gfp_t mapping_gfp_mask(struct address_space * mapping) { diff --git a/include/linux/rmap.h b/include/linux/rmap.h index b35bc0e19cd..619379a1dd9 100644 --- a/include/linux/rmap.h +++ b/include/linux/rmap.h @@ -105,18 +105,11 @@ unsigned long page_address_in_vma(struct page *, struct vm_area_struct *); */ int page_mkclean(struct page *); -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU /* * called in munlock()/munmap() path to check for other vmas holding * the page mlocked. */ int try_to_munlock(struct page *); -#else -static inline int try_to_munlock(struct page *page) -{ - return 0; /* a.k.a. SWAP_SUCCESS */ -} -#endif #else /* !CONFIG_MMU */ diff --git a/include/linux/swap.h b/include/linux/swap.h index d476aad3ff5..f30c06908f0 100644 --- a/include/linux/swap.h +++ b/include/linux/swap.h @@ -235,7 +235,6 @@ static inline int zone_reclaim(struct zone *z, gfp_t mask, unsigned int order) } #endif -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU extern int page_evictable(struct page *page, struct vm_area_struct *vma); extern void scan_mapping_unevictable_pages(struct address_space *); @@ -244,24 +243,6 @@ extern int scan_unevictable_handler(struct ctl_table *, int, struct file *, void __user *, size_t *, loff_t *); extern int scan_unevictable_register_node(struct node *node); extern void scan_unevictable_unregister_node(struct node *node); -#else -static inline int page_evictable(struct page *page, - struct vm_area_struct *vma) -{ - return 1; -} - -static inline void scan_mapping_unevictable_pages(struct address_space *mapping) -{ -} - -static inline int scan_unevictable_register_node(struct node *node) -{ - return 0; -} - -static inline void scan_unevictable_unregister_node(struct node *node) { } -#endif extern int kswapd_run(int nid); diff --git a/include/linux/vmstat.h b/include/linux/vmstat.h index 524cd1b28ec..ff4696c6dce 100644 --- a/include/linux/vmstat.h +++ b/include/linux/vmstat.h @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ enum vm_event_item { PGPGIN, PGPGOUT, PSWPIN, PSWPOUT, #ifdef CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE HTLB_BUDDY_PGALLOC, HTLB_BUDDY_PGALLOC_FAIL, #endif -#ifdef CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU UNEVICTABLE_PGCULLED, /* culled to noreclaim list */ UNEVICTABLE_PGSCANNED, /* scanned for reclaimability */ UNEVICTABLE_PGRESCUED, /* rescued from noreclaim list */ @@ -50,7 +49,6 @@ enum vm_event_item { PGPGIN, PGPGOUT, PSWPIN, PSWPOUT, UNEVICTABLE_PGCLEARED, /* on COW, page truncate */ UNEVICTABLE_PGSTRANDED, /* unable to isolate on unlock */ UNEVICTABLE_MLOCKFREED, -#endif NR_VM_EVENT_ITEMS }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From cb4b86ba47bb0937b71fb825b3ed88adf7a190f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:52 -0700 Subject: mm: add swap cache interface for swap reference In a following patch, the usage of swap cache is recorded into swap_map. This patch is for necessary interface changes to do that. 2 interfaces: - swapcache_prepare() - swapcache_free() are added for allocating/freeing refcnt from swap-cache to existing swap entries. But implementation itself is not changed under this patch. At adding swapcache_free(), memcg's hook code is moved under swapcache_free(). This is better than using scattered hooks. Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki Reviewed-by: Daisuke Nishimura Acked-by: Balbir Singh Cc: Hugh Dickins Cc: Johannes Weiner Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Dhaval Giani Cc: YAMAMOTO Takashi Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/swap.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/swap.h b/include/linux/swap.h index f30c06908f0..259e96c150e 100644 --- a/include/linux/swap.h +++ b/include/linux/swap.h @@ -282,8 +282,10 @@ extern void si_swapinfo(struct sysinfo *); extern swp_entry_t get_swap_page(void); extern swp_entry_t get_swap_page_of_type(int); extern int swap_duplicate(swp_entry_t); +extern int swapcache_prepare(swp_entry_t); extern int valid_swaphandles(swp_entry_t, unsigned long *); extern void swap_free(swp_entry_t); +extern void swapcache_free(swp_entry_t, struct page *page); extern int free_swap_and_cache(swp_entry_t); extern int swap_type_of(dev_t, sector_t, struct block_device **); extern unsigned int count_swap_pages(int, int); @@ -352,11 +354,16 @@ static inline void show_swap_cache_info(void) #define free_swap_and_cache(swp) is_migration_entry(swp) #define swap_duplicate(swp) is_migration_entry(swp) +#define swapcache_prepare(swp) is_migration_entry(swp) static inline void swap_free(swp_entry_t swp) { } +static inline void swapcache_free(swp_entry_t swp, struct page *page) +{ +} + static inline struct page *swapin_readahead(swp_entry_t swp, gfp_t gfp_mask, struct vm_area_struct *vma, unsigned long addr) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 355cfa73ddff2fb8fa14e93bd94a057cc022512e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:53 -0700 Subject: mm: modify swap_map and add SWAP_HAS_CACHE flag This is a part of the patches for fixing memcg's swap accountinf leak. But, IMHO, not a bad patch even if no memcg. There are 2 kinds of references to swap. - reference from swap entry - reference from swap cache Then, - If there is swap cache && swap's refcnt is 1, there is only swap cache. (*) swapcount(entry) == 1 && find_get_page(swapper_space, entry) != NULL This counting logic have worked well for a long time. But considering that we cannot know there is a _real_ reference or not by swap_map[], current usage of counter is not very good. This patch adds a flag SWAP_HAS_CACHE and recored information that a swap entry has a cache or not. This will remove -1 magic used in swapfile.c and be a help to avoid unnecessary find_get_page(). Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki Tested-by: Daisuke Nishimura Cc: Balbir Singh Cc: Hugh Dickins Cc: Johannes Weiner Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Dhaval Giani Cc: YAMAMOTO Takashi Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/swap.h | 14 +++++++++----- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/swap.h b/include/linux/swap.h index 259e96c150e..fed5e8e1104 100644 --- a/include/linux/swap.h +++ b/include/linux/swap.h @@ -129,9 +129,10 @@ enum { #define SWAP_CLUSTER_MAX 32 -#define SWAP_MAP_MAX 0x7fff -#define SWAP_MAP_BAD 0x8000 - +#define SWAP_MAP_MAX 0x7ffe +#define SWAP_MAP_BAD 0x7fff +#define SWAP_HAS_CACHE 0x8000 /* There is a swap cache of entry. */ +#define SWAP_COUNT_MASK (~SWAP_HAS_CACHE) /* * The in-memory structure used to track swap areas. */ @@ -281,7 +282,7 @@ extern long total_swap_pages; extern void si_swapinfo(struct sysinfo *); extern swp_entry_t get_swap_page(void); extern swp_entry_t get_swap_page_of_type(int); -extern int swap_duplicate(swp_entry_t); +extern void swap_duplicate(swp_entry_t); extern int swapcache_prepare(swp_entry_t); extern int valid_swaphandles(swp_entry_t, unsigned long *); extern void swap_free(swp_entry_t); @@ -353,9 +354,12 @@ static inline void show_swap_cache_info(void) } #define free_swap_and_cache(swp) is_migration_entry(swp) -#define swap_duplicate(swp) is_migration_entry(swp) #define swapcache_prepare(swp) is_migration_entry(swp) +static inline void swap_duplicate(swp_entry_t swp) +{ +} + static inline void swap_free(swp_entry_t swp) { } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2ff05b2b4eac2e63d345fc731ea151a060247f53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Rientjes Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:56 -0700 Subject: oom: move oom_adj value from task_struct to mm_struct The per-task oom_adj value is a characteristic of its mm more than the task itself since it's not possible to oom kill any thread that shares the mm. If a task were to be killed while attached to an mm that could not be freed because another thread were set to OOM_DISABLE, it would have needlessly been terminated since there is no potential for future memory freeing. This patch moves oomkilladj (now more appropriately named oom_adj) from struct task_struct to struct mm_struct. This requires task_lock() on a task to check its oom_adj value to protect against exec, but it's already necessary to take the lock when dereferencing the mm to find the total VM size for the badness heuristic. This fixes a livelock if the oom killer chooses a task and another thread sharing the same memory has an oom_adj value of OOM_DISABLE. This occurs because oom_kill_task() repeatedly returns 1 and refuses to kill the chosen task while select_bad_process() will repeatedly choose the same task during the next retry. Taking task_lock() in select_bad_process() to check for OOM_DISABLE and in oom_kill_task() to check for threads sharing the same memory will be removed in the next patch in this series where it will no longer be necessary. Writing to /proc/pid/oom_adj for a kthread will now return -EINVAL since these threads are immune from oom killing already. They simply report an oom_adj value of OOM_DISABLE. Cc: Nick Piggin Cc: Rik van Riel Cc: Mel Gorman Signed-off-by: David Rientjes Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mm_types.h | 2 ++ include/linux/sched.h | 1 - 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mm_types.h b/include/linux/mm_types.h index 0e80e26ecf2..f4408106fcb 100644 --- a/include/linux/mm_types.h +++ b/include/linux/mm_types.h @@ -232,6 +232,8 @@ struct mm_struct { unsigned long saved_auxv[AT_VECTOR_SIZE]; /* for /proc/PID/auxv */ + s8 oom_adj; /* OOM kill score adjustment (bit shift) */ + cpumask_t cpu_vm_mask; /* Architecture-specific MM context */ diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 1048bf50540..1bc6fae0c13 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1178,7 +1178,6 @@ struct task_struct { * a short time */ unsigned char fpu_counter; - s8 oomkilladj; /* OOM kill score adjustment (bit shift). */ #ifdef CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IO_TRACE unsigned int btrace_seq; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 286973552f051404abdb58dd9b2f8f7558efe4e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Waychison Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:32:59 -0700 Subject: mm: remove __invalidate_mapping_pages variant Remove __invalidate_mapping_pages atomic variant now that its sole caller can sleep (fixed in eccb95cee4f0d56faa46ef22fb94dd4a3578d3eb ("vfs: fix lock inversion in drop_pagecache_sb()")). This fixes softlockups that can occur while in the drop_caches path. Signed-off-by: Mike Waychison Cc: Jan Kara Cc: Wu Fengguang Cc: Dave Chinner Cc: Nick Piggin Acked-by: Jan Kara Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/fs.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fs.h b/include/linux/fs.h index 8146e0264ef..f5ae9f19b8a 100644 --- a/include/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/linux/fs.h @@ -2036,9 +2036,6 @@ extern int __invalidate_device(struct block_device *); extern int invalidate_partition(struct gendisk *, int); #endif extern int invalidate_inodes(struct super_block *); -unsigned long __invalidate_mapping_pages(struct address_space *mapping, - pgoff_t start, pgoff_t end, - bool be_atomic); unsigned long invalidate_mapping_pages(struct address_space *mapping, pgoff_t start, pgoff_t end); -- cgit v1.2.3 From aca8bf323edd31ad462dc98c107c23a5c6022ca2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Minchan Kim Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:02 -0700 Subject: mm: remove file argument from swap_readpage() The file argument resulted from address_space's readpage long time ago. We don't use it any more. Let's remove unnecessary argement. Signed-off-by: Minchan Kim Acked-by: Hugh Dickins Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/swap.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/swap.h b/include/linux/swap.h index fed5e8e1104..0cedf31af0b 100644 --- a/include/linux/swap.h +++ b/include/linux/swap.h @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ extern void swap_unplug_io_fn(struct backing_dev_info *, struct page *); #ifdef CONFIG_SWAP /* linux/mm/page_io.c */ -extern int swap_readpage(struct file *, struct page *); +extern int swap_readpage(struct page *); extern int swap_writepage(struct page *page, struct writeback_control *wbc); extern void end_swap_bio_read(struct bio *bio, int err); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 168f5ac668f63dfb64439766e3ef9e866b83719d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sergei Trofimovich Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:02 -0700 Subject: mm cleanup: shmem_file_setup: 'char *' -> 'const char *' for name argument As function shmem_file_setup does not modify/allocate/free/pass given filename - mark it as const. Signed-off-by: Sergei Trofimovich Cc: Hugh Dickins Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/mm.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/mm.h b/include/linux/mm.h index f0473a88ca2..d88d6fc530a 100644 --- a/include/linux/mm.h +++ b/include/linux/mm.h @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ static inline int shmem_lock(struct file *file, int lock, return 0; } #endif -struct file *shmem_file_setup(char *name, loff_t size, unsigned long flags); +struct file *shmem_file_setup(const char *name, loff_t size, unsigned long flags); int shmem_zero_setup(struct vm_area_struct *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6fe6b7e35785e3232ffe7f81d3893f1316710a02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Wu Fengguang Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:05 -0700 Subject: vmscan: report vm_flags in page_referenced() Collect vma->vm_flags of the VMAs that actually referenced the page. This is preparing for more informed reclaim heuristics, eg. to protect executable file pages more aggressively. For now only the VM_EXEC bit will be used by the caller. Thanks to Johannes, Peter and Minchan for all the good tips. Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel Reviewed-by: Minchan Kim Reviewed-by: Johannes Weiner Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/rmap.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/rmap.h b/include/linux/rmap.h index 619379a1dd9..216d024f830 100644 --- a/include/linux/rmap.h +++ b/include/linux/rmap.h @@ -83,7 +83,8 @@ static inline void page_dup_rmap(struct page *page, struct vm_area_struct *vma, /* * Called from mm/vmscan.c to handle paging out */ -int page_referenced(struct page *, int is_locked, struct mem_cgroup *cnt); +int page_referenced(struct page *, int is_locked, + struct mem_cgroup *cnt, unsigned long *vm_flags); int try_to_unmap(struct page *, int ignore_refs); /* @@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ int try_to_munlock(struct page *); #define anon_vma_prepare(vma) (0) #define anon_vma_link(vma) do {} while (0) -#define page_referenced(page,l,cnt) TestClearPageReferenced(page) +#define page_referenced(page, locked, cnt, flags) TestClearPageReferenced(page) #define try_to_unmap(page, refs) SWAP_FAIL static inline int page_mkclean(struct page *page) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24cf72518c79cdcda486ed26074ff8151291cf65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mel Gorman Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:23 -0700 Subject: vmscan: count the number of times zone_reclaim() scans and fails On NUMA machines, the administrator can configure zone_reclaim_mode that is a more targetted form of direct reclaim. On machines with large NUMA distances for example, a zone_reclaim_mode defaults to 1 meaning that clean unmapped pages will be reclaimed if the zone watermarks are not being met. There is a heuristic that determines if the scan is worthwhile but it is possible that the heuristic will fail and the CPU gets tied up scanning uselessly. Detecting the situation requires some guesswork and experimentation so this patch adds a counter "zreclaim_failed" to /proc/vmstat. If during high CPU utilisation this counter is increasing rapidly, then the resolution to the problem may be to set /proc/sys/vm/zone_reclaim_mode to 0. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: name things consistently] Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman Reviewed-by: Rik van Riel Cc: Christoph Lameter Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Cc: Wu Fengguang Cc: Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/vmstat.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/vmstat.h b/include/linux/vmstat.h index ff4696c6dce..81a97cf8f0a 100644 --- a/include/linux/vmstat.h +++ b/include/linux/vmstat.h @@ -36,6 +36,9 @@ enum vm_event_item { PGPGIN, PGPGOUT, PSWPIN, PSWPOUT, FOR_ALL_ZONES(PGSTEAL), FOR_ALL_ZONES(PGSCAN_KSWAPD), FOR_ALL_ZONES(PGSCAN_DIRECT), +#ifdef CONFIG_NUMA + PGSCAN_ZONE_RECLAIM_FAILED, +#endif PGINODESTEAL, SLABS_SCANNED, KSWAPD_STEAL, KSWAPD_INODESTEAL, PAGEOUTRUN, ALLOCSTALL, PGROTATED, #ifdef CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE -- cgit v1.2.3 From a7d932af06e8eee2163627d19898e18da5635449 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dan Smith Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:33 -0700 Subject: utsname.h: make new_utsname fields use the proper length constant The members of the new_utsname structure are defined with magic numbers that *should* correspond to the constant __NEW_UTS_LEN+1. Everywhere else, code assumes this and uses the constant, so this patch makes the structure match. Originally suggested by Serge here: https://lists.linux-foundation.org/pipermail/containers/2009-March/016258.html Signed-off-by: Dan Smith Acked-by: Serge Hallyn Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/utsname.h | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/utsname.h b/include/linux/utsname.h index 11232676bff..3656b300de3 100644 --- a/include/linux/utsname.h +++ b/include/linux/utsname.h @@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ struct old_utsname { }; struct new_utsname { - char sysname[65]; - char nodename[65]; - char release[65]; - char version[65]; - char machine[65]; - char domainname[65]; + char sysname[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1]; + char nodename[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1]; + char release[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1]; + char version[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1]; + char machine[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1]; + char domainname[__NEW_UTS_LEN + 1]; }; #ifdef __KERNEL__ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4938d7e0233a455f04507bac81d0886c71529537 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:36 -0700 Subject: poll: avoid extra wakeups in select/poll After introduction of keyed wakeups Davide Libenzi did on epoll, we are able to avoid spurious wakeups in poll()/select() code too. For example, typical use of poll()/select() is to wait for incoming network frames on many sockets. But TX completion for UDP/TCP frames call sock_wfree() which in turn schedules thread. When scheduled, thread does a full scan of all polled fds and can sleep again, because nothing is really available. If number of fds is large, this cause significant load. This patch makes select()/poll() aware of keyed wakeups and useless wakeups are avoided. This reduces number of context switches by about 50% on some setups, and work performed by sofirq handlers. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: David S. Miller Acked-by: Andi Kleen Acked-by: Ingo Molnar Acked-by: Davide Libenzi Cc: Christoph Lameter Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/poll.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/poll.h b/include/linux/poll.h index 8c24ef8d997..fa287f25138 100644 --- a/include/linux/poll.h +++ b/include/linux/poll.h @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ typedef void (*poll_queue_proc)(struct file *, wait_queue_head_t *, struct poll_ typedef struct poll_table_struct { poll_queue_proc qproc; + unsigned long key; } poll_table; static inline void poll_wait(struct file * filp, wait_queue_head_t * wait_address, poll_table *p) @@ -43,10 +44,12 @@ static inline void poll_wait(struct file * filp, wait_queue_head_t * wait_addres static inline void init_poll_funcptr(poll_table *pt, poll_queue_proc qproc) { pt->qproc = qproc; + pt->key = ~0UL; /* all events enabled */ } struct poll_table_entry { struct file *filp; + unsigned long key; wait_queue_t wait; wait_queue_head_t *wait_address; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0d9c25dde878a636ee9a9b53923569171bf9a55b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrew Morton Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:37 -0700 Subject: headers: move module_bug_finalize()/module_bug_cleanup() definitions into module.h They're in linux/bug.h at present, which causes include order tangles. In particular, linux/bug.h cannot be used by linux/atomic.h because, according to Nikanth: linux/bug.h pulls in linux/module.h => linux/spinlock.h => asm/spinlock.h (which uses atomic_inc) => asm/atomic.h. bug.h is a pretty low-level thing and module.h is a higher-level thing, IMO. Cc: Nikanth Karthikesan Cc: Rusty Russell Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/bug.h | 12 ------------ include/linux/module.h | 17 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 17 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/bug.h b/include/linux/bug.h index 54398d2c6d8..d276b5510c8 100644 --- a/include/linux/bug.h +++ b/include/linux/bug.h @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_BUG_H #define _LINUX_BUG_H -#include #include enum bug_trap_type { @@ -24,10 +23,6 @@ const struct bug_entry *find_bug(unsigned long bugaddr); enum bug_trap_type report_bug(unsigned long bug_addr, struct pt_regs *regs); -int module_bug_finalize(const Elf_Ehdr *, const Elf_Shdr *, - struct module *); -void module_bug_cleanup(struct module *); - /* These are defined by the architecture */ int is_valid_bugaddr(unsigned long addr); @@ -38,13 +33,6 @@ static inline enum bug_trap_type report_bug(unsigned long bug_addr, { return BUG_TRAP_TYPE_BUG; } -static inline int module_bug_finalize(const Elf_Ehdr *hdr, - const Elf_Shdr *sechdrs, - struct module *mod) -{ - return 0; -} -static inline void module_bug_cleanup(struct module *mod) {} #endif /* CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG */ #endif /* _LINUX_BUG_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/module.h b/include/linux/module.h index a7bc6e7b43a..505f20dcc1c 100644 --- a/include/linux/module.h +++ b/include/linux/module.h @@ -697,4 +697,21 @@ static inline void module_remove_modinfo_attrs(struct module *mod) #define __MODULE_STRING(x) __stringify(x) + +#ifdef CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG +int module_bug_finalize(const Elf_Ehdr *, const Elf_Shdr *, + struct module *); +void module_bug_cleanup(struct module *); + +#else /* !CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG */ + +static inline int module_bug_finalize(const Elf_Ehdr *hdr, + const Elf_Shdr *sechdrs, + struct module *mod) +{ + return 0; +} +static inline void module_bug_cleanup(struct module *mod) {} +#endif /* CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG */ + #endif /* _LINUX_MODULE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 10fc89d01a7ea2ecc2a58d2f4e7700f47178cd62 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Philipp Reisner Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:38 -0700 Subject: drbd: add major number to major.h Since we have had a LANANA major number for years, and it is documented in devices.txt, I think that this first patch can go upstream. Signed-off-by: Philipp Reisner Signed-off-by: Lars Ellenberg Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/major.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/major.h b/include/linux/major.h index 058ec15dd06..6a8ca98c9a9 100644 --- a/include/linux/major.h +++ b/include/linux/major.h @@ -145,6 +145,7 @@ #define UNIX98_PTY_MAJOR_COUNT 8 #define UNIX98_PTY_SLAVE_MAJOR (UNIX98_PTY_MASTER_MAJOR+UNIX98_PTY_MAJOR_COUNT) +#define DRBD_MAJOR 147 #define RTF_MAJOR 150 #define RAW_MAJOR 162 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8b0b1db0133e4218a9b45c09e53793c039edebe1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Gleixner Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:39 -0700 Subject: remove put_cpu_no_resched() put_cpu_no_resched() is an optimization of put_cpu() which unfortunately can cause high latencies. The nfs iostats code uses put_cpu_no_resched() in a code sequence where a reschedule request caused by an interrupt between the get_cpu() and the put_cpu_no_resched() can delay the reschedule for at least HZ. The other users of put_cpu_no_resched() optimize correctly in interrupt code, but there is no real harm in using the put_cpu() function which is an alias for preempt_enable(). The extra check of the preemmpt count is not as critical as the potential source of missing a reschedule. Debugged in the preempt-rt tree and verified in mainline. Impact: remove a high latency source [akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix] Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: Ingo Molnar Cc: Tony Luck Cc: Trond Myklebust Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/smp.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/smp.h b/include/linux/smp.h index a69db820eed..9e3d8af0920 100644 --- a/include/linux/smp.h +++ b/include/linux/smp.h @@ -177,7 +177,6 @@ static inline void init_call_single_data(void) #define get_cpu() ({ preempt_disable(); smp_processor_id(); }) #define put_cpu() preempt_enable() -#define put_cpu_no_resched() preempt_enable_no_resched() /* * Callback to arch code if there's nosmp or maxcpus=0 on the -- cgit v1.2.3 From e4c9dd0fbad60c098a026e9b06d9de1bc98c5e89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Randy Dunlap Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:47 -0700 Subject: kmap_types: make most arches use generic header file Convert most arches to use asm-generic/kmap_types.h. Move the KM_FENCE_ macro additions into asm-generic/kmap_types.h, controlled by __WITH_KM_FENCE from each arch's kmap_types.h file. Would be nice to be able to add custom KM_types per arch, but I don't yet see a nice, clean way to do that. Built on x86_64, i386, mips, sparc, alpha(tonyb), powerpc(tonyb), and 68k(tonyb). Note: avr32 should be able to remove KM_PTE2 (since it's not used) and then just use the generic kmap_types.h file. Get avr32 maintainer approval. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap Cc: Acked-by: Mike Frysinger Cc: Richard Henderson Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky Cc: Bryan Wu Cc: Mikael Starvik Cc: Hirokazu Takata Cc: "Luck Tony" Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven Cc: Ralf Baechle Cc: David Howells Cc: Kyle McMartin Cc: Martin Schwidefsky Cc: Paul Mundt Cc: "David S. Miller" Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" Cc: Arnd Bergmann Cc: Peter Zijlstra Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/asm-generic/kmap_types.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/asm-generic/kmap_types.h b/include/asm-generic/kmap_types.h index 58c33055c30..54e8b3d956b 100644 --- a/include/asm-generic/kmap_types.h +++ b/include/asm-generic/kmap_types.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #ifndef _ASM_GENERIC_KMAP_TYPES_H #define _ASM_GENERIC_KMAP_TYPES_H -#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_HIGHMEM +#ifdef __WITH_KM_FENCE # define D(n) __KM_FENCE_##n , #else # define D(n) -- cgit v1.2.3 From cc6f26774136b7f5307abcd3887f08360c9b7554 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Masatake YAMATO Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:49 -0700 Subject: syscalls.h: remove duplicated declarations for sys_pipe2 sys_pipe2 is declared twice in include/linux/syscalls.h. Signed-off-by: Masatake YAMATO Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/syscalls.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/syscalls.h b/include/linux/syscalls.h index 418d90f5eff..fa4242cdade 100644 --- a/include/linux/syscalls.h +++ b/include/linux/syscalls.h @@ -434,6 +434,7 @@ asmlinkage long sys_fcntl(unsigned int fd, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); asmlinkage long sys_fcntl64(unsigned int fd, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg); #endif +asmlinkage long sys_pipe(int __user *fildes); asmlinkage long sys_pipe2(int __user *fildes, int flags); asmlinkage long sys_dup(unsigned int fildes); asmlinkage long sys_dup2(unsigned int oldfd, unsigned int newfd); @@ -751,8 +752,6 @@ asmlinkage long sys_pselect6(int, fd_set __user *, fd_set __user *, asmlinkage long sys_ppoll(struct pollfd __user *, unsigned int, struct timespec __user *, const sigset_t __user *, size_t); -asmlinkage long sys_pipe2(int __user *, int); -asmlinkage long sys_pipe(int __user *); int kernel_execve(const char *filename, char *const argv[], char *const envp[]); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 55e331cf7ebe20665253770589cd9eb06048bf25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Fainelli Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:33:53 -0700 Subject: drivers: add support for the TI VLYNQ bus Add support for the TI VLYNQ high-speed, serial and packetized bus. This bus allows external devices to be connected to the System-on-Chip and appear in the main system memory just like any memory mapped peripheral. It is widely used in TI's networking and multimedia SoC, including the AR7 SoC. Signed-off-by: Eugene Konev Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli Cc: Ralf Baechle Cc: Alan Cox Cc: Greg KH Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/vlynq.h | 161 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 161 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/vlynq.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/vlynq.h b/include/linux/vlynq.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f6a95882b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/vlynq.h @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Eugene Konev + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef __VLYNQ_H__ +#define __VLYNQ_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#define VLYNQ_NUM_IRQS 32 + +struct vlynq_mapping { + u32 size; + u32 offset; +}; + +enum vlynq_divisor { + vlynq_div_auto = 0, + vlynq_ldiv1, + vlynq_ldiv2, + vlynq_ldiv3, + vlynq_ldiv4, + vlynq_ldiv5, + vlynq_ldiv6, + vlynq_ldiv7, + vlynq_ldiv8, + vlynq_rdiv1, + vlynq_rdiv2, + vlynq_rdiv3, + vlynq_rdiv4, + vlynq_rdiv5, + vlynq_rdiv6, + vlynq_rdiv7, + vlynq_rdiv8, + vlynq_div_external +}; + +struct vlynq_device_id { + u32 id; + enum vlynq_divisor divisor; + unsigned long driver_data; +}; + +struct vlynq_regs; +struct vlynq_device { + u32 id, dev_id; + int local_irq; + int remote_irq; + enum vlynq_divisor divisor; + u32 regs_start, regs_end; + u32 mem_start, mem_end; + u32 irq_start, irq_end; + int irq; + int enabled; + struct vlynq_regs *local; + struct vlynq_regs *remote; + struct device dev; +}; + +struct vlynq_driver { + char *name; + struct vlynq_device_id *id_table; + int (*probe)(struct vlynq_device *dev, struct vlynq_device_id *id); + void (*remove)(struct vlynq_device *dev); + struct device_driver driver; +}; + +struct plat_vlynq_ops { + int (*on)(struct vlynq_device *dev); + void (*off)(struct vlynq_device *dev); +}; + +static inline struct vlynq_driver *to_vlynq_driver(struct device_driver *drv) +{ + return container_of(drv, struct vlynq_driver, driver); +} + +static inline struct vlynq_device *to_vlynq_device(struct device *device) +{ + return container_of(device, struct vlynq_device, dev); +} + +extern struct bus_type vlynq_bus_type; + +extern int __vlynq_register_driver(struct vlynq_driver *driver, + struct module *owner); + +static inline int vlynq_register_driver(struct vlynq_driver *driver) +{ + return __vlynq_register_driver(driver, THIS_MODULE); +} + +static inline void *vlynq_get_drvdata(struct vlynq_device *dev) +{ + return dev_get_drvdata(&dev->dev); +} + +static inline void vlynq_set_drvdata(struct vlynq_device *dev, void *data) +{ + dev_set_drvdata(&dev->dev, data); +} + +static inline u32 vlynq_mem_start(struct vlynq_device *dev) +{ + return dev->mem_start; +} + +static inline u32 vlynq_mem_end(struct vlynq_device *dev) +{ + return dev->mem_end; +} + +static inline u32 vlynq_mem_len(struct vlynq_device *dev) +{ + return dev->mem_end - dev->mem_start + 1; +} + +static inline int vlynq_virq_to_irq(struct vlynq_device *dev, int virq) +{ + int irq = dev->irq_start + virq; + if ((irq < dev->irq_start) || (irq > dev->irq_end)) + return -EINVAL; + + return irq; +} + +static inline int vlynq_irq_to_virq(struct vlynq_device *dev, int irq) +{ + if ((irq < dev->irq_start) || (irq > dev->irq_end)) + return -EINVAL; + + return irq - dev->irq_start; +} + +extern void vlynq_unregister_driver(struct vlynq_driver *driver); +extern int vlynq_enable_device(struct vlynq_device *dev); +extern void vlynq_disable_device(struct vlynq_device *dev); +extern int vlynq_set_local_mapping(struct vlynq_device *dev, u32 tx_offset, + struct vlynq_mapping *mapping); +extern int vlynq_set_remote_mapping(struct vlynq_device *dev, u32 tx_offset, + struct vlynq_mapping *mapping); +extern int vlynq_set_local_irq(struct vlynq_device *dev, int virq); +extern int vlynq_set_remote_irq(struct vlynq_device *dev, int virq); + +#endif /* __VLYNQ_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f3128e714ded7cf1e8c786c204a4f253b5d8ff4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Mack Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:34:17 -0700 Subject: lis3: add click function The LIS302DL accelerometer chip has a 'click' feature which can be used to detect sudden motion on any of the three axis. Configuration data is passed via spi platform_data and no action is taken if that's not specified, so it won't harm any existing platform. To make the configuration effective, the IRQ lines need to be set up appropriately. This patch also adds a way to do that from board support code. The DD_* definitions were factored out to an own enum because they are specific to LIS3LV02D devices. Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack Acked-by: Pavel Machek Acked-by: Eric Piel Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/lis3lv02d.h | 39 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 39 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/lis3lv02d.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/lis3lv02d.h b/include/linux/lis3lv02d.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad651f4e45a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/lis3lv02d.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#ifndef __LIS3LV02D_H_ +#define __LIS3LV02D_H_ + +struct lis3lv02d_platform_data { + /* please note: the 'click' feature is only supported for + * LIS[32]02DL variants of the chip and will be ignored for + * others */ +#define LIS3_CLICK_SINGLE_X (1 << 0) +#define LIS3_CLICK_DOUBLE_X (1 << 1) +#define LIS3_CLICK_SINGLE_Y (1 << 2) +#define LIS3_CLICK_DOUBLE_Y (1 << 3) +#define LIS3_CLICK_SINGLE_Z (1 << 4) +#define LIS3_CLICK_DOUBLE_Z (1 << 5) + unsigned char click_flags; + unsigned char click_thresh_x; + unsigned char click_thresh_y; + unsigned char click_thresh_z; + unsigned char click_time_limit; + unsigned char click_latency; + unsigned char click_window; + +#define LIS3_IRQ1_DISABLE (0 << 0) +#define LIS3_IRQ1_FF_WU_1 (1 << 0) +#define LIS3_IRQ1_FF_WU_2 (2 << 0) +#define LIS3_IRQ1_FF_WU_12 (3 << 0) +#define LIS3_IRQ1_DATA_READY (4 << 0) +#define LIS3_IRQ1_CLICK (7 << 0) +#define LIS3_IRQ2_DISABLE (0 << 3) +#define LIS3_IRQ2_FF_WU_1 (1 << 3) +#define LIS3_IRQ2_FF_WU_2 (2 << 3) +#define LIS3_IRQ2_FF_WU_12 (3 << 3) +#define LIS3_IRQ2_DATA_READY (4 << 3) +#define LIS3_IRQ2_CLICK (7 << 3) +#define LIS3_IRQ_OPEN_DRAIN (1 << 6) +#define LIS3_IRQ_ACTIVE_HIGH (1 << 7) + unsigned char irq_cfg; +}; + +#endif /* __LIS3LV02D_H_ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ae52bb2384f721562f15f719de1acb8e934733cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Geert Uytterhoeven Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:34:19 -0700 Subject: fbdev: move logo externs to header file Now we have __initconst, we can finally move the external declarations for the various Linux logo structures to . James' ack dates back to the previous submission (way to long ago), when the logos were still __initdata, which caused failures on some platforms with some toolchain versions. Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven Acked-by: James Simmons Cc: Krzysztof Helt Cc: Sam Ravnborg Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/init.h | 2 +- include/linux/linux_logo.h | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 17 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/init.h b/include/linux/init.h index b2189803f19..8c2c9989626 100644 --- a/include/linux/init.h +++ b/include/linux/init.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ * sign followed by value, e.g.: * * static int init_variable __initdata = 0; - * static char linux_logo[] __initdata = { 0x32, 0x36, ... }; + * static const char linux_logo[] __initconst = { 0x32, 0x36, ... }; * * Don't forget to initialize data not at file scope, i.e. within a function, * as gcc otherwise puts the data into the bss section and not into the init diff --git a/include/linux/linux_logo.h b/include/linux/linux_logo.h index 08a92969c76..ca5bd91d12e 100644 --- a/include/linux/linux_logo.h +++ b/include/linux/linux_logo.h @@ -32,6 +32,22 @@ struct linux_logo { const unsigned char *data; }; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_linux_mono; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_linux_vga16; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_linux_clut224; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_blackfin_vga16; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_blackfin_clut224; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_dec_clut224; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_mac_clut224; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_parisc_clut224; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_sgi_clut224; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_sun_clut224; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_superh_mono; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_superh_vga16; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_superh_clut224; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_m32r_clut224; +extern const struct linux_logo logo_spe_clut224; + extern const struct linux_logo *fb_find_logo(int depth); #ifdef CONFIG_FB_LOGO_EXTRA extern void fb_append_extra_logo(const struct linux_logo *logo, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4410f3910947dcea8672280b3adecd53cec4e85e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dave Airlie Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:34:38 -0700 Subject: fbdev: add support for handoff from firmware to hw framebuffers With KMS we have ran into an issue where we really want the KMS fb driver to be the one running the console, so panics etc can be shown by switching out of X etc. However with vesafb/efifb built-in, we end up with those on fb0 and the KMS fb driver on fb1, driving the same piece of hw, so this adds an fb info flag to denote a firmware fbdev, and adds a new aperture base/size range which can be compared when the hw drivers are installed to see if there is a conflict with a firmware driver, and if there is the firmware driver is unregistered and the hw driver takes over. It uses new aperture_base/size members instead of comparing on the fix smem_start/length, as smem_start/length might for example only cover the first 1MB of the PCI aperture, and we could allocate the kms fb from 8MB into the aperture, thus they would never overlap. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie Acked-by: Peter Jones Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven Cc: Krzysztof Helt Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/fb.h | 12 +++++++++++- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fb.h b/include/linux/fb.h index 330c4b1bfca..3c5562a5216 100644 --- a/include/linux/fb.h +++ b/include/linux/fb.h @@ -677,6 +677,9 @@ struct fb_ops { /* get capability given var */ void (*fb_get_caps)(struct fb_info *info, struct fb_blit_caps *caps, struct fb_var_screeninfo *var); + + /* teardown any resources to do with this framebuffer */ + void (*fb_destroy)(struct fb_info *info); }; #ifdef CONFIG_FB_TILEBLITTING @@ -786,6 +789,8 @@ struct fb_tile_ops { #define FBINFO_MISC_USEREVENT 0x10000 /* event request from userspace */ #define FBINFO_MISC_TILEBLITTING 0x20000 /* use tile blitting */ +#define FBINFO_MISC_FIRMWARE 0x40000 /* a replaceable firmware + inited framebuffer */ /* A driver may set this flag to indicate that it does want a set_par to be * called every time when fbcon_switch is executed. The advantage is that with @@ -854,7 +859,12 @@ struct fb_info { u32 state; /* Hardware state i.e suspend */ void *fbcon_par; /* fbcon use-only private area */ /* From here on everything is device dependent */ - void *par; + void *par; + /* we need the PCI or similiar aperture base/size not + smem_start/size as smem_start may just be an object + allocated inside the aperture so may not actually overlap */ + resource_size_t aperture_base; + resource_size_t aperture_size; }; #ifdef MODULE -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3ed167af96ed098187ea41353fe02d1af20d38a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kristoffer Ericson Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:34:40 -0700 Subject: fbdev: s1d13xxxfb: add accelerated bitblt functions Add accelerated bitblt functions to s1d13xxx based video chipsets, more specificly functions copyarea and fillrect. It has only been tested and activated for 13506 chipsets but is expected to work for the majority of s1d13xxx based chips. This patch also cleans up the driver with respect of whitespaces and other formatting issues. We update the current status comments. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] Signed-off-by: Kristoffer Ericson Cc: Russell King Cc: Krzysztof Helt Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h b/include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h index c3b2a2aa714..f0736cff2ca 100644 --- a/include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h +++ b/include/video/s1d13xxxfb.h @@ -136,6 +136,15 @@ #define S1DREG_DELAYOFF 0xFFFE #define S1DREG_DELAYON 0xFFFF +#define BBLT_FIFO_EMPTY 0x00 +#define BBLT_FIFO_NOT_EMPTY 0x40 +#define BBLT_FIFO_NOT_FULL 0x30 +#define BBLT_FIFO_HALF_FULL 0x20 +#define BBLT_FIFO_FULL 0x10 + +#define BBLT_SOLID_FILL 0x0c + + /* Note: all above defines should go in separate header files when implementing other S1D13xxx chip support. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 00115e6690ed5aa90530e1e41c467cd895dd18fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Frysinger Date: Tue, 16 Jun 2009 15:34:40 -0700 Subject: fbdev: blackfin has __raw I/O accessors, so use them in fb.h Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger Cc: Krzysztof Helt Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/fb.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/linux/fb.h b/include/linux/fb.h index 3c5562a5216..dd68358996b 100644 --- a/include/linux/fb.h +++ b/include/linux/fb.h @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ struct fb_info { #define fb_writeq sbus_writeq #define fb_memset sbus_memset_io -#elif defined(__i386__) || defined(__alpha__) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__hppa__) || defined(__sh__) || defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__avr32__) +#elif defined(__i386__) || defined(__alpha__) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__hppa__) || defined(__sh__) || defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__avr32__) || defined(__bfin__) #define fb_readb __raw_readb #define fb_readw __raw_readw -- cgit v1.2.3